From: Frank Brehm Date: Mon, 1 Sep 2014 15:38:25 +0000 (+0200) Subject: Current state X-Git-Url: https://git.uhu-banane.net/?a=commitdiff_plain;h=acd23152e80a5c4a69bc947d9ac9e95e86c5e633;p=config%2Fuhu1%2Fetc.git Current state --- diff --git a/.etckeeper b/.etckeeper index 82df14e..815620d 100755 --- a/.etckeeper +++ b/.etckeeper @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ mkdir -p './courier-imap/shared' mkdir -p './courier-imap/shared.tmp' mkdir -p './dpkg/dpkg.cfg.d' mkdir -p './gtk-2.0/x86_64-pc-linux-gnu' +mkdir -p './lvm/cache' mkdir -p './php/apache2-php5.5/ext' mkdir -p './php/apache2-php5.5/ext-active' mkdir -p './php/cgi-php5.5/ext' @@ -26,8 +27,6 @@ mkdir -p './ssl/CA-Brehm/certs' mkdir -p './ssl/CA-Brehm/crl' mkdir -p './ssl/CA-Brehm/newcerts' mkdir -p './systemd/network' -mkdir -p './texmf/dvipdfm/config' -mkdir -p './texmf/dvips.d' mkdir -p './udev/hwdb.d' mkdir -p './unixODBC/ODBCDataSources' maybe chmod 0755 '.' @@ -217,6 +216,7 @@ maybe chmod 0644 'conf.d/svnserve' maybe chmod 0644 'conf.d/syslog-ng' maybe chmod 0644 'conf.d/tmpfiles' maybe chmod 0644 'conf.d/udev' +maybe chmod 0644 'conf.d/ulogd' maybe chmod 0644 'conf.d/urandom' maybe chmod 0700 'config-archive' maybe chmod 0755 'config-archive/etc' @@ -241,7 +241,15 @@ maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.1' maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.2' maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.3' maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.4' +maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.5' maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.dist' +maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_default_settings.conf' +maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_default_settings.conf.dist' +maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_mod_autoindex.conf' +maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_mod_autoindex.conf.dist' +maybe chmod 0755 'config-archive/etc/apache2/vhosts.d' +maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/apache2/vhosts.d/00_default_ssl_vhost.conf' +maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/apache2/vhosts.d/00_default_ssl_vhost.conf.dist' maybe chmod 0755 'config-archive/etc/bash' maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/bash/bashrc' maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/bash/bashrc.1' @@ -561,6 +569,8 @@ maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/rc.conf.2' maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/rc.conf.dist' maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/request-key.conf' maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/request-key.conf.dist' +maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/rkhunter.conf' +maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/rkhunter.conf.dist.new' maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/screenrc' maybe chmod 0644 'config-archive/etc/screenrc.dist.new' maybe chmod 0755 'config-archive/etc/skel' @@ -697,6 +707,7 @@ maybe chmod 0750 'cron.monthly' maybe chmod 0644 'cron.monthly/.keep_sys-process_cronbase-0' maybe chmod 0750 'cron.weekly' maybe chmod 0644 'cron.weekly/.keep_sys-process_cronbase-0' +maybe chmod 0644 'cron.weekly/mdadm' maybe chmod 0644 'crontab' maybe chmod 0644 'csh.env' maybe chgrp 'lp' 'cups' @@ -768,7 +779,7 @@ maybe chmod 0644 'env.d/60python-docs-3.3' maybe chmod 0644 'env.d/70less' maybe chmod 0644 'env.d/80mercurial' maybe chmod 0644 'env.d/80subversion-extras' -maybe chmod 0644 'env.d/90nss' +maybe chmod 0644 'env.d/90nss-amd64' maybe chmod 0644 'env.d/90xdg-data-base' maybe chmod 0644 'env.d/98ca-certificates' maybe chmod 0644 'env.d/98texlive' @@ -976,6 +987,7 @@ maybe chmod 0755 'init.d/localmount' maybe chmod 0755 'init.d/loopback' maybe chmod 0755 'init.d/lvm' maybe chmod 0755 'init.d/lvm-monitoring' +maybe chmod 0755 'init.d/lvmetad' maybe chmod 0755 'init.d/mdadm' maybe chmod 0755 'init.d/mdraid' maybe chmod 0755 'init.d/memcached' @@ -1064,6 +1076,7 @@ maybe chmod 0644 'kernel-config/config-3.10.17-gentoo-00' maybe chmod 0644 'kernel-config/config-3.10.25-gentoo-00' maybe chmod 0644 'kernel-config/config-3.10.7-gentoo-00' maybe chmod 0644 'kernel-config/config-3.12.13-gentoo-00' +maybe chmod 0644 'kernel-config/config-3.14.14-gentoo-00' maybe chmod 0644 'kernel-config/config-3.2.1-gentoo-r2-00' maybe chmod 0644 'kernel-config/config-3.3.8-gentoo-00' maybe chmod 0644 'kernel-config/config-3.4.9-gentoo-00' @@ -1114,10 +1127,11 @@ maybe chmod 0600 'lvm/archive/vg00_00001-682332803.vg' maybe chmod 0700 'lvm/backup' maybe chmod 0600 'lvm/backup/vg00' maybe chmod 0700 'lvm/cache' -maybe chmod 0600 'lvm/cache/.cache' maybe chmod 0644 'lvm/lvm.conf' maybe chmod 0755 'lvm/profile' -maybe chmod 0444 'lvm/profile/default.profile' +maybe chmod 0444 'lvm/profile/command_profile_template.profile' +maybe chmod 0444 'lvm/profile/metadata_profile_template.profile' +maybe chmod 0444 'lvm/profile/thin-generic.profile' maybe chmod 0444 'lvm/profile/thin-performance.profile' maybe chmod 0644 'machine-id' maybe chmod 0755 'mail' @@ -1481,6 +1495,7 @@ maybe chmod 0644 'profile.d/java-config-2.csh' maybe chmod 0644 'profile.d/java-config-2.sh' maybe chmod 0644 'profile.env' maybe chmod 0755 'proftpd' +maybe chmod 0644 'proftpd/PROFTPD-MIB.txt' maybe chmod 0644 'proftpd/blacklist.dat' maybe chmod 0644 'proftpd/dhparams.pem' maybe chmod 0644 'proftpd/proftpd.conf.sample' @@ -1501,6 +1516,7 @@ maybe chmod 0644 'revdep-rebuild/60-java' maybe chmod 0644 'revdep-rebuild/61-icedtea-bin-6' maybe chmod 0644 'revdep-rebuild/99revdep-rebuild' maybe chmod 0644 'rkhunter.conf' +maybe chmod 0644 'rkhunter.conf.orig' maybe chmod 0755 'rmt' maybe chmod 0644 'rpc' maybe chmod 0644 'rsyncd.conf' @@ -1671,7 +1687,7 @@ maybe chgrp 'stunnel' 'stunnel/stunnel.pem' maybe chmod 0640 'stunnel/stunnel.pem' maybe chmod 0440 'sudoers' maybe chmod 0750 'sudoers.d' -maybe chmod 0440 'sudoers.d/50nagios-plugins' +maybe chmod 0644 'sudoers.d/50nagios-plugins' maybe chmod 0644 'sysctl.conf' maybe chmod 0755 'sysctl.d' maybe chmod 0644 'sysctl.d/README' @@ -1717,11 +1733,8 @@ maybe chmod 0644 'terminfo/x/xterm' maybe chmod 0644 'terminfo/x/xterm-color' maybe chmod 0644 'terminfo/x/xterm-xfree86' maybe chmod 0755 'texmf' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/dvipdfm' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/dvipdfm/config' maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/dvipdfmx' maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/dvipdfmx/dvipdfmx.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/dvips.d' maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/fmtutil.d' maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/fmtutil.d/format.texlive-basic.cnf' maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/fmtutil.d/format.texlive-latex.cnf' @@ -1732,127 +1745,6 @@ maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/language.dat.lua.d/.keep_app-text_texlive-core-0' maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/language.def.d' maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/language.def.d/.keep_app-text_texlive-core-0' maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/ls-R' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/HA-prosper.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/HA-prosper.d/HA-prosper.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/adrconv.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/adrconv.d/adrdir.cfg' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/adrconv.d/adrplaner.cfg' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/adrconv.d/adrsmall.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/akletter.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/akletter.d/akfax.cfg' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/akletter.d/akletter.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/altfont.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/altfont.d/altfont.cfg' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/altfont.d/psfont.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/bardiag.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/bardiag.d/bardiag.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/bhcexam.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/bhcexam.d/BHCexam.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/catoptions.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/catoptions.d/catoptions-guide.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/cdpbundl.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/cdpbundl.d/cdpshues.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/contour.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/contour.d/contour.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/coverpage.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/coverpage.d/CoverPage.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/csquotes.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/csquotes.d/csquotes.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/dinbrief.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/dinbrief.d/dinbrief.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/draftcopy.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/draftcopy.d/draftcopy.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/endfloat.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/endfloat.d/efxmpl.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/facsimile.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/facsimile.d/fac-de.cfg' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/facsimile.d/fac-en.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/flashcards.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/flashcards.d/avery5371.cfg' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/flashcards.d/avery5388.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/foilhtml.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/foilhtml.d/foilhtml.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d/abbrevs.cfg' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d/compsci.cfg' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d/slemph.cfg' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d/titles.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/guitlogo.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/guitlogo.d/guit.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/ifmslide.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/ifmslide.d/ifmslide.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/keyreader.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/keyreader.d/keyreader-guide.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/lettrine.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/lettrine.d/lettrine.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/ltxdockit.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/ltxdockit.d/ltxdockit.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/mlist.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/mlist.d/mlist.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/morehype.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/morehype.d/blogdot.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/nag.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nag.d/nag-abort.cfg' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nag.d/nag-experimental.cfg' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nag.d/nag-l2tabu.cfg' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nag.d/nag-orthodox.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/nicetext' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/nicetext.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nicetext.d/makedoc.cfg' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nicetext.d/mdoccorr.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/nicetext/run.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nicetext/run.d/atari.cfg' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nicetext/run.d/copyfile.cfg' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nicetext/run.d/fdtxttex.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d/sample01.cfg' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d/sample02.cfg' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d/sample04.cfg' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d/sample05.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/pagerange.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/pagerange.d/pagerange-guide.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/pdfslide.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/pdfslide.d/pdfslide.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/pdfwin.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/pdfwin.d/pdfwin.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/pict2e.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/pict2e.d/pict2e.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/plweb.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/plweb.d/pl.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/polyglot.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/polyglot.d/polyglot.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/preview.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/preview.d/prauctex.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/psfragx.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/psfragx.d/psfragx.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/rcsinfo.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/rcsinfo.d/rcsinfo.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/refstyle.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/refstyle.d/refstyle.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/rmpage.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/rmpage.d/rmpgen.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/skb.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/skb.d/skb.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/standalone.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/standalone.d/standalone.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/subfigure.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/subfigure.d/subfigure.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/swimgraf.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/swimgraf.d/swimgraf.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/texpower.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/texpower.d/tpcolors.cfg' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/texpower.d/tpoptions.cfg' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/texpower.d/tpsettings.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/tkz-base.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/tkz-base.d/tkz-base.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/typeface.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/typeface.d/typeface.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/yagusylo.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/yagusylo.d/yagusylo.cfg' -maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/tex/latex/ydoc.d' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/tex/latex/ydoc.d/ydoc.cfg' maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/texmf.d' maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/texmf.d/00header.cnf' maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/texmf.d/05searchpaths.cnf' @@ -1865,8 +1757,6 @@ maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/updmap.d/00updmap.cfg' maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/updmap.d/texlive-basic.cfg' maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/updmap.d/texlive-fontsrecommended.cfg' maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/updmap.d/texlive-latex.cfg' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/updmap.d/texlive-latexextra.cfg' -maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/updmap.d/texlive-pictures.cfg' maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/web2c' maybe chmod 0755 'texmf/web2c.d' maybe chmod 0644 'texmf/web2c.d/fmtutil-hdr.cnf' diff --git a/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf b/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf index 391c2e6..5d8ffc1 100644 --- a/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf +++ b/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf @@ -2,10 +2,12 @@ # http://yourserver.example.com/manual/ # The documentation is always available at # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/ + + -AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.27/manual$1" +AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.27-r4/manual$1" - + Options Indexes AllowOverride None Order allow,deny @@ -22,5 +24,7 @@ AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apac ForceLanguagePriority Prefer Fallback + + # vim: ts=4 filetype=apache diff --git a/apache2/modules.d/00_default_settings.conf b/apache2/modules.d/00_default_settings.conf index 0213f2b..ac0ab07 100644 --- a/apache2/modules.d/00_default_settings.conf +++ b/apache2/modules.d/00_default_settings.conf @@ -118,8 +118,7 @@ LogLevel info # negotiated documents. The MultiViews Options can be used for the # same purpose, but it is much slower. # -# To add files to that list use AddDirectoryIndex in a custom config -# file. Do not change this entry unless you know what you are doing. +# Do not change this entry unless you know what you are doing. DirectoryIndex index.html index.html.var index.shtml index.htm diff --git a/apache2/modules.d/00_mod_autoindex.conf b/apache2/modules.d/00_mod_autoindex.conf index e04516d..bb8ecc3 100644 --- a/apache2/modules.d/00_mod_autoindex.conf +++ b/apache2/modules.d/00_mod_autoindex.conf @@ -1,4 +1,6 @@ + + # We include the /icons/ alias for FancyIndexed directory listings. If # you do not use FancyIndexing, you may comment this out. @@ -80,6 +82,7 @@ HeaderName HEADER.html # IndexIgnore is a set of filenames which directory indexing should ignore # and not include in the listing. Shell-style wildcarding is permitted. IndexIgnore .??* *~ *# HEADER* README* RCS CVS *,v *,t + # vim: ts=4 filetype=apache diff --git a/apache2/modules.d/40_mod_ssl.conf b/apache2/modules.d/40_mod_ssl.conf index 3d0a043..82df760 100644 --- a/apache2/modules.d/40_mod_ssl.conf +++ b/apache2/modules.d/40_mod_ssl.conf @@ -58,6 +58,10 @@ SSLSessionCacheTimeout 300 # Configure the path to the mutual exclusion semaphore the SSL engine uses # internally for inter-process synchronization. SSLMutex file:/var/run/ssl_mutex + +## SSL Compression: +# Known to be vulnerable thus disabled by default (bug #507324). +SSLCompression off # vim: ts=4 filetype=apache diff --git a/apache2/vhosts.d/00_default_ssl_vhost.conf b/apache2/vhosts.d/00_default_ssl_vhost.conf index a0b95e1..a9712ef 100644 --- a/apache2/vhosts.d/00_default_ssl_vhost.conf +++ b/apache2/vhosts.d/00_default_ssl_vhost.conf @@ -25,10 +25,22 @@ NameVirtualHost *:443 # Enable/Disable SSL for this virtual host. SSLEngine on + ## SSLProtocol: + # Don't use SSLv2 anymore as it's considered to be broken security-wise. + # Also disable SSLv3 as most modern browsers are capable of TLS. + SSLProtocol ALL -SSLv2 -SSLv3 + ## SSL Cipher Suite: # List the ciphers that the client is permitted to negotiate. # See the mod_ssl documentation for a complete list. - SSLCipherSuite ALL:!ADH:!EXPORT56:RC4+RSA:+HIGH:+MEDIUM:+LOW:+SSLv2:+EXP:+eNULL + # This list of ciphers is recommended by mozilla and was stripped off + # its RC4 ciphers. (bug #506924) + SSLCipherSuite ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:DHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256:DHE-DSS-AES128-GCM-SHA256:kEDH+AESGCM:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA256:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-SHA256:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-SHA:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-SHA384:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-SHA384:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-SHA:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-SHA:DHE-RSA-AES128-SHA256:DHE-RSA-AES128-SHA:DHE-DSS-AES128-SHA256:DHE-RSA-AES256-SHA256:DHE-DSS-AES256-SHA:DHE-RSA-AES256-SHA:AES128-GCM-SHA256:AES256-GCM-SHA384:AES128:AES256:HIGH:!RC4:!aNULL:!eNULL:!EXPORT:!DES:!3DES:!MD5:!PSK + + ## SSLHonorCipherOrder: + # Prefer the server's cipher preference order as the client may have a + # weak default order. + SSLHonorCipherOrder On ## Server Certificate: # Point SSLCertificateFile at a PEM encoded certificate. If the certificate diff --git a/conf.d/ulogd b/conf.d/ulogd new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f83791 --- /dev/null +++ b/conf.d/ulogd @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +rc_after="" +rc_before="mysql postgresql" diff --git a/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf b/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf index 33ae915..391c2e6 100644 --- a/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf +++ b/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ # The documentation is always available at # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/ -AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.25/manual$1" +AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.27/manual$1" - + Options Indexes AllowOverride None Order allow,deny diff --git a/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.1 b/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.1 index f43bf59..33ae915 100644 --- a/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.1 +++ b/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.1 @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ # The documentation is always available at # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/ -AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.24/manual$1" +AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.25/manual$1" - + Options Indexes AllowOverride None Order allow,deny diff --git a/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.2 b/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.2 index 240d6b4..f43bf59 100644 --- a/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.2 +++ b/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.2 @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ # The documentation is always available at # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/ -AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.23/manual$1" +AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.24/manual$1" - + Options Indexes AllowOverride None Order allow,deny diff --git a/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.3 b/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.3 index 25de5d1..240d6b4 100644 --- a/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.3 +++ b/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.3 @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ # The documentation is always available at # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/ -AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.22/manual$1" +AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.23/manual$1" - + Options Indexes AllowOverride None Order allow,deny @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apac SetEnvIf Request_URI ^/manual/(de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br)/ prefer-language=$1 RedirectMatch 301 ^/manual(?:/(de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br)){2,}(/.*)?$ /manual/$1$2 - LanguagePriority en de es fr ja ko pt-br + LanguagePriority de en es fr ja ko pt-br ForceLanguagePriority Prefer Fallback diff --git a/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.4 b/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.4 index a1bfed2..25de5d1 100644 --- a/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.4 +++ b/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.4 @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ # The documentation is always available at # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/ -AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.21-r1/manual$1" +AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.22/manual$1" - + Options Indexes AllowOverride None Order allow,deny diff --git a/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.5 b/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.5 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a1bfed2 --- /dev/null +++ b/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.5 @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# Provide access to the documentation on your server as +# http://yourserver.example.com/manual/ +# The documentation is always available at +# http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/ + +AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.21-r1/manual$1" + + + Options Indexes + AllowOverride None + Order allow,deny + Allow from all + + + SetHandler type-map + + + SetEnvIf Request_URI ^/manual/(de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br)/ prefer-language=$1 + RedirectMatch 301 ^/manual(?:/(de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br)){2,}(/.*)?$ /manual/$1$2 + + LanguagePriority en de es fr ja ko pt-br + ForceLanguagePriority Prefer Fallback + + + +# vim: ts=4 filetype=apache diff --git a/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.dist b/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.dist index 4f6ae4f..71ae990 100644 --- a/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.dist +++ b/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_apache_manual.conf.dist @@ -2,10 +2,12 @@ # http://yourserver.example.com/manual/ # The documentation is always available at # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/ + + -AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.27/manual$1" +AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apache-2.2.27-r4/manual$1" - + Options Indexes AllowOverride None Order allow,deny @@ -22,5 +24,7 @@ AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br))?(/.*)?$ "/usr/share/doc/apac ForceLanguagePriority Prefer Fallback + + # vim: ts=4 filetype=apache diff --git a/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_default_settings.conf b/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_default_settings.conf new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0213f2b --- /dev/null +++ b/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_default_settings.conf @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +# This configuration file reflects default settings for Apache HTTP Server. +# You may change these, but chances are that you may not need to. + +# Timeout: The number of seconds before receives and sends time out. +Timeout 300 + +# KeepAlive: Whether or not to allow persistent connections (more than +# one request per connection). Set to "Off" to deactivate. +KeepAlive On + +# MaxKeepAliveRequests: The maximum number of requests to allow +# during a persistent connection. Set to 0 to allow an unlimited amount. +# We recommend you leave this number high, for maximum performance. +MaxKeepAliveRequests 100 + +# KeepAliveTimeout: Number of seconds to wait for the next request from the +# same client on the same connection. +KeepAliveTimeout 15 + +# UseCanonicalName: Determines how Apache constructs self-referencing +# URLs and the SERVER_NAME and SERVER_PORT variables. +# When set "Off", Apache will use the Hostname and Port supplied +# by the client. When set "On", Apache will use the value of the +# ServerName directive. +UseCanonicalName Off + +# AccessFileName: The name of the file to look for in each directory +# for additional configuration directives. See also the AllowOverride +# directive. +AccessFileName .htaccess + +# ServerTokens +# This directive configures what you return as the Server HTTP response +# Header. The default is 'Full' which sends information about the OS-Type +# and compiled in modules. +# Set to one of: Full | OS | Minor | Minimal | Major | Prod +# where Full conveys the most information, and Prod the least. +ServerTokens Full + +# TraceEnable +# This directive overrides the behavior of TRACE for both the core server and +# mod_proxy. The default TraceEnable on permits TRACE requests per RFC 2616, +# which disallows any request body to accompany the request. TraceEnable off +# causes the core server and mod_proxy to return a 405 (Method not allowed) +# error to the client. +# For security reasons this is turned off by default. (bug #240680) +TraceEnable off + +# Optionally add a line containing the server version and virtual host +# name to server-generated pages (internal error documents, FTP directory +# listings, mod_status and mod_info output etc., but not CGI generated +# documents or custom error documents). +# Set to "EMail" to also include a mailto: link to the ServerAdmin. +# Set to one of: On | Off | EMail +ServerSignature On + +# HostnameLookups: Log the names of clients or just their IP addresses +# e.g., www.apache.org (on) or 204.62.129.132 (off). +# The default is off because it'd be overall better for the net if people +# had to knowingly turn this feature on, since enabling it means that +# each client request will result in AT LEAST one lookup request to the +# nameserver. +HostnameLookups Off + +# EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, +# memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver +# files. This usually improves server performance, but must +# be turned off when serving from networked-mounted +# filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise +# broken on your system. +EnableMMAP On +EnableSendfile On + +# FileEtag: Configures the file attributes that are used to create +# the ETag (entity tag) response header field when the document is +# based on a static file. (The ETag value is used in cache management +# to save network bandwidth.) +FileEtag INode MTime Size + +# ContentDigest: This directive enables the generation of Content-MD5 +# headers as defined in RFC1864 respectively RFC2616. +# The Content-MD5 header provides an end-to-end message integrity +# check (MIC) of the entity-body. A proxy or client may check this +# header for detecting accidental modification of the entity-body +# in transit. +# Note that this can cause performance problems on your server since +# the message digest is computed on every request (the values are +# not cached). +# Content-MD5 is only sent for documents served by the core, and not +# by any module. For example, SSI documents, output from CGI scripts, +# and byte range responses do not have this header. +ContentDigest Off + +# ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. +# If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a +# container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be +# logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a +# container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. +ErrorLog /var/log/apache2/error.log + +# LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. +# Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, +# alert, emerg. +LogLevel info + +# We configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of features. + + Options FollowSymLinks + AllowOverride None + Order deny,allow + Deny from all + + +# DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory +# is requested. +# +# The index.html.var file (a type-map) is used to deliver content- +# negotiated documents. The MultiViews Options can be used for the +# same purpose, but it is much slower. +# +# To add files to that list use AddDirectoryIndex in a custom config +# file. Do not change this entry unless you know what you are doing. + + DirectoryIndex index.html index.html.var index.shtml index.htm + + +# The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being +# viewed by Web clients. + + Order allow,deny + Deny from all + + +# vim: ts=4 filetype=apache diff --git a/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_default_settings.conf.dist b/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_default_settings.conf.dist new file mode 100644 index 0000000..afa8d91 --- /dev/null +++ b/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_default_settings.conf.dist @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +# This configuration file reflects default settings for Apache HTTP Server. +# You may change these, but chances are that you may not need to. + +# Timeout: The number of seconds before receives and sends time out. +Timeout 300 + +# KeepAlive: Whether or not to allow persistent connections (more than +# one request per connection). Set to "Off" to deactivate. +KeepAlive On + +# MaxKeepAliveRequests: The maximum number of requests to allow +# during a persistent connection. Set to 0 to allow an unlimited amount. +# We recommend you leave this number high, for maximum performance. +MaxKeepAliveRequests 100 + +# KeepAliveTimeout: Number of seconds to wait for the next request from the +# same client on the same connection. +KeepAliveTimeout 15 + +# UseCanonicalName: Determines how Apache constructs self-referencing +# URLs and the SERVER_NAME and SERVER_PORT variables. +# When set "Off", Apache will use the Hostname and Port supplied +# by the client. When set "On", Apache will use the value of the +# ServerName directive. +UseCanonicalName Off + +# AccessFileName: The name of the file to look for in each directory +# for additional configuration directives. See also the AllowOverride +# directive. +AccessFileName .htaccess + +# ServerTokens +# This directive configures what you return as the Server HTTP response +# Header. The default is 'Full' which sends information about the OS-Type +# and compiled in modules. +# Set to one of: Full | OS | Minor | Minimal | Major | Prod +# where Full conveys the most information, and Prod the least. +ServerTokens Prod + +# TraceEnable +# This directive overrides the behavior of TRACE for both the core server and +# mod_proxy. The default TraceEnable on permits TRACE requests per RFC 2616, +# which disallows any request body to accompany the request. TraceEnable off +# causes the core server and mod_proxy to return a 405 (Method not allowed) +# error to the client. +# For security reasons this is turned off by default. (bug #240680) +TraceEnable off + +# Optionally add a line containing the server version and virtual host +# name to server-generated pages (internal error documents, FTP directory +# listings, mod_status and mod_info output etc., but not CGI generated +# documents or custom error documents). +# Set to "EMail" to also include a mailto: link to the ServerAdmin. +# Set to one of: On | Off | EMail +ServerSignature On + +# HostnameLookups: Log the names of clients or just their IP addresses +# e.g., www.apache.org (on) or 204.62.129.132 (off). +# The default is off because it'd be overall better for the net if people +# had to knowingly turn this feature on, since enabling it means that +# each client request will result in AT LEAST one lookup request to the +# nameserver. +HostnameLookups Off + +# EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, +# memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver +# files. This usually improves server performance, but must +# be turned off when serving from networked-mounted +# filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise +# broken on your system. +EnableMMAP On +EnableSendfile On + +# FileEtag: Configures the file attributes that are used to create +# the ETag (entity tag) response header field when the document is +# based on a static file. (The ETag value is used in cache management +# to save network bandwidth.) +FileEtag INode MTime Size + +# ContentDigest: This directive enables the generation of Content-MD5 +# headers as defined in RFC1864 respectively RFC2616. +# The Content-MD5 header provides an end-to-end message integrity +# check (MIC) of the entity-body. A proxy or client may check this +# header for detecting accidental modification of the entity-body +# in transit. +# Note that this can cause performance problems on your server since +# the message digest is computed on every request (the values are +# not cached). +# Content-MD5 is only sent for documents served by the core, and not +# by any module. For example, SSI documents, output from CGI scripts, +# and byte range responses do not have this header. +ContentDigest Off + +# ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. +# If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a +# container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be +# logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a +# container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. +ErrorLog /var/log/apache2/error_log + +# LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. +# Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, +# alert, emerg. +LogLevel warn + +# We configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of features. + + Options FollowSymLinks + AllowOverride None + Order deny,allow + Deny from all + + +# DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory +# is requested. +# +# The index.html.var file (a type-map) is used to deliver content- +# negotiated documents. The MultiViews Options can be used for the +# same purpose, but it is much slower. +# +# Do not change this entry unless you know what you are doing. + + DirectoryIndex index.html index.html.var + + +# The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being +# viewed by Web clients. + + Order allow,deny + Deny from all + + +# vim: ts=4 filetype=apache diff --git a/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_mod_autoindex.conf b/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_mod_autoindex.conf new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e04516d --- /dev/null +++ b/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_mod_autoindex.conf @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ + + +# We include the /icons/ alias for FancyIndexed directory listings. If +# you do not use FancyIndexing, you may comment this out. +Alias /icons/ "/usr/share/apache2/icons/" + + + Options Indexes MultiViews + AllowOverride None + Order allow,deny + Allow from all + + + +# Directives controlling the display of server-generated directory listings. +# +# To see the listing of a directory, the Options directive for the +# directory must include "Indexes", and the directory must not contain +# a file matching those listed in the DirectoryIndex directive. + +# IndexOptions: Controls the appearance of server-generated directory +# listings. +IndexOptions FancyIndexing VersionSort FoldersFirst HTMLTable IgnoreCase NameWidth=50 + +# AddIcon* directives tell the server which icon to show for different +# files or filename extensions. These are only displayed for +# FancyIndexed directories. +AddIconByEncoding (CMP,/icons/compressed.gif) x-compress x-gzip + +AddIconByType (TXT,/icons/text.gif) text/* +AddIconByType (IMG,/icons/image2.gif) image/* +AddIconByType (SND,/icons/sound2.gif) audio/* +AddIconByType (VID,/icons/movie.gif) video/* + +AddIcon /icons/binary.gif .bin .exe +AddIcon /icons/binhex.gif .hqx +AddIcon /icons/tar.gif .tar +AddIcon /icons/world2.gif .wrl .wrl.gz .vrml .vrm .iv +AddIcon /icons/compressed.gif .Z .z .tgz .gz .zip +AddIcon /icons/a.gif .ps .ai .eps +AddIcon /icons/layout.gif .html .shtml .htm .pdf +AddIcon /icons/text.gif .txt +AddIcon /icons/c.gif .c +AddIcon /icons/p.gif .pl .py +AddIcon /icons/f.gif .for +AddIcon /icons/dvi.gif .dvi +AddIcon /icons/uuencoded.gif .uu +AddIcon /icons/script.gif .conf .sh .shar .csh .ksh .tcl +AddIcon /icons/tex.gif .tex +AddIcon /icons/bomb.gif core + +AddIcon /icons/back.gif .. +AddIcon /icons/hand.right.gif README +AddIcon /icons/folder.gif ^^DIRECTORY^^ +AddIcon /icons/blank.gif ^^BLANKICON^^ + +# DefaultIcon is which icon to show for files which do not have an icon +# explicitly set. +DefaultIcon /icons/unknown.gif + +# AddDescription allows you to place a short description after a file in +# server-generated indexes. These are only displayed for FancyIndexed +# directories. +# Format: AddDescription "description" filename + +AddDescription "GZIP-komprimiertes Tar-Archiv" .tar.gz +AddDescription "GZIP-komprimiertes Dokument" .gz +AddDescription "Tar-Archive" .tar +AddDescription "GZIP-komprimiertes Tar-Archiv" .tgz +AddDescription "PDF-Dokument" .pdf + +# ReadmeName is the name of the README file the server will look for by +# default, and append to directory listings. + +# HeaderName is the name of a file which should be prepended to +# directory indexes. +ReadmeName README.html +HeaderName HEADER.html + +# IndexIgnore is a set of filenames which directory indexing should ignore +# and not include in the listing. Shell-style wildcarding is permitted. +IndexIgnore .??* *~ *# HEADER* README* RCS CVS *,v *,t + + +# vim: ts=4 filetype=apache diff --git a/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_mod_autoindex.conf.dist b/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_mod_autoindex.conf.dist new file mode 100644 index 0000000..097410a --- /dev/null +++ b/config-archive/etc/apache2/modules.d/00_mod_autoindex.conf.dist @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ + + + + +# We include the /icons/ alias for FancyIndexed directory listings. If +# you do not use FancyIndexing, you may comment this out. +Alias /icons/ "/usr/share/apache2/icons/" + + + Options Indexes MultiViews + AllowOverride None + Order allow,deny + Allow from all + + + +# Directives controlling the display of server-generated directory listings. +# +# To see the listing of a directory, the Options directive for the +# directory must include "Indexes", and the directory must not contain +# a file matching those listed in the DirectoryIndex directive. + +# IndexOptions: Controls the appearance of server-generated directory +# listings. +IndexOptions FancyIndexing VersionSort + +# AddIcon* directives tell the server which icon to show for different +# files or filename extensions. These are only displayed for +# FancyIndexed directories. +AddIconByEncoding (CMP,/icons/compressed.gif) x-compress x-gzip + +AddIconByType (TXT,/icons/text.gif) text/* +AddIconByType (IMG,/icons/image2.gif) image/* +AddIconByType (SND,/icons/sound2.gif) audio/* +AddIconByType (VID,/icons/movie.gif) video/* + +AddIcon /icons/binary.gif .bin .exe +AddIcon /icons/binhex.gif .hqx +AddIcon /icons/tar.gif .tar +AddIcon /icons/world2.gif .wrl .wrl.gz .vrml .vrm .iv +AddIcon /icons/compressed.gif .Z .z .tgz .gz .zip +AddIcon /icons/a.gif .ps .ai .eps +AddIcon /icons/layout.gif .html .shtml .htm .pdf +AddIcon /icons/text.gif .txt +AddIcon /icons/c.gif .c +AddIcon /icons/p.gif .pl .py +AddIcon /icons/f.gif .for +AddIcon /icons/dvi.gif .dvi +AddIcon /icons/uuencoded.gif .uu +AddIcon /icons/script.gif .conf .sh .shar .csh .ksh .tcl +AddIcon /icons/tex.gif .tex +AddIcon /icons/bomb.gif core + +AddIcon /icons/back.gif .. +AddIcon /icons/hand.right.gif README +AddIcon /icons/folder.gif ^^DIRECTORY^^ +AddIcon /icons/blank.gif ^^BLANKICON^^ + +# DefaultIcon is which icon to show for files which do not have an icon +# explicitly set. +DefaultIcon /icons/unknown.gif + +# AddDescription allows you to place a short description after a file in +# server-generated indexes. These are only displayed for FancyIndexed +# directories. +# Format: AddDescription "description" filename + +#AddDescription "GZIP compressed document" .gz +#AddDescription "tar archive" .tar +#AddDescription "GZIP compressed tar archive" .tgz + +# ReadmeName is the name of the README file the server will look for by +# default, and append to directory listings. + +# HeaderName is the name of a file which should be prepended to +# directory indexes. +ReadmeName README.html +HeaderName HEADER.html + +# IndexIgnore is a set of filenames which directory indexing should ignore +# and not include in the listing. Shell-style wildcarding is permitted. +IndexIgnore .??* *~ *# HEADER* README* RCS CVS *,v *,t + + + +# vim: ts=4 filetype=apache diff --git a/config-archive/etc/apache2/vhosts.d/00_default_ssl_vhost.conf b/config-archive/etc/apache2/vhosts.d/00_default_ssl_vhost.conf new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0b95e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/config-archive/etc/apache2/vhosts.d/00_default_ssl_vhost.conf @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ + + + +# see bug #178966 why this is in here + +# When we also provide SSL we have to listen to the HTTPS port +# Note: Configurations that use IPv6 but not IPv4-mapped addresses need two +# Listen directives: "Listen [::]:443" and "Listen 0.0.0.0:443" +Listen 443 + +# Use name-based virtual hosting. +NameVirtualHost *:443 + + + ServerName www.uhu-banane.de + Include /etc/apache2/vhosts.d/default_vhost.include + ErrorLog /var/log/apache2/ssl_error.log + + + #TransferLog /var/log/apache2/ssl_access_log + CustomLog /var/log/apache2/ssl_access.log full + + + ## SSL Engine Switch: + # Enable/Disable SSL for this virtual host. + SSLEngine on + + ## SSL Cipher Suite: + # List the ciphers that the client is permitted to negotiate. + # See the mod_ssl documentation for a complete list. + SSLCipherSuite ALL:!ADH:!EXPORT56:RC4+RSA:+HIGH:+MEDIUM:+LOW:+SSLv2:+EXP:+eNULL + + ## Server Certificate: + # Point SSLCertificateFile at a PEM encoded certificate. If the certificate + # is encrypted, then you will be prompted for a pass phrase. Note that a + # kill -HUP will prompt again. Keep in mind that if you have both an RSA + # and a DSA certificate you can configure both in parallel (to also allow + # the use of DSA ciphers, etc.) + #SSLCertificateFile /etc/ssl/apache2/server.crt + SSLCertificateFile /etc/apache2/ssl/egroupware-cert.pem + + ## Server Private Key: + # If the key is not combined with the certificate, use this directive to + # point at the key file. Keep in mind that if you've both a RSA and a DSA + # private key you can configure both in parallel (to also allow the use of + # DSA ciphers, etc.) + #SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/ssl/apache2/server.key + SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/apache2/ssl/egroupware-cert.pem + + ## Server Certificate Chain: + # Point SSLCertificateChainFile at a file containing the concatenation of + # PEM encoded CA certificates which form the certificate chain for the + # server certificate. Alternatively the referenced file can be the same as + # SSLCertificateFile when the CA certificates are directly appended to the + # server certificate for convinience. + #SSLCertificateChainFile /etc/ssl/apache2/ca.crt + + ## Certificate Authority (CA): + # Set the CA certificate verification path where to find CA certificates + # for client authentication or alternatively one huge file containing all + # of them (file must be PEM encoded). + # Note: Inside SSLCACertificatePath you need hash symlinks to point to the + # certificate files. Use the provided Makefile to update the hash symlinks + # after changes. + #SSLCACertificatePath /etc/ssl/apache2/ssl.crt + #SSLCACertificateFile /etc/ssl/apache2/ca-bundle.crt + + ## Certificate Revocation Lists (CRL): + # Set the CA revocation path where to find CA CRLs for client authentication + # or alternatively one huge file containing all of them (file must be PEM + # encoded). + # Note: Inside SSLCARevocationPath you need hash symlinks to point to the + # certificate files. Use the provided Makefile to update the hash symlinks + # after changes. + #SSLCARevocationPath /etc/ssl/apache2/ssl.crl + #SSLCARevocationFile /etc/ssl/apache2/ca-bundle.crl + + ## Client Authentication (Type): + # Client certificate verification type and depth. Types are none, optional, + # require and optional_no_ca. Depth is a number which specifies how deeply + # to verify the certificate issuer chain before deciding the certificate is + # not valid. + #SSLVerifyClient require + #SSLVerifyDepth 10 + + ## Access Control: + # With SSLRequire you can do per-directory access control based on arbitrary + # complex boolean expressions containing server variable checks and other + # lookup directives. The syntax is a mixture between C and Perl. See the + # mod_ssl documentation for more details. + # + # #SSLRequire ( %{SSL_CIPHER} !~ m/^(EXP|NULL)/ \ + # and %{SSL_CLIENT_S_DN_O} eq "Snake Oil, Ltd." \ + # and %{SSL_CLIENT_S_DN_OU} in {"Staff", "CA", "Dev"} \ + # and %{TIME_WDAY} >= 1 and %{TIME_WDAY} <= 5 \ + # and %{TIME_HOUR} >= 8 and %{TIME_HOUR} <= 20 ) \ + # or %{REMOTE_ADDR} =~ m/^192\.76\.162\.[0-9]+$/ + # + + ## SSL Engine Options: + # Set various options for the SSL engine. + + ## FakeBasicAuth: + # Translate the client X.509 into a Basic Authorisation. This means that the + # standard Auth/DBMAuth methods can be used for access control. The user + # name is the `one line' version of the client's X.509 certificate. + # Note that no password is obtained from the user. Every entry in the user + # file needs this password: `xxj31ZMTZzkVA'. + + ## ExportCertData: + # This exports two additional environment variables: SSL_CLIENT_CERT and + # SSL_SERVER_CERT. These contain the PEM-encoded certificates of the server + # (always existing) and the client (only existing when client + # authentication is used). This can be used to import the certificates into + # CGI scripts. + + ## StdEnvVars: + # This exports the standard SSL/TLS related `SSL_*' environment variables. + # Per default this exportation is switched off for performance reasons, + # because the extraction step is an expensive operation and is usually + # useless for serving static content. So one usually enables the exportation + # for CGI and SSI requests only. + + ## StrictRequire: + # This denies access when "SSLRequireSSL" or "SSLRequire" applied even under + # a "Satisfy any" situation, i.e. when it applies access is denied and no + # other module can change it. + + ## OptRenegotiate: + # This enables optimized SSL connection renegotiation handling when SSL + # directives are used in per-directory context. + #SSLOptions +FakeBasicAuth +ExportCertData +StrictRequire + + SSLOptions +StdEnvVars + + + + SSLOptions +StdEnvVars + + + ## SSL Protocol Adjustments: + # The safe and default but still SSL/TLS standard compliant shutdown + # approach is that mod_ssl sends the close notify alert but doesn't wait + # for the close notify alert from client. When you need a different + # shutdown approach you can use one of the following variables: + + ## ssl-unclean-shutdown: + # This forces an unclean shutdown when the connection is closed, i.e. no + # SSL close notify alert is send or allowed to received. This violates the + # SSL/TLS standard but is needed for some brain-dead browsers. Use this when + # you receive I/O errors because of the standard approach where mod_ssl + # sends the close notify alert. + + ## ssl-accurate-shutdown: + # This forces an accurate shutdown when the connection is closed, i.e. a + # SSL close notify alert is send and mod_ssl waits for the close notify + # alert of the client. This is 100% SSL/TLS standard compliant, but in + # practice often causes hanging connections with brain-dead browsers. Use + # this only for browsers where you know that their SSL implementation works + # correctly. + # Notice: Most problems of broken clients are also related to the HTTP + # keep-alive facility, so you usually additionally want to disable + # keep-alive for those clients, too. Use variable "nokeepalive" for this. + # Similarly, one has to force some clients to use HTTP/1.0 to workaround + # their broken HTTP/1.1 implementation. Use variables "downgrade-1.0" and + # "force-response-1.0" for this. + + BrowserMatch ".*MSIE.*" \ + nokeepalive ssl-unclean-shutdown \ + downgrade-1.0 force-response-1.0 + + + ## Per-Server Logging: + # The home of a custom SSL log file. Use this when you want a compact + # non-error SSL logfile on a virtual host basis. + + CustomLog /var/log/apache2/ssl_request.log \ + "%t %h %{SSL_PROTOCOL}x %{SSL_CIPHER}x \"%r\" %b" + + + + + + +# vim: ts=4 filetype=apache diff --git a/config-archive/etc/apache2/vhosts.d/00_default_ssl_vhost.conf.dist b/config-archive/etc/apache2/vhosts.d/00_default_ssl_vhost.conf.dist new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bb39547 --- /dev/null +++ b/config-archive/etc/apache2/vhosts.d/00_default_ssl_vhost.conf.dist @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ + + + +# see bug #178966 why this is in here + +# When we also provide SSL we have to listen to the HTTPS port +# Note: Configurations that use IPv6 but not IPv4-mapped addresses need two +# Listen directives: "Listen [::]:443" and "Listen 0.0.0.0:443" +Listen 443 + + + ServerName localhost + Include /etc/apache2/vhosts.d/default_vhost.include + ErrorLog /var/log/apache2/ssl_error_log + + + TransferLog /var/log/apache2/ssl_access_log + + + ## SSL Engine Switch: + # Enable/Disable SSL for this virtual host. + SSLEngine on + + ## SSLProtocol: + # Don't use SSLv2 anymore as it's considered to be broken security-wise. + # Also disable SSLv3 as most modern browsers are capable of TLS. + SSLProtocol ALL -SSLv2 -SSLv3 + + ## SSL Cipher Suite: + # List the ciphers that the client is permitted to negotiate. + # See the mod_ssl documentation for a complete list. + # This list of ciphers is recommended by mozilla and was stripped off + # its RC4 ciphers. (bug #506924) + SSLCipherSuite ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:DHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256:DHE-DSS-AES128-GCM-SHA256:kEDH+AESGCM:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA256:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-SHA256:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-SHA:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-SHA384:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-SHA384:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-SHA:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-SHA:DHE-RSA-AES128-SHA256:DHE-RSA-AES128-SHA:DHE-DSS-AES128-SHA256:DHE-RSA-AES256-SHA256:DHE-DSS-AES256-SHA:DHE-RSA-AES256-SHA:AES128-GCM-SHA256:AES256-GCM-SHA384:AES128:AES256:HIGH:!RC4:!aNULL:!eNULL:!EXPORT:!DES:!3DES:!MD5:!PSK + + ## SSLHonorCipherOrder: + # Prefer the server's cipher preference order as the client may have a + # weak default order. + SSLHonorCipherOrder On + + ## Server Certificate: + # Point SSLCertificateFile at a PEM encoded certificate. If the certificate + # is encrypted, then you will be prompted for a pass phrase. Note that a + # kill -HUP will prompt again. Keep in mind that if you have both an RSA + # and a DSA certificate you can configure both in parallel (to also allow + # the use of DSA ciphers, etc.) + SSLCertificateFile /etc/ssl/apache2/server.crt + + ## Server Private Key: + # If the key is not combined with the certificate, use this directive to + # point at the key file. Keep in mind that if you've both a RSA and a DSA + # private key you can configure both in parallel (to also allow the use of + # DSA ciphers, etc.) + SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/ssl/apache2/server.key + + ## Server Certificate Chain: + # Point SSLCertificateChainFile at a file containing the concatenation of + # PEM encoded CA certificates which form the certificate chain for the + # server certificate. Alternatively the referenced file can be the same as + # SSLCertificateFile when the CA certificates are directly appended to the + # server certificate for convinience. + #SSLCertificateChainFile /etc/ssl/apache2/ca.crt + + ## Certificate Authority (CA): + # Set the CA certificate verification path where to find CA certificates + # for client authentication or alternatively one huge file containing all + # of them (file must be PEM encoded). + # Note: Inside SSLCACertificatePath you need hash symlinks to point to the + # certificate files. Use the provided Makefile to update the hash symlinks + # after changes. + #SSLCACertificatePath /etc/ssl/apache2/ssl.crt + #SSLCACertificateFile /etc/ssl/apache2/ca-bundle.crt + + ## Certificate Revocation Lists (CRL): + # Set the CA revocation path where to find CA CRLs for client authentication + # or alternatively one huge file containing all of them (file must be PEM + # encoded). + # Note: Inside SSLCARevocationPath you need hash symlinks to point to the + # certificate files. Use the provided Makefile to update the hash symlinks + # after changes. + #SSLCARevocationPath /etc/ssl/apache2/ssl.crl + #SSLCARevocationFile /etc/ssl/apache2/ca-bundle.crl + + ## Client Authentication (Type): + # Client certificate verification type and depth. Types are none, optional, + # require and optional_no_ca. Depth is a number which specifies how deeply + # to verify the certificate issuer chain before deciding the certificate is + # not valid. + #SSLVerifyClient require + #SSLVerifyDepth 10 + + ## Access Control: + # With SSLRequire you can do per-directory access control based on arbitrary + # complex boolean expressions containing server variable checks and other + # lookup directives. The syntax is a mixture between C and Perl. See the + # mod_ssl documentation for more details. + # + # #SSLRequire ( %{SSL_CIPHER} !~ m/^(EXP|NULL)/ \ + # and %{SSL_CLIENT_S_DN_O} eq "Snake Oil, Ltd." \ + # and %{SSL_CLIENT_S_DN_OU} in {"Staff", "CA", "Dev"} \ + # and %{TIME_WDAY} >= 1 and %{TIME_WDAY} <= 5 \ + # and %{TIME_HOUR} >= 8 and %{TIME_HOUR} <= 20 ) \ + # or %{REMOTE_ADDR} =~ m/^192\.76\.162\.[0-9]+$/ + # + + ## SSL Engine Options: + # Set various options for the SSL engine. + + ## FakeBasicAuth: + # Translate the client X.509 into a Basic Authorisation. This means that the + # standard Auth/DBMAuth methods can be used for access control. The user + # name is the `one line' version of the client's X.509 certificate. + # Note that no password is obtained from the user. Every entry in the user + # file needs this password: `xxj31ZMTZzkVA'. + + ## ExportCertData: + # This exports two additional environment variables: SSL_CLIENT_CERT and + # SSL_SERVER_CERT. These contain the PEM-encoded certificates of the server + # (always existing) and the client (only existing when client + # authentication is used). This can be used to import the certificates into + # CGI scripts. + + ## StdEnvVars: + # This exports the standard SSL/TLS related `SSL_*' environment variables. + # Per default this exportation is switched off for performance reasons, + # because the extraction step is an expensive operation and is usually + # useless for serving static content. So one usually enables the exportation + # for CGI and SSI requests only. + + ## StrictRequire: + # This denies access when "SSLRequireSSL" or "SSLRequire" applied even under + # a "Satisfy any" situation, i.e. when it applies access is denied and no + # other module can change it. + + ## OptRenegotiate: + # This enables optimized SSL connection renegotiation handling when SSL + # directives are used in per-directory context. + #SSLOptions +FakeBasicAuth +ExportCertData +StrictRequire + + SSLOptions +StdEnvVars + + + + SSLOptions +StdEnvVars + + + ## SSL Protocol Adjustments: + # The safe and default but still SSL/TLS standard compliant shutdown + # approach is that mod_ssl sends the close notify alert but doesn't wait + # for the close notify alert from client. When you need a different + # shutdown approach you can use one of the following variables: + + ## ssl-unclean-shutdown: + # This forces an unclean shutdown when the connection is closed, i.e. no + # SSL close notify alert is send or allowed to received. This violates the + # SSL/TLS standard but is needed for some brain-dead browsers. Use this when + # you receive I/O errors because of the standard approach where mod_ssl + # sends the close notify alert. + + ## ssl-accurate-shutdown: + # This forces an accurate shutdown when the connection is closed, i.e. a + # SSL close notify alert is send and mod_ssl waits for the close notify + # alert of the client. This is 100% SSL/TLS standard compliant, but in + # practice often causes hanging connections with brain-dead browsers. Use + # this only for browsers where you know that their SSL implementation works + # correctly. + # Notice: Most problems of broken clients are also related to the HTTP + # keep-alive facility, so you usually additionally want to disable + # keep-alive for those clients, too. Use variable "nokeepalive" for this. + # Similarly, one has to force some clients to use HTTP/1.0 to workaround + # their broken HTTP/1.1 implementation. Use variables "downgrade-1.0" and + # "force-response-1.0" for this. + + BrowserMatch ".*MSIE.*" \ + nokeepalive ssl-unclean-shutdown \ + downgrade-1.0 force-response-1.0 + + + ## Per-Server Logging: + # The home of a custom SSL log file. Use this when you want a compact + # non-error SSL logfile on a virtual host basis. + + CustomLog /var/log/apache2/ssl_request_log \ + "%t %h %{SSL_PROTOCOL}x %{SSL_CIPHER}x \"%r\" %b" + + + + + + +# vim: ts=4 filetype=apache diff --git a/config-archive/etc/rkhunter.conf b/config-archive/etc/rkhunter.conf new file mode 100644 index 0000000..51e4f4b --- /dev/null +++ b/config-archive/etc/rkhunter.conf @@ -0,0 +1,984 @@ +# +# This is the main configuration file for Rootkit Hunter. +# +# You can either modify this file directly, or you can create a local +# configuration file. The local file must be named 'rkhunter.conf.local', +# and must reside in the same directory as this file. Please modify one +# or both files to your own requirements. It is suggested that the +# command 'rkhunter -C' is run after any changes have been made. +# +# Please review the documentation before posting bug reports or questions. +# To report bugs, obtain updates, or provide patches or comments, please go to: +# http://rkhunter.sourceforge.net +# +# To ask questions about rkhunter, please use the rkhunter-users mailing list. +# Note this is a moderated list: please subscribe before posting. +# +# Lines beginning with a hash (#), and blank lines, are ignored. +# End-of-line comments are not supported. +# +# Most of the following options need only be specified once. If +# they appear more than once, then the last one seen will be used. +# Some options are allowed to appear more than once, and the text +# describing the option will say if this is so. +# +# Some of the options are space-separated lists of pathnames. If +# wildcard characters (globbing) are allowed in the list, then the +# text describing the option will say so. +# +# Space-separated lists may be enclosed by quotes, but these must only +# appear at the start and end of the list, not in the middle. +# +# For example: XXX="abc def gh" (correct) +# XXX="abc" "def" "gh" (incorrect) +# + +INSTALLDIR=/usr + +# +# If this option is set to 1, it specifies that the mirrors file +# ('mirrors.dat'), which is used when the '--update' and '--versioncheck' +# options are used, is to be rotated. Rotating the entries in the file +# allows a basic form of load-balancing between the mirror sites whenever +# the above options are used. +# If the option is set to 0, then the mirrors will be treated as if in +# a priority list. That is, the first mirror listed will always be used +# first. The second mirror will only be used if the first mirror fails, +# the third mirror will only be used if the second mirror fails, and so on. +# +# If the mirrors file is read-only, then the '--versioncheck' command-line +# option can only be used if this option is set to 0. +# +ROTATE_MIRRORS=1 + +# +# If this option is set to 1, it specifies that when the '--update' +# option is used, then the mirrors file is to be checked for updates +# as well. If the current mirrors file contains any local mirrors, +# these will be prepended to the updated file. +# If this option is set to 0, the mirrors file can only be updated +# manually. This may be useful if only using local mirrors. +# +UPDATE_MIRRORS=1 + +# +# The MIRRORS_MODE option tells rkhunter which mirrors are to be +# used when the '--update' or '--versioncheck' command-line options +# are given. Possible values are: +# 0 - use any mirror (the default) +# 1 - only use local mirrors +# 2 - only use remote mirrors +# +# Local and remote mirrors can be defined in the mirrors file +# by using the 'local=' and 'remote=' keywords respectively. +# +MIRRORS_MODE=0 + +# +# Email a message to this address if a warning is found when the +# system is being checked. Multiple addresses may be specified +# simply be separating them with a space. Setting this option to +# null disables the option. +# +# NOTE: This option should be present in the configuration file. +# +#MAIL-ON-WARNING=me@mydomain root@mydomain +MAIL-ON-WARNING="" + +# +# Specify the mail command to use if MAIL-ON-WARNING is set. +# +# NOTE: Double quotes are not required around the command, but +# are required around the subject line if it contains spaces. +# +MAIL_CMD=mail -s "[rkhunter] Warnings found for ${HOST_NAME}" + +# +# Specify the temporary directory to use. +# +# NOTE: Do not use /tmp as your temporary directory. Some +# important files will be written to this directory, so be +# sure that the directory permissions are tight. +# +TMPDIR=/var/lib/rkhunter/tmp + +# +# Specify the database directory to use. +# +DBDIR=/var/lib/rkhunter/db + +# +# Specify the script directory to use. +# +SCRIPTDIR=/usr/lib/rkhunter/scripts + +# +# This option can be used to modify the command directory list used +# by rkhunter to locate commands (that is, its PATH). By default +# this will be the root PATH, and an internal list of some common +# command directories. +# +# Any directories specified here will, by default, be appended to the +# default list. However, if a directory name begins with the '+' +# character, then that directory will be prepended to the list (that +# is, it will be put at the start of the list). +# +# This is a space-separated list of directory names. The option may +# be specified more than once. +# +#BINDIR="/bin /usr/bin /sbin /usr/sbin" +#BINDIR="+/usr/local/bin +/usr/local/sbin" + +# +# Specify the default language to use. This should be similar +# to the ISO 639 language code. +# +# NOTE: Please ensure that the language you specify is supported. +# For a list of supported languages use the following command: +# +# rkhunter --lang en --list languages +# +#LANGUAGE=en +LANGUAGE=de + +# +# This option is a space-separated list of the languages that are to +# be updated when the '--update' option is used. If unset, then all +# the languages will be updated. If none of the languages are to be +# updated, then set this option to just 'en'. +# +# The default is for all the languages to be updated. The default +# language, specified above, and the English (en) language file will +# always be updated regardless of this option. +# +UPDATE_LANG="" + +# +# Specify the log file pathname. +# +# NOTE: This option should be present in the configuration file. +# +LOGFILE=/var/log/rkhunter.log + +# +# Set the following option to 1 if the log file is to be appended to +# whenever rkhunter is run. +# +APPEND_LOG=1 + +# +# Set the following option to 1 if the log file is to be copied when +# rkhunter finishes and an error or warning has occurred. The copied +# log file name will be appended with the current date and time +# (in YYYY-MM-DD_HH:MM:SS format). +# For example: rkhunter.log.2009-04-21_00:57:51 +# +COPY_LOG_ON_ERROR=0 + +# +# Set the following option to enable the rkhunter check start and finish +# times to be logged by syslog. Warning messages will also be logged. +# The value of the option must be a standard syslog facility and +# priority, separated by a dot. For example: +# +# USE_SYSLOG=authpriv.warning +# +# Setting the value to 'none', or just leaving the option commented out, +# disables the use of syslog. +# +#USE_SYSLOG=authpriv.notice + +# +# Set the following option to 1 if the second colour set is to be used. +# This can be useful if your screen uses black characters on a white +# background (for example, a PC instead of a server). +# +COLOR_SET2=0 + +# +# Set the following option to 0 if rkhunter should not detect if X is +# being used. If X is detected as being used, then the second colour +# set will automatically be used. +# +AUTO_X_DETECT=1 + +# +# Set the following option to 1 if it is wanted that any 'Whitelisted' +# results are shown in white rather than green. For colour set 2 users, +# setting this option will cause the result to be shown in black. +# +WHITELISTED_IS_WHITE=0 + +# +# The following option is checked against the SSH configuration file +# 'PermitRootLogin' option. A warning will be displayed if they do not +# match. However, if a value has not been set in the SSH configuration +# file, then a value here of 'unset' can be used to avoid warning messages. +# This option has a default value of 'no'. +# +ALLOW_SSH_ROOT_USER=yes + +# +# Set this option to '1' to allow the use of the SSH-1 protocol, but note +# that theoretically it is weaker, and therefore less secure, than the +# SSH-2 protocol. Do not modify this option unless you have good reasons +# to use the SSH-1 protocol (for instance for AFS token passing or Kerberos4 +# authentication). If the 'Protocol' option has not been set in the SSH +# configuration file, then a value of '2' may be set here in order to +# suppress a warning message. This option has a default value of '0'. +# +ALLOW_SSH_PROT_V1=0 + +# +# This setting tells rkhunter the directory containing the SSH configuration +# file. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so should not +# usually need to be set. +# +#SSH_CONFIG_DIR=/etc/ssh + +# +# These two options determine which tests are to be performed. +# The ENABLE_TESTS option can use the word 'all' to refer to all the +# available tests. The DISABLE_TESTS option can use the word 'none' to +# mean that no tests are disabled. The list of disabled tests is applied to +# the list of enabled tests. Both options are space-separated lists of test +# names. The currently available test names can be seen by using the command +# 'rkhunter --list tests'. +# +# The program defaults are to enable all tests and disable none. However, if +# either of the options below are specified, then they will override the +# program defaults. +# +# The supplied configuration file has some tests already disabled, and these +# are tests that will be used only occasionally, can be considered +# "advanced" or that are prone to produce more than the average number of +# false-positives. +# +# Please read the README file for more details about enabling and disabling +# tests, the test names, and how rkhunter behaves when these options are used. +# +ENABLE_TESTS="all" +DISABLE_TESTS="suspscan hidden_ports hidden_procs deleted_files packet_cap_apps" + +# +# The HASH_FUNC option can be used to specify the command to use +# for the file hash value check. It can be specified as just the +# command name or the full pathname. If just the command name is +# given, and it is one of MD5, SHA1, SHA224, SHA256, SHA384 or +# SHA512, then rkhunter will first look for the relevant command, +# such as 'sha256sum', and then for 'sha256'. If neither of these +# are found, it will then look to see if a perl module has been +# installed which will support the relevant hash function. To see +# which perl modules have been installed use the command +# 'rkhunter --list perl'. +# +# The default is SHA1, or MD5 if SHA1 cannot be found. +# +# Systems using prelinking are restricted to using either the +# SHA1 or MD5 function. +# +# A value of 'NONE' (in uppercase) can be specified to indicate that +# no hash function should be used. Rootkit Hunter will detect this and +# automatically disable the file hash checks. +# +# Examples: +# For Solaris 9 : HASH_FUNC=gmd5sum +# For Solaris 10: HASH_FUNC=sha1sum +# For AIX (>5.2): HASH_FUNC="csum -hMD5" +# For NetBSD : HASH_FUNC="cksum -a sha512" +# +# NOTE: If the hash function is changed then you MUST run rkhunter with +# the '--propupd' option to rebuild the file properties database. +# +#HASH_FUNC=sha1sum + +# +# The HASH_FLD_IDX option specifies which field from the HASH_FUNC +# command output contains the hash value. The fields are assumed to +# be space-separated. The default value is 1, but for *BSD users +# rkhunter will, by default, use a value of 4 if the HASH_FUNC option +# has not been set. The option value must be an integer greater +# than zero. +# +#HASH_FLD_IDX=4 + +# +# The PKGMGR option tells rkhunter to use the specified package manager +# to obtain the file property information. This is used when updating +# the file properties file ('rkhunter.dat'), and when running the file +# properties check. For RedHat/RPM-based systems, 'RPM' can be used to +# get information from the RPM database. For Debian-based systems 'DPKG' +# can be used, for *BSD systems 'BSD' can be used, and for Solaris +# systems 'SOLARIS' can be used. No value, or a value of 'NONE', +# indicates that no package manager is to be used. The default is 'NONE'. +# +# The current package managers, except 'SOLARIS', store the file hash +# values using an MD5 hash function. The Solaris package manager includes +# a checksum value, but this is not used by default (see USE_SUNSUM below). +# +# The 'DPKG' and 'BSD' package managers only provide MD5 hash values. +# The 'RPM' package manager additionally provides values for the inode, +# file permissions, uid, gid and other values. The 'SOLARIS' also provides +# most of the values, similar to 'RPM', but not the inode number. +# +# For any file not part of a package, rkhunter will revert to using the +# HASH_FUNC hash function instead. +# +# Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run. +# +#PKGMGR=NONE + +# +# It is possible that a file which is part of a package may be modified +# by the administrator. Typically this occurs for configuration files. +# However, the package manager may list the file as being modified. For +# the RPM package manager this may well depend on how the package was +# built. This option specifies those pathnames which are to be exempt +# from the package manager verification process, and which will be treated +# as non-packaged files. As such, the file properties are still checked. +# +# This option only takes effect if the PKGMGR option has been set, and +# is not 'NONE'. +# +# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may +# be specified more than once. +# +# Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run. +# +#PKGMGR_NO_VRFY="" + +# +# This option can be used to tell rkhunter to ignore any prelink +# dependency errors for the given commands. However, a warning will also +# be issued if the error does not occur for a given command. As such +# this option must only be used on commands which experience a persistent +# problem. +# +# Short-term prelink dependency errors can usually be resolved simply by +# running the 'prelink' command on the given pathname. +# +# NOTE: The command 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run whenever this option +# is changed. +# +# This is a space-separated list of command pathnames. The option can be +# specified more than once. +# +#IGNORE_PRELINK_DEP_ERR="/bin/ps /usr/bin/top" + +# +# If the 'SOLARIS' package manager is used, then it is possible to use +# the checksum (hash) value stored for a file. However, this is only a +# 16-bit checksum, and as such is not nearly as secure as, for example, +# a SHA-2 value. For that reason, the checksum is not used by default, +# and the hash function given by HASH_FUNC is used instead. To enable +# this option, set its value to 1. The Solaris 'sum' command must be +# present on the system if this option is used. +# +#USE_SUNSUM=0 + +# +# This option is a space-separated list of commands, directories and file +# pathnames which will be included in the file properties checks. +# This option can be specified more than once. +# +# Whenever this option is changed, 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run. +# +# Simple command names - for example, 'top' - and directory names are +# added to the internal list of directories to be searched for each of +# the command names in the command list. Additionally, full pathnames +# to files, which need not be commands, may be given. Any files or +# directories which are already part of the internal lists will be +# silently ignored from the configuration. +# +# Normal globbing wildcards are allowed, except for simple command names. +# For example, 'top*' cannot be given, but '/usr/bin/top*' is allowed. +# +# Specific files may be excluded by preceding their name with an +# exclamation mark (!). For example, '!/opt/top'. By combining this +# with wildcarding, whole directories can be excluded. For example, +# '/etc/* /etc/*/* !/etc/rc?.d/*'. This will look for files in the first +# two directory levels of '/etc'. However, anything in '/etc/rc0.d', +# '/etc/rc1.d', '/etc/rc2.d' and so on, will be excluded. +# +# NOTE: Only files and directories which have been added by the user, +# and are not part of the internal lists, can be excluded. So, for +# example, it is not possible to exclude the 'ps' command by using +# '!/bin/ps'. These will be silently ignored from the configuration. +# +#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="top /usr/local/sbin !/opt/ps*" +#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="/etc/rkhunter.conf" +#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="/etc/rkhunter.conf.local" +#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="/var/lib/rkhunter/db/*" +#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="!/var/lib/rkhunter/db/mirrors.dat" +#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="!/var/lib/rkhunter/db/rkhunter*" +#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="/var/lib/rkhunter/db/i18n/*" + +# +# This option whitelists files and directories from existing, +# or not existing, on the system at the time of testing. This +# option is used when the configuration file options themselves +# are checked, and during the file properties check, the hidden +# files and directories checks, and the filesystem check of the +# '/dev' directory. +# +# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may be +# specified more than once. The option may use wildcard characters, +# but be aware that this is probably not what you want to do as the +# wildcarding will be expanded after files have been deleted. As +# such deleted files won't be whitelisted if wildcarded. +# +# NOTE: The user must take into consideration how often the file will +# appear and disappear from the system in relation to how often +# rkhunter is run. If the file appears, and disappears, too often +# then rkhunter may not notice this. All it will see is that the file +# has changed. The inode-number and DTM will certainly be different +# for each new file, and rkhunter will report this. +# +#EXISTWHITELIST="" + +# +# Whitelist various attributes of the specified files. +# The attributes are those of the 'attributes' test. +# Specifying a file name here does not include it being +# whitelisted for the write permission test (see below). +# +# This is a space-separated list of filenames. The option may +# be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard +# characters. +# +#ATTRWHITELIST="/bin/ps /usr/bin/date" + +# +# Allow the specified commands to have the 'others' +# (world) permission have the write-bit set. +# +# For example, files with permissions r-xr-xrwx +# or rwxrwxrwx. +# +# This is a space-separated list of filenames. The option may +# be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard +# characters. +# +#WRITEWHITELIST="/bin/ps /usr/bin/date" + +# +# Allow the specified commands to be scripts. +# +# This is a space-separated list of filenames. The option may +# be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard +# characters. +# +#SCRIPTWHITELIST="/sbin/ifup /sbin/ifdown" +#SCRIPTWHITELIST="/usr/bin/groups" + +# +# Allow the specified commands to have the immutable attribute set. +# +# This is a space-separated list of filenames. The option may +# be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard +# characters. +# +#IMMUTWHITELIST="/sbin/ifup /sbin/ifdown" + +# +# If this option is set to 1, then the immutable-bit test is +# reversed. That is, the files are expected to have the bit set. +# +IMMUTABLE_SET=0 + +# +# Allow the specified hidden directories to be whitelisted. +# +# This is a space-separated list of directory pathnames. +# The option may be specified more than once. The option +# may use wildcard characters. +# +#ALLOWHIDDENDIR="/etc/.java" +#ALLOWHIDDENDIR="/dev/.udev /dev/.udevdb /dev/.udev.tdb" +#ALLOWHIDDENDIR="/dev/.static" +#ALLOWHIDDENDIR="/dev/.initramfs" +#ALLOWHIDDENDIR="/dev/.SRC-unix" +#ALLOWHIDDENDIR="/dev/.mdadm" + +# +# Allow the specified hidden files to be whitelisted. +# +# This is a space-separated list of filenames. The option may +# be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard +# characters. +# +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/etc/.java" +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/share/man/man1/..1.gz" +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/etc/.pwd.lock" +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/etc/.init.state" +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/lib/.libcrypto.so.0.9.8e.hmac /lib/.libcrypto.so.6.hmac" +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/lib/.libssl.so.0.9.8e.hmac /lib/.libssl.so.6.hmac" +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/bin/.fipscheck.hmac" +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/bin/.ssh.hmac" +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/.libfipscheck.so.1.1.0.hmac" +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/.libfipscheck.so.1.hmac" +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/.libgcrypt.so.11.hmac" +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha1hmac.hmac" +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha256hmac.hmac" +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha384hmac.hmac" +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha512hmac.hmac" +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/sbin/.sshd.hmac" + +# +# Allow the specified processes to use deleted files. The +# process name may be followed by a colon-separated list of +# full pathnames. The process will then only be whitelisted +# if it is using one of the given files. For example: +# +# ALLOWPROCDELFILE="/usr/libexec/gconfd-2:/tmp/abc:/var/tmp/xyz" +# +# This is a space-separated list of process names. The option +# may be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard +# characters, but only in the file names. +# +#ALLOWPROCDELFILE="/sbin/cardmgr /usr/sbin/gpm:/etc/X11/abc" +#ALLOWPROCDELFILE="/usr/libexec/gconfd-2" +#ALLOWPROCDELFILE="/usr/sbin/mysqld:/tmp/ib*" + +# +# Allow the specified processes to listen on any network interface. +# +# This is a space-separated list of process names. The option +# may be specified more than once. +# +#ALLOWPROCLISTEN="/sbin/dhclient /usr/bin/dhcpcd" +#ALLOWPROCLISTEN="/usr/sbin/pppoe /usr/sbin/tcpdump" +#ALLOWPROCLISTEN="/usr/sbin/snort-plain" +#ALLOWPROCLISTEN="/usr/local/bin/wpa_supplicant" + +# +# Allow the specified network interfaces to be in promiscuous mode. +# +# This is a space-separated list of interface names. The option may +# be specified more than once. +# +#ALLOWPROMISCIF="eth0" + +# +# SCAN_MODE_DEV governs how we scan '/dev' for suspicious files. +# The two allowed options are: THOROUGH or LAZY. +# If commented out we do a THOROUGH scan which will increase the runtime. +# Even though this adds to the running time it is highly recommended to +# leave it like this. +# +#SCAN_MODE_DEV=THOROUGH + +# +# The PHALANX2_DIRTEST option is used to indicate if the Phalanx2 test is to +# perform a basic check, or a more thorough check. If the option is set to 0, +# then a basic check is performed. If it is set to 1, then all the directries +# in the /etc and /usr directories are scanned. The default value is 0. Users +# should note that setting this option to 1 will cause the test to take longer +# to complete. +# +PHALANX2_DIRTEST=0 + +# +# Allow the specified files to be present in the /dev directory, +# and not regarded as suspicious. +# +# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may +# be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard +# characters. +# +#ALLOWDEVFILE="/dev/shm/pulse-shm-*" +#ALLOWDEVFILE="/dev/shm/sem.ADBE_*" + +# +# This setting tells rkhunter where the inetd configuration +# file is located. +# +#INETD_CONF_PATH=/etc/inetd.conf + +# +# Allow the following enabled inetd services. +# +# This is a space-separated list of service names. The option may +# be specified more than once. +# +# For non-Solaris users the simple service name should be used. +# For example: +# +# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=echo +# +# For Solaris 9 users the simple service name should also be used, but +# if it is an RPC service, then the executable pathname should be used. +# For example: +# +# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=imaps +# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC="/usr/sbin/rpc.metad /usr/sbin/rpc.metamhd" +# +# For Solaris 10 users the service/FMRI name should be used. For example: +# +# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/network/rpc/meta +# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/network/rpc/metamed +# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/application/font/stfsloader +# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/network/rpc-100235_1/rpc_ticotsord +# +#INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=echo + +# +# This setting tells rkhunter where the xinetd configuration +# file is located. +# +#XINETD_CONF_PATH=/etc/xinetd.conf + +# +# Allow the following enabled xinetd services. Whilst it would be +# nice to use the service names themselves, at the time of testing +# we only have the pathname available. As such, these entries are +# the xinetd file pathnames. +# +# This is a space-separated list of service names. The option may +# be specified more than once. +# +#XINETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/etc/xinetd.d/echo + +# +# This option tells rkhunter the local system startup file pathnames. +# The directories will be searched for files. By default rkhunter +# will use certain filenames and directories. If the option is set +# to 'none', then certain tests will be skipped. +# +# This is a space-separated list of file and directory pathnames. +# The option may be specified more than once. The option may use +# wildcard characters. +# +#STARTUP_PATHS="/etc/rc.d /etc/rc.local" + +# +# This setting tells rkhunter the pathname to the file containing the +# user account passwords. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, +# and so should not usually need to be set. Users of TCB shadow files +# should not set this option. +# +#PASSWORD_FILE=/etc/shadow + +# +# Allow the following accounts to be root equivalent. These accounts +# will have a UID value of zero. The 'root' account does not need to +# be listed as it is automatically whitelisted. +# +# This is a space-separated list of account names. The option may +# be specified more than once. +# +# NOTE: For *BSD systems you will probably need to use this option +# for the 'toor' account. +# +#UID0_ACCOUNTS="toor rooty" + +# +# Allow the following accounts to have no password. NIS/YP entries do +# not need to be listed as they are automatically whitelisted. +# +# This is a space-separated list of account names. The option may +# be specified more than once. +# +#PWDLESS_ACCOUNTS="abc" + +# +# This setting tells rkhunter the pathname to the syslog configuration +# file. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so should not +# usually need to be set. A value of 'NONE' can be used to indicate +# that there is no configuration file, but that the syslog daemon process +# may be running. +# +# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may +# be specified more than once. +# +#SYSLOG_CONFIG_FILE=/etc/syslog.conf + +# +# This option permits the use of syslog remote logging. +# +ALLOW_SYSLOG_REMOTE_LOGGING=0 + +# +# Allow the following applications, or a specific version of an application, +# to be whitelisted. This option may be specified more than once, and is a +# space-separated list consisting of the application names. If a specific +# version is to be whitelisted, then the name must be followed by a colon +# and then the version number. For example: +# +# APP_WHITELIST="openssl:0.9.7d gpg httpd:1.3.29" +# +# Note above that for the Apache web server, the name 'httpd' is used. +# +#APP_WHITELIST="" + +# +# Scan for suspicious files in directories containing temporary files and +# directories posing a relatively higher risk due to user write access. +# Please do not enable by default as suspscan is CPU and I/O intensive and prone to +# producing false positives. Do review all settings before usage. +# Also be aware that running suspscan in combination with verbose logging on, +# RKH's default, will show all ignored files. +# Please consider adding all directories the user the (web)server runs as has +# write access to including the document root (example: "/var/www") and log +# directories (example: "/var/log/httpd"). +# +# This is a space-separated list of directory pathnames. +# The option may be specified more than once. +# +#SUSPSCAN_DIRS="/tmp /var/tmp" + +# +# Directory for temporary files. A memory-based one is better (faster). +# Do not use a directory name that is listed in SUSPSCAN_DIRS. +# Please make sure you have a tempfs mounted and the directory exists. +# +SUSPSCAN_TEMP=/dev/shm + +# +# Maximum filesize in bytes. Files larger than this will not be inspected. +# Do make sure you have enough space left in your temporary files directory. +# +SUSPSCAN_MAXSIZE=10240000 + +# +# Score threshold. Below this value no hits will be reported. +# A value of "200" seems "good" after testing on malware. Please adjust +# locally if necessary. +# +SUSPSCAN_THRESH=200 + +# +# The following option can be used to whitelist network ports which +# are known to have been used by malware. This option may be specified +# more than once. The option is a space-separated list of one or more +# of four types of whitelisting. These are: +# +# 1) a 'protocol:port' pair (e.g. TCP:25) +# 2) a pathname to an executable (e.g. /usr/sbin/squid) +# 3) a combined pathname, protocol and port +# (e.g. /usr/sbin/squid:TCP:3801) +# 4) an asterisk ('*') +# +# Only the UDP or TCP protocol may be specified, and the port number +# must be between 1 and 65535 inclusive. +# +# The asterisk can be used to indicate that any executable which rkhunter +# can locate as a command, is whitelisted. (See BINDIR in this file.) +# +# For example: +# +# PORT_WHITELIST="/home/user1/abc /opt/xyz TCP:2001 UDP:32011" +# +# NOTE: In order to whitelist a pathname, or use the asterisk option, +# the 'lsof' command must be present. +# +#PORT_WHITELIST="" + +# +# The following option can be used to tell rkhunter where the operating +# system 'release' file is located. This file contains information +# specifying the current O/S version. RKH will store this information +# itself, and check to see if it has changed between each run. If it has +# changed, then the user is warned that RKH may issue warning messages +# until RKH has been run with the '--propupd' option. +# +# Since the contents of the file vary according to the O/S distribution, +# RKH will perform different actions when it detects the file itself. As +# such, this option should not be set unless necessary. If this option is +# specified, then RKH will assume the O/S release information is on the +# first non-blank line of the file. +# +#OS_VERSION_FILE="/etc/release" + +# +# The following two options can be used to whitelist files and directories +# that would normally be flagged with a warning during the various rootkit +# and malware checks. If the file or directory name contains a space, then +# the percent character ('%') must be used instead. Only existing files and +# directories can be specified, and these must be full pathnames not links. +# +# Additionally, the RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST option may include a string after the +# file name (separated by a colon). This will then only whitelist that string +# in that file (as part of the malware checks). For example: +# +# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST="/etc/rc.local:hdparm" +# +# If the option list includes the filename on its own as well, then the file +# will be whitelisted from rootkit checks of the files existence, but still +# only the specific string within the file will be whitelisted. For example: +# +# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST="/etc/rc.local:hdparm /etc/rc.local" +# +# To whitelist a file from the existence checks, but not from the strings +# checks, then include the filename on its own and on its own but with +# just a colon appended. For example: +# +# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST="/etc/rc.local /etc/rc.local:" +# +# NOTE: It is recommended that if you whitelist any files, then you include +# those files in the file properties check. See the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS +# configuration option. +# +# These are space-separated lists of file and directory pathnames. +# The options may be specified more than once. +# +#RTKT_DIR_WHITELIST="" +#RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST="" + +# +# The following option can be used to whitelist shared library files that would +# normally be flagged with a warning during the preloaded shared library check. +# These library pathnames usually exist in the '/etc/ld.so.preload' file or in +# the LD_PRELOAD environment variable. +# +# NOTE: It is recommended that if you whitelist any files, then you include +# those files in the file properties check. See the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS +# configuration option. +# +# This is a space-separated list of library pathnames. +# The option may be specified more than once. +# +#SHARED_LIB_WHITELIST="/lib/snoopy.so" + +# +# To force rkhunter to use the supplied script for the 'stat' or 'readlink' +# command, then the following two options can be used. The value must be +# set to 'BUILTIN'. +# +# NOTE: IRIX users will probably need to enable STAT_CMD. +# +#STAT_CMD=BUILTIN +#READLINK_CMD=BUILTIN + +# +# In the file properties test any modification date/time is displayed as the +# number of epoch seconds. Rkhunter will try and use the 'date' command, or +# failing that the 'perl' command, to display the date and time in a +# human-readable format as well. This option may be used if some other command +# should be used instead. The given command must understand the '%s' and +# 'seconds ago' options found in the GNU date command. +# +# A value of 'NONE' may be used to request that only the epoch seconds be shown. +# A value of 'PERL' may be used to force rkhunter to use the 'perl' command, if +# it is present. +# +#EPOCH_DATE_CMD="" + +# +# This setting tells rkhunter the directory containing the available +# Linux kernel modules. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, +# and so should not usually need to be set. +# +#MODULES_DIR="" + +# +# The following option can be set to a command which rkhunter will use when +# downloading files from the Internet - that is, when the '--update' or +# '--versioncheck' option is used. The command can take options. +# +# This allows the user to use a command other than the one automatically +# selected by rkhunter, but still one which it already knows about. +# For example: +# +# WEB_CMD=curl +# +# Alternatively, the user may specify a completely new command. However, note +# that rkhunter expects the downloaded file to be written to stdout, and that +# everything written to stderr is ignored. For example: +# +# WEB_CMD="/opt/bin/dlfile --timeout 5m -q" +# +# *BSD users may want to use the 'ftp' command, provided that it supports +# the HTTP protocol: +# +# WEB_CMD="ftp -o -" +# +#WEB_CMD="" + +# +# Set the following option to 0 if you do not want to receive a warning if +# any O/S information has changed since the last run of 'rkhunter --propupd'. +# The warnings occur during the file properties check. The default is to +# issue a warning if something has changed. +# +#WARN_ON_OS_CHANGE=1 + +# +# Set the following option to 1 if you want rkhunter to automatically run +# a file properties update ('--propupd') if the O/S has changed. Detection +# of an O/S change occurs during the file properties check. The default is +# not to do an automatic update. +# +# WARNING: Only set this option if you are sure that the update will work +# correctly. That is, that the database directory is writeable, that a valid +# hash function is available, and so on. This can usually be checked simply +# by running 'rkhunter --propupd' at least once. +# +#UPDT_ON_OS_CHANGE=0 + +# +# Set the following option to 1 if locking is to be used when rkhunter runs. +# The lock is set just before logging starts, and is removed when the program +# ends. It is used to prevent items such as the log file, and the file +# properties file, from becoming corrupted if rkhunter is running more than +# once. The mechanism used is to simply create a lock file in the TMPDIR +# directory. If the lock file already exists, because rkhunter is already +# running, then the current process simply loops around sleeping for 10 seconds +# and then retrying the lock. +# +# The default is not to use locking. +# +USE_LOCKING=0 + +# +# If locking is used, then rkhunter may have to wait to get the lock file. +# This option sets the total amount of time, in seconds, that rkhunter should +# wait. It will retry the lock every 10 seconds, until either it obtains the +# lock or the timeout value has been reached. If no value is set, then a +# default of 300 seconds (5 minutes) is used. +# +LOCK_TIMEOUT=300 + +# +# If locking is used, then rkhunter may be doing nothing for some time if it +# has to wait for the lock. Some simple messages are echo'd to the users screen +# to let them know that rkhunter is waiting for the lock. Set this option to 0 +# if the messages are not to be displayed. The default is to show them. +# +SHOW_LOCK_MSGS=1 + +# +# If the option SCANROOTKITMODE is set to "THOROUGH" the scanrootkit() function +# will search (on a per rootkit basis) for filenames in all of the directories (as defined +# by the result of running 'find / -xdev'). While still not optimal, as it +# still searches for only file names as opposed to file contents, this is one step away +# from the rigidity of searching in known (evidence) or default (installation) locations. +# +# THIS OPTION SHOULD NOT BE ENABLED BY DEFAULT. +# +# You should only activate this feature as part of a more thorough investigation which +# should be based on relevant best practices and procedures. +# +# Enabling this feature implies you have the knowledge to interpret the results properly. +# +#SCANROOTKITMODE=THOROUGH + +# +# The following option can be set to the name(s) of the tests the 'unhide' command is +# to use. In order to maintain compatibility with older versions of 'unhide', this +# option defaults to 'sys'. Options such as '-m' and '-v' may also be specified, but +# will only take effect when they are seen. The test names are a space-separated list, +# and will be executed in the order given. +# +#UNHIDE_TESTS="sys" + +# +# If both the C 'unhide', and Ruby 'unhide.rb', programs exist on the system, then it +# is possible to disable the execution of one of the programs if desired. By default +# rkhunter will look for both programs, and execute each of them as they are found. +# If the value of this option is 0, then both programs will be executed if they are +# present. A value of 1 will disable execution of the C 'unhide' program, and a value +# of 2 will disable the Ruby 'unhide.rb' program. The default value is 0. To disable +# both programs, then disable the 'hidden_procs' test. +# +#DISABLE_UNHIDE=0 diff --git a/config-archive/etc/rkhunter.conf.dist.new b/config-archive/etc/rkhunter.conf.dist.new new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4b924c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/config-archive/etc/rkhunter.conf.dist.new @@ -0,0 +1,1225 @@ +# +# This is the main configuration file for Rootkit Hunter. +# +# You can modify this file directly, or you can create a local configuration +# file. The local file must be named 'rkhunter.conf.local', and must reside +# in the same directory as this file. Alternatively you can create a directory, +# named 'rkhunter.d', which also must be in the same directory as this +# configuration file. Within the 'rkhunter.d' directory you can place further +# configuration files. There is no restriction on the file names used, other +# than they must end in '.conf'. +# +# Please modify the configuration file(s) to your own requirements. It is +# recommended that the command 'rkhunter -C' is run after any changes have +# been made. +# +# Please review the documentation before posting bug reports or questions. +# To report bugs, obtain updates, or provide patches or comments, please go +# to: http://rkhunter.sourceforge.net +# +# To ask questions about rkhunter, please use the 'rkhunter-users' mailing list. +# Note that this is a moderated list, so please subscribe before posting. +# +# In the configuration files, lines beginning with a hash (#), and blank lines, +# are ignored. Also, end-of-line comments are not supported. +# +# Any of the configuration options may appear more than once. However, several +# options only take one value, and so the last one seen will be used. Some +# options are allowed to appear more than once, and the text describing the +# option will say if this is so. These configuration options will, in effect, +# have their values concatenated together. To delete a previously specified +# option list, specify the option with no value (that is, a null string). +# +# Some of the options are space-separated lists, others, typically those +# specifying pathnames, are newline-separated lists. These must be entered +# as one item per line. Quotes must not be used to surround the pathname. +# +# For example, to specify two pathnames, '/tmp/abc' and '/tmp/xyz', for an +# option: XXX=/tmp/abc (correct) +# XXX=/tmp/xyz +# +# XXX="/tmp/abc" (incorrect) +# XXX="/tmp/xyz" +# +# XXX=/tmp/abc /tmp/xyz (incorrect) +# or XXX="/tmp/abc /tmp/xyz" (incorrect) +# or XXX="/tmp/abc" "/tmp/xyz" (incorrect) +# +# The last three examples are being configured as space-separated lists, +# which is incorrect, generally, for options specifying pathnames. They +# should be configured with one entry per line as in the first example. +# +# If wildcard characters (globbing) are allowed for an option, then the +# text describing the option will say so. +# +# Space-separated lists may be enclosed by quotes, although they are not +# required. If they are used, then they must only appear at the start and +# end of the list, not in the middle. +# +# For example: XXX=abc def gh (correct) +# XXX="abc def gh" (correct) +# XXX="abc" "def" "gh" (incorrect) +# +# Space-separated lists may also be entered simply as one entry per line. +# +# For example: XXX=abc (correct) +# XXX=def +# XXX="gh" +# +# If a configuration option is never set, then the program will assume a +# default value. The text describing the option will state the default value. +# If there is no default, then rkhunter will calculate a value or pathname +# to use. +# + +INSTALLDIR=/usr + +# +# If this option is set to '1', it specifies that the mirrors file +# ('mirrors.dat'), which is used when the '--update' and '--versioncheck' +# options are used, is to be rotated. Rotating the entries in the file allows +# a basic form of load-balancing between the mirror sites whenever the above +# options are used. +# +# If the option is set to '0', then the mirrors will be treated as if in a +# priority list. That is, the first mirror listed will always be used first. +# The second mirror will only be used if the first mirror fails, the third +# mirror will only be used if the second mirror fails, and so on. +# +# If the mirrors file is read-only, then the '--versioncheck' command-line +# option can only be used if this option is set to '0'. +# +# The default value is '1'. +# +#ROTATE_MIRRORS=1 + +# +# If this option is set to '1', it specifies that when the '--update' option is +# used, then the mirrors file is to be checked for updates as well. If the +# current mirrors file contains any local mirrors, these will be prepended to +# the updated file. If this option is set to '0', the mirrors file can only be +# updated manually. This may be useful if only using local mirrors. +# +# The default value is '1'. +# +#UPDATE_MIRRORS=1 + +# +# The MIRRORS_MODE option tells rkhunter which mirrors are to be used when +# the '--update' or '--versioncheck' command-line options are given. +# Possible values are: +# 0 - use any mirror +# 1 - only use local mirrors +# 2 - only use remote mirrors +# +# Local and remote mirrors can be defined in the mirrors file by using the +# 'local=' and 'remote=' keywords respectively. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#MIRRORS_MODE=0 + +# +# Email a message to this address if a warning is found when the system is +# being checked. Multiple addresses may be specified simply be separating +# them with a space. To disable the option, simply set it to the null string +# or comment it out. +# +# The option may be specified more than once. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +# Also see the MAIL_CMD option. +# +#MAIL-ON-WARNING=me@mydomain root@mydomain + +# +# This option specifies the mail command to use if MAIL-ON-WARNING is set. +# +# NOTE: Double quotes are not required around the command, but are required +# around the subject line if it contains spaces. +# +# The default is to use the 'mail' command, with a subject line +# of '[rkhunter] Warnings found for ${HOST_NAME}'. +# +#MAIL_CMD=mail -s "[rkhunter] Warnings found for ${HOST_NAME}" + +# +# This option specifies the directory to use for temporary files. +# +# NOTE: Do not use '/tmp' as your temporary directory. Some important files +# will be written to this directory, so be sure that the directory permissions +# are secure. +# +# The installer program will set the default directory. If this default is +# subsequently commented out or removed, then the program will assume a +# default directory beneath the installation directory. +# +TMPDIR=/var/lib/rkhunter/tmp + +# +# This option specifies the database directory to use. +# +# The installer program will set the default directory. If this default is +# subsequently commented out or removed, then the program will assume a +# default directory beneath the installation directory. +# +DBDIR=/var/lib/rkhunter/db + +# +# This option specifies the script directory to use. +# +# The installer program will set the default directory. If this default is +# subsequently commented out or removed, then the program will not run. +# +SCRIPTDIR=/usr/lib/rkhunter/scripts + +# +# This option can be used to modify the command directory list used by rkhunter +# to locate commands (that is, its PATH). By default this will be the root PATH, +# and an internal list of some common command directories. +# +# Any directories specified here will, by default, be appended to the default +# list. However, if a directory name begins with the '+' character, then that +# directory will be prepended to the list (that is, it will be put at the start +# of the list). +# +# This is a space-separated list of directory names. The option may be +# specified more than once. +# +# The default value is based on the root account PATH environment variable. +# +#BINDIR=/bin /usr/bin /sbin /usr/sbin +#BINDIR=+/usr/local/bin +/usr/local/sbin + +# +# This option specifies the default language to use. This should be similar to +# the ISO 639 language code. +# +# NOTE: Please ensure that the language you specify is supported. +# For a list of supported languages use the following command: +# +# rkhunter --lang en --list languages +# +# The default language is 'en' (English). +# +#LANGUAGE=en + +# +# This option is a space-separated list of the languages that are to be updated +# when the '--update' option is used. If unset, then all the languages will be +# updated. If none of the languages are to be updated, then set this option to +# just 'en'. +# +# The default language, specified by the LANGUAGE option, and the English (en) +# language file will always be updated regardless of this option. +# +# This option may be specified more than once. +# +# The default value is the null string, indicating that all the language files +# will be updated. +# +#UPDATE_LANG="" + +# +# This option specifies the log file pathname. The file will be created if it +# does not initially exist. If the option is unset, then the program will +# display a message each time it is run saying that the default value is being +# used. +# +# The default value is '/var/log/rkhunter.log'. +# +LOGFILE=/var/log/rkhunter.log + +# +# Set this option to '1' if the log file is to be appended to whenever rkhunter +# is run. A value of '0' will cause a new log file to be created whenever the +# program is run. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#APPEND_LOG=0 + +# +# Set the following option to '1' if the log file is to be copied when rkhunter +# finishes and an error or warning has occurred. The copied log file name will +# be appended with the current date and time (in YYYY-MM-DD_HH:MM:SS format). +# For example: rkhunter.log.2009-04-21_00:57:51 +# If the option value is '0', then the log file will not be copied regardless +# of whether any errors or warnings occurred. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#COPY_LOG_ON_ERROR=0 + +# +# Set the following option to enable the rkhunter check start and finish times +# to be logged by syslog. Warning messages will also be logged. The value of +# the option must be a standard syslog facility and priority, separated by a +# dot. For example: +# +# USE_SYSLOG=authpriv.warning +# +# Setting the value to 'NONE', or just leaving the option commented out, +# disables the use of syslog. +# +# The default value is not to use syslog. +# +#USE_SYSLOG=authpriv.notice + +# +# Set the following option to '1' if the second colour set is to be used. This +# can be useful if your screen uses black characters on a white background +# (for example, a PC instead of a server). A value of '0' will cause the default +# colour set to be used. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#COLOR_SET2=0 + +# +# Set the following option to '0' if rkhunter should not detect if X is being +# used. If X is detected as being used, then the second colour set will +# automatically be used. If set to '1', then the use of X will be detected. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +AUTO_X_DETECT=1 + +# +# Set the following option to '1' if it is wanted that any 'Whitelisted' results +# are shown in white rather than green. For colour set 2 users, setting this +# option will cause the result to be shown in black. Setting the option to '0' +# causes whitelisted results to be displayed in green. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#WHITELISTED_IS_WHITE=0 + +# +# The following option is checked against the SSH configuration file +# 'PermitRootLogin' option. A warning will be displayed if they do not match. +# However, if a value has not been set in the SSH configuration file, then a +# value here of 'unset' can be used to avoid warning messages. +# +# The default value is 'no'. +# +#ALLOW_SSH_ROOT_USER=no + +# +# Set this option to '1' to allow the use of the SSH-1 protocol, but note +# that theoretically it is weaker, and therefore less secure, than the +# SSH-2 protocol. Do not modify this option unless you have good reasons +# to use the SSH-1 protocol (for instance for AFS token passing or Kerberos4 +# authentication). If the 'Protocol' option has not been set in the SSH +# configuration file, then a value of '2' may be set here in order to +# suppress a warning message. A value of '0' indicates that the use of +# SSH-1 is not allowed. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#ALLOW_SSH_PROT_V1=0 + +# +# This setting tells rkhunter the directory containing the SSH configuration +# file. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so should not +# usually need to be set. +# +# This option has no default value. +# +#SSH_CONFIG_DIR=/etc/ssh + +# +# These two options determine which tests are to be performed. The ENABLE_TESTS +# option can use the word 'ALL' to refer to all of the available tests. The +# DISABLE_TESTS option can use the word 'NONE' to mean that no tests are +# disabled. The list of disabled tests is applied to the list of enabled tests. +# +# Both options are space-separated lists of test names, and both options may +# be specified more than once. The currently available test names can be seen +# by using the command 'rkhunter --list tests'. +# +# The supplied configuration file has some tests already disabled, and these +# are tests that will be used only occasionally, can be considered 'advanced' +# or that are prone to produce more than the average number of false-positives. +# +# Please read the README file for more details about enabling and disabling +# tests, the test names, and how rkhunter behaves when these options are used. +# +# The default values are to enable all tests and to disable none. However, if +# either of the options below are specified, then they will override the +# program defaults. +# +ENABLE_TESTS=ALL +DISABLE_TESTS=suspscan hidden_ports hidden_procs deleted_files packet_cap_apps + +# +# The HASH_CMD option can be used to specify the command to use for the file +# properties hash value check. It can be specified as just the command name or +# the full pathname. If just the command name is given, and it is one of MD5, +# SHA1, SHA224, SHA256, SHA384 or SHA512, then rkhunter will first look for the +# relevant command, such as 'sha256sum', and then for 'sha256'. If neither of +# these are found, it will then look to see if a perl module has been installed +# which will support the relevant hash function. To see which perl modules have +# been installed use the command 'rkhunter --list perl'. +# +# Systems using prelinking are restricted to using either the SHA1 or MD5 +# function. +# +# A value of 'NONE' (in uppercase) can be specified to indicate that no hash +# function should be used. Rkhunter will detect this, and automatically disable +# the file properties hash check test. +# +# Examples: +# For Solaris 9 : HASH_CMD=gmd5sum +# For Solaris 10: HASH_CMD=sha1sum +# For AIX (>5.2): HASH_CMD="csum -hMD5" +# For NetBSD : HASH_CMD="cksum -a sha512" +# +# NOTE: Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run. +# +# The default value is the SHA1 function, or MD5 if SHA1 cannot be found. +# +# Also see the HASH_FLD_IDX option. +# +#HASH_CMD=sha1sum + +# +# The HASH_FLD_IDX option specifies which field from the HASH_CMD command +# output contains the hash value. The fields are assumed to be space-separated. +# +# The option value must be an integer greater than zero. +# +# The default value is '1', but for *BSD users rkhunter will, by default, use a +# value of '4' if the HASH_CMD option has not been set. +# +#HASH_FLD_IDX=4 + +# +# The PKGMGR option tells rkhunter to use the specified package manager to +# obtain the file property information. This is used when updating the file +# properties file ('rkhunter.dat'), and when running the file properties check. +# For RedHat/RPM-based systems, 'RPM' can be used to get information from the +# RPM database. For Debian-based systems 'DPKG' can be used, for *BSD systems +# 'BSD' can be used, and for Solaris systems 'SOLARIS' can be used. No value, +# or a value of 'NONE', indicates that no package manager is to be used. +# +# The current package managers, except 'SOLARIS', store the file hash values +# using an MD5 hash function. The Solaris package manager includes a checksum +# value, but this is not used by default (see USE_SUNSUM below). +# +# The 'DPKG' and 'BSD' package managers only provide MD5 hash values. +# The 'RPM' package manager additionally provides values for the inode, +# file permissions, uid, gid and other values. The 'SOLARIS' also provides +# most of the values, similar to 'RPM', but not the inode number. +# +# For any file not part of a package, rkhunter will revert to using the +# HASH_CMD hash function instead. +# +# NOTE: Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run. +# +# The default value is 'NONE'. +# +# Also see the PKGMGR_NO_VRFY and USE_SUNSUM options. +# +#PKGMGR=NONE + +# +# It is possible that a file, which is part of a package, may have been +# modified by the administrator. Typically this occurs for configuration +# files. However, the package manager may list the file as being modified. +# For the RPM package manager this may well depend on how the package was +# built. This option specifies a pathname which is to be exempt from the +# package manager verification process, and which will be treated +# as a non-packaged file. As such, the file properties are still checked. +# +# This option only takes effect if the PKGMGR option has been set, and +# is not 'NONE'. +# +# This option may be specified more than once. +# +# NOTE: Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#PKGMGR_NO_VRFY="" + +# +# If the 'SOLARIS' package manager is used, then it is possible to use the +# checksum (hash) value stored for a file. However, this is only a 16-bit +# checksum, and as such is not nearly as secure as, for example, a SHA-2 value. +# If the option is set to '0', then the checksum is not used and the hash +# function given by HASH_CMD is used instead. To enable this option, set its +# value to '1'. The Solaris 'sum' command must be present on the system if this +# option is used. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#USE_SUNSUM=0 + +# +# This option can be used to tell rkhunter to ignore any prelink dependency +# errors for the given commands. However, a warning will also be issued if the +# error does not occur for a given command. As such this option must only be +# used on commands which experience a persistent problem. +# +# Short-term prelink dependency errors can usually be resolved simply by +# running the 'prelink' command on the given pathname. +# +# This is a space-separated list of command pathnames. The option can be +# specified more than once. +# +# NOTE: Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#IGNORE_PRELINK_DEP_ERR=/bin/ps /usr/bin/top + +# +# These options specify a command, directory or file pathname which will be +# included or excluded in the file properties checks. +# +# For the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS option, simple command names - for example, +# 'top' - and directory names are added to the internal list of directories to +# be searched for each of the command names in the command list. Additionally, +# full pathnames to files, which need not be commands, may be given. Any files +# or directories which are already part of the internal lists will be silently +# ignored from the configuration. +# +# For the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS option, wildcards are allowed, except for +# simple command names. +# For example, 'top*' cannot be given, but '/usr/bin/top*' is allowed. +# +# Specific files may be excluded by using the EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS +# option. Wildcards may be used with this option. +# +# By combining these two options, and using wildcards, whole directories can be +# excluded. For example: +# +# USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/* +# USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/*/* +# EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/rc?.d/* +# +# This will look for files in the first two directory levels of '/etc'. However, +# anything in '/etc/rc0.d', '/etc/rc1.d', '/etc/rc2.d' and so on, will be +# excluded. +# +# NOTE: Only files and directories which have been added by the user, and are +# not part of the internal lists, can be excluded. So, for example, it is not +# possible to exclude the 'ps' command by using '/bin/ps'. These will be +# silently ignored from the configuration. +# +# Both options can be specified more than once. +# +# NOTE: Whenever these options are changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run. +# +# The default value for both options is the null string. +# +#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=top +#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/usr/local/sbin +#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/rkhunter.conf +#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/rkhunter.conf.local +#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/var/lib/rkhunter/db/* +#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/var/lib/rkhunter/db/i18n/* +#EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/opt/ps* +#EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/var/lib/rkhunter/db/mirrors.dat +#EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/var/lib/rkhunter/db/rkhunter* + +# +# This option whitelists files and directories from existing, or not existing, +# on the system at the time of testing. This option is used when the +# configuration file options themselves are checked, and during the file +# properties check, the hidden files and directories checks, and the filesystem +# check of the '/dev' directory. +# +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcards. +# Be aware though that this is probably not what you want to do as the +# wildcarding will be expanded after files have been deleted. As such +# deleted files won't be whitelisted if wildcarded. +# +# NOTE: The user must take into consideration how often the file will appear +# and disappear from the system in relation to how often rkhunter is run. If +# the file appears, and disappears, too often then rkhunter may not notice +# this. All it will see is that the file has changed. The inode-number and DTM +# will certainly be different for each new file, and rkhunter will report this. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#EXISTWHITELIST="" + +# +# Whitelist various attributes of the specified file. The attributes are those +# of the 'attributes' test. Specifying a file name here does not include it +# being whitelisted for the write permission test (see below). +# +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#ATTRWHITELIST=/usr/bin/date + +# +# Allow the specified file to have the 'others' (world) permission have the +# write-bit set. For example, files with permissions r-xr-xrwx or rwxrwxrwx. +# +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#WRITEWHITELIST=/usr/bin/date + +# +# Allow the specified file to be a script. +# +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#SCRIPTWHITELIST=/usr/bin/groups + +# +# Allow the specified file to have the immutable attribute set. +# +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#IMMUTWHITELIST=/sbin/ifdown + +# +# If this option is set to '1', then the immutable-bit test is reversed. That +# is, the files are expected to have the bit set. A value of '0' means that the +# immutable-bit should not be set. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#IMMUTABLE_SET=0 + +# +# Allow the specified hidden directory to be whitelisted. +# +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#ALLOWHIDDENDIR=/etc/.java +#ALLOWHIDDENDIR=/dev/.udev +#ALLOWHIDDENDIR=/dev/.udevdb +#ALLOWHIDDENDIR=/dev/.mdadm + +# +# Allow the specified hidden file to be whitelisted. +# +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/share/man/man1/..1.gz +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/bin/.fipscheck.hmac +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/bin/.ssh.hmac +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/lib/.libfipscheck.so.1.1.0.hmac +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha1hmac.hmac +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha256hmac.hmac +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/sbin/.sshd.hmac + +# +# Allow the specified process to use deleted files. The process name may be +# followed by a colon-separated list of full pathnames. The process will then +# only be whitelisted if it is using one of the given files. For example: +# +# ALLOWPROCDELFILE=/usr/libexec/gconfd-2:/tmp/abc:/var/tmp/xyz +# +# This option may be specified more than once. It may also use wildcards, but +# only in the file names. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#ALLOWPROCDELFILE=/sbin/cardmgr +#ALLOWPROCDELFILE=/usr/sbin/mysqld:/tmp/ib* + +# +# Allow the specified process to listen on any network interface. +# +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#ALLOWPROCLISTEN=/sbin/dhclient +#ALLOWPROCLISTEN=/usr/bin/dhcpcd +#ALLOWPROCLISTEN=/usr/sbin/tcpdump +#ALLOWPROCLISTEN=/usr/sbin/snort-plain + +# +# Allow the specified network interfaces to be in promiscuous mode. +# +# This is a space-separated list of interface names. The option may be +# specified more than once. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#ALLOWPROMISCIF=eth0 + +# +# This option specifies how rkhunter should scan the '/dev' directory for +# suspicious files. The only allowed values are 'THOROUGH' and 'LAZY'. +# +# A THOROUGH scan will increase the overall runtime of rkhunter. Despite this, +# it is highly recommended that this value is used. +# +# The default value is 'THOROUGH'. +# +# Also see the ALLOWDEVFILE option. +# +#SCAN_MODE_DEV=THOROUGH + +# +# Allow the specified file to be present in the '/dev' directory, and not +# regarded as suspicious. +# +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#ALLOWDEVFILE=/dev/shm/pulse-shm-* +#ALLOWDEVFILE=/dev/shm/sem.ADBE_* + +# +# This option is used to indicate if the Phalanx2 test is to perform a basic +# check, or a more thorough check. If the option is set to '0', then a basic +# check is performed. If it is set to '1', then all the directories in the +# '/etc' and '/usr' directories are scanned. +# +# NOTE: Setting this option to '1' will cause the test to take longer +# to complete. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#PHALANX2_DIRTEST=0 + +# +# This option tells rkhunter where the inetd configuration file is located. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#INETD_CONF_PATH=/etc/inetd.conf + +# +# This option allows the specified enabled inetd services. +# +# This is a space-separated list of service names. The option may be specified +# more than once. +# +# For non-Solaris users the simple service name should be used. +# For example: +# +# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=echo +# +# For Solaris 9 users the simple service name should also be used, but +# if it is an RPC service, then the executable pathname should be used. +# For example: +# +# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=imaps +# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/usr/sbin/rpc.metad /usr/sbin/rpc.metamhd +# +# For Solaris 10 users the service/FMRI name should be used. For example: +# +# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/network/rpc/meta +# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/network/rpc/metamed +# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/application/font/stfsloader +# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/network/rpc-100235_1/rpc_ticotsord +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=echo + +# +# This option tells rkhunter where the xinetd configuration file is located. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#XINETD_CONF_PATH=/etc/xinetd.conf + +# +# This option allows the specified enabled xinetd services. Whilst it would be +# nice to use the service names themselves, at the time of testing we only have +# the pathname available. As such, these entries are the xinetd file pathnames. +# +# This is a space-separated list of service names. The option may be specified +# more than once. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#XINETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/etc/xinetd.d/echo + +# +# This option tells rkhunter the local system startup file pathnames. The +# directories will be searched for files. By default rkhunter will try and +# determine were the startup files are located. If the option is set to 'NONE', +# then certain tests will be skipped. +# +# This is a space-separated list of file and directory pathnames. The option +# may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. +# +# This option has no default value. +# +#STARTUP_PATHS=/etc/rc.d /etc/rc.local + +# +# This option tells rkhunter the pathname to the file containing the user +# account passwords. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so +# should not usually need to be set. Users of TCB shadow files should not +# set this option. +# +# This option has no default value. +# +#PASSWORD_FILE=/etc/shadow + +# +# This option allows the specified accounts to be root equivalent. These +# accounts will have a UID value of zero. The 'root' account does not need +# to be listed as it is automatically whitelisted. +# +# This is a space-separated list of account names. The option may be specified +# more than once. +# +# NOTE: For *BSD systems you will probably need to use this option for the +# 'toor' account. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#UID0_ACCOUNTS=toor rooty + +# +# This option allows the specified accounts to have no password. NIS/YP entries +# do not need to be listed as they are automatically whitelisted. +# +# This is a space-separated list of account names. The option may be specified +# more than once. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#PWDLESS_ACCOUNTS=abc + +# +# This option tells rkhunter the pathname to the syslog configuration file. +# This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so should not usually need +# to be set. A value of 'NONE' can be used to indicate that there is no +# configuration file, but that the syslog daemon process may be running. +# +# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may be specified +# more than once. +# +# This option has no default value. +# +#SYSLOG_CONFIG_FILE=/etc/syslog.conf + +# +# If this option is set to '1', then the use of syslog remote logging is +# permitted. A value of '0' disallows the use of remote logging. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#ALLOW_SYSLOG_REMOTE_LOGGING=0 + +# +# This option allows the specified applications, or a specific version of an +# application, to be whitelisted. If a specific version is to be whitelisted, +# then the name must be followed by a colon and then the version number. +# For example: +# +# APP_WHITELIST=openssl:0.9.7d gpg httpd:1.3.29 +# +# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may be specified +# more than once. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#APP_WHITELIST="" + +# +# Set this option to scan for suspicious files in directories which pose a +# relatively higher risk due to user write access. +# +# Please do not enable the 'suspscan' test by default as it is CPU and I/O +# intensive, and prone to producing false positives. Do review all settings +# before usage. Also be aware that running 'suspscan' in combination with +# verbose logging on, rkhunter's default, will show all ignored files. +# +# Please consider adding all directories the user the (web)server runs as, +# and has write access to, including the document root (e.g: '/var/www') and +# log directories (e.g: '/var/log/httpd'). +# +# This is a space-separated list of directory pathnames. The option may be +# specified more than once. +# +# The default value is the '/tmp' and '/var/tmp' directories. +# +#SUSPSCAN_DIRS=/tmp /var/tmp + +# +# This option specifies the directory for temporary files used by the +# 'suspscan' test. A memory-based directory, such as a tempfs filesystem, is +# better (faster). Do not use a directory name that is listed in SUSPSCAN_DIRS +# as that is highly likely to cause false-positive results. +# +# The default value is '/dev/shm'. +# +#SUSPSCAN_TEMP=/dev/shm + +# +# This option specifies the 'suspscan' test maximum filesize in bytes. Files +# larger than this will not be inspected. Do make sure you have enough space +# available in your temporary files directory. +# +# The default value is '1024000'. +# +#SUSPSCAN_MAXSIZE=10240000 + +# +# This option specifies the 'suspscan' test score threshold. Below this value +# no hits will be reported. +# +# The default value is '200'. +# +#SUSPSCAN_THRESH=200 + +# +# The following options can be used to whitelist network ports which are known +# to have been used by malware. +# +# The PORT_WHITELIST option is a space-separated list of one or more of two +# types of whitelisting. These are: +# +# 1) a 'protocol:port' pair +# 2) an asterisk ('*') +# +# Only the UDP or TCP protocol may be specified, and the port number must be +# between 1 and 65535 inclusive. +# +# The asterisk can be used to indicate that any executable which rkhunter can +# locate as a command, is whitelisted. (Also see BINDIR) +# +# The PORT_PATH_WHITELIST option specifies one of two types of whitelisting. +# These are: +# +# 1) a pathname to an executable +# 2) a combined pathname, protocol and port +# +# As above, the protocol can only be TCP or UDP, and the port number must be +# between 1 and 65535 inclusive. +# +# Examples: +# +# PORT_WHITELIST=TCP:2001 UDP:32011 +# PORT_PATH_WHITELIST=/usr/sbin/squid +# PORT_PATH_WHITELIST=/usr/sbin/squid:TCP:3801 +# +# NOTE: In order to whitelist a pathname, or use the asterisk option, the +# 'lsof' command must be present. +# +# Both options may be specified more than once. +# +# The default value for both options is the null string. +# +#PORT_WHITELIST="" +#PORT_PATH_WHITELIST="" + +# +# The following option can be used to tell rkhunter where the operating system +# 'release' file is located. This file contains information specifying the +# current O/S version. RKH will store this information, and check to see if it +# has changed between each run. If it has changed, then the user is warned that +# RKH may issue warning messages until RKH has been run with the '--propupd' +# option. +# +# Since the contents of the file vary according to the O/S distribution, RKH +# will perform different actions when it detects the file itself. As such, this +# option should not be set unless necessary. If this option is specified, then +# RKH will assume the O/S release information is on the first non-blank line of +# the file. +# +# This option has no default value. +# +# Also see the WARN_ON_OS_CHANGE and UPDT_ON_OS_CHANGE options. +# +#OS_VERSION_FILE=/etc/release + +# +# Set the following option to '0' if you do not want to receive a warning if any +# O/S information has changed since the last run of 'rkhunter --propupd'. The +# warnings occur during the file properties check. Setting a value of '1' will +# cause rkhunter to issue a warning if something has changed. +# +# The default value is '1'. +# +#WARN_ON_OS_CHANGE=1 + +# +# Set the following option to '1' if you want rkhunter to automatically run a +# file properties update ('--propupd') if the O/S has changed. Detection of an +# O/S change occurs during the file properties check. Setting a value of '0' +# will cause rkhunter not to do an automatic update. +# +# WARNING: Only set this option if you are sure that the update will work +# correctly. That is, that the database directory is writeable, that a valid +# hash function is available, and so on. This can usually be checked simply by +# running 'rkhunter --propupd' at least once. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#UPDT_ON_OS_CHANGE=0 + +# +# The following two options can be used to whitelist files and directories that +# would normally be flagged with a warning during the various rootkit and +# malware checks. Only existing files and directories can be specified, and +# these must be full pathnames not links. +# +# Additionally, the RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST option may include a string after the +# file name (separated by a colon). This will then only whitelist that string +# in that file (as part of the malware checks). For example: +# +# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local:hdparm +# +# If the option list includes the filename on its own as well, then the file +# will be whitelisted from rootkit checks of the files existence, but still +# only the specific string within the file will be whitelisted. For example: +# +# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local +# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local:hdparm +# +# To whitelist a file from the existence checks, but not from the strings +# checks, then include the filename on its own and on its own but with just +# a colon appended. For example: +# +# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local +# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local: +# +# NOTE: It is recommended that if you whitelist any files, then you include +# those files in the file properties check. See the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS +# configuration option. +# +# Both of these options may be specified more than once. +# +# For both options the default value is the null string. +# +#RTKT_DIR_WHITELIST="" +#RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST="" + +# +# The following option can be used to whitelist shared library files that would +# normally be flagged with a warning during the preloaded shared library check. +# These library pathnames usually exist in the '/etc/ld.so.preload' file or in +# the LD_PRELOAD environment variable. +# +# NOTE: It is recommended that if you whitelist any files, then you include +# those files in the file properties check. See the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS +# configuration option. +# +# This option is a space-separated list of library pathnames. The option may be +# specified more than once. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#SHARED_LIB_WHITELIST=/lib/snoopy.so + +# +# To force rkhunter to use the supplied script for the 'stat' or 'readlink' +# command the following two options can be used. The value must be set to +# 'BUILTIN'. +# +# NOTE: IRIX users will probably need to enable STAT_CMD. +# +# For both options the default value is the null string. +# +#STAT_CMD=BUILTIN +#READLINK_CMD=BUILTIN + +# +# In the file properties test any modification date/time is displayed as the +# number of epoch seconds. Rkhunter will try and use the 'date' command, or +# failing that the 'perl' command, to display the date and time in a +# human-readable format as well. This option may be used if some other command +# should be used instead. The given command must understand the '%s' and +# 'seconds ago' options found in the GNU 'date' command. +# +# A value of 'NONE' may be used to request that only the epoch seconds be shown. +# A value of 'PERL' may be used to force rkhunter to use the 'perl' command, if +# it is present. +# +# This option has no default value. +# +#EPOCH_DATE_CMD="" + +# +# This setting tells rkhunter the directory containing the available Linux +# kernel modules. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so should +# not usually need to be set. +# +# This option has no default value. +# +#MODULES_DIR="" + +# +# The following option can be set to a command which rkhunter will use when +# downloading files from the Internet - that is, when the '--update' or +# '--versioncheck' option is used. The command can take options. +# +# This allows the user to use a command other than the one automatically +# selected by rkhunter, but still one which it already knows about. +# For example: +# +# WEB_CMD=curl +# +# Alternatively, the user may specify a completely new command. However, note +# that rkhunter expects the downloaded file to be written to stdout, and that +# everything written to stderr is ignored. For example: +# +# WEB_CMD="/opt/bin/dlfile --timeout 5m -q" +# +# *BSD users may want to use the 'ftp' command, provided that it supports the +# HTTP protocol: +# +# WEB_CMD="ftp -o -" +# +# This option has no default value. +# +#WEB_CMD="" + +# +# Set the following option to '1' if locking is to be used when rkhunter runs. +# The lock is set just before logging starts, and is removed when the program +# ends. It is used to prevent items such as the log file, and the file +# properties file, from becoming corrupted if rkhunter is running more than +# once. The mechanism used is to simply create a lock file in the TMPDIR +# directory. If the lock file already exists, because rkhunter is already +# running, then the current process simply loops around sleeping for 10 seconds +# and then retrying the lock. A value of '0' means not to use locking. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +# Also see the LOCK_TIMEOUT and SHOW_LOCK_MSGS options. +# +#USE_LOCKING=0 + +# +# If locking is used, then rkhunter may have to wait to get the lock file. +# This option sets the total amount of time, in seconds, that rkhunter should +# wait. It will retry the lock every 10 seconds, until either it obtains the +# lock or the timeout value has been reached. +# +# The default value is 300 seconds (5 minutes). +# +#LOCK_TIMEOUT=300 + +# +# If locking is used, then rkhunter may be doing nothing for some time if it +# has to wait for the lock. If this option is set to '1', then some simple +# messages are echoed to the users screen to let them know that rkhunter is +# waiting for the lock. Set this option to '0' if the messages are not to be +# displayed. +# +# The default value is '1'. +# +#SHOW_LOCK_MSGS=1 + +# +# If this option is set to 'THOROUGH' then rkhunter will search (on a per +# rootkit basis) for filenames in all of the directories (as defined by the +# result of running 'find / -xdev'). While still not optimal, as it still +# searches for only file names as opposed to file contents, this is one step +# away from the rigidity of searching in known (evidence) or default +# (installation) locations. +# +# THIS OPTION SHOULD NOT BE ENABLED BY DEFAULT. +# +# You should only activate this feature as part of a more thorough +# investigation, which should be based on relevant best practices and +# procedures. +# +# Enabling this feature implies you have the knowledge to interpret the +# results properly. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#SCANROOTKITMODE=THOROUGH + +# +# The following option can be set to the name(s) of the tests the 'unhide' +# command is to use. Options such as '-m' and '-v' may be specified, but will +# only take effect when they are seen. The test names are a space-separated +# list, and will be executed in the order given. +# +# This option may be specified more than once. +# +# The default value is 'sys' in order to maintain compatibility with older +# versions of 'unhide'. +# +#UNHIDE_TESTS=sys + +# +# The following option can be used to set options for the 'unhide-tcp' command. +# The options are space-separated. +# +# This option may be specified more than once. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#UNHIDETCP_OPTS="" + +# +# If both the C 'unhide', and Ruby 'unhide.rb', programs exist on the system, +# then it is possible to disable the execution of one of the programs if +# desired. By default rkhunter will look for both programs, and execute each +# of them as they are found. If the value of this option is '0', then both +# programs will be executed if they are present. A value of '1' will disable +# execution of the C 'unhide' program, and a value of '2' will disable the Ruby +# 'unhide.rb' program. To disable both programs, then disable the +# 'hidden_procs' test. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#DISABLE_UNHIDE=0 + +# +# This option can be set to either '0' or '1'. If set to '1' then the summary, +# shown after rkhunter has run, will display the actual number of warnings +# found. If it is set to '0', then the summary will simply indicate that +# 'One or more' warnings were found. If no warnings were found, and this option +# is set to '1', then a "0" will be shown. If the option is set to '0', then +# the words 'No warnings' will be shown. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#SHOW_SUMMARY_WARNINGS_NUMBER=0 + +# +# This option is used to determine where, if anywhere, the summary scan time is +# displayed. A value of '0' indicates that it should not be displayed anywhere. +# A value of '1' indicates that the time should only appear on the screen, and a +# value of '2' that it should only appear in the log file. A value of '3' +# indicates that the time taken should appear both on the screen and in the log +# file. +# +# The default value is '3'. +# +#SHOW_SUMMARY_TIME=3 + +# +# The two options below may be used to check if a file is missing or empty +# (that is, it has a size of zero). The EMPTY_LOGFILES option will also check +# if the file is missing, since that can be interpreted as a file of no size. +# However, the file will only be reported as missing if the MISSING_LOGFILES +# option hasn't already done this. +# +# Both options are space-separated lists of pathnames, and may be specified +# more than once. +# +# NOTE: Log files are usually 'rotated' by some mechanism. At that time it is +# perfectly possible for the file to be either missing or empty. As such these +# options may produce false-positive warnings when log files are rotated. +# +# For both options the default value is the null string. +# +#EMPTY_LOGFILES="" +#MISSING_LOGFILES="" diff --git a/cron.weekly/mdadm b/cron.weekly/mdadm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..72e401d --- /dev/null +++ b/cron.weekly/mdadm @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +#!/bin/sh +if [ -x /usr/sbin/checkarray ] && [ $(date +\%d) -le 7 ]; then + /usr/sbin/checkarray --cron --all --idle --quiet +fi diff --git a/default/grub b/default/grub index fcef291..1ea8691 100644 --- a/default/grub +++ b/default/grub @@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ GRUB_TIMEOUT=10 # Note that you can use only modes which your graphic card supports via VBE. # You can see them in real GRUB with the command `vbeinfo'. #GRUB_GFXMODE=640x480 +GRUB_GFXMODE=800x600 # Path to theme spec txt file. # The starfield is by default provided with use truetype. diff --git a/dhcpcd.conf b/dhcpcd.conf index 96eaf52..2ecbe74 100644 --- a/dhcpcd.conf +++ b/dhcpcd.conf @@ -30,6 +30,9 @@ option ntp_servers # A ServerID is required by RFC2131. require dhcp_server_identifier +# Generate Stable Private IPv6 Addresses instead of hardware based ones +slaac private + # A hook script is provided to lookup the hostname if not set by the DHCP # server, but it should not be run by default. nohook lookup-hostname diff --git a/env.d/90nss b/env.d/90nss deleted file mode 100644 index fbade16..0000000 --- a/env.d/90nss +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -PRELINK_PATH_MASK=/usr/lib64/libfreebl3.so:/usr/lib64/libnssdbm3.so:/usr/lib64/libsoftokn3.so diff --git a/env.d/90nss-amd64 b/env.d/90nss-amd64 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fbade16 --- /dev/null +++ b/env.d/90nss-amd64 @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +PRELINK_PATH_MASK=/usr/lib64/libfreebl3.so:/usr/lib64/libnssdbm3.so:/usr/lib64/libsoftokn3.so diff --git a/init.d/apache2 b/init.d/apache2 index 76e2154..155747f 100755 --- a/init.d/apache2 +++ b/init.d/apache2 @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ stop() { ${APACHE2} ${APACHE2_OPTS} -k stop local i=0 retval=0 - while ( test -f "${PIDFILE}" && pgrep -P ${PID} apache2 >/dev/null ) \ + while ( test -f "${PIDFILE}" || pgrep -P ${PID} apache2 >/dev/null ) \ && [ $i -lt ${TIMEOUT} ]; do sleep 1 && i=$(expr $i + 1) done diff --git a/init.d/device-mapper b/init.d/device-mapper index 9ac8cdb..56e7503 100755 --- a/init.d/device-mapper +++ b/init.d/device-mapper @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ #!/sbin/runscript -# Copyright 1999-2013 Gentoo Foundation +# Copyright 1999-2014 Gentoo Foundation # Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2 -# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/sys-fs/lvm2/files/device-mapper.rc-2.02.95-r2,v 1.2 2013/04/09 11:00:26 ssuominen Exp $ +# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/sys-fs/lvm2/files/device-mapper.rc-2.02.105-r2,v 1.1 2014/02/02 19:52:34 robbat2 Exp $ depend() { # As of .67-r1, we call ALL lvm start/stop scripts with --sysinit, that @@ -19,19 +19,55 @@ dm_in_proc() { return ${retval} } +# char **build_dmsetup_command(volume) +# +# Returns complete dmsetup command given single volume name +build_dmsetup_command() { + local count dmsetup_cmd + + # Number of lines mentioning volume name + count=$(grep -v -e '^[[:space:]]*\(#\|$\)' /etc/dmtab | grep -c ${1}) + + # If there's just one line: + if [ ${count} -eq 1 ] ; then + echo "echo $(grep -v -e '^[[:space:]]*\(#\|$\)' /etc/dmtab | \ + grep ${1} | awk '{$1=""; print $0}') | /sbin/dmsetup create ${1}" + + # For all cases with more lines: + elif [ ${count} -gt 1 ] ; then + for c in $( seq 1 ${count} ) ; do + if [ ${c} -eq 1 ] ; then + # Heavy escaping in awk-statement because we cannot use apostrophes + dmsetup_cmd="echo -e $(grep -v -e '^[[:space:]]*\(#\|$\)' /etc/dmtab | \ + grep ${1} | awk NR==${c}\ \{\$1=\"\"\;\ print\ \$0\})" + else + # Append starting with newline + dmsetup_cmd="${dmsetup_cmd}\\\\n \ + $(grep -v -e '^[[:space:]]*\(#\|$\)' /etc/dmtab | \ + grep ${1} | awk NR==${c}\ \{\$1=\"\"\;\ print\ \$0\})" + fi + done + echo "${dmsetup_cmd} | /sbin/dmsetup create ${1}" + fi + + return 0 +} + # char **get_new_dm_volumes(void) # -# Return dmsetup commands to setup volumes +# Return unique volumes from /etc/dmtab get_new_dm_volumes() { - local volume params + local volume # Filter comments and blank lines grep -v -e '^[[:space:]]*\(#\|$\)' /etc/dmtab | \ - while read volume params ; do + awk '{ print $1 }' | \ + uniq | \ + while read volume ; do # If it exists, skip it dmvolume_exists "${volume%:}" && continue - # Assemble the command to run to create volume - echo "echo ${params} | /sbin/dmsetup create ${volume%:}" + + echo "${volume%:}" done return 0 @@ -88,15 +124,15 @@ start() { if [ -x /sbin/dmsetup -a -c /dev/mapper/control -a -f /etc/dmtab ] ; then [ -n "$(get_new_dm_volumes)" ] && \ einfo " Setting up device-mapper volumes:" - + get_new_dm_volumes | \ while read x ; do [ -n "${x}" ] || continue - + volume="${x##* }" - + ebegin " Creating volume: ${volume}" - if ! eval "${x}" >/dev/null 2>/dev/null ; then + if ! eval $(build_dmsetup_command ${volume}) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null ; then eend 1 " Error creating volume: ${volume}" # dmsetup still adds an empty volume in some cases, # so lets remove it diff --git a/init.d/dmeventd b/init.d/dmeventd index cad661d..3c2f5f3 100755 --- a/init.d/dmeventd +++ b/init.d/dmeventd @@ -1,7 +1,10 @@ #!/sbin/runscript -# Copyright 1999-2013 Gentoo Foundation +# Copyright 1999-2014 Gentoo Foundation # Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2 -# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/sys-fs/lvm2/files/dmeventd.initd-2.02.67-r1,v 1.2 2013/04/09 11:00:26 ssuominen Exp $ +# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/sys-fs/lvm2/files/dmeventd.initd-2.02.67-r1,v 1.3 2014/02/08 21:17:46 robbat2 Exp $ + +PIDFILE=/run/dmeventd.pid +BIN=/sbin/dmeventd depend() { # As of .67-r1, we call ALL lvm start/stop scripts with --sysinit, that @@ -11,13 +14,13 @@ depend() { start() { ebegin "Starting dmeventd" - start-stop-daemon --start --exec /sbin/dmeventd --pidfile /var/run/dmeventd.pid + start-stop-daemon --start --exec $BIN --pidfile $PIDFILE eend $? } stop() { ebegin "Stopping dmeventd" - start-stop-daemon --stop --exec /sbin/dmeventd --pidfile /var/run/dmeventd.pid + start-stop-daemon --stop --exec $BIN --pidfile $PIDFILE eend $? } diff --git a/init.d/lvm b/init.d/lvm index 76d90f3..7fdf50e 100755 --- a/init.d/lvm +++ b/init.d/lvm @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ #!/sbin/runscript -# Copyright 1999-2013 Gentoo Foundation +# Copyright 1999-2014 Gentoo Foundation # Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2 -# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/sys-fs/lvm2/files/lvm.rc-2.02.95-r2,v 1.2 2013/04/09 11:00:26 ssuominen Exp $ +# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/sys-fs/lvm2/files/lvm.rc-2.02.105-r2,v 1.1 2014/02/02 19:52:34 robbat2 Exp $ depend() { - use dmeventd before checkfs fsck - after dmeventd modules device-mapper + after modules device-mapper + need lvmetad sysfs } config='global { locking_dir = "/run/lock/lvm" }' @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ then einfo "Shutting down the Logical Volume Manager" - VGS=$($lvm_path vgs --config "${config}" -o vg_name --noheadings --nosuffix 2> /dev/null) + VGS=$($lvm_path vgs --config "${config}" -o vg_name --noheadings --nosuffix --rows 2> /dev/null) if [ "$VGS" ] then @@ -83,13 +83,14 @@ then # Extra PV find pass because some devices might not have been available until very recently lvm_commands="${lvm_commands}lvchange --sysinit -a ln ${VGS}\n" # Now make the nodes - lvm_commands="${lvm_commands}vgchange --sysinit -a ln\n" + lvm_commands="${lvm_commands}vgchange --sysinit -a ln ${VGS}\n" # Order of this is important, have to work around dash and LVM readline printf "%b\n" "${lvm_commands}" | $lvm_path /proc/self/fd/0 --config "${config}" >/dev/null - eend $? "Failed" + eend $? "Failed (possibly some LVs still needed for /usr or root)" fi - einfo "Finished Shutting down the Logical Volume Manager" + einfo "Finished shutting down the Logical Volume Manager" + return 0 fi } diff --git a/init.d/lvm-monitoring b/init.d/lvm-monitoring index 6a41bb6..c53a604 100755 --- a/init.d/lvm-monitoring +++ b/init.d/lvm-monitoring @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ #!/sbin/runscript -# Copyright 1999-2013 Gentoo Foundation +# Copyright 1999-2014 Gentoo Foundation # Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2 -# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/sys-fs/lvm2/files/lvm-monitoring.initd-2.02.67-r2,v 1.4 2013/04/09 11:00:26 ssuominen Exp $ +# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/sys-fs/lvm2/files/lvm-monitoring.initd-2.02.105-r2,v 1.1 2014/02/02 19:52:34 robbat2 Exp $ # This script is based on upstream file # LVM2.2.02.67/scripts/lvm2_monitoring_init_red_hat.in @@ -18,29 +18,22 @@ VGS=/sbin/vgs start() { ret=0 # TODO do we want to separate out already active groups only? - VGSLIST=`$VGS --noheadings -o name 2> /dev/null` - for vg in $VGSLIST - do - ebegin "Starting LVM monitoring for VG $vg:" - $VGCHANGE --monitor y --poll y $vg - ret2=$? - eend $ret2 - [ $ret2 -ne 0 ] && ret=$ret2 - done + VGSLIST=`$VGS --noheadings -o name --rows 2> /dev/null` + ebegin "Starting LVM monitoring for VGs ${VGSLIST}:" + $VGCHANGE --monitor y --poll y ${VGSLIST} + ret=$? + eend $ret return $ret + } stop() { ret=0 # TODO do we want to separate out already active groups only? - VGSLIST=`$VGS --noheadings -o name 2> /dev/null` - for vg in $VGSLIST - do - ebegin "Stopping LVM monitoring for VG $vg:" - $VGCHANGE --monitor n $vg - ret2=$? - eend $ret2 - [ $ret2 -ne 0 ] && ret=$ret2 - done + VGSLIST=`$VGS --noheadings -o name --rows 2> /dev/null` + ebegin "Stopping LVM monitoring for VGs ${VGSLIST}:" + $VGCHANGE --monitor n ${VGSLIST} + ret=$? + eend $ret return $ret } diff --git a/init.d/lvmetad b/init.d/lvmetad new file mode 100755 index 0000000..e16d55c --- /dev/null +++ b/init.d/lvmetad @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#!/sbin/runscript +# Copyright 1999-2014 Gentoo Foundation +# Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2 +# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/sys-fs/lvm2/files/lvmetad.initd-2.02.105-r2,v 1.2 2014/02/08 21:17:46 robbat2 Exp $ + +pidfile="/run/lvmetad.pid" +command="/sbin/lvmetad" +command_args="${LVMETAD_OPTS:=-p ${pidfile}}" +start_stop_daemon_args="--pidfile ${pidfile}" + +depend() { + : +} diff --git a/init.d/nagios b/init.d/nagios index 955cb87..ec75a1b 100755 --- a/init.d/nagios +++ b/init.d/nagios @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ #!/sbin/runscript -# Copyright 1999-2011 Gentoo Foundation +# Copyright 1999-2014 Gentoo Foundation # Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2 -# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/net-analyzer/nagios-core/files/nagios3,v 1.2 2011/12/30 15:34:02 polynomial-c Exp $ +# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/net-analyzer/nagios-core/files/nagios3,v 1.3 2014/02/05 13:29:09 pinkbyte Exp $ extra_commands="checkconfig" extra_started_commands="reload" @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ reload() } checkconfig() { - ebegin "Verifiyng config files" + ebegin "Verifying config files" # Silent Check /usr/sbin/nagios -v ${nagios_config} &>/dev/null && return 0 diff --git a/init.d/ulogd b/init.d/ulogd index a818ce2..b1c5d61 100755 --- a/init.d/ulogd +++ b/init.d/ulogd @@ -1,22 +1,23 @@ #!/sbin/runscript -# Copyright 1999-2013 Gentoo Foundation +# Copyright 1999-2014 Gentoo Foundation # Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2 -# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/app-admin/ulogd/files/ulogd-2-ng.init,v 1.1 2013/12/17 21:38:07 hwoarang Exp $ +# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/app-admin/ulogd/files/ulogd-2-ng.init,v 1.2 2014/08/22 10:31:59 dlan Exp $ ULOGD_PIDFILE="/run/ulogd.pid" -ULOGD_EXEC="/usr/sbin/ulogd" +ULOGD_BINARY="/usr/sbin/ulogd" ULOGD_OPTS="--daemon --uid ulogd --pidfile ${ULOGD_PIDFILE}" extra_started_commands="reload reopen_logs" depend() { - need net + before iptables ip6tables ebtables firewall + after mysql postgresql } start() { ebegin "Starting ${SVCNAME}" - start-stop-daemon --start --quiet \ - --exec ${ULOGD_EXEC} \ + start-stop-daemon --start \ + --exec ${ULOGD_BINARY} --pidfile ${ULOGD_PIDFILE} \ -- ${ULOGD_OPTS} eend $? } diff --git a/kernel-config/config-3.14.14-gentoo-00 b/kernel-config/config-3.14.14-gentoo-00 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ae74c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/kernel-config/config-3.14.14-gentoo-00 @@ -0,0 +1,3320 @@ +# +# Automatically generated file; DO NOT EDIT. +# Linux/x86 3.14.14-gentoo Kernel Configuration +# + +# +# Gentoo Linux +# +CONFIG_GENTOO_LINUX=y +CONFIG_GENTOO_LINUX_UDEV=y + +# +# Support for init systems, system and service managers +# +CONFIG_GENTOO_LINUX_INIT_SCRIPT=y +CONFIG_GENTOO_LINUX_INIT_SYSTEMD=y +CONFIG_64BIT=y +CONFIG_X86_64=y +CONFIG_X86=y +CONFIG_INSTRUCTION_DECODER=y +CONFIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf64-x86-64" +CONFIG_ARCH_DEFCONFIG="arch/x86/configs/x86_64_defconfig" +CONFIG_LOCKDEP_SUPPORT=y +CONFIG_STACKTRACE_SUPPORT=y +CONFIG_HAVE_LATENCYTOP_SUPPORT=y +CONFIG_MMU=y +CONFIG_NEED_DMA_MAP_STATE=y +CONFIG_NEED_SG_DMA_LENGTH=y +CONFIG_GENERIC_ISA_DMA=y +CONFIG_GENERIC_BUG=y +CONFIG_GENERIC_BUG_RELATIVE_POINTERS=y +CONFIG_GENERIC_HWEIGHT=y +CONFIG_ARCH_MAY_HAVE_PC_FDC=y +CONFIG_RWSEM_XCHGADD_ALGORITHM=y +CONFIG_GENERIC_CALIBRATE_DELAY=y +CONFIG_ARCH_HAS_CPU_RELAX=y +CONFIG_ARCH_HAS_CACHE_LINE_SIZE=y +CONFIG_ARCH_HAS_CPU_AUTOPROBE=y +CONFIG_HAVE_SETUP_PER_CPU_AREA=y +CONFIG_NEED_PER_CPU_EMBED_FIRST_CHUNK=y +CONFIG_NEED_PER_CPU_PAGE_FIRST_CHUNK=y +CONFIG_ARCH_HIBERNATION_POSSIBLE=y +CONFIG_ARCH_SUSPEND_POSSIBLE=y +CONFIG_ARCH_WANT_HUGE_PMD_SHARE=y +CONFIG_ARCH_WANT_GENERAL_HUGETLB=y +CONFIG_ZONE_DMA32=y +CONFIG_AUDIT_ARCH=y +CONFIG_ARCH_SUPPORTS_OPTIMIZED_INLINING=y +CONFIG_ARCH_SUPPORTS_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC=y +CONFIG_HAVE_INTEL_TXT=y +CONFIG_X86_64_SMP=y +CONFIG_X86_HT=y +CONFIG_ARCH_HWEIGHT_CFLAGS="-fcall-saved-rdi -fcall-saved-rsi -fcall-saved-rdx -fcall-saved-rcx -fcall-saved-r8 -fcall-saved-r9 -fcall-saved-r10 -fcall-saved-r11" +CONFIG_ARCH_SUPPORTS_UPROBES=y +CONFIG_DEFCONFIG_LIST="/lib/modules/$UNAME_RELEASE/.config" +CONFIG_IRQ_WORK=y +CONFIG_BUILDTIME_EXTABLE_SORT=y + +# +# General setup +# +CONFIG_INIT_ENV_ARG_LIMIT=32 +CONFIG_CROSS_COMPILE="" +# CONFIG_COMPILE_TEST is not set +CONFIG_LOCALVERSION="" +# CONFIG_LOCALVERSION_AUTO is not set +CONFIG_HAVE_KERNEL_GZIP=y +CONFIG_HAVE_KERNEL_BZIP2=y +CONFIG_HAVE_KERNEL_LZMA=y +CONFIG_HAVE_KERNEL_XZ=y +CONFIG_HAVE_KERNEL_LZO=y +CONFIG_HAVE_KERNEL_LZ4=y +CONFIG_KERNEL_GZIP=y +# CONFIG_KERNEL_BZIP2 is not set +# CONFIG_KERNEL_LZMA is not set +# CONFIG_KERNEL_XZ is not set +# CONFIG_KERNEL_LZO is not set +# CONFIG_KERNEL_LZ4 is not set +CONFIG_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME="uhu1" +CONFIG_SWAP=y +CONFIG_SYSVIPC=y +CONFIG_SYSVIPC_SYSCTL=y +CONFIG_POSIX_MQUEUE=y +CONFIG_POSIX_MQUEUE_SYSCTL=y +CONFIG_FHANDLE=y +CONFIG_AUDIT=y +CONFIG_AUDITSYSCALL=y +CONFIG_AUDIT_WATCH=y +CONFIG_AUDIT_TREE=y + +# +# IRQ subsystem +# +CONFIG_GENERIC_IRQ_PROBE=y +CONFIG_GENERIC_IRQ_SHOW=y +CONFIG_GENERIC_PENDING_IRQ=y +CONFIG_IRQ_FORCED_THREADING=y +CONFIG_SPARSE_IRQ=y +CONFIG_CLOCKSOURCE_WATCHDOG=y +CONFIG_ARCH_CLOCKSOURCE_DATA=y +CONFIG_GENERIC_TIME_VSYSCALL=y +CONFIG_GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS=y +CONFIG_GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS_BUILD=y +CONFIG_GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS_BROADCAST=y +CONFIG_GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS_MIN_ADJUST=y +CONFIG_GENERIC_CMOS_UPDATE=y + +# +# Timers subsystem +# +CONFIG_TICK_ONESHOT=y +CONFIG_NO_HZ_COMMON=y +# CONFIG_HZ_PERIODIC is not set +CONFIG_NO_HZ_IDLE=y +# CONFIG_NO_HZ_FULL is not set +CONFIG_NO_HZ=y +CONFIG_HIGH_RES_TIMERS=y + +# +# CPU/Task time and stats accounting +# +CONFIG_TICK_CPU_ACCOUNTING=y +# CONFIG_VIRT_CPU_ACCOUNTING_GEN is not set +# CONFIG_IRQ_TIME_ACCOUNTING is not set +CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT=y +CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT_V3=y +CONFIG_TASKSTATS=y +CONFIG_TASK_DELAY_ACCT=y +CONFIG_TASK_XACCT=y +CONFIG_TASK_IO_ACCOUNTING=y + +# +# RCU Subsystem +# +CONFIG_TREE_RCU=y +# CONFIG_PREEMPT_RCU is not set +CONFIG_RCU_STALL_COMMON=y +# CONFIG_RCU_USER_QS is not set +CONFIG_RCU_FANOUT=64 +CONFIG_RCU_FANOUT_LEAF=16 +# CONFIG_RCU_FANOUT_EXACT is not set +# CONFIG_RCU_FAST_NO_HZ is not set +# CONFIG_TREE_RCU_TRACE is not set +# CONFIG_RCU_NOCB_CPU is not set +CONFIG_IKCONFIG=y +CONFIG_IKCONFIG_PROC=y +CONFIG_LOG_BUF_SHIFT=21 +CONFIG_HAVE_UNSTABLE_SCHED_CLOCK=y +CONFIG_ARCH_SUPPORTS_NUMA_BALANCING=y +CONFIG_ARCH_SUPPORTS_INT128=y +CONFIG_ARCH_WANTS_PROT_NUMA_PROT_NONE=y +# CONFIG_NUMA_BALANCING is not set +CONFIG_CGROUPS=y +# CONFIG_CGROUP_DEBUG is not set +CONFIG_CGROUP_FREEZER=y +CONFIG_CGROUP_DEVICE=y +CONFIG_CPUSETS=y +CONFIG_PROC_PID_CPUSET=y +CONFIG_CGROUP_CPUACCT=y +CONFIG_RESOURCE_COUNTERS=y +CONFIG_MEMCG=y +CONFIG_MEMCG_SWAP=y +CONFIG_MEMCG_SWAP_ENABLED=y +CONFIG_MEMCG_KMEM=y +CONFIG_CGROUP_HUGETLB=y +CONFIG_CGROUP_PERF=y +CONFIG_CGROUP_SCHED=y +CONFIG_FAIR_GROUP_SCHED=y +CONFIG_CFS_BANDWIDTH=y +CONFIG_RT_GROUP_SCHED=y +CONFIG_BLK_CGROUP=y +# CONFIG_DEBUG_BLK_CGROUP is not set +CONFIG_CHECKPOINT_RESTORE=y +# CONFIG_NAMESPACES is not set +CONFIG_NET_NS=y +# CONFIG_SCHED_AUTOGROUP is not set +CONFIG_MM_OWNER=y +# CONFIG_SYSFS_DEPRECATED is not set +CONFIG_RELAY=y +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INITRD=y +CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE="" +CONFIG_RD_GZIP=y +CONFIG_RD_BZIP2=y +CONFIG_RD_LZMA=y +CONFIG_RD_XZ=y +CONFIG_RD_LZO=y +CONFIG_RD_LZ4=y +# CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE is not set +CONFIG_SYSCTL=y +CONFIG_ANON_INODES=y +CONFIG_HAVE_UID16=y +CONFIG_SYSCTL_EXCEPTION_TRACE=y +CONFIG_HAVE_PCSPKR_PLATFORM=y +CONFIG_EXPERT=y +CONFIG_UID16=y +CONFIG_SYSCTL_SYSCALL=y +CONFIG_KALLSYMS=y +# CONFIG_KALLSYMS_ALL is not set +CONFIG_PRINTK=y +CONFIG_BUG=y +CONFIG_ELF_CORE=y +CONFIG_PCSPKR_PLATFORM=y +CONFIG_BASE_FULL=y +CONFIG_FUTEX=y +CONFIG_EPOLL=y +CONFIG_SIGNALFD=y +CONFIG_TIMERFD=y +CONFIG_EVENTFD=y +CONFIG_SHMEM=y +CONFIG_AIO=y +CONFIG_PCI_QUIRKS=y +# CONFIG_EMBEDDED is not set +CONFIG_HAVE_PERF_EVENTS=y + +# +# Kernel Performance Events And Counters +# +CONFIG_PERF_EVENTS=y +# CONFIG_DEBUG_PERF_USE_VMALLOC is not set +CONFIG_VM_EVENT_COUNTERS=y +CONFIG_SLUB_DEBUG=y +# CONFIG_COMPAT_BRK is not set +# CONFIG_SLAB is not set +CONFIG_SLUB=y +# CONFIG_SLOB is not set +CONFIG_SLUB_CPU_PARTIAL=y +# CONFIG_SYSTEM_TRUSTED_KEYRING is not set +CONFIG_PROFILING=y +CONFIG_TRACEPOINTS=y +# CONFIG_OPROFILE is not set +CONFIG_HAVE_OPROFILE=y +CONFIG_OPROFILE_NMI_TIMER=y +CONFIG_KPROBES=y +# CONFIG_JUMP_LABEL is not set +CONFIG_OPTPROBES=y +# CONFIG_HAVE_64BIT_ALIGNED_ACCESS is not set +CONFIG_HAVE_EFFICIENT_UNALIGNED_ACCESS=y +CONFIG_ARCH_USE_BUILTIN_BSWAP=y +CONFIG_KRETPROBES=y +CONFIG_HAVE_IOREMAP_PROT=y +CONFIG_HAVE_KPROBES=y +CONFIG_HAVE_KRETPROBES=y +CONFIG_HAVE_OPTPROBES=y +CONFIG_HAVE_KPROBES_ON_FTRACE=y +CONFIG_HAVE_ARCH_TRACEHOOK=y +CONFIG_HAVE_DMA_ATTRS=y +CONFIG_GENERIC_SMP_IDLE_THREAD=y +CONFIG_HAVE_REGS_AND_STACK_ACCESS_API=y +CONFIG_HAVE_DMA_API_DEBUG=y +CONFIG_HAVE_HW_BREAKPOINT=y +CONFIG_HAVE_MIXED_BREAKPOINTS_REGS=y +CONFIG_HAVE_USER_RETURN_NOTIFIER=y +CONFIG_HAVE_PERF_EVENTS_NMI=y +CONFIG_HAVE_PERF_REGS=y +CONFIG_HAVE_PERF_USER_STACK_DUMP=y +CONFIG_HAVE_ARCH_JUMP_LABEL=y +CONFIG_ARCH_HAVE_NMI_SAFE_CMPXCHG=y +CONFIG_HAVE_ALIGNED_STRUCT_PAGE=y +CONFIG_HAVE_CMPXCHG_LOCAL=y +CONFIG_HAVE_CMPXCHG_DOUBLE=y +CONFIG_ARCH_WANT_COMPAT_IPC_PARSE_VERSION=y +CONFIG_ARCH_WANT_OLD_COMPAT_IPC=y +CONFIG_HAVE_ARCH_SECCOMP_FILTER=y +CONFIG_SECCOMP_FILTER=y +CONFIG_HAVE_CC_STACKPROTECTOR=y +# CONFIG_CC_STACKPROTECTOR is not set +CONFIG_CC_STACKPROTECTOR_NONE=y +# CONFIG_CC_STACKPROTECTOR_REGULAR is not set +# CONFIG_CC_STACKPROTECTOR_STRONG is not set +CONFIG_HAVE_CONTEXT_TRACKING=y +CONFIG_HAVE_VIRT_CPU_ACCOUNTING_GEN=y +CONFIG_HAVE_IRQ_TIME_ACCOUNTING=y +CONFIG_HAVE_ARCH_TRANSPARENT_HUGEPAGE=y +CONFIG_HAVE_ARCH_SOFT_DIRTY=y +CONFIG_MODULES_USE_ELF_RELA=y +CONFIG_HAVE_IRQ_EXIT_ON_IRQ_STACK=y +CONFIG_OLD_SIGSUSPEND3=y +CONFIG_COMPAT_OLD_SIGACTION=y + +# +# GCOV-based kernel profiling +# +# CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL is not set +# CONFIG_HAVE_GENERIC_DMA_COHERENT is not set +CONFIG_SLABINFO=y +CONFIG_RT_MUTEXES=y +CONFIG_BASE_SMALL=0 +CONFIG_MODULES=y +# CONFIG_MODULE_FORCE_LOAD is not set +CONFIG_MODULE_UNLOAD=y +CONFIG_MODULE_FORCE_UNLOAD=y +# CONFIG_MODVERSIONS is not set +# CONFIG_MODULE_SRCVERSION_ALL is not set +# CONFIG_MODULE_SIG is not set +CONFIG_STOP_MACHINE=y +CONFIG_BLOCK=y +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_BSG=y +# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_BSGLIB is not set +# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INTEGRITY is not set +# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_THROTTLING is not set +CONFIG_BLK_CMDLINE_PARSER=y + +# +# Partition Types +# +CONFIG_PARTITION_ADVANCED=y +CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION=y +CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_CUMANA=y +CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_EESOX=y +CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_ICS=y +CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_ADFS=y +CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_POWERTEC=y +CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_RISCIX=y +CONFIG_AIX_PARTITION=y +CONFIG_OSF_PARTITION=y +CONFIG_AMIGA_PARTITION=y +CONFIG_ATARI_PARTITION=y +CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION=y +CONFIG_MSDOS_PARTITION=y +CONFIG_BSD_DISKLABEL=y +CONFIG_MINIX_SUBPARTITION=y +CONFIG_SOLARIS_X86_PARTITION=y +CONFIG_UNIXWARE_DISKLABEL=y +CONFIG_LDM_PARTITION=y +CONFIG_LDM_DEBUG=y +CONFIG_SGI_PARTITION=y +CONFIG_ULTRIX_PARTITION=y +CONFIG_SUN_PARTITION=y +CONFIG_KARMA_PARTITION=y +CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION=y +CONFIG_SYSV68_PARTITION=y +CONFIG_CMDLINE_PARTITION=y +CONFIG_BLOCK_COMPAT=y + +# +# IO Schedulers +# +CONFIG_IOSCHED_NOOP=y +CONFIG_IOSCHED_DEADLINE=y +CONFIG_IOSCHED_CFQ=y +CONFIG_CFQ_GROUP_IOSCHED=y +# CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEADLINE is not set +CONFIG_DEFAULT_CFQ=y +# CONFIG_DEFAULT_NOOP is not set +CONFIG_DEFAULT_IOSCHED="cfq" +CONFIG_PADATA=y +CONFIG_ASN1=m +CONFIG_INLINE_SPIN_UNLOCK_IRQ=y +CONFIG_INLINE_READ_UNLOCK=y +CONFIG_INLINE_READ_UNLOCK_IRQ=y +CONFIG_INLINE_WRITE_UNLOCK=y +CONFIG_INLINE_WRITE_UNLOCK_IRQ=y +CONFIG_ARCH_SUPPORTS_ATOMIC_RMW=y +CONFIG_MUTEX_SPIN_ON_OWNER=y +CONFIG_FREEZER=y + +# +# Processor type and features +# +CONFIG_ZONE_DMA=y +CONFIG_SMP=y +CONFIG_X86_X2APIC=y +CONFIG_X86_MPPARSE=y +CONFIG_X86_EXTENDED_PLATFORM=y +# CONFIG_X86_NUMACHIP is not set +# CONFIG_X86_VSMP is not set +# CONFIG_X86_UV is not set +# CONFIG_X86_INTEL_LPSS is not set +CONFIG_X86_SUPPORTS_MEMORY_FAILURE=y +CONFIG_SCHED_OMIT_FRAME_POINTER=y +CONFIG_HYPERVISOR_GUEST=y +CONFIG_PARAVIRT=y +# CONFIG_PARAVIRT_DEBUG is not set +# CONFIG_PARAVIRT_SPINLOCKS is not set +# CONFIG_XEN is not set +# CONFIG_XEN_PRIVILEGED_GUEST is not set +CONFIG_KVM_GUEST=y +# CONFIG_KVM_DEBUG_FS is not set +# CONFIG_PARAVIRT_TIME_ACCOUNTING is not set +CONFIG_PARAVIRT_CLOCK=y +CONFIG_NO_BOOTMEM=y +# CONFIG_MEMTEST is not set +CONFIG_MK8=y +# CONFIG_MPSC is not set +# CONFIG_MCORE2 is not set +# CONFIG_MATOM is not set +# CONFIG_GENERIC_CPU is not set +CONFIG_X86_INTERNODE_CACHE_SHIFT=6 +CONFIG_X86_L1_CACHE_SHIFT=6 +CONFIG_X86_INTEL_USERCOPY=y +CONFIG_X86_USE_PPRO_CHECKSUM=y +CONFIG_X86_TSC=y +CONFIG_X86_CMPXCHG64=y +CONFIG_X86_CMOV=y +CONFIG_X86_MINIMUM_CPU_FAMILY=64 +CONFIG_X86_DEBUGCTLMSR=y +CONFIG_PROCESSOR_SELECT=y +CONFIG_CPU_SUP_INTEL=y +CONFIG_CPU_SUP_AMD=y +# CONFIG_CPU_SUP_CENTAUR is not set +CONFIG_HPET_TIMER=y +CONFIG_HPET_EMULATE_RTC=y +CONFIG_DMI=y +CONFIG_GART_IOMMU=y +CONFIG_CALGARY_IOMMU=y +CONFIG_CALGARY_IOMMU_ENABLED_BY_DEFAULT=y +CONFIG_SWIOTLB=y +CONFIG_IOMMU_HELPER=y +# CONFIG_MAXSMP is not set +CONFIG_NR_CPUS=64 +CONFIG_SCHED_SMT=y +CONFIG_SCHED_MC=y +CONFIG_PREEMPT_NONE=y +# CONFIG_PREEMPT_VOLUNTARY is not set +# CONFIG_PREEMPT is not set +CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC=y +CONFIG_X86_IO_APIC=y +CONFIG_X86_REROUTE_FOR_BROKEN_BOOT_IRQS=y +CONFIG_X86_MCE=y +CONFIG_X86_MCE_INTEL=y +CONFIG_X86_MCE_AMD=y +CONFIG_X86_MCE_THRESHOLD=y +# CONFIG_X86_MCE_INJECT is not set +CONFIG_X86_THERMAL_VECTOR=y +# CONFIG_I8K is not set +CONFIG_MICROCODE=y +CONFIG_MICROCODE_INTEL=y +CONFIG_MICROCODE_AMD=y +CONFIG_MICROCODE_OLD_INTERFACE=y +CONFIG_MICROCODE_INTEL_EARLY=y +CONFIG_MICROCODE_AMD_EARLY=y +CONFIG_MICROCODE_EARLY=y +CONFIG_X86_MSR=y +CONFIG_X86_CPUID=y +CONFIG_ARCH_PHYS_ADDR_T_64BIT=y +CONFIG_ARCH_DMA_ADDR_T_64BIT=y +CONFIG_DIRECT_GBPAGES=y +CONFIG_NUMA=y +CONFIG_AMD_NUMA=y +CONFIG_X86_64_ACPI_NUMA=y +CONFIG_NODES_SPAN_OTHER_NODES=y +# CONFIG_NUMA_EMU is not set +CONFIG_NODES_SHIFT=6 +CONFIG_ARCH_SPARSEMEM_ENABLE=y +CONFIG_ARCH_SPARSEMEM_DEFAULT=y +CONFIG_ARCH_SELECT_MEMORY_MODEL=y +CONFIG_ARCH_PROC_KCORE_TEXT=y +CONFIG_ILLEGAL_POINTER_VALUE=0xdead000000000000 +CONFIG_SELECT_MEMORY_MODEL=y +CONFIG_SPARSEMEM_MANUAL=y +CONFIG_SPARSEMEM=y +CONFIG_NEED_MULTIPLE_NODES=y +CONFIG_HAVE_MEMORY_PRESENT=y +CONFIG_SPARSEMEM_EXTREME=y +CONFIG_SPARSEMEM_VMEMMAP_ENABLE=y +CONFIG_SPARSEMEM_ALLOC_MEM_MAP_TOGETHER=y +CONFIG_SPARSEMEM_VMEMMAP=y +CONFIG_HAVE_MEMBLOCK=y +CONFIG_HAVE_MEMBLOCK_NODE_MAP=y +CONFIG_ARCH_DISCARD_MEMBLOCK=y +CONFIG_MEMORY_ISOLATION=y +# CONFIG_MOVABLE_NODE is not set +# CONFIG_HAVE_BOOTMEM_INFO_NODE is not set +# CONFIG_MEMORY_HOTPLUG is not set +CONFIG_PAGEFLAGS_EXTENDED=y +CONFIG_SPLIT_PTLOCK_CPUS=4 +CONFIG_ARCH_ENABLE_SPLIT_PMD_PTLOCK=y +# CONFIG_COMPACTION is not set +CONFIG_MIGRATION=y +CONFIG_ARCH_ENABLE_HUGEPAGE_MIGRATION=y +CONFIG_PHYS_ADDR_T_64BIT=y +CONFIG_ZONE_DMA_FLAG=1 +CONFIG_BOUNCE=y +CONFIG_VIRT_TO_BUS=y +CONFIG_MMU_NOTIFIER=y +# CONFIG_KSM is not set +CONFIG_DEFAULT_MMAP_MIN_ADDR=4096 +CONFIG_ARCH_SUPPORTS_MEMORY_FAILURE=y +# CONFIG_MEMORY_FAILURE is not set +# CONFIG_TRANSPARENT_HUGEPAGE is not set +CONFIG_CROSS_MEMORY_ATTACH=y +# CONFIG_CLEANCACHE is not set +CONFIG_FRONTSWAP=y +CONFIG_CMA=y +# CONFIG_CMA_DEBUG is not set +# CONFIG_ZBUD is not set +# CONFIG_ZSWAP is not set +# CONFIG_MEM_SOFT_DIRTY is not set +CONFIG_ZSMALLOC=y +# CONFIG_PGTABLE_MAPPING is not set +CONFIG_X86_CHECK_BIOS_CORRUPTION=y +CONFIG_X86_BOOTPARAM_MEMORY_CORRUPTION_CHECK=y +CONFIG_X86_RESERVE_LOW=64 +CONFIG_MTRR=y +# CONFIG_MTRR_SANITIZER is not set +CONFIG_X86_PAT=y +CONFIG_ARCH_USES_PG_UNCACHED=y +CONFIG_ARCH_RANDOM=y +CONFIG_X86_SMAP=y +CONFIG_EFI=y +CONFIG_EFI_STUB=y +CONFIG_SECCOMP=y +# CONFIG_HZ_100 is not set +# CONFIG_HZ_250 is not set +# CONFIG_HZ_300 is not set +CONFIG_HZ_1000=y +CONFIG_HZ=1000 +CONFIG_SCHED_HRTICK=y +CONFIG_KEXEC=y +CONFIG_CRASH_DUMP=y +# CONFIG_KEXEC_JUMP is not set +CONFIG_PHYSICAL_START=0x1000000 +CONFIG_RELOCATABLE=y +CONFIG_PHYSICAL_ALIGN=0x1000000 +CONFIG_HOTPLUG_CPU=y +# CONFIG_BOOTPARAM_HOTPLUG_CPU0 is not set +# CONFIG_DEBUG_HOTPLUG_CPU0 is not set +# CONFIG_COMPAT_VDSO is not set +# CONFIG_CMDLINE_BOOL is not set +CONFIG_ARCH_ENABLE_MEMORY_HOTPLUG=y +CONFIG_USE_PERCPU_NUMA_NODE_ID=y + +# +# Power management and ACPI options +# +CONFIG_ARCH_HIBERNATION_HEADER=y +CONFIG_SUSPEND=y +CONFIG_SUSPEND_FREEZER=y +CONFIG_HIBERNATE_CALLBACKS=y +CONFIG_HIBERNATION=y +CONFIG_PM_STD_PARTITION="" +CONFIG_PM_SLEEP=y +CONFIG_PM_SLEEP_SMP=y +# CONFIG_PM_AUTOSLEEP is not set +CONFIG_PM_WAKELOCKS=y +CONFIG_PM_WAKELOCKS_LIMIT=100 +CONFIG_PM_WAKELOCKS_GC=y +# CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME is not set +CONFIG_PM=y +CONFIG_PM_DEBUG=y +# CONFIG_PM_ADVANCED_DEBUG is not set +# CONFIG_PM_TEST_SUSPEND is not set +CONFIG_PM_SLEEP_DEBUG=y +CONFIG_PM_TRACE=y +CONFIG_PM_TRACE_RTC=y +# CONFIG_WQ_POWER_EFFICIENT_DEFAULT is not set +CONFIG_ACPI=y +CONFIG_ACPI_SLEEP=y +CONFIG_ACPI_PROCFS=y +# CONFIG_ACPI_PROCFS_POWER is not set +CONFIG_ACPI_EC_DEBUGFS=m +CONFIG_ACPI_AC=m +CONFIG_ACPI_BATTERY=m +CONFIG_ACPI_BUTTON=m +CONFIG_ACPI_FAN=m +CONFIG_ACPI_DOCK=y +CONFIG_ACPI_PROCESSOR=m +CONFIG_ACPI_HOTPLUG_CPU=y +CONFIG_ACPI_PROCESSOR_AGGREGATOR=m +CONFIG_ACPI_THERMAL=m +CONFIG_ACPI_NUMA=y +# CONFIG_ACPI_CUSTOM_DSDT is not set +CONFIG_ACPI_INITRD_TABLE_OVERRIDE=y +# CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG is not set +CONFIG_ACPI_PCI_SLOT=y +CONFIG_X86_PM_TIMER=y +CONFIG_ACPI_CONTAINER=y +# CONFIG_ACPI_SBS is not set +# CONFIG_ACPI_HED is not set +# CONFIG_ACPI_CUSTOM_METHOD is not set +CONFIG_ACPI_BGRT=y +# CONFIG_ACPI_APEI is not set +CONFIG_ACPI_EXTLOG=m +# CONFIG_SFI is not set + +# +# CPU Frequency scaling +# +CONFIG_CPU_FREQ=y +CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_GOV_COMMON=y +CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_STAT=m +CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_STAT_DETAILS=y +# CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_DEFAULT_GOV_PERFORMANCE is not set +# CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_DEFAULT_GOV_POWERSAVE is not set +CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_DEFAULT_GOV_USERSPACE=y +# CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_DEFAULT_GOV_ONDEMAND is not set +# CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_DEFAULT_GOV_CONSERVATIVE is not set +CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_GOV_PERFORMANCE=m +CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_GOV_POWERSAVE=m +CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_GOV_USERSPACE=y +CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_GOV_ONDEMAND=m +CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_GOV_CONSERVATIVE=m + +# +# x86 CPU frequency scaling drivers +# +# CONFIG_X86_INTEL_PSTATE is not set +CONFIG_X86_PCC_CPUFREQ=m +CONFIG_X86_ACPI_CPUFREQ=m +CONFIG_X86_ACPI_CPUFREQ_CPB=y +CONFIG_X86_POWERNOW_K8=m +CONFIG_X86_AMD_FREQ_SENSITIVITY=m +# CONFIG_X86_SPEEDSTEP_CENTRINO is not set +# CONFIG_X86_P4_CLOCKMOD is not set + +# +# shared options +# +# CONFIG_X86_SPEEDSTEP_LIB is not set + +# +# CPU Idle +# +CONFIG_CPU_IDLE=y +CONFIG_CPU_IDLE_MULTIPLE_DRIVERS=y +CONFIG_CPU_IDLE_GOV_LADDER=y +CONFIG_CPU_IDLE_GOV_MENU=y +# CONFIG_ARCH_NEEDS_CPU_IDLE_COUPLED is not set +# CONFIG_INTEL_IDLE is not set + +# +# Memory power savings +# +# CONFIG_I7300_IDLE is not set + +# +# Bus options (PCI etc.) +# +CONFIG_PCI=y +CONFIG_PCI_DIRECT=y +CONFIG_PCI_MMCONFIG=y +CONFIG_PCI_DOMAINS=y +# CONFIG_PCI_CNB20LE_QUIRK is not set +CONFIG_PCIEPORTBUS=y +# CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_PCIE is not set +CONFIG_PCIEAER=y +# CONFIG_PCIE_ECRC is not set +# CONFIG_PCIEAER_INJECT is not set +CONFIG_PCIEASPM=y +# CONFIG_PCIEASPM_DEBUG is not set +CONFIG_PCIEASPM_DEFAULT=y +# CONFIG_PCIEASPM_POWERSAVE is not set +# CONFIG_PCIEASPM_PERFORMANCE is not set +CONFIG_PCI_MSI=y +# CONFIG_PCI_DEBUG is not set +CONFIG_PCI_REALLOC_ENABLE_AUTO=y +# CONFIG_PCI_STUB is not set +CONFIG_HT_IRQ=y +CONFIG_PCI_ATS=y +CONFIG_PCI_IOV=y +CONFIG_PCI_PRI=y +CONFIG_PCI_PASID=y +CONFIG_PCI_IOAPIC=y +CONFIG_PCI_LABEL=y + +# +# PCI host controller drivers +# +CONFIG_ISA_DMA_API=y +CONFIG_AMD_NB=y +# CONFIG_PCCARD is not set +CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI=y +CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_ACPI=y +# CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_ACPI_IBM is not set +# CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_CPCI is not set +CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_SHPC=m +# CONFIG_RAPIDIO is not set +# CONFIG_X86_SYSFB is not set + +# +# Executable file formats / Emulations +# +CONFIG_BINFMT_ELF=y +CONFIG_COMPAT_BINFMT_ELF=y +CONFIG_ARCH_BINFMT_ELF_RANDOMIZE_PIE=y +CONFIG_CORE_DUMP_DEFAULT_ELF_HEADERS=y +CONFIG_BINFMT_SCRIPT=y +# CONFIG_HAVE_AOUT is not set +CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC=m +CONFIG_COREDUMP=y +CONFIG_IA32_EMULATION=y +CONFIG_IA32_AOUT=m +# CONFIG_X86_X32 is not set +CONFIG_COMPAT=y +CONFIG_COMPAT_FOR_U64_ALIGNMENT=y +CONFIG_SYSVIPC_COMPAT=y +CONFIG_KEYS_COMPAT=y +CONFIG_X86_DEV_DMA_OPS=y +CONFIG_NET=y +CONFIG_COMPAT_NETLINK_MESSAGES=y + +# +# Networking options +# +CONFIG_PACKET=y +CONFIG_PACKET_DIAG=m +CONFIG_UNIX=y +CONFIG_UNIX_DIAG=m +CONFIG_XFRM=y +CONFIG_XFRM_ALGO=y +CONFIG_XFRM_USER=y +# CONFIG_XFRM_SUB_POLICY is not set +# CONFIG_XFRM_MIGRATE is not set +# CONFIG_XFRM_STATISTICS is not set +CONFIG_XFRM_IPCOMP=m +CONFIG_NET_KEY=m +# CONFIG_NET_KEY_MIGRATE is not set +CONFIG_INET=y +CONFIG_IP_MULTICAST=y +CONFIG_IP_ADVANCED_ROUTER=y +CONFIG_IP_FIB_TRIE_STATS=y +CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES=y +CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_MULTIPATH=y +CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_VERBOSE=y +CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_CLASSID=y +CONFIG_IP_PNP=y +CONFIG_IP_PNP_DHCP=y +CONFIG_IP_PNP_BOOTP=y +CONFIG_IP_PNP_RARP=y +CONFIG_NET_IPIP=m +CONFIG_NET_IPGRE_DEMUX=m +CONFIG_NET_IP_TUNNEL=m +CONFIG_NET_IPGRE=m +CONFIG_NET_IPGRE_BROADCAST=y +CONFIG_IP_MROUTE=y +CONFIG_IP_MROUTE_MULTIPLE_TABLES=y +CONFIG_IP_PIMSM_V1=y +CONFIG_IP_PIMSM_V2=y +CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES=y +CONFIG_NET_IPVTI=m +CONFIG_INET_AH=m +CONFIG_INET_ESP=m +CONFIG_INET_IPCOMP=m +CONFIG_INET_XFRM_TUNNEL=m +CONFIG_INET_TUNNEL=m +CONFIG_INET_XFRM_MODE_TRANSPORT=m +CONFIG_INET_XFRM_MODE_TUNNEL=m +CONFIG_INET_XFRM_MODE_BEET=m +CONFIG_INET_LRO=y +CONFIG_INET_DIAG=m +CONFIG_INET_TCP_DIAG=m +CONFIG_INET_UDP_DIAG=m +CONFIG_TCP_CONG_ADVANCED=y +CONFIG_TCP_CONG_BIC=m +CONFIG_TCP_CONG_CUBIC=m +CONFIG_TCP_CONG_WESTWOOD=m +CONFIG_TCP_CONG_HTCP=m +CONFIG_TCP_CONG_HSTCP=m +CONFIG_TCP_CONG_HYBLA=m +CONFIG_TCP_CONG_VEGAS=m +CONFIG_TCP_CONG_SCALABLE=m +CONFIG_TCP_CONG_LP=m +CONFIG_TCP_CONG_VENO=m +CONFIG_TCP_CONG_YEAH=m +CONFIG_TCP_CONG_ILLINOIS=m +CONFIG_DEFAULT_RENO=y +CONFIG_DEFAULT_TCP_CONG="reno" +CONFIG_TCP_MD5SIG=y +CONFIG_IPV6=y +CONFIG_IPV6_ROUTER_PREF=y +CONFIG_IPV6_ROUTE_INFO=y +CONFIG_IPV6_OPTIMISTIC_DAD=y +CONFIG_INET6_AH=m +CONFIG_INET6_ESP=m +CONFIG_INET6_IPCOMP=m +CONFIG_IPV6_MIP6=m +CONFIG_INET6_XFRM_TUNNEL=m +CONFIG_INET6_TUNNEL=m +CONFIG_INET6_XFRM_MODE_TRANSPORT=m +CONFIG_INET6_XFRM_MODE_TUNNEL=m +CONFIG_INET6_XFRM_MODE_BEET=m +CONFIG_INET6_XFRM_MODE_ROUTEOPTIMIZATION=m +CONFIG_IPV6_VTI=m +CONFIG_IPV6_SIT=m +# CONFIG_IPV6_SIT_6RD is not set +CONFIG_IPV6_NDISC_NODETYPE=y +CONFIG_IPV6_TUNNEL=m +CONFIG_IPV6_GRE=m +CONFIG_IPV6_MULTIPLE_TABLES=y +CONFIG_IPV6_SUBTREES=y +CONFIG_IPV6_MROUTE=y +CONFIG_IPV6_MROUTE_MULTIPLE_TABLES=y +CONFIG_IPV6_PIMSM_V2=y +CONFIG_NETLABEL=y +CONFIG_NETWORK_SECMARK=y +# CONFIG_NETWORK_PHY_TIMESTAMPING is not set +CONFIG_NETFILTER=y +# CONFIG_NETFILTER_DEBUG is not set +CONFIG_NETFILTER_ADVANCED=y +CONFIG_BRIDGE_NETFILTER=y + +# +# Core Netfilter Configuration +# +CONFIG_NETFILTER_NETLINK=y +CONFIG_NETFILTER_NETLINK_ACCT=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_NETLINK_QUEUE=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_NETLINK_LOG=y +CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK=m +CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_MARK=y +CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_SECMARK=y +# CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_ZONES is not set +CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_PROCFS=y +CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_EVENTS=y +CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_TIMEOUT=y +CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_TIMESTAMP=y +CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_LABELS=y +CONFIG_NF_CT_PROTO_DCCP=m +CONFIG_NF_CT_PROTO_GRE=m +CONFIG_NF_CT_PROTO_SCTP=m +CONFIG_NF_CT_PROTO_UDPLITE=m +CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_AMANDA=m +CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_FTP=m +CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_H323=m +CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_IRC=m +CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_BROADCAST=m +CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_NETBIOS_NS=m +CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_SNMP=m +CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_PPTP=m +CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_SANE=m +CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_SIP=m +CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_TFTP=m +CONFIG_NF_CT_NETLINK=m +CONFIG_NF_CT_NETLINK_TIMEOUT=m +CONFIG_NF_CT_NETLINK_HELPER=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_NETLINK_QUEUE_CT=y +CONFIG_NF_NAT=m +CONFIG_NF_NAT_NEEDED=y +CONFIG_NF_NAT_PROTO_DCCP=m +CONFIG_NF_NAT_PROTO_UDPLITE=m +CONFIG_NF_NAT_PROTO_SCTP=m +CONFIG_NF_NAT_AMANDA=m +CONFIG_NF_NAT_FTP=m +CONFIG_NF_NAT_IRC=m +CONFIG_NF_NAT_SIP=m +CONFIG_NF_NAT_TFTP=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_SYNPROXY=m +CONFIG_NF_TABLES=m +CONFIG_NF_TABLES_INET=m +CONFIG_NFT_EXTHDR=m +CONFIG_NFT_META=m +CONFIG_NFT_CT=m +CONFIG_NFT_RBTREE=m +CONFIG_NFT_HASH=m +CONFIG_NFT_COUNTER=m +CONFIG_NFT_LOG=m +CONFIG_NFT_LIMIT=m +CONFIG_NFT_NAT=m +CONFIG_NFT_QUEUE=m +CONFIG_NFT_REJECT=m +CONFIG_NFT_REJECT_INET=m +CONFIG_NFT_COMPAT=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XTABLES=y + +# +# Xtables combined modules +# +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MARK=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_CONNMARK=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_SET=m + +# +# Xtables targets +# +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_AUDIT=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_CHECKSUM=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_CLASSIFY=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_CONNMARK=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_CONNSECMARK=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_CT=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_DSCP=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_HL=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_HMARK=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_IDLETIMER=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_LED=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_LOG=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_MARK=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_NETMAP=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_NFLOG=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_NFQUEUE=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_NOTRACK=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_RATEEST=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_REDIRECT=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_TEE=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_TPROXY=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_TRACE=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_SECMARK=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_TCPMSS=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_TCPOPTSTRIP=m + +# +# Xtables matches +# +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_ADDRTYPE=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_BPF=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_CGROUP=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_CLUSTER=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_COMMENT=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_CONNBYTES=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_CONNLABEL=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_CONNLIMIT=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_CONNMARK=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_CONNTRACK=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_CPU=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_DCCP=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_DEVGROUP=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_DSCP=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_ECN=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_ESP=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_HASHLIMIT=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_HELPER=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_HL=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_IPCOMP=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_IPRANGE=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_L2TP=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_LENGTH=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_LIMIT=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_MAC=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_MARK=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_MULTIPORT=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_NFACCT=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_OSF=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_OWNER=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_POLICY=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_PHYSDEV=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_PKTTYPE=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_QUOTA=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_RATEEST=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_REALM=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_RECENT=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_SCTP=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_SOCKET=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_STATE=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_STATISTIC=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_STRING=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_TCPMSS=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_TIME=m +CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_U32=m +CONFIG_IP_SET=m +CONFIG_IP_SET_MAX=256 +CONFIG_IP_SET_BITMAP_IP=m +CONFIG_IP_SET_BITMAP_IPMAC=m +CONFIG_IP_SET_BITMAP_PORT=m +CONFIG_IP_SET_HASH_IP=m +CONFIG_IP_SET_HASH_IPPORT=m +CONFIG_IP_SET_HASH_IPPORTIP=m +CONFIG_IP_SET_HASH_IPPORTNET=m +CONFIG_IP_SET_HASH_NETPORTNET=m +CONFIG_IP_SET_HASH_NET=m +CONFIG_IP_SET_HASH_NETNET=m +CONFIG_IP_SET_HASH_NETPORT=m +CONFIG_IP_SET_HASH_NETIFACE=m +CONFIG_IP_SET_LIST_SET=m +# CONFIG_IP_VS is not set + +# +# IP: Netfilter Configuration +# +CONFIG_NF_DEFRAG_IPV4=m +CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_IPV4=m +CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_PROC_COMPAT=y +CONFIG_NF_TABLES_IPV4=m +CONFIG_NFT_CHAIN_ROUTE_IPV4=m +CONFIG_NFT_CHAIN_NAT_IPV4=m +CONFIG_NFT_REJECT_IPV4=m +CONFIG_NF_TABLES_ARP=m +CONFIG_IP_NF_IPTABLES=y +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_AH=m +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_ECN=m +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_RPFILTER=m +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_TTL=m +CONFIG_IP_NF_FILTER=m +CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_REJECT=m +CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_SYNPROXY=m +CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_ULOG=m +CONFIG_NF_NAT_IPV4=m +CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE=m +CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_NETMAP=m +CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_REDIRECT=m +CONFIG_NF_NAT_SNMP_BASIC=m +CONFIG_NF_NAT_PROTO_GRE=m +CONFIG_NF_NAT_PPTP=m +CONFIG_NF_NAT_H323=m +CONFIG_IP_NF_MANGLE=m +CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_CLUSTERIP=m +CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_ECN=m +CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_TTL=m +CONFIG_IP_NF_RAW=m +CONFIG_IP_NF_SECURITY=m +CONFIG_IP_NF_ARPTABLES=m +CONFIG_IP_NF_ARPFILTER=m +CONFIG_IP_NF_ARP_MANGLE=m + +# +# IPv6: Netfilter Configuration +# +CONFIG_NF_DEFRAG_IPV6=m +CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_IPV6=m +CONFIG_NF_TABLES_IPV6=m +CONFIG_NFT_CHAIN_ROUTE_IPV6=m +CONFIG_NFT_CHAIN_NAT_IPV6=m +CONFIG_NFT_REJECT_IPV6=m +CONFIG_IP6_NF_IPTABLES=y +CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_AH=m +CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_EUI64=m +CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_FRAG=m +CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_OPTS=m +CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_HL=m +CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_IPV6HEADER=m +CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_MH=m +CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_RPFILTER=m +CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_RT=m +CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_HL=m +CONFIG_IP6_NF_FILTER=m +CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_REJECT=m +CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_SYNPROXY=m +CONFIG_IP6_NF_MANGLE=m +CONFIG_IP6_NF_RAW=m +CONFIG_IP6_NF_SECURITY=m +CONFIG_NF_NAT_IPV6=m +CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE=m +CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_NPT=m +CONFIG_NF_TABLES_BRIDGE=m +CONFIG_BRIDGE_NF_EBTABLES=m +CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_BROUTE=m +CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_T_FILTER=m +CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_T_NAT=m +CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_802_3=m +CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_AMONG=m +CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_ARP=m +CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_IP=m +CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_IP6=m +CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_LIMIT=m +CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_MARK=m +CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_PKTTYPE=m +CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_STP=m +CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_VLAN=m +CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_ARPREPLY=m +CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_DNAT=m +CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_MARK_T=m +CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_REDIRECT=m +CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_SNAT=m +CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_LOG=m +CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_ULOG=m +CONFIG_BRIDGE_EBT_NFLOG=m +CONFIG_IP_DCCP=m +CONFIG_INET_DCCP_DIAG=m + +# +# DCCP CCIDs Configuration +# +# CONFIG_IP_DCCP_CCID2_DEBUG is not set +CONFIG_IP_DCCP_CCID3=y +# CONFIG_IP_DCCP_CCID3_DEBUG is not set +CONFIG_IP_DCCP_TFRC_LIB=y + +# +# DCCP Kernel Hacking +# +# CONFIG_IP_DCCP_DEBUG is not set +# CONFIG_NET_DCCPPROBE is not set +CONFIG_IP_SCTP=m +# CONFIG_NET_SCTPPROBE is not set +# CONFIG_SCTP_DBG_OBJCNT is not set +CONFIG_SCTP_DEFAULT_COOKIE_HMAC_MD5=y +# CONFIG_SCTP_DEFAULT_COOKIE_HMAC_SHA1 is not set +# CONFIG_SCTP_DEFAULT_COOKIE_HMAC_NONE is not set +CONFIG_SCTP_COOKIE_HMAC_MD5=y +CONFIG_SCTP_COOKIE_HMAC_SHA1=y +# CONFIG_RDS is not set +# CONFIG_TIPC is not set +# CONFIG_ATM is not set +# CONFIG_L2TP is not set +CONFIG_STP=m +CONFIG_MRP=m +CONFIG_BRIDGE=m +CONFIG_BRIDGE_IGMP_SNOOPING=y +CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING=y +CONFIG_HAVE_NET_DSA=y +CONFIG_NET_DSA=m +CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_TRAILER=y +CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q=m +# CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q_GVRP is not set +CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q_MVRP=y +# CONFIG_DECNET is not set +CONFIG_LLC=m +# CONFIG_LLC2 is not set +# CONFIG_IPX is not set +# CONFIG_ATALK is not set +# CONFIG_X25 is not set +# CONFIG_LAPB is not set +# CONFIG_PHONET is not set +# CONFIG_IEEE802154 is not set +CONFIG_NET_SCHED=y + +# +# Queueing/Scheduling +# +CONFIG_NET_SCH_CBQ=m +CONFIG_NET_SCH_HTB=m +CONFIG_NET_SCH_HFSC=m +CONFIG_NET_SCH_PRIO=m +CONFIG_NET_SCH_MULTIQ=m +CONFIG_NET_SCH_RED=m +CONFIG_NET_SCH_SFB=m +CONFIG_NET_SCH_SFQ=m +CONFIG_NET_SCH_TEQL=m +CONFIG_NET_SCH_TBF=m +CONFIG_NET_SCH_GRED=m +CONFIG_NET_SCH_DSMARK=m +CONFIG_NET_SCH_NETEM=m +CONFIG_NET_SCH_DRR=m +CONFIG_NET_SCH_MQPRIO=m +CONFIG_NET_SCH_CHOKE=m +CONFIG_NET_SCH_QFQ=m +CONFIG_NET_SCH_CODEL=m +CONFIG_NET_SCH_FQ_CODEL=m +CONFIG_NET_SCH_FQ=m +CONFIG_NET_SCH_HHF=m +CONFIG_NET_SCH_PIE=m +CONFIG_NET_SCH_INGRESS=m +CONFIG_NET_SCH_PLUG=m + +# +# Classification +# +CONFIG_NET_CLS=y +CONFIG_NET_CLS_BASIC=m +CONFIG_NET_CLS_TCINDEX=m +CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE4=m +CONFIG_NET_CLS_FW=m +CONFIG_NET_CLS_U32=m +CONFIG_CLS_U32_PERF=y +CONFIG_CLS_U32_MARK=y +CONFIG_NET_CLS_RSVP=m +CONFIG_NET_CLS_RSVP6=m +CONFIG_NET_CLS_FLOW=m +CONFIG_NET_CLS_CGROUP=m +CONFIG_NET_CLS_BPF=m +CONFIG_NET_EMATCH=y +CONFIG_NET_EMATCH_STACK=32 +CONFIG_NET_EMATCH_CMP=m +CONFIG_NET_EMATCH_NBYTE=m +CONFIG_NET_EMATCH_U32=m +CONFIG_NET_EMATCH_META=m +CONFIG_NET_EMATCH_TEXT=m +CONFIG_NET_EMATCH_IPSET=m +CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT=y +CONFIG_NET_ACT_POLICE=m +CONFIG_NET_ACT_GACT=m +CONFIG_GACT_PROB=y +CONFIG_NET_ACT_MIRRED=m +CONFIG_NET_ACT_IPT=m +CONFIG_NET_ACT_NAT=m +CONFIG_NET_ACT_PEDIT=m +CONFIG_NET_ACT_SIMP=m +CONFIG_NET_ACT_SKBEDIT=m +CONFIG_NET_ACT_CSUM=m +CONFIG_NET_CLS_IND=y +CONFIG_NET_SCH_FIFO=y +# CONFIG_DCB is not set +CONFIG_DNS_RESOLVER=y +# CONFIG_BATMAN_ADV is not set +CONFIG_OPENVSWITCH=m +CONFIG_OPENVSWITCH_GRE=y +CONFIG_OPENVSWITCH_VXLAN=y +CONFIG_VSOCKETS=m +CONFIG_NETLINK_MMAP=y +CONFIG_NETLINK_DIAG=m +CONFIG_NET_MPLS_GSO=m +# CONFIG_HSR is not set +CONFIG_RPS=y +CONFIG_RFS_ACCEL=y +CONFIG_XPS=y +CONFIG_CGROUP_NET_PRIO=m +CONFIG_CGROUP_NET_CLASSID=y +CONFIG_NET_RX_BUSY_POLL=y +CONFIG_BQL=y +# CONFIG_BPF_JIT is not set +CONFIG_NET_FLOW_LIMIT=y + +# +# Network testing +# +CONFIG_NET_PKTGEN=m +CONFIG_NET_TCPPROBE=m +CONFIG_NET_DROP_MONITOR=m +# CONFIG_HAMRADIO is not set +# CONFIG_CAN is not set +# CONFIG_IRDA is not set +# CONFIG_BT is not set +# CONFIG_AF_RXRPC is not set +CONFIG_FIB_RULES=y +CONFIG_WIRELESS=y +CONFIG_WEXT_CORE=y +CONFIG_WEXT_PROC=y +CONFIG_CFG80211=y +# CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE is not set +# CONFIG_CFG80211_DEVELOPER_WARNINGS is not set +# CONFIG_CFG80211_REG_DEBUG is not set +# CONFIG_CFG80211_CERTIFICATION_ONUS is not set +CONFIG_CFG80211_DEFAULT_PS=y +# CONFIG_CFG80211_DEBUGFS is not set +# CONFIG_CFG80211_INTERNAL_REGDB is not set +CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT=y +# CONFIG_LIB80211 is not set +CONFIG_MAC80211=y +CONFIG_MAC80211_HAS_RC=y +# CONFIG_MAC80211_RC_PID is not set +CONFIG_MAC80211_RC_MINSTREL=y +CONFIG_MAC80211_RC_MINSTREL_HT=y +CONFIG_MAC80211_RC_DEFAULT_MINSTREL=y +CONFIG_MAC80211_RC_DEFAULT="minstrel_ht" +# CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH is not set +CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS=y +# CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS is not set +# CONFIG_MAC80211_MESSAGE_TRACING is not set +# CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUG_MENU is not set +# CONFIG_WIMAX is not set +# CONFIG_RFKILL is not set +# CONFIG_NET_9P is not set +# CONFIG_CAIF is not set +# CONFIG_CEPH_LIB is not set +# CONFIG_NFC is not set +CONFIG_HAVE_BPF_JIT=y + +# +# Device Drivers +# + +# +# Generic Driver Options +# +CONFIG_UEVENT_HELPER_PATH="/sbin/hotplug" +CONFIG_DEVTMPFS=y +CONFIG_DEVTMPFS_MOUNT=y +CONFIG_STANDALONE=y +CONFIG_PREVENT_FIRMWARE_BUILD=y +CONFIG_FW_LOADER=y +CONFIG_FIRMWARE_IN_KERNEL=y +CONFIG_EXTRA_FIRMWARE="" +CONFIG_FW_LOADER_USER_HELPER=y +# CONFIG_DEBUG_DRIVER is not set +CONFIG_DEBUG_DEVRES=y +# CONFIG_SYS_HYPERVISOR is not set +# CONFIG_GENERIC_CPU_DEVICES is not set +# CONFIG_DMA_SHARED_BUFFER is not set + +# +# Bus devices +# +CONFIG_CONNECTOR=y +CONFIG_PROC_EVENTS=y +# CONFIG_MTD is not set +# CONFIG_PARPORT is not set +CONFIG_ARCH_MIGHT_HAVE_PC_PARPORT=y +CONFIG_PNP=y +CONFIG_PNP_DEBUG_MESSAGES=y + +# +# Protocols +# +CONFIG_PNPACPI=y +CONFIG_BLK_DEV=y +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_NULL_BLK=m +# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_FD is not set +# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PCIESSD_MTIP32XX is not set +CONFIG_ZRAM=m +# CONFIG_ZRAM_DEBUG is not set +# CONFIG_BLK_CPQ_CISS_DA is not set +# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DAC960 is not set +# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_UMEM is not set +# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_COW_COMMON is not set +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_LOOP=y +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_LOOP_MIN_COUNT=8 +# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CRYPTOLOOP is not set +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DRBD=m +# CONFIG_DRBD_FAULT_INJECTION is not set +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_NBD=m +# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_NVME is not set +# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SKD is not set +# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SX8 is not set +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM=y +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_COUNT=16 +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_SIZE=16384 +# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_XIP is not set +# CONFIG_CDROM_PKTCDVD is not set +# CONFIG_ATA_OVER_ETH is not set +CONFIG_VIRTIO_BLK=y +# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HD is not set +# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RBD is not set +# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RSXX is not set + +# +# Misc devices +# +# CONFIG_SENSORS_LIS3LV02D is not set +CONFIG_DUMMY_IRQ=m +# CONFIG_IBM_ASM is not set +# CONFIG_PHANTOM is not set +# CONFIG_SGI_IOC4 is not set +# CONFIG_TIFM_CORE is not set +# CONFIG_ATMEL_SSC is not set +# CONFIG_ENCLOSURE_SERVICES is not set +# CONFIG_HP_ILO is not set +CONFIG_VMWARE_BALLOON=m +# CONFIG_PCH_PHUB is not set +# CONFIG_SRAM is not set +# CONFIG_C2PORT is not set + +# +# EEPROM support +# +CONFIG_EEPROM_93CX6=m +# CONFIG_CB710_CORE is not set + +# +# Texas Instruments shared transport line discipline +# + +# +# Altera FPGA firmware download module +# +# CONFIG_INTEL_MEI is not set +# CONFIG_INTEL_MEI_ME is not set +# CONFIG_VMWARE_VMCI is not set + +# +# Intel MIC Host Driver +# +# CONFIG_INTEL_MIC_HOST is not set + +# +# Intel MIC Card Driver +# +# CONFIG_INTEL_MIC_CARD is not set +# CONFIG_GENWQE is not set +CONFIG_HAVE_IDE=y +# CONFIG_IDE is not set + +# +# SCSI device support +# +CONFIG_SCSI_MOD=y +CONFIG_RAID_ATTRS=m +CONFIG_SCSI=y +CONFIG_SCSI_DMA=y +# CONFIG_SCSI_TGT is not set +# CONFIG_SCSI_NETLINK is not set +CONFIG_SCSI_PROC_FS=y + +# +# SCSI support type (disk, tape, CD-ROM) +# +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SD=y +# CONFIG_CHR_DEV_ST is not set +# CONFIG_CHR_DEV_OSST is not set +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SR=y +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SR_VENDOR=y +CONFIG_CHR_DEV_SG=y +# CONFIG_CHR_DEV_SCH is not set +# CONFIG_SCSI_MULTI_LUN is not set +CONFIG_SCSI_CONSTANTS=y +# CONFIG_SCSI_LOGGING is not set +# CONFIG_SCSI_SCAN_ASYNC is not set + +# +# SCSI Transports +# +CONFIG_SCSI_SPI_ATTRS=y +# CONFIG_SCSI_FC_ATTRS is not set +# CONFIG_SCSI_ISCSI_ATTRS is not set +# CONFIG_SCSI_SAS_ATTRS is not set +# CONFIG_SCSI_SAS_LIBSAS is not set +# CONFIG_SCSI_SRP_ATTRS is not set +# CONFIG_SCSI_LOWLEVEL is not set +# CONFIG_SCSI_DH is not set +# CONFIG_SCSI_OSD_INITIATOR is not set +CONFIG_ATA=y +# CONFIG_ATA_NONSTANDARD is not set +CONFIG_ATA_VERBOSE_ERROR=y +CONFIG_ATA_ACPI=y +# CONFIG_SATA_ZPODD is not set +CONFIG_SATA_PMP=y + +# +# Controllers with non-SFF native interface +# +CONFIG_SATA_AHCI=y +# CONFIG_SATA_AHCI_PLATFORM is not set +# CONFIG_SATA_INIC162X is not set +# CONFIG_SATA_ACARD_AHCI is not set +# CONFIG_SATA_SIL24 is not set +CONFIG_ATA_SFF=y + +# +# SFF controllers with custom DMA interface +# +# CONFIG_PDC_ADMA is not set +# CONFIG_SATA_QSTOR is not set +# CONFIG_SATA_SX4 is not set +CONFIG_ATA_BMDMA=y + +# +# SATA SFF controllers with BMDMA +# +CONFIG_ATA_PIIX=y +CONFIG_SATA_HIGHBANK=m +# CONFIG_SATA_MV is not set +# CONFIG_SATA_NV is not set +# CONFIG_SATA_PROMISE is not set +# CONFIG_SATA_RCAR is not set +# CONFIG_SATA_SIL is not set +# CONFIG_SATA_SIS is not set +# CONFIG_SATA_SVW is not set +# CONFIG_SATA_ULI is not set +# CONFIG_SATA_VIA is not set +# CONFIG_SATA_VITESSE is not set + +# +# PATA SFF controllers with BMDMA +# +# CONFIG_PATA_ALI is not set +CONFIG_PATA_AMD=y +# CONFIG_PATA_ARASAN_CF is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_ARTOP is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_ATIIXP is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_ATP867X is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_CMD64X is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_CS5520 is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_CS5530 is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_CS5536 is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_CYPRESS is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_EFAR is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_HPT366 is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_HPT37X is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_HPT3X2N is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_HPT3X3 is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_IT8213 is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_IT821X is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_JMICRON is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_MARVELL is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_NETCELL is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_NINJA32 is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_NS87415 is not set +CONFIG_PATA_OLDPIIX=y +# CONFIG_PATA_OPTIDMA is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_PDC2027X is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_PDC_OLD is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_RADISYS is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_RDC is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_SC1200 is not set +CONFIG_PATA_SCH=y +# CONFIG_PATA_SERVERWORKS is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_SIL680 is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_SIS is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_TOSHIBA is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_TRIFLEX is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_VIA is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_WINBOND is not set + +# +# PIO-only SFF controllers +# +# CONFIG_PATA_CMD640_PCI is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_MPIIX is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_NS87410 is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_OPTI is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_PLATFORM is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_RZ1000 is not set + +# +# Generic fallback / legacy drivers +# +# CONFIG_PATA_ACPI is not set +# CONFIG_ATA_GENERIC is not set +# CONFIG_PATA_LEGACY is not set +CONFIG_MD=y +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_MD=y +CONFIG_MD_AUTODETECT=y +CONFIG_MD_LINEAR=m +CONFIG_MD_RAID0=m +CONFIG_MD_RAID1=m +CONFIG_MD_RAID10=m +CONFIG_MD_RAID456=m +CONFIG_MD_MULTIPATH=m +CONFIG_MD_FAULTY=m +CONFIG_BCACHE=m +# CONFIG_BCACHE_DEBUG is not set +# CONFIG_BCACHE_CLOSURES_DEBUG is not set +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DM_BUILTIN=y +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DM=y +# CONFIG_DM_DEBUG is not set +CONFIG_DM_BUFIO=m +CONFIG_DM_BIO_PRISON=m +CONFIG_DM_PERSISTENT_DATA=m +CONFIG_DM_DEBUG_BLOCK_STACK_TRACING=y +CONFIG_DM_CRYPT=m +CONFIG_DM_SNAPSHOT=m +CONFIG_DM_THIN_PROVISIONING=m +CONFIG_DM_CACHE=m +CONFIG_DM_CACHE_MQ=m +CONFIG_DM_CACHE_CLEANER=m +CONFIG_DM_MIRROR=y +CONFIG_DM_LOG_USERSPACE=m +CONFIG_DM_RAID=m +CONFIG_DM_ZERO=m +CONFIG_DM_MULTIPATH=m +CONFIG_DM_MULTIPATH_QL=m +CONFIG_DM_MULTIPATH_ST=m +CONFIG_DM_DELAY=m +# CONFIG_DM_UEVENT is not set +CONFIG_DM_FLAKEY=m +CONFIG_DM_VERITY=m +CONFIG_DM_SWITCH=m +# CONFIG_TARGET_CORE is not set +# CONFIG_FUSION is not set + +# +# IEEE 1394 (FireWire) support +# +# CONFIG_FIREWIRE is not set +# CONFIG_FIREWIRE_NOSY is not set +# CONFIG_I2O is not set +# CONFIG_MACINTOSH_DRIVERS is not set +CONFIG_NETDEVICES=y +CONFIG_MII=y +CONFIG_NET_CORE=y +CONFIG_BONDING=m +CONFIG_DUMMY=m +# CONFIG_EQUALIZER is not set +# CONFIG_NET_FC is not set +# CONFIG_IFB is not set +CONFIG_NET_TEAM=m +CONFIG_NET_TEAM_MODE_BROADCAST=m +CONFIG_NET_TEAM_MODE_ROUNDROBIN=m +CONFIG_NET_TEAM_MODE_RANDOM=m +CONFIG_NET_TEAM_MODE_ACTIVEBACKUP=m +CONFIG_NET_TEAM_MODE_LOADBALANCE=m +CONFIG_MACVLAN=m +# CONFIG_MACVTAP is not set +CONFIG_VXLAN=m +CONFIG_NETCONSOLE=y +CONFIG_NETPOLL=y +# CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP is not set +CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER=y +CONFIG_NTB_NETDEV=m +CONFIG_TUN=m +CONFIG_VETH=m +CONFIG_VIRTIO_NET=y +CONFIG_NLMON=m +# CONFIG_ARCNET is not set + +# +# CAIF transport drivers +# +# CONFIG_VHOST_NET is not set + +# +# Distributed Switch Architecture drivers +# +# CONFIG_NET_DSA_MV88E6XXX is not set +CONFIG_NET_DSA_MV88E6060=m +# CONFIG_NET_DSA_MV88E6XXX_NEED_PPU is not set +# CONFIG_NET_DSA_MV88E6131 is not set +# CONFIG_NET_DSA_MV88E6123_61_65 is not set +CONFIG_ETHERNET=y +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_3COM=y +# CONFIG_VORTEX is not set +# CONFIG_TYPHOON is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_ADAPTEC=y +# CONFIG_ADAPTEC_STARFIRE is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_ALTEON=y +# CONFIG_ACENIC is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_AMD=y +# CONFIG_AMD8111_ETH is not set +# CONFIG_PCNET32 is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_ARC=y +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_ATHEROS=y +# CONFIG_ATL2 is not set +# CONFIG_ATL1 is not set +# CONFIG_ATL1E is not set +# CONFIG_ATL1C is not set +# CONFIG_ALX is not set +CONFIG_NET_CADENCE=y +# CONFIG_ARM_AT91_ETHER is not set +# CONFIG_MACB is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_BROADCOM=y +# CONFIG_B44 is not set +# CONFIG_BNX2 is not set +# CONFIG_CNIC is not set +CONFIG_TIGON3=y +# CONFIG_BNX2X is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_BROCADE=y +# CONFIG_BNA is not set +CONFIG_NET_CALXEDA_XGMAC=m +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_CHELSIO=y +# CONFIG_CHELSIO_T1 is not set +# CONFIG_CHELSIO_T3 is not set +# CONFIG_CHELSIO_T4 is not set +# CONFIG_CHELSIO_T4VF is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_CISCO=y +# CONFIG_ENIC is not set +# CONFIG_DNET is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_DEC=y +CONFIG_NET_TULIP=y +# CONFIG_DE2104X is not set +# CONFIG_TULIP is not set +# CONFIG_DE4X5 is not set +# CONFIG_WINBOND_840 is not set +# CONFIG_DM9102 is not set +# CONFIG_ULI526X is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_DLINK=y +# CONFIG_DL2K is not set +# CONFIG_SUNDANCE is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_EMULEX=y +# CONFIG_BE2NET is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_EXAR=y +# CONFIG_S2IO is not set +# CONFIG_VXGE is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_HP=y +# CONFIG_HP100 is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_INTEL=y +CONFIG_E100=y +CONFIG_E1000=y +# CONFIG_E1000E is not set +# CONFIG_IGB is not set +# CONFIG_IGBVF is not set +# CONFIG_IXGB is not set +# CONFIG_IXGBE is not set +# CONFIG_IXGBEVF is not set +# CONFIG_I40E is not set +# CONFIG_I40EVF is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_I825XX=y +# CONFIG_IP1000 is not set +# CONFIG_JME is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_MARVELL=y +# CONFIG_MVMDIO is not set +# CONFIG_SKGE is not set +CONFIG_SKY2=y +# CONFIG_SKY2_DEBUG is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_MELLANOX=y +# CONFIG_MLX4_EN is not set +# CONFIG_MLX4_CORE is not set +# CONFIG_MLX5_CORE is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_MICREL=y +# CONFIG_KS8851_MLL is not set +# CONFIG_KSZ884X_PCI is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_MYRI=y +# CONFIG_MYRI10GE is not set +# CONFIG_FEALNX is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_NATSEMI=y +# CONFIG_NATSEMI is not set +# CONFIG_NS83820 is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_8390=y +# CONFIG_NE2K_PCI is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_NVIDIA=y +CONFIG_FORCEDETH=y +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_OKI=y +# CONFIG_PCH_GBE is not set +# CONFIG_ETHOC is not set +CONFIG_NET_PACKET_ENGINE=y +# CONFIG_HAMACHI is not set +# CONFIG_YELLOWFIN is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_QLOGIC=y +# CONFIG_QLA3XXX is not set +# CONFIG_QLCNIC is not set +# CONFIG_QLGE is not set +# CONFIG_NETXEN_NIC is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_REALTEK=y +# CONFIG_8139CP is not set +CONFIG_8139TOO=y +CONFIG_8139TOO_PIO=y +# CONFIG_8139TOO_TUNE_TWISTER is not set +# CONFIG_8139TOO_8129 is not set +# CONFIG_8139_OLD_RX_RESET is not set +# CONFIG_R8169 is not set +# CONFIG_SH_ETH is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_RDC=y +# CONFIG_R6040 is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_SEEQ=y +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_SILAN=y +# CONFIG_SC92031 is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_SIS=y +# CONFIG_SIS900 is not set +# CONFIG_SIS190 is not set +# CONFIG_SFC is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_SMSC=y +# CONFIG_EPIC100 is not set +# CONFIG_SMSC911X is not set +# CONFIG_SMSC9420 is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_STMICRO=y +# CONFIG_STMMAC_ETH is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_SUN=y +# CONFIG_HAPPYMEAL is not set +# CONFIG_SUNGEM is not set +# CONFIG_CASSINI is not set +# CONFIG_NIU is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_TEHUTI=y +# CONFIG_TEHUTI is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_TI=y +# CONFIG_TLAN is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_VIA=y +# CONFIG_VIA_RHINE is not set +# CONFIG_VIA_VELOCITY is not set +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_WIZNET=y +CONFIG_WIZNET_W5100=m +CONFIG_WIZNET_W5300=m +# CONFIG_WIZNET_BUS_DIRECT is not set +# CONFIG_WIZNET_BUS_INDIRECT is not set +CONFIG_WIZNET_BUS_ANY=y +CONFIG_FDDI=y +# CONFIG_DEFXX is not set +# CONFIG_SKFP is not set +# CONFIG_HIPPI is not set +# CONFIG_NET_SB1000 is not set +CONFIG_PHYLIB=y + +# +# MII PHY device drivers +# +# CONFIG_AT803X_PHY is not set +CONFIG_AMD_PHY=m +# CONFIG_MARVELL_PHY is not set +# CONFIG_DAVICOM_PHY is not set +# CONFIG_QSEMI_PHY is not set +# CONFIG_LXT_PHY is not set +# CONFIG_CICADA_PHY is not set +# CONFIG_VITESSE_PHY is not set +# CONFIG_SMSC_PHY is not set +# CONFIG_BROADCOM_PHY is not set +# CONFIG_BCM87XX_PHY is not set +# CONFIG_ICPLUS_PHY is not set +# CONFIG_REALTEK_PHY is not set +# CONFIG_NATIONAL_PHY is not set +# CONFIG_STE10XP is not set +# CONFIG_LSI_ET1011C_PHY is not set +# CONFIG_MICREL_PHY is not set +# CONFIG_FIXED_PHY is not set +# CONFIG_MDIO_BITBANG is not set +# CONFIG_PPP is not set +# CONFIG_SLIP is not set + +# +# USB Network Adapters +# +# CONFIG_USB_CATC is not set +# CONFIG_USB_KAWETH is not set +# CONFIG_USB_PEGASUS is not set +# CONFIG_USB_RTL8150 is not set +# CONFIG_USB_RTL8152 is not set +# CONFIG_USB_USBNET is not set +# CONFIG_USB_IPHETH is not set +CONFIG_WLAN=y +# CONFIG_LIBERTAS_THINFIRM is not set +# CONFIG_AIRO is not set +# CONFIG_ATMEL is not set +# CONFIG_AT76C50X_USB is not set +# CONFIG_PRISM54 is not set +# CONFIG_USB_ZD1201 is not set +# CONFIG_USB_NET_RNDIS_WLAN is not set +# CONFIG_RTL8180 is not set +# CONFIG_RTL8187 is not set +# CONFIG_ADM8211 is not set +# CONFIG_MAC80211_HWSIM is not set +# CONFIG_MWL8K is not set +# CONFIG_ATH_CARDS is not set +# CONFIG_B43 is not set +# CONFIG_B43LEGACY is not set +# CONFIG_BRCMSMAC is not set +# CONFIG_BRCMFMAC is not set +# CONFIG_HOSTAP is not set +# CONFIG_IPW2100 is not set +# CONFIG_IPW2200 is not set +# CONFIG_IWLWIFI is not set +# CONFIG_IWL4965 is not set +# CONFIG_IWL3945 is not set +# CONFIG_LIBERTAS is not set +# CONFIG_HERMES is not set +# CONFIG_P54_COMMON is not set +# CONFIG_RT2X00 is not set +CONFIG_RTL_CARDS=y +# CONFIG_RTL8192CE is not set +# CONFIG_RTL8192SE is not set +# CONFIG_RTL8192DE is not set +# CONFIG_RTL8723AE is not set +# CONFIG_RTL8188EE is not set +# CONFIG_RTL8192CU is not set +# CONFIG_WL_TI is not set +# CONFIG_ZD1211RW is not set +# CONFIG_MWIFIEX is not set +# CONFIG_CW1200 is not set + +# +# Enable WiMAX (Networking options) to see the WiMAX drivers +# +# CONFIG_WAN is not set +CONFIG_VMXNET3=m +# CONFIG_ISDN is not set + +# +# Input device support +# +CONFIG_INPUT=y +# CONFIG_INPUT_FF_MEMLESS is not set +CONFIG_INPUT_POLLDEV=y +CONFIG_INPUT_SPARSEKMAP=y +CONFIG_INPUT_MATRIXKMAP=m + +# +# Userland interfaces +# +CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV=y +# CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_PSAUX is not set +CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_X=1024 +CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_Y=768 +# CONFIG_INPUT_JOYDEV is not set +CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV=y +# CONFIG_INPUT_EVBUG is not set + +# +# Input Device Drivers +# +CONFIG_INPUT_KEYBOARD=y +CONFIG_KEYBOARD_ATKBD=y +# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_LKKBD is not set +# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_NEWTON is not set +# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_OPENCORES is not set +# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_STOWAWAY is not set +# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_SUNKBD is not set +# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_XTKBD is not set +CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSE=y +CONFIG_MOUSE_PS2=y +CONFIG_MOUSE_PS2_ALPS=y +CONFIG_MOUSE_PS2_LOGIPS2PP=y +CONFIG_MOUSE_PS2_SYNAPTICS=y +CONFIG_MOUSE_PS2_CYPRESS=y +CONFIG_MOUSE_PS2_LIFEBOOK=y +CONFIG_MOUSE_PS2_TRACKPOINT=y +# CONFIG_MOUSE_PS2_ELANTECH is not set +# CONFIG_MOUSE_PS2_SENTELIC is not set +# CONFIG_MOUSE_PS2_TOUCHKIT is not set +# CONFIG_MOUSE_SERIAL is not set +# CONFIG_MOUSE_APPLETOUCH is not set +# CONFIG_MOUSE_BCM5974 is not set +# CONFIG_MOUSE_VSXXXAA is not set +# CONFIG_MOUSE_SYNAPTICS_USB is not set +# CONFIG_INPUT_JOYSTICK is not set +# CONFIG_INPUT_TABLET is not set +# CONFIG_INPUT_TOUCHSCREEN is not set +# CONFIG_INPUT_MISC is not set + +# +# Hardware I/O ports +# +CONFIG_SERIO=y +CONFIG_ARCH_MIGHT_HAVE_PC_SERIO=y +CONFIG_SERIO_I8042=y +CONFIG_SERIO_SERPORT=y +# CONFIG_SERIO_CT82C710 is not set +# CONFIG_SERIO_PCIPS2 is not set +CONFIG_SERIO_LIBPS2=y +# CONFIG_SERIO_RAW is not set +# CONFIG_SERIO_ALTERA_PS2 is not set +# CONFIG_SERIO_PS2MULT is not set +# CONFIG_SERIO_ARC_PS2 is not set +# CONFIG_GAMEPORT is not set + +# +# Character devices +# +CONFIG_TTY=y +CONFIG_VT=y +CONFIG_CONSOLE_TRANSLATIONS=y +CONFIG_VT_CONSOLE=y +CONFIG_VT_CONSOLE_SLEEP=y +CONFIG_HW_CONSOLE=y +CONFIG_VT_HW_CONSOLE_BINDING=y +CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS=y +# CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES is not set +# CONFIG_LEGACY_PTYS is not set +CONFIG_SERIAL_NONSTANDARD=y +# CONFIG_ROCKETPORT is not set +# CONFIG_CYCLADES is not set +# CONFIG_MOXA_INTELLIO is not set +# CONFIG_MOXA_SMARTIO is not set +# CONFIG_SYNCLINK is not set +# CONFIG_SYNCLINKMP is not set +# CONFIG_SYNCLINK_GT is not set +# CONFIG_NOZOMI is not set +# CONFIG_ISI is not set +# CONFIG_N_HDLC is not set +# CONFIG_N_GSM is not set +# CONFIG_TRACE_SINK is not set + +# +# KCopy +# +CONFIG_KCOPY=m +CONFIG_DEVKMEM=y + +# +# Serial drivers +# +CONFIG_SERIAL_8250=y +CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_DEPRECATED_OPTIONS=y +CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_PNP=y +CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_CONSOLE=y +CONFIG_FIX_EARLYCON_MEM=y +CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_DMA=y +CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_PCI=y +CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_NR_UARTS=32 +CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_RUNTIME_UARTS=4 +CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_EXTENDED=y +CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_MANY_PORTS=y +CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_SHARE_IRQ=y +CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_DETECT_IRQ=y +CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_RSA=y +# CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_DW is not set + +# +# Non-8250 serial port support +# +# CONFIG_SERIAL_MFD_HSU is not set +CONFIG_SERIAL_CORE=y +CONFIG_SERIAL_CORE_CONSOLE=y +# CONFIG_SERIAL_JSM is not set +# CONFIG_SERIAL_SCCNXP is not set +# CONFIG_SERIAL_TIMBERDALE is not set +# CONFIG_SERIAL_ALTERA_JTAGUART is not set +# CONFIG_SERIAL_ALTERA_UART is not set +# CONFIG_SERIAL_PCH_UART is not set +# CONFIG_SERIAL_ARC is not set +# CONFIG_SERIAL_RP2 is not set +# CONFIG_SERIAL_FSL_LPUART is not set +# CONFIG_TTY_PRINTK is not set +# CONFIG_VIRTIO_CONSOLE is not set +# CONFIG_IPMI_HANDLER is not set +CONFIG_HW_RANDOM=y +CONFIG_HW_RANDOM_TIMERIOMEM=m +CONFIG_HW_RANDOM_INTEL=m +CONFIG_HW_RANDOM_AMD=m +CONFIG_HW_RANDOM_VIA=m +CONFIG_HW_RANDOM_VIRTIO=y +CONFIG_NVRAM=y +# CONFIG_R3964 is not set +# CONFIG_APPLICOM is not set +# CONFIG_MWAVE is not set +# CONFIG_RAW_DRIVER is not set +CONFIG_HPET=y +# CONFIG_HPET_MMAP is not set +# CONFIG_HANGCHECK_TIMER is not set +# CONFIG_TCG_TPM is not set +# CONFIG_TELCLOCK is not set +CONFIG_DEVPORT=y +# CONFIG_I2C is not set +# CONFIG_SPI is not set +# CONFIG_HSI is not set + +# +# PPS support +# +CONFIG_PPS=y +# CONFIG_PPS_DEBUG is not set + +# +# PPS clients support +# +CONFIG_PPS_CLIENT_KTIMER=m +CONFIG_PPS_CLIENT_LDISC=m +CONFIG_PPS_CLIENT_GPIO=m + +# +# PPS generators support +# + +# +# PTP clock support +# +CONFIG_PTP_1588_CLOCK=y + +# +# Enable PHYLIB and NETWORK_PHY_TIMESTAMPING to see the additional clocks. +# +CONFIG_PTP_1588_CLOCK_PCH=m +CONFIG_ARCH_WANT_OPTIONAL_GPIOLIB=y +# CONFIG_GPIOLIB is not set +# CONFIG_W1 is not set +CONFIG_POWER_SUPPLY=y +# CONFIG_POWER_SUPPLY_DEBUG is not set +# CONFIG_PDA_POWER is not set +# CONFIG_TEST_POWER is not set +# CONFIG_BATTERY_DS2780 is not set +# CONFIG_BATTERY_DS2781 is not set +# CONFIG_BATTERY_BQ27x00 is not set +# CONFIG_CHARGER_MAX8903 is not set +# CONFIG_POWER_RESET is not set +# CONFIG_POWER_AVS is not set +CONFIG_HWMON=y +# CONFIG_HWMON_VID is not set +# CONFIG_HWMON_DEBUG_CHIP is not set + +# +# Native drivers +# +# CONFIG_SENSORS_ABITUGURU is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_ABITUGURU3 is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_K8TEMP is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_K10TEMP is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_FAM15H_POWER is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_I5K_AMB is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_F71805F is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_F71882FG is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_CORETEMP is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_IT87 is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_MAX197 is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_NCT6775 is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_NTC_THERMISTOR is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_PC87360 is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_PC87427 is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_SIS5595 is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_SMSC47M1 is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_SMSC47B397 is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_SCH56XX_COMMON is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_SCH5627 is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_SCH5636 is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_VIA_CPUTEMP is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_VIA686A is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_VT1211 is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_VT8231 is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83627HF is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83627EHF is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_APPLESMC is not set + +# +# ACPI drivers +# +# CONFIG_SENSORS_ACPI_POWER is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_ATK0110 is not set +CONFIG_THERMAL=y +CONFIG_THERMAL_HWMON=y +CONFIG_THERMAL_DEFAULT_GOV_STEP_WISE=y +# CONFIG_THERMAL_DEFAULT_GOV_FAIR_SHARE is not set +# CONFIG_THERMAL_DEFAULT_GOV_USER_SPACE is not set +CONFIG_THERMAL_GOV_FAIR_SHARE=y +CONFIG_THERMAL_GOV_STEP_WISE=y +CONFIG_THERMAL_GOV_USER_SPACE=y +CONFIG_THERMAL_EMULATION=y +CONFIG_INTEL_POWERCLAMP=m +CONFIG_X86_PKG_TEMP_THERMAL=m +CONFIG_ACPI_INT3403_THERMAL=m + +# +# Texas Instruments thermal drivers +# +CONFIG_WATCHDOG=y +CONFIG_WATCHDOG_CORE=y +# CONFIG_WATCHDOG_NOWAYOUT is not set + +# +# Watchdog Device Drivers +# +# CONFIG_SOFT_WATCHDOG is not set +# CONFIG_DW_WATCHDOG is not set +# CONFIG_ACQUIRE_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_ADVANTECH_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_ALIM1535_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_ALIM7101_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_F71808E_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_SP5100_TCO is not set +# CONFIG_SC520_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_SBC_FITPC2_WATCHDOG is not set +# CONFIG_EUROTECH_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_IB700_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_IBMASR is not set +# CONFIG_WAFER_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_I6300ESB_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_IE6XX_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_ITCO_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_IT8712F_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_IT87_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_HP_WATCHDOG is not set +# CONFIG_SC1200_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_PC87413_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_NV_TCO is not set +# CONFIG_60XX_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_SBC8360_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_CPU5_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_SMSC_SCH311X_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_SMSC37B787_WDT is not set +CONFIG_VIA_WDT=m +# CONFIG_W83627HF_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_W83697HF_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_W83697UG_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_W83877F_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_W83977F_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_MACHZ_WDT is not set +# CONFIG_SBC_EPX_C3_WATCHDOG is not set + +# +# PCI-based Watchdog Cards +# +# CONFIG_PCIPCWATCHDOG is not set +# CONFIG_WDTPCI is not set + +# +# USB-based Watchdog Cards +# +# CONFIG_USBPCWATCHDOG is not set +CONFIG_SSB_POSSIBLE=y + +# +# Sonics Silicon Backplane +# +# CONFIG_SSB is not set +CONFIG_BCMA_POSSIBLE=y + +# +# Broadcom specific AMBA +# +# CONFIG_BCMA is not set + +# +# Multifunction device drivers +# +# CONFIG_MFD_CORE is not set +# CONFIG_MFD_CS5535 is not set +# CONFIG_MFD_CROS_EC is not set +# CONFIG_HTC_PASIC3 is not set +# CONFIG_LPC_ICH is not set +# CONFIG_LPC_SCH is not set +# CONFIG_MFD_JANZ_CMODIO is not set +# CONFIG_MFD_KEMPLD is not set +# CONFIG_MFD_VIPERBOARD is not set +# CONFIG_MFD_RDC321X is not set +# CONFIG_MFD_RTSX_PCI is not set +# CONFIG_MFD_SM501 is not set +# CONFIG_ABX500_CORE is not set +# CONFIG_MFD_SYSCON is not set +# CONFIG_MFD_TI_AM335X_TSCADC is not set +# CONFIG_MFD_TMIO is not set +# CONFIG_MFD_VX855 is not set +# CONFIG_REGULATOR is not set +# CONFIG_MEDIA_SUPPORT is not set + +# +# Graphics support +# +# CONFIG_AGP is not set +CONFIG_VGA_ARB=y +CONFIG_VGA_ARB_MAX_GPUS=16 +# CONFIG_VGA_SWITCHEROO is not set +# CONFIG_DRM is not set +# CONFIG_VGASTATE is not set +# CONFIG_VIDEO_OUTPUT_CONTROL is not set +# CONFIG_FB is not set +# CONFIG_EXYNOS_VIDEO is not set +CONFIG_BACKLIGHT_LCD_SUPPORT=y +# CONFIG_LCD_CLASS_DEVICE is not set +CONFIG_BACKLIGHT_CLASS_DEVICE=y +CONFIG_BACKLIGHT_GENERIC=y +# CONFIG_BACKLIGHT_APPLE is not set +# CONFIG_BACKLIGHT_SAHARA is not set + +# +# Console display driver support +# +CONFIG_VGA_CONSOLE=y +CONFIG_VGACON_SOFT_SCROLLBACK=y +CONFIG_VGACON_SOFT_SCROLLBACK_SIZE=64 +CONFIG_DUMMY_CONSOLE=y +# CONFIG_SOUND is not set + +# +# HID support +# +CONFIG_HID=m +# CONFIG_HIDRAW is not set +# CONFIG_UHID is not set +CONFIG_HID_GENERIC=m + +# +# Special HID drivers +# +# CONFIG_HID_A4TECH is not set +# CONFIG_HID_ACRUX is not set +# CONFIG_HID_APPLE is not set +# CONFIG_HID_APPLEIR is not set +# CONFIG_HID_AUREAL is not set +# CONFIG_HID_BELKIN is not set +# CONFIG_HID_CHERRY is not set +# CONFIG_HID_CHICONY is not set +# CONFIG_HID_CYPRESS is not set +# CONFIG_HID_DRAGONRISE is not set +# CONFIG_HID_EMS_FF is not set +# CONFIG_HID_ELECOM is not set +# CONFIG_HID_ELO is not set +# CONFIG_HID_EZKEY is not set +# CONFIG_HID_HOLTEK is not set +# CONFIG_HID_HUION is not set +# CONFIG_HID_KEYTOUCH is not set +# CONFIG_HID_KYE is not set +# CONFIG_HID_UCLOGIC is not set +# CONFIG_HID_WALTOP is not set +# CONFIG_HID_GYRATION is not set +# CONFIG_HID_ICADE is not set +# CONFIG_HID_TWINHAN is not set +# CONFIG_HID_KENSINGTON is not set +# CONFIG_HID_LCPOWER is not set +# CONFIG_HID_LENOVO_TPKBD is not set +# CONFIG_HID_LOGITECH is not set +# CONFIG_HID_MAGICMOUSE is not set +# CONFIG_HID_MICROSOFT is not set +# CONFIG_HID_MONTEREY is not set +# CONFIG_HID_MULTITOUCH is not set +# CONFIG_HID_NTRIG is not set +# CONFIG_HID_ORTEK is not set +# CONFIG_HID_PANTHERLORD is not set +# CONFIG_HID_PETALYNX is not set +# CONFIG_HID_PICOLCD is not set +# CONFIG_HID_PRIMAX is not set +# CONFIG_HID_ROCCAT is not set +# CONFIG_HID_SAITEK is not set +# CONFIG_HID_SAMSUNG is not set +# CONFIG_HID_SONY is not set +# CONFIG_HID_SPEEDLINK is not set +# CONFIG_HID_STEELSERIES is not set +# CONFIG_HID_SUNPLUS is not set +# CONFIG_HID_GREENASIA is not set +# CONFIG_HID_SMARTJOYPLUS is not set +# CONFIG_HID_TIVO is not set +# CONFIG_HID_TOPSEED is not set +# CONFIG_HID_THINGM is not set +# CONFIG_HID_THRUSTMASTER is not set +# CONFIG_HID_WACOM is not set +# CONFIG_HID_WIIMOTE is not set +# CONFIG_HID_XINMO is not set +# CONFIG_HID_ZEROPLUS is not set +# CONFIG_HID_ZYDACRON is not set +# CONFIG_HID_SENSOR_HUB is not set + +# +# USB HID support +# +CONFIG_USB_HID=m +# CONFIG_HID_PID is not set +# CONFIG_USB_HIDDEV is not set + +# +# USB HID Boot Protocol drivers +# +# CONFIG_USB_KBD is not set +# CONFIG_USB_MOUSE is not set +CONFIG_USB_OHCI_LITTLE_ENDIAN=y +CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT=y +CONFIG_USB_COMMON=y +CONFIG_USB_ARCH_HAS_HCD=y +CONFIG_USB=y +# CONFIG_USB_DEBUG is not set +CONFIG_USB_ANNOUNCE_NEW_DEVICES=y + +# +# Miscellaneous USB options +# +CONFIG_USB_DEFAULT_PERSIST=y +# CONFIG_USB_DYNAMIC_MINORS is not set +# CONFIG_USB_OTG_WHITELIST is not set +# CONFIG_USB_OTG_BLACKLIST_HUB is not set +CONFIG_USB_MON=y +# CONFIG_USB_WUSB_CBAF is not set + +# +# USB Host Controller Drivers +# +# CONFIG_USB_C67X00_HCD is not set +# CONFIG_USB_XHCI_HCD is not set +CONFIG_USB_EHCI_HCD=y +# CONFIG_USB_EHCI_ROOT_HUB_TT is not set +# CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TT_NEWSCHED is not set +CONFIG_USB_EHCI_PCI=y +# CONFIG_USB_EHCI_HCD_PLATFORM is not set +# CONFIG_USB_OXU210HP_HCD is not set +# CONFIG_USB_ISP116X_HCD is not set +# CONFIG_USB_ISP1760_HCD is not set +# CONFIG_USB_ISP1362_HCD is not set +# CONFIG_USB_FUSBH200_HCD is not set +# CONFIG_USB_FOTG210_HCD is not set +CONFIG_USB_OHCI_HCD=y +CONFIG_USB_OHCI_HCD_PCI=y +# CONFIG_USB_OHCI_HCD_PLATFORM is not set +CONFIG_USB_UHCI_HCD=y +# CONFIG_USB_SL811_HCD is not set +# CONFIG_USB_R8A66597_HCD is not set +# CONFIG_USB_HCD_TEST_MODE is not set + +# +# USB Device Class drivers +# +# CONFIG_USB_ACM is not set +CONFIG_USB_PRINTER=y +# CONFIG_USB_WDM is not set +# CONFIG_USB_TMC is not set + +# +# NOTE: USB_STORAGE depends on SCSI but BLK_DEV_SD may +# + +# +# also be needed; see USB_STORAGE Help for more info +# +CONFIG_USB_STORAGE=y +# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_DEBUG is not set +# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_REALTEK is not set +# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_DATAFAB is not set +# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_FREECOM is not set +# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_ISD200 is not set +# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_USBAT is not set +# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_SDDR09 is not set +# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_SDDR55 is not set +# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_JUMPSHOT is not set +# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_ALAUDA is not set +# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_ONETOUCH is not set +# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_KARMA is not set +# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_CYPRESS_ATACB is not set +# CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_ENE_UB6250 is not set + +# +# USB Imaging devices +# +# CONFIG_USB_MDC800 is not set +# CONFIG_USB_MICROTEK is not set +# CONFIG_USB_MUSB_HDRC is not set +# CONFIG_USB_DWC3 is not set +# CONFIG_USB_DWC2 is not set +# CONFIG_USB_CHIPIDEA is not set + +# +# USB port drivers +# +# CONFIG_USB_SERIAL is not set + +# +# USB Miscellaneous drivers +# +# CONFIG_USB_EMI62 is not set +# CONFIG_USB_EMI26 is not set +# CONFIG_USB_ADUTUX is not set +# CONFIG_USB_SEVSEG is not set +# CONFIG_USB_RIO500 is not set +# CONFIG_USB_LEGOTOWER is not set +# CONFIG_USB_LCD is not set +# CONFIG_USB_LED is not set +# CONFIG_USB_CYPRESS_CY7C63 is not set +# CONFIG_USB_CYTHERM is not set +# CONFIG_USB_IDMOUSE is not set +# CONFIG_USB_FTDI_ELAN is not set +# CONFIG_USB_APPLEDISPLAY is not set +# CONFIG_USB_SISUSBVGA is not set +# CONFIG_USB_LD is not set +# CONFIG_USB_TRANCEVIBRATOR is not set +# CONFIG_USB_IOWARRIOR is not set +# CONFIG_USB_TEST is not set +# CONFIG_USB_EHSET_TEST_FIXTURE is not set +# CONFIG_USB_ISIGHTFW is not set +# CONFIG_USB_YUREX is not set +# CONFIG_USB_EZUSB_FX2 is not set + +# +# USB Physical Layer drivers +# +# CONFIG_USB_PHY is not set +# CONFIG_USB_OTG_FSM is not set +# CONFIG_NOP_USB_XCEIV is not set +# CONFIG_SAMSUNG_USB2PHY is not set +# CONFIG_SAMSUNG_USB3PHY is not set +# CONFIG_USB_RCAR_PHY is not set +# CONFIG_USB_GADGET is not set +# CONFIG_UWB is not set +# CONFIG_MMC is not set +# CONFIG_MEMSTICK is not set +CONFIG_NEW_LEDS=y +CONFIG_LEDS_CLASS=y + +# +# LED drivers +# +# CONFIG_LEDS_CLEVO_MAIL is not set +# CONFIG_LEDS_INTEL_SS4200 is not set +# CONFIG_LEDS_OT200 is not set + +# +# LED Triggers +# +CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGERS=y +# CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_TIMER is not set +# CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_ONESHOT is not set +# CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_HEARTBEAT is not set +# CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_BACKLIGHT is not set +# CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_CPU is not set +# CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_DEFAULT_ON is not set + +# +# iptables trigger is under Netfilter config (LED target) +# +# CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_TRANSIENT is not set +# CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_CAMERA is not set +# CONFIG_ACCESSIBILITY is not set +# CONFIG_INFINIBAND is not set +CONFIG_EDAC=y +CONFIG_EDAC_LEGACY_SYSFS=y +# CONFIG_EDAC_DEBUG is not set +CONFIG_EDAC_DECODE_MCE=y +# CONFIG_EDAC_MCE_INJ is not set +# CONFIG_EDAC_MM_EDAC is not set +CONFIG_RTC_LIB=y +CONFIG_RTC_CLASS=y +# CONFIG_RTC_HCTOSYS is not set +CONFIG_RTC_SYSTOHC=y +CONFIG_RTC_HCTOSYS_DEVICE="rtc0" +# CONFIG_RTC_DEBUG is not set + +# +# RTC interfaces +# +CONFIG_RTC_INTF_SYSFS=y +CONFIG_RTC_INTF_PROC=y +CONFIG_RTC_INTF_DEV=y +# CONFIG_RTC_INTF_DEV_UIE_EMUL is not set +# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_TEST is not set + +# +# SPI RTC drivers +# + +# +# Platform RTC drivers +# +CONFIG_RTC_DRV_CMOS=y +# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_DS1286 is not set +# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_DS1511 is not set +# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_DS1553 is not set +# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_DS1742 is not set +# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_STK17TA8 is not set +# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_M48T86 is not set +# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_M48T35 is not set +# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_M48T59 is not set +# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_MSM6242 is not set +# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_BQ4802 is not set +# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_RP5C01 is not set +# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_V3020 is not set +# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_DS2404 is not set + +# +# on-CPU RTC drivers +# +# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_MOXART is not set + +# +# HID Sensor RTC drivers +# +# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_HID_SENSOR_TIME is not set +CONFIG_DMADEVICES=y +# CONFIG_DMADEVICES_DEBUG is not set + +# +# DMA Devices +# +# CONFIG_INTEL_MID_DMAC is not set +# CONFIG_INTEL_IOATDMA is not set +# CONFIG_DW_DMAC_CORE is not set +# CONFIG_DW_DMAC is not set +# CONFIG_DW_DMAC_PCI is not set +# CONFIG_TIMB_DMA is not set +# CONFIG_PCH_DMA is not set +CONFIG_DMA_ACPI=y +# CONFIG_AUXDISPLAY is not set +CONFIG_UIO=m +CONFIG_UIO_CIF=m +CONFIG_UIO_PDRV_GENIRQ=m +CONFIG_UIO_DMEM_GENIRQ=m +CONFIG_UIO_AEC=m +CONFIG_UIO_SERCOS3=m +CONFIG_UIO_PCI_GENERIC=m +CONFIG_UIO_NETX=m +# CONFIG_UIO_MF624 is not set +CONFIG_VFIO_IOMMU_TYPE1=m +CONFIG_VFIO=m +CONFIG_VFIO_PCI=m +# CONFIG_VFIO_PCI_VGA is not set +CONFIG_VIRT_DRIVERS=y +CONFIG_VIRTIO=y + +# +# Virtio drivers +# +CONFIG_VIRTIO_PCI=y +CONFIG_VIRTIO_BALLOON=y +CONFIG_VIRTIO_MMIO=y +# CONFIG_VIRTIO_MMIO_CMDLINE_DEVICES is not set + +# +# Microsoft Hyper-V guest support +# +# CONFIG_HYPERV is not set +# CONFIG_STAGING is not set +CONFIG_X86_PLATFORM_DEVICES=y +# CONFIG_ACERHDF is not set +# CONFIG_ASUS_LAPTOP is not set +# CONFIG_FUJITSU_LAPTOP is not set +# CONFIG_FUJITSU_TABLET is not set +# CONFIG_HP_ACCEL is not set +# CONFIG_HP_WIRELESS is not set +# CONFIG_PANASONIC_LAPTOP is not set +# CONFIG_THINKPAD_ACPI is not set +# CONFIG_SENSORS_HDAPS is not set +# CONFIG_INTEL_MENLOW is not set +CONFIG_EEEPC_LAPTOP=y +# CONFIG_ACPI_WMI is not set +# CONFIG_TOPSTAR_LAPTOP is not set +# CONFIG_TOSHIBA_BT_RFKILL is not set +# CONFIG_ACPI_CMPC is not set +# CONFIG_INTEL_IPS is not set +# CONFIG_IBM_RTL is not set +# CONFIG_XO15_EBOOK is not set +# CONFIG_SAMSUNG_LAPTOP is not set +# CONFIG_SAMSUNG_Q10 is not set +# CONFIG_APPLE_GMUX is not set +CONFIG_INTEL_RST=m +CONFIG_INTEL_SMARTCONNECT=m +# CONFIG_PVPANIC is not set +# CONFIG_CHROME_PLATFORMS is not set + +# +# Hardware Spinlock drivers +# +CONFIG_CLKEVT_I8253=y +CONFIG_I8253_LOCK=y +CONFIG_CLKBLD_I8253=y +# CONFIG_MAILBOX is not set +CONFIG_IOMMU_API=y +CONFIG_IOMMU_SUPPORT=y +CONFIG_AMD_IOMMU=y +CONFIG_AMD_IOMMU_STATS=y +CONFIG_AMD_IOMMU_V2=m +CONFIG_DMAR_TABLE=y +CONFIG_INTEL_IOMMU=y +CONFIG_INTEL_IOMMU_DEFAULT_ON=y +CONFIG_INTEL_IOMMU_FLOPPY_WA=y +CONFIG_IRQ_REMAP=y + +# +# Remoteproc drivers +# +# CONFIG_STE_MODEM_RPROC is not set + +# +# Rpmsg drivers +# +# CONFIG_PM_DEVFREQ is not set +# CONFIG_EXTCON is not set +# CONFIG_MEMORY is not set +# CONFIG_IIO is not set +CONFIG_NTB=m +# CONFIG_VME_BUS is not set +# CONFIG_PWM is not set +# CONFIG_IPACK_BUS is not set +# CONFIG_RESET_CONTROLLER is not set +# CONFIG_FMC is not set + +# +# PHY Subsystem +# +CONFIG_GENERIC_PHY=y +CONFIG_PHY_EXYNOS_MIPI_VIDEO=m +CONFIG_BCM_KONA_USB2_PHY=m +CONFIG_POWERCAP=y +CONFIG_INTEL_RAPL=m + +# +# Firmware Drivers +# +# CONFIG_EDD is not set +CONFIG_FIRMWARE_MEMMAP=y +# CONFIG_DELL_RBU is not set +# CONFIG_DCDBAS is not set +CONFIG_DMIID=y +# CONFIG_DMI_SYSFS is not set +CONFIG_DMI_SCAN_MACHINE_NON_EFI_FALLBACK=y +# CONFIG_ISCSI_IBFT_FIND is not set +# CONFIG_GOOGLE_FIRMWARE is not set + +# +# EFI (Extensible Firmware Interface) Support +# +CONFIG_EFI_VARS=y +CONFIG_EFI_RUNTIME_MAP=y +CONFIG_UEFI_CPER=y + +# +# File systems +# +CONFIG_DCACHE_WORD_ACCESS=y +CONFIG_EXT2_FS=y +CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XATTR=y +CONFIG_EXT2_FS_POSIX_ACL=y +CONFIG_EXT2_FS_SECURITY=y +# CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XIP is not set +CONFIG_EXT3_FS=y +# CONFIG_EXT3_DEFAULTS_TO_ORDERED is not set +CONFIG_EXT3_FS_XATTR=y +CONFIG_EXT3_FS_POSIX_ACL=y +CONFIG_EXT3_FS_SECURITY=y +CONFIG_EXT4_FS=y +CONFIG_EXT4_FS_POSIX_ACL=y +CONFIG_EXT4_FS_SECURITY=y +# CONFIG_EXT4_DEBUG is not set +CONFIG_JBD=y +CONFIG_JBD_DEBUG=y +CONFIG_JBD2=y +CONFIG_JBD2_DEBUG=y +CONFIG_FS_MBCACHE=y +CONFIG_REISERFS_FS=m +# CONFIG_REISERFS_CHECK is not set +CONFIG_REISERFS_PROC_INFO=y +CONFIG_REISERFS_FS_XATTR=y +CONFIG_REISERFS_FS_POSIX_ACL=y +CONFIG_REISERFS_FS_SECURITY=y +CONFIG_JFS_FS=m +CONFIG_JFS_POSIX_ACL=y +CONFIG_JFS_SECURITY=y +# CONFIG_JFS_DEBUG is not set +CONFIG_JFS_STATISTICS=y +CONFIG_XFS_FS=m +CONFIG_XFS_QUOTA=y +CONFIG_XFS_POSIX_ACL=y +CONFIG_XFS_RT=y +CONFIG_XFS_WARN=y +# CONFIG_XFS_DEBUG is not set +CONFIG_GFS2_FS=m +# CONFIG_GFS2_FS_LOCKING_DLM is not set +CONFIG_OCFS2_FS=m +CONFIG_OCFS2_FS_O2CB=m +CONFIG_OCFS2_FS_USERSPACE_CLUSTER=m +CONFIG_OCFS2_FS_STATS=y +CONFIG_OCFS2_DEBUG_MASKLOG=y +CONFIG_OCFS2_DEBUG_FS=y +CONFIG_BTRFS_FS=m +CONFIG_BTRFS_FS_POSIX_ACL=y +# CONFIG_BTRFS_FS_CHECK_INTEGRITY is not set +CONFIG_BTRFS_FS_RUN_SANITY_TESTS=y +# CONFIG_BTRFS_DEBUG is not set +CONFIG_BTRFS_ASSERT=y +CONFIG_NILFS2_FS=m +CONFIG_FS_POSIX_ACL=y +CONFIG_EXPORTFS=y +CONFIG_FILE_LOCKING=y +CONFIG_FSNOTIFY=y +CONFIG_DNOTIFY=y +CONFIG_INOTIFY_USER=y +CONFIG_FANOTIFY=y +CONFIG_FANOTIFY_ACCESS_PERMISSIONS=y +CONFIG_QUOTA=y +CONFIG_QUOTA_NETLINK_INTERFACE=y +# CONFIG_PRINT_QUOTA_WARNING is not set +# CONFIG_QUOTA_DEBUG is not set +CONFIG_QUOTA_TREE=m +# CONFIG_QFMT_V1 is not set +CONFIG_QFMT_V2=m +CONFIG_QUOTACTL=y +CONFIG_QUOTACTL_COMPAT=y +CONFIG_AUTOFS4_FS=y +CONFIG_FUSE_FS=m +CONFIG_CUSE=m + +# +# Caches +# +CONFIG_FSCACHE=m +CONFIG_FSCACHE_STATS=y +CONFIG_FSCACHE_HISTOGRAM=y +# CONFIG_FSCACHE_DEBUG is not set +# CONFIG_FSCACHE_OBJECT_LIST is not set +# CONFIG_CACHEFILES is not set + +# +# CD-ROM/DVD Filesystems +# +CONFIG_ISO9660_FS=m +CONFIG_JOLIET=y +CONFIG_ZISOFS=y +CONFIG_UDF_FS=m +CONFIG_UDF_NLS=y + +# +# DOS/FAT/NT Filesystems +# +CONFIG_FAT_FS=m +CONFIG_MSDOS_FS=m +CONFIG_VFAT_FS=m +CONFIG_FAT_DEFAULT_CODEPAGE=437 +CONFIG_FAT_DEFAULT_IOCHARSET="iso8859-1" +CONFIG_NTFS_FS=m +# CONFIG_NTFS_DEBUG is not set +CONFIG_NTFS_RW=y + +# +# Pseudo filesystems +# +CONFIG_PROC_FS=y +CONFIG_PROC_KCORE=y +CONFIG_PROC_VMCORE=y +CONFIG_PROC_SYSCTL=y +CONFIG_PROC_PAGE_MONITOR=y +CONFIG_SYSFS=y +CONFIG_TMPFS=y +CONFIG_TMPFS_POSIX_ACL=y +CONFIG_TMPFS_XATTR=y +CONFIG_HUGETLBFS=y +CONFIG_HUGETLB_PAGE=y +CONFIG_CONFIGFS_FS=m +CONFIG_MISC_FILESYSTEMS=y +# CONFIG_ADFS_FS is not set +# CONFIG_AFFS_FS is not set +# CONFIG_ECRYPT_FS is not set +# CONFIG_HFS_FS is not set +# CONFIG_HFSPLUS_FS is not set +# CONFIG_BEFS_FS is not set +# CONFIG_BFS_FS is not set +# CONFIG_EFS_FS is not set +CONFIG_LOGFS=m +CONFIG_CRAMFS=m +CONFIG_SQUASHFS=m +CONFIG_SQUASHFS_FILE_CACHE=y +# CONFIG_SQUASHFS_FILE_DIRECT is not set +CONFIG_SQUASHFS_DECOMP_SINGLE=y +# CONFIG_SQUASHFS_DECOMP_MULTI is not set +# CONFIG_SQUASHFS_DECOMP_MULTI_PERCPU is not set +CONFIG_SQUASHFS_XATTR=y +CONFIG_SQUASHFS_ZLIB=y +CONFIG_SQUASHFS_LZO=y +CONFIG_SQUASHFS_XZ=y +CONFIG_SQUASHFS_4K_DEVBLK_SIZE=y +CONFIG_SQUASHFS_EMBEDDED=y +CONFIG_SQUASHFS_FRAGMENT_CACHE_SIZE=3 +# CONFIG_VXFS_FS is not set +# CONFIG_MINIX_FS is not set +# CONFIG_OMFS_FS is not set +# CONFIG_HPFS_FS is not set +# CONFIG_QNX4FS_FS is not set +# CONFIG_QNX6FS_FS is not set +CONFIG_ROMFS_FS=m +CONFIG_ROMFS_BACKED_BY_BLOCK=y +CONFIG_ROMFS_ON_BLOCK=y +# CONFIG_PSTORE is not set +# CONFIG_SYSV_FS is not set +CONFIG_UFS_FS=m +# CONFIG_UFS_FS_WRITE is not set +# CONFIG_UFS_DEBUG is not set +CONFIG_F2FS_FS=m +CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y +CONFIG_F2FS_FS_XATTR=y +CONFIG_F2FS_FS_POSIX_ACL=y +CONFIG_F2FS_FS_SECURITY=y +CONFIG_F2FS_CHECK_FS=y +CONFIG_EFIVAR_FS=m +CONFIG_NETWORK_FILESYSTEMS=y +CONFIG_NFS_FS=m +CONFIG_NFS_V2=m +CONFIG_NFS_V3=m +CONFIG_NFS_V3_ACL=y +CONFIG_NFS_V4=m +# CONFIG_NFS_SWAP is not set +CONFIG_NFS_V4_1=y +CONFIG_NFS_V4_2=y +CONFIG_PNFS_FILE_LAYOUT=m +CONFIG_PNFS_BLOCK=m +CONFIG_NFS_V4_1_IMPLEMENTATION_ID_DOMAIN="kernel.org" +# CONFIG_NFS_V4_1_MIGRATION is not set +CONFIG_NFS_V4_SECURITY_LABEL=y +# CONFIG_NFS_FSCACHE is not set +# CONFIG_NFS_USE_LEGACY_DNS is not set +CONFIG_NFS_USE_KERNEL_DNS=y +CONFIG_NFS_DEBUG=y +# CONFIG_NFSD is not set +CONFIG_LOCKD=m +CONFIG_LOCKD_V4=y +CONFIG_NFS_ACL_SUPPORT=m +CONFIG_NFS_COMMON=y +CONFIG_SUNRPC=m +CONFIG_SUNRPC_GSS=m +CONFIG_SUNRPC_BACKCHANNEL=y +CONFIG_RPCSEC_GSS_KRB5=m +CONFIG_SUNRPC_DEBUG=y +# CONFIG_CEPH_FS is not set +CONFIG_CIFS=m +CONFIG_CIFS_STATS=y +CONFIG_CIFS_STATS2=y +# CONFIG_CIFS_WEAK_PW_HASH is not set +# CONFIG_CIFS_UPCALL is not set +CONFIG_CIFS_XATTR=y +CONFIG_CIFS_POSIX=y +CONFIG_CIFS_ACL=y +CONFIG_CIFS_DEBUG=y +# CONFIG_CIFS_DEBUG2 is not set +# CONFIG_CIFS_DFS_UPCALL is not set +CONFIG_CIFS_SMB2=y +CONFIG_CIFS_FSCACHE=y +# CONFIG_NCP_FS is not set +# CONFIG_CODA_FS is not set +# CONFIG_AFS_FS is not set +CONFIG_NLS=y +CONFIG_NLS_DEFAULT="utf8" +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_437=y +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_737=m +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_775=m +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_850=m +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_852=m +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_855=m +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_857=m +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_860=m +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_861=m +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_862=m +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_863=m +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_864=m +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_865=m +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_866=m +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_869=m +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_936=m +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_950=m +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_932=m +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_949=m +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_874=m +CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_8=m +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_1250=m +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_1251=m +CONFIG_NLS_ASCII=y +CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_1=y +CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_2=m +CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_3=m +CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_4=m +CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_5=m +CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_6=m +CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_7=m +CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_9=m +CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_13=m +CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_14=m +CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_15=y +CONFIG_NLS_KOI8_R=m +CONFIG_NLS_KOI8_U=m +CONFIG_NLS_MAC_ROMAN=m +CONFIG_NLS_MAC_CELTIC=m +CONFIG_NLS_MAC_CENTEURO=m +CONFIG_NLS_MAC_CROATIAN=m +CONFIG_NLS_MAC_CYRILLIC=m +CONFIG_NLS_MAC_GAELIC=m +CONFIG_NLS_MAC_GREEK=m +CONFIG_NLS_MAC_ICELAND=m +CONFIG_NLS_MAC_INUIT=m +CONFIG_NLS_MAC_ROMANIAN=m +CONFIG_NLS_MAC_TURKISH=m +CONFIG_NLS_UTF8=y +CONFIG_DLM=m +# CONFIG_DLM_DEBUG is not set + +# +# Kernel hacking +# +CONFIG_TRACE_IRQFLAGS_SUPPORT=y + +# +# printk and dmesg options +# +CONFIG_PRINTK_TIME=y +CONFIG_DEFAULT_MESSAGE_LOGLEVEL=4 +# CONFIG_BOOT_PRINTK_DELAY is not set +# CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG is not set + +# +# Compile-time checks and compiler options +# +# CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO is not set +# CONFIG_ENABLE_WARN_DEPRECATED is not set +CONFIG_ENABLE_MUST_CHECK=y +CONFIG_FRAME_WARN=2048 +# CONFIG_STRIP_ASM_SYMS is not set +# CONFIG_READABLE_ASM is not set +# CONFIG_UNUSED_SYMBOLS is not set +CONFIG_DEBUG_FS=y +# CONFIG_HEADERS_CHECK is not set +# CONFIG_DEBUG_SECTION_MISMATCH is not set +CONFIG_ARCH_WANT_FRAME_POINTERS=y +CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER=y +# CONFIG_DEBUG_FORCE_WEAK_PER_CPU is not set +CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ=y +CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ_DEFAULT_ENABLE=0x1 +CONFIG_DEBUG_KERNEL=y + +# +# Memory Debugging +# +# CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC is not set +# CONFIG_DEBUG_OBJECTS is not set +# CONFIG_SLUB_DEBUG_ON is not set +# CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is not set +CONFIG_HAVE_DEBUG_KMEMLEAK=y +# CONFIG_DEBUG_KMEMLEAK is not set +CONFIG_DEBUG_STACK_USAGE=y +# CONFIG_DEBUG_VM is not set +# CONFIG_DEBUG_VIRTUAL is not set +# CONFIG_DEBUG_MEMORY_INIT is not set +# CONFIG_DEBUG_PER_CPU_MAPS is not set +CONFIG_HAVE_DEBUG_STACKOVERFLOW=y +CONFIG_DEBUG_STACKOVERFLOW=y +CONFIG_HAVE_ARCH_KMEMCHECK=y +# CONFIG_KMEMCHECK is not set +# CONFIG_DEBUG_SHIRQ is not set + +# +# Debug Lockups and Hangs +# +# CONFIG_LOCKUP_DETECTOR is not set +# CONFIG_DETECT_HUNG_TASK is not set +# CONFIG_PANIC_ON_OOPS is not set +CONFIG_PANIC_ON_OOPS_VALUE=0 +CONFIG_PANIC_TIMEOUT=0 +# CONFIG_SCHED_DEBUG is not set +CONFIG_SCHEDSTATS=y +CONFIG_TIMER_STATS=y + +# +# Lock Debugging (spinlocks, mutexes, etc...) +# +# CONFIG_DEBUG_RT_MUTEXES is not set +# CONFIG_RT_MUTEX_TESTER is not set +# CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK is not set +# CONFIG_DEBUG_MUTEXES is not set +# CONFIG_DEBUG_WW_MUTEX_SLOWPATH is not set +# CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCK_ALLOC is not set +# CONFIG_PROVE_LOCKING is not set +# CONFIG_LOCK_STAT is not set +# CONFIG_DEBUG_ATOMIC_SLEEP is not set +# CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCKING_API_SELFTESTS is not set +CONFIG_STACKTRACE=y +# CONFIG_DEBUG_KOBJECT is not set +CONFIG_DEBUG_BUGVERBOSE=y +# CONFIG_DEBUG_WRITECOUNT is not set +# CONFIG_DEBUG_LIST is not set +# CONFIG_DEBUG_SG is not set +# CONFIG_DEBUG_NOTIFIERS is not set +# CONFIG_DEBUG_CREDENTIALS is not set + +# +# RCU Debugging +# +# CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER is not set +# CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST is not set +CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_TIMEOUT=60 +# CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_INFO is not set +# CONFIG_RCU_TRACE is not set +# CONFIG_DEBUG_BLOCK_EXT_DEVT is not set +# CONFIG_NOTIFIER_ERROR_INJECTION is not set +# CONFIG_FAULT_INJECTION is not set +# CONFIG_LATENCYTOP is not set +CONFIG_ARCH_HAS_DEBUG_STRICT_USER_COPY_CHECKS=y +# CONFIG_DEBUG_STRICT_USER_COPY_CHECKS is not set +CONFIG_USER_STACKTRACE_SUPPORT=y +CONFIG_NOP_TRACER=y +CONFIG_HAVE_FUNCTION_TRACER=y +CONFIG_HAVE_FUNCTION_GRAPH_TRACER=y +CONFIG_HAVE_FUNCTION_GRAPH_FP_TEST=y +CONFIG_HAVE_FUNCTION_TRACE_MCOUNT_TEST=y +CONFIG_HAVE_DYNAMIC_FTRACE=y +CONFIG_HAVE_DYNAMIC_FTRACE_WITH_REGS=y +CONFIG_HAVE_FTRACE_MCOUNT_RECORD=y +CONFIG_HAVE_SYSCALL_TRACEPOINTS=y +CONFIG_HAVE_FENTRY=y +CONFIG_HAVE_C_RECORDMCOUNT=y +CONFIG_TRACE_CLOCK=y +CONFIG_RING_BUFFER=y +CONFIG_EVENT_TRACING=y +CONFIG_CONTEXT_SWITCH_TRACER=y +CONFIG_TRACING=y +CONFIG_GENERIC_TRACER=y +CONFIG_TRACING_SUPPORT=y +CONFIG_FTRACE=y +# CONFIG_FUNCTION_TRACER is not set +# CONFIG_IRQSOFF_TRACER is not set +# CONFIG_SCHED_TRACER is not set +# CONFIG_FTRACE_SYSCALLS is not set +# CONFIG_TRACER_SNAPSHOT is not set +CONFIG_BRANCH_PROFILE_NONE=y +# CONFIG_PROFILE_ANNOTATED_BRANCHES is not set +# CONFIG_PROFILE_ALL_BRANCHES is not set +# CONFIG_STACK_TRACER is not set +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IO_TRACE=y +CONFIG_KPROBE_EVENT=y +# CONFIG_UPROBE_EVENT is not set +CONFIG_PROBE_EVENTS=y +# CONFIG_FTRACE_STARTUP_TEST is not set +# CONFIG_MMIOTRACE is not set +# CONFIG_RING_BUFFER_BENCHMARK is not set +# CONFIG_RING_BUFFER_STARTUP_TEST is not set + +# +# Runtime Testing +# +# CONFIG_LKDTM is not set +# CONFIG_TEST_LIST_SORT is not set +# CONFIG_KPROBES_SANITY_TEST is not set +# CONFIG_BACKTRACE_SELF_TEST is not set +# CONFIG_RBTREE_TEST is not set +# CONFIG_INTERVAL_TREE_TEST is not set +CONFIG_PERCPU_TEST=m +# CONFIG_ATOMIC64_SELFTEST is not set +# CONFIG_ASYNC_RAID6_TEST is not set +CONFIG_TEST_STRING_HELPERS=m +# CONFIG_TEST_KSTRTOX is not set +CONFIG_PROVIDE_OHCI1394_DMA_INIT=y +# CONFIG_DMA_API_DEBUG is not set +CONFIG_TEST_MODULE=m +CONFIG_TEST_USER_COPY=m +# CONFIG_SAMPLES is not set +CONFIG_HAVE_ARCH_KGDB=y +# CONFIG_KGDB is not set +# CONFIG_STRICT_DEVMEM is not set +CONFIG_X86_VERBOSE_BOOTUP=y +CONFIG_EARLY_PRINTK=y +CONFIG_EARLY_PRINTK_DBGP=y +# CONFIG_EARLY_PRINTK_EFI is not set +# CONFIG_X86_PTDUMP is not set +CONFIG_DEBUG_RODATA=y +# CONFIG_DEBUG_RODATA_TEST is not set +# CONFIG_DEBUG_SET_MODULE_RONX is not set +CONFIG_DEBUG_NX_TEST=m +CONFIG_DOUBLEFAULT=y +# CONFIG_DEBUG_TLBFLUSH is not set +# CONFIG_IOMMU_DEBUG is not set +# CONFIG_IOMMU_STRESS is not set +CONFIG_HAVE_MMIOTRACE_SUPPORT=y +# CONFIG_X86_DECODER_SELFTEST is not set +CONFIG_IO_DELAY_TYPE_0X80=0 +CONFIG_IO_DELAY_TYPE_0XED=1 +CONFIG_IO_DELAY_TYPE_UDELAY=2 +CONFIG_IO_DELAY_TYPE_NONE=3 +CONFIG_IO_DELAY_0X80=y +# CONFIG_IO_DELAY_0XED is not set +# CONFIG_IO_DELAY_UDELAY is not set +# CONFIG_IO_DELAY_NONE is not set +CONFIG_DEFAULT_IO_DELAY_TYPE=0 +CONFIG_DEBUG_BOOT_PARAMS=y +# CONFIG_CPA_DEBUG is not set +CONFIG_OPTIMIZE_INLINING=y +# CONFIG_DEBUG_NMI_SELFTEST is not set +# CONFIG_X86_DEBUG_STATIC_CPU_HAS is not set + +# +# Security options +# +CONFIG_KEYS=y +# CONFIG_PERSISTENT_KEYRINGS is not set +# CONFIG_BIG_KEYS is not set +CONFIG_ENCRYPTED_KEYS=y +CONFIG_KEYS_DEBUG_PROC_KEYS=y +# CONFIG_SECURITY_DMESG_RESTRICT is not set +CONFIG_SECURITY=y +CONFIG_SECURITYFS=y +CONFIG_SECURITY_NETWORK=y +# CONFIG_SECURITY_NETWORK_XFRM is not set +CONFIG_SECURITY_PATH=y +# CONFIG_INTEL_TXT is not set +CONFIG_LSM_MMAP_MIN_ADDR=65536 +CONFIG_SECURITY_SELINUX=y +CONFIG_SECURITY_SELINUX_BOOTPARAM=y +CONFIG_SECURITY_SELINUX_BOOTPARAM_VALUE=1 +CONFIG_SECURITY_SELINUX_DISABLE=y +CONFIG_SECURITY_SELINUX_DEVELOP=y +CONFIG_SECURITY_SELINUX_AVC_STATS=y +CONFIG_SECURITY_SELINUX_CHECKREQPROT_VALUE=1 +# CONFIG_SECURITY_SELINUX_POLICYDB_VERSION_MAX is not set +# CONFIG_SECURITY_SMACK is not set +# CONFIG_SECURITY_TOMOYO is not set +# CONFIG_SECURITY_APPARMOR is not set +CONFIG_SECURITY_YAMA=y +# CONFIG_SECURITY_YAMA_STACKED is not set +CONFIG_INTEGRITY=y +# CONFIG_INTEGRITY_SIGNATURE is not set +CONFIG_INTEGRITY_AUDIT=y +# CONFIG_IMA is not set +CONFIG_EVM=y +CONFIG_EVM_HMAC_VERSION=2 +CONFIG_DEFAULT_SECURITY_SELINUX=y +# CONFIG_DEFAULT_SECURITY_YAMA is not set +# CONFIG_DEFAULT_SECURITY_DAC is not set +CONFIG_DEFAULT_SECURITY="selinux" +CONFIG_XOR_BLOCKS=m +CONFIG_ASYNC_CORE=m +CONFIG_ASYNC_MEMCPY=m +CONFIG_ASYNC_XOR=m +CONFIG_ASYNC_PQ=m +CONFIG_ASYNC_RAID6_RECOV=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO=y + +# +# Crypto core or helper +# +CONFIG_CRYPTO_ALGAPI=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_ALGAPI2=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_AEAD=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_AEAD2=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_BLKCIPHER=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_BLKCIPHER2=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_HASH=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_HASH2=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_RNG=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_RNG2=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_PCOMP=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_PCOMP2=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_MANAGER=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_MANAGER2=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_MANAGER_DISABLE_TESTS=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_GF128MUL=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_NULL=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_PCRYPT=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_WORKQUEUE=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_CRYPTD=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_AUTHENC=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_TEST=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_ABLK_HELPER=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_GLUE_HELPER_X86=m + +# +# Authenticated Encryption with Associated Data +# +CONFIG_CRYPTO_CCM=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_GCM=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_SEQIV=y + +# +# Block modes +# +CONFIG_CRYPTO_CBC=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_CTR=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_CTS=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_ECB=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_LRW=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_PCBC=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_XTS=m + +# +# Hash modes +# +CONFIG_CRYPTO_CMAC=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_XCBC=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_VMAC=m + +# +# Digest +# +CONFIG_CRYPTO_CRC32C=y +# CONFIG_CRYPTO_CRC32C_INTEL is not set +CONFIG_CRYPTO_CRC32=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_CRC32_PCLMUL=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_CRCT10DIF=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_CRCT10DIF_PCLMUL=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_GHASH=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_MD4=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_MD5=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_MICHAEL_MIC=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_RMD128=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_RMD160=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_RMD256=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_RMD320=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA1=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA1_SSSE3=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256_SSSE3=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA512_SSSE3=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA512=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_TGR192=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_WP512=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_GHASH_CLMUL_NI_INTEL=m + +# +# Ciphers +# +CONFIG_CRYPTO_AES=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_AES_X86_64=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_AES_NI_INTEL=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_ANUBIS=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_ARC4=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_BLOWFISH=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_BLOWFISH_COMMON=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_BLOWFISH_X86_64=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_CAMELLIA=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_CAMELLIA_X86_64=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_CAMELLIA_AESNI_AVX_X86_64=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_CAMELLIA_AESNI_AVX2_X86_64=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_CAST_COMMON=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_CAST5=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_CAST5_AVX_X86_64=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_CAST6=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_CAST6_AVX_X86_64=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_DES=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_FCRYPT=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_KHAZAD=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_SALSA20=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_SALSA20_X86_64=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_SEED=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_SERPENT=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_SERPENT_SSE2_X86_64=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_SERPENT_AVX_X86_64=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_SERPENT_AVX2_X86_64=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_TEA=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_TWOFISH=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_TWOFISH_COMMON=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_TWOFISH_X86_64=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_TWOFISH_X86_64_3WAY=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_TWOFISH_AVX_X86_64=m + +# +# Compression +# +CONFIG_CRYPTO_DEFLATE=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_ZLIB=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_LZO=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_LZ4=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_LZ4HC=m + +# +# Random Number Generation +# +CONFIG_CRYPTO_ANSI_CPRNG=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_SKCIPHER=m +CONFIG_CRYPTO_HASH_INFO=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_HW=y +# CONFIG_CRYPTO_DEV_PADLOCK is not set +# CONFIG_CRYPTO_DEV_CCP is not set +CONFIG_ASYMMETRIC_KEY_TYPE=m +CONFIG_ASYMMETRIC_PUBLIC_KEY_SUBTYPE=m +CONFIG_PUBLIC_KEY_ALGO_RSA=m +CONFIG_X509_CERTIFICATE_PARSER=m +CONFIG_HAVE_KVM=y +CONFIG_VIRTUALIZATION=y +# CONFIG_KVM is not set +CONFIG_BINARY_PRINTF=y + +# +# Library routines +# +CONFIG_RAID6_PQ=m +CONFIG_BITREVERSE=y +CONFIG_GENERIC_STRNCPY_FROM_USER=y +CONFIG_GENERIC_STRNLEN_USER=y +CONFIG_GENERIC_NET_UTILS=y +CONFIG_GENERIC_FIND_FIRST_BIT=y +CONFIG_GENERIC_PCI_IOMAP=y +CONFIG_GENERIC_IOMAP=y +CONFIG_GENERIC_IO=y +CONFIG_ARCH_USE_CMPXCHG_LOCKREF=y +CONFIG_CRC_CCITT=m +CONFIG_CRC16=y +CONFIG_CRC_T10DIF=m +CONFIG_CRC_ITU_T=y +CONFIG_CRC32=y +CONFIG_CRC32_SELFTEST=y +CONFIG_CRC32_SLICEBY8=y +# CONFIG_CRC32_SLICEBY4 is not set +# CONFIG_CRC32_SARWATE is not set +# CONFIG_CRC32_BIT is not set +CONFIG_CRC7=m +CONFIG_LIBCRC32C=m +CONFIG_CRC8=m +# CONFIG_RANDOM32_SELFTEST is not set +CONFIG_ZLIB_INFLATE=y +CONFIG_ZLIB_DEFLATE=m +CONFIG_LZO_COMPRESS=y +CONFIG_LZO_DECOMPRESS=y +CONFIG_LZ4_COMPRESS=m +CONFIG_LZ4HC_COMPRESS=m +CONFIG_LZ4_DECOMPRESS=y +CONFIG_XZ_DEC=y +CONFIG_XZ_DEC_X86=y +CONFIG_XZ_DEC_POWERPC=y +CONFIG_XZ_DEC_IA64=y +CONFIG_XZ_DEC_ARM=y +CONFIG_XZ_DEC_ARMTHUMB=y +CONFIG_XZ_DEC_SPARC=y +CONFIG_XZ_DEC_BCJ=y +CONFIG_XZ_DEC_TEST=m +CONFIG_DECOMPRESS_GZIP=y +CONFIG_DECOMPRESS_BZIP2=y +CONFIG_DECOMPRESS_LZMA=y +CONFIG_DECOMPRESS_XZ=y +CONFIG_DECOMPRESS_LZO=y +CONFIG_DECOMPRESS_LZ4=y +CONFIG_TEXTSEARCH=y +CONFIG_TEXTSEARCH_KMP=m +CONFIG_TEXTSEARCH_BM=m +CONFIG_TEXTSEARCH_FSM=m +CONFIG_BTREE=y +CONFIG_ASSOCIATIVE_ARRAY=y +CONFIG_HAS_IOMEM=y +CONFIG_HAS_IOPORT=y +CONFIG_HAS_DMA=y +CONFIG_CPU_RMAP=y +CONFIG_DQL=y +CONFIG_NLATTR=y +CONFIG_ARCH_HAS_ATOMIC64_DEC_IF_POSITIVE=y +CONFIG_LRU_CACHE=m +CONFIG_AVERAGE=y +CONFIG_CLZ_TAB=y +CONFIG_CORDIC=m +# CONFIG_DDR is not set +CONFIG_MPILIB=m +CONFIG_OID_REGISTRY=m +CONFIG_UCS2_STRING=y diff --git a/krb5.conf.example b/krb5.conf.example index 210348f..62fbbd6 100644 --- a/krb5.conf.example +++ b/krb5.conf.example @@ -16,10 +16,8 @@ } [domain_realm] - .mit.edu = ATHENA.MIT.EDU mit.edu = ATHENA.MIT.EDU - .media.mit.edu = MEDIA-LAB.MIT.EDU - media.mit.edu = MEDIA-LAB.MIT.EDU + csail.mit.edu = CSAIL.MIT.EDU .ucsc.edu = CATS.UCSC.EDU [logging] diff --git a/lvm/lvm.conf b/lvm/lvm.conf index 4ee0b45..0679832 100644 --- a/lvm/lvm.conf +++ b/lvm/lvm.conf @@ -53,11 +53,30 @@ devices { # same block device and the tools need to display a name for device, # all the pathnames are matched against each item in the following # list of regular expressions in turn and the first match is used. - preferred_names = [ ] + + # By default no preferred names are defined. + # preferred_names = [ ] # Try to avoid using undescriptive /dev/dm-N names, if present. # preferred_names = [ "^/dev/mpath/", "^/dev/mapper/mpath", "^/dev/[hs]d" ] + # In case no prefererred name matches or if preferred_names are not + # defined at all, builtin rules are used to determine the preference. + # + # The first builtin rule checks path prefixes and it gives preference + # based on this ordering (where "dev" depends on devices/dev setting): + # /dev/mapper > /dev/disk > /dev/dm-* > /dev/block + # + # If the ordering above cannot be applied, the path with fewer slashes + # gets preference then. + # + # If the number of slashes is the same, a symlink gets preference. + # + # Finally, if all the rules mentioned above are not applicable, + # lexicographical order is used over paths and the smallest one + # of all gets preference. + + # A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices. # The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These # expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and @@ -84,6 +103,8 @@ devices { # lvmetad is used" comment that is attached to global/use_lvmetad setting. # By default we accept every block device: + # filter = [ "a/.*/" ] + # Gentoo: we exclude /dev/nbd by default, because it makes a lot of kernel # noise when you probed while not available. filter = [ "r|/dev/nbd.*|", "a/.*/" ] @@ -188,6 +209,35 @@ devices { # in recovery situations. ignore_suspended_devices = 0 + # ignore_lvm_mirrors: Introduced in version 2.02.104 + # This setting determines whether logical volumes of "mirror" segment + # type are scanned for LVM labels. This affects the ability of + # mirrors to be used as physical volumes. If 'ignore_lvm_mirrors' + # is set to '1', it becomes impossible to create volume groups on top + # of mirror logical volumes - i.e. to stack volume groups on mirrors. + # + # Allowing mirror logical volumes to be scanned (setting the value to '0') + # can potentially cause LVM processes and I/O to the mirror to become + # blocked. This is due to the way that the "mirror" segment type handles + # failures. In order for the hang to manifest itself, an LVM command must + # be run just after a failure and before the automatic LVM repair process + # takes place OR there must be failures in multiple mirrors in the same + # volume group at the same time with write failures occurring moments + # before a scan of the mirror's labels. + # + # Note that these scanning limitations do not apply to the LVM RAID + # types, like "raid1". The RAID segment types handle failures in a + # different way and are not subject to possible process or I/O blocking. + # + # It is encouraged that users set 'ignore_lvm_mirrors' to 1 if they + # are using the "mirror" segment type. Users that require volume group + # stacking on mirrored logical volumes should consider using the "raid1" + # segment type. The "raid1" segment type is not available for + # active/active clustered volume groups. + # + # Set to 1 to disallow stacking and thereby avoid a possible deadlock. + ignore_lvm_mirrors = 1 + # During each LVM operation errors received from each device are counted. # If the counter of a particular device exceeds the limit set here, no # further I/O is sent to that device for the remainder of the respective @@ -245,11 +295,50 @@ allocation { # algorithm. maximise_cling = 1 + # Whether to use blkid library instead of native LVM2 code to detect + # any existing signatures while creating new Physical Volumes and + # Logical Volumes. LVM2 needs to be compiled with blkid wiping support + # for this setting to take effect. + # + # LVM2 native detection code is currently able to recognize these signatures: + # - MD device signature + # - swap signature + # - LUKS signature + # To see the list of signatures recognized by blkid, check the output + # of 'blkid -k' command. The blkid can recognize more signatures than + # LVM2 native detection code, but due to this higher number of signatures + # to be recognized, it can take more time to complete the signature scan. + use_blkid_wiping = 1 + + # Set to 1 to wipe any signatures found on newly-created Logical Volumes + # automatically in addition to zeroing of the first KB on the LV + # (controlled by the -Z/--zero y option). + # The command line option -W/--wipesignatures takes precedence over this + # setting. + # The default is to wipe signatures when zeroing. + # + wipe_signatures_when_zeroing_new_lvs = 1 + # Set to 1 to guarantee that mirror logs will always be placed on # different PVs from the mirror images. This was the default # until version 2.02.85. mirror_logs_require_separate_pvs = 0 + # Set to 1 to guarantee that cache_pool metadata will always be + # placed on different PVs from the cache_pool data. + cache_pool_metadata_require_separate_pvs = 0 + + # Specify the minimal chunk size (in kiB) for cache pool volumes. + # Using a chunk_size that is too large can result in wasteful use of + # the cache, where small reads and writes can cause large sections of + # an LV to be mapped into the cache. However, choosing a chunk_size + # that is too small can result in more overhead trying to manage the + # numerous chunks that become mapped into the cache. The former is + # more of a problem than the latter in most cases, so we default to + # a value that is on the smaller end of the spectrum. Supported values + # range from 32(kiB) to 1048576 in multiples of 32. + # cache_pool_chunk_size = 64 + # Set to 1 to guarantee that thin pool metadata will always # be placed on different PVs from the pool data. thin_pool_metadata_require_separate_pvs = 0 @@ -270,14 +359,14 @@ allocation { # thin_pool_chunk_size_policy = "generic" # Specify the minimal chunk size (in KB) for thin pool volumes. - # Use of the larger chunk size may improve perfomance for plain + # Use of the larger chunk size may improve performance for plain # thin volumes, however using them for snapshot volumes is less efficient, # as it consumes more space and takes extra time for copying. # When unset, lvm tries to estimate chunk size starting from 64KB # Supported values are in range from 64 to 1048576. # thin_pool_chunk_size = 64 - # Specify discards behavior of the thin pool volume. + # Specify discards behaviour of the thin pool volume. # Select one of "ignore", "nopassdown", "passdown" # thin_pool_discards = "passdown" @@ -357,7 +446,7 @@ log { # Configuration of metadata backups and archiving. In LVM2 when we # talk about a 'backup' we mean making a copy of the metadata for the # *current* system. The 'archive' contains old metadata configurations. -# Backups are stored in a human readeable text format. +# Backups are stored in a human readable text format. backup { # Should we maintain a backup of the current metadata configuration ? @@ -417,6 +506,11 @@ global { # temporarily until you update them. si_unit_consistency = 1 + # Whether or not to display unit suffix for sizes. This setting has + # no effect if the units are in human-readable form (global/units="h") + # in which case the suffix is always displayed. + suffix = 1 + # Whether or not to communicate with the kernel device-mapper. # Set to 0 if you want to use the tools to manipulate LVM metadata # without activating any logical volumes. @@ -432,7 +526,6 @@ global { # e.g. vgscan.lvm1 and they will stop working after you start using # the new lvm2 on-disk metadata format. # The default value is set when the tools are built. - # fallback_to_lvm1 = 0 # Gentoo: the LVM tools are a seperate package. fallback_to_lvm1 = 0 @@ -451,6 +544,15 @@ global { # Type 3 uses built-in clustered locking. # Type 4 uses read-only locking which forbids any operations that might # change metadata. + # Type 5 offers dummy locking for tools that do not need any locks. + # You should not need to set this directly: the tools will select when + # to use it instead of the configured locking_type. Do not use lvmetad or + # the kernel device-mapper driver with this locking type. + # It is used by the --readonly option that offers read-only access to + # Volume Group metadata that cannot be locked safely because it belongs to + # an inaccessible domain and might be in use, for example a virtual machine + # image or a disk that is shared by a clustered machine. + # # N.B. Don't use lvmetad with locking type 3 as lvmetad is not yet # supported in clustered environment. If use_lvmetad=1 and locking_type=3 # is set at the same time, LVM always issues a warning message about this @@ -550,7 +652,7 @@ global { # "mirror" - LVM will layer the 'mirror' and 'stripe' segment types. It # will do this by creating a mirror on top of striped sub-LVs; # effectively creating a RAID 0+1 array. This is suboptimal - # in terms of providing redunancy and performance. Changing to + # in terms of providing redundancy and performance. Changing to # this setting is not advised. # Specify the '--type ' option to override this default # setting. @@ -614,9 +716,11 @@ global { # Array of string options passed with thin_check command. By default, # option "-q" is for quiet output. # With thin_check version 2.1 or newer you can add "--ignore-non-fatal-errors" - # to let it pass through ignoreable errors and fix them later. + # to let it pass through ignorable errors and fix them later. + # With thin_check version 3.2 or newer you should add + # "--clear-needs-check-flag". # - # thin_check_options = [ "-q" ] + # thin_check_options = [ "-q", "--clear-needs-check-flag" ] # Full path of the utility called to repair a thin metadata device # is in a state that allows it to be used. @@ -642,8 +746,39 @@ global { # discards_non_power_2 # external_origin # metadata_resize + # external_origin_extend # # thin_disabled_features = [ "discards", "block_size" ] + + # Full path of the utility called to check that a cache metadata device + # is in a state that allows it to be used. + # Each time a cached LV needs to be used or after it is deactivated + # this utility is executed. The activation will only proceed if the utility + # has an exit status of 0. + # Set to "" to skip this check. (Not recommended.) + # The cache tools are available as part of the device-mapper-persistent-data + # package from https://github.com/jthornber/thin-provisioning-tools. + # + # cache_check_executable = "/sbin/cache_check" + + # Array of string options passed with cache_check command. By default, + # option "-q" is for quiet output. + # + # cache_check_options = [ "-q" ] + + # Full path of the utility called to repair a cache metadata device. + # Each time a cache metadata needs repair this utility is executed. + # See cache_check_executable how to obtain binaries. + # + # cache_repair_executable = "/sbin/cache_repair" + + # Array of extra string options passed with cache_repair command. + # cache_repair_options = [ "" ] + + # Full path of the utility called to dump cache metadata content. + # See cache_check_executable how to obtain binaries. + # + # cache_dump_executable = "/sbin/cache_dump" } activation { @@ -773,7 +908,7 @@ activation { # auto_set_activation_skip = 1 # For RAID or 'mirror' segment types, 'raid_region_size' is the - # size (in kiB) of each: + # size (in KiB) of each: # - synchronization operation when initializing # - each copy operation when performing a 'pvmove' (using 'mirror' segtype) # This setting has replaced 'mirror_region_size' since version 2.02.99 @@ -911,8 +1046,140 @@ activation { # are no progress reports, but the process is awoken immediately the # operation is complete. polling_interval = 15 + + # 'activation_mode' determines how Logical Volumes are activated if + # any devices are missing. Possible settings are: + # + # "complete" - Only allow activation of an LV if all of the Physical + # Volumes it uses are present. Other PVs in the Volume + # Group may be missing. + # + # "degraded" - Like "complete", but additionally RAID Logical Volumes of + # segment type raid1, raid4, raid5, radid6 and raid10 will + # be activated if there is no data loss, i.e. they have + # sufficient redundancy to present the entire addressable + # range of the Logical Volume. + # + # "partial" - Allows the activation of any Logical Volume even if + # a missing or failed PV could cause data loss with a + # portion of the Logical Volume inaccessible. + # This setting should not normally be used, but may + # sometimes assist with data recovery. + # + # This setting was introduced in LVM version 2.02.108. It corresponds + # with the '--activationmode' option for lvchange and vgchange. + activation_mode = "degraded" } +# Report settings. +# +# report { + # Align columns on report output. + # aligned=1 + + # When buffered reporting is used, the report's content is appended + # incrementally to include each object being reported until the report + # is flushed to output which normally happens at the end of command + # execution. Otherwise, if buffering is not used, each object is + # reported as soon as its processing is finished. + # buffered=1 + + # Show headings for columns on report. + # headings=1 + + # A separator to use on report after each field. + # separator=" " + + # A separator to use for list items when reported. + # list_item_separator="," + + # Use a field name prefix for each field reported. + # prefixes=0 + + # Quote field values when using field name prefixes. + # quoted=1 + + # Output each column as a row. If set, this also implies report/prefixes=1. + # colums_as_rows=0 + + # Use binary values "0" or "1" instead of descriptive literal values for + # columns that have exactly two valid values to report (not counting the + # "unknown" value which denotes that the value could not be determined). + # + # binary_values_as_numeric = 0 + + # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'lvm devtypes' command. + # See 'lvm devtypes -o help' for the list of possible fields. + # devtypes_sort="devtype_name" + + # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'lvm devtypes' command. + # See 'lvm devtypes -o help' for the list of possible fields. + # devtypes_cols="devtype_name,devtype_max_partitions,devtype_description" + + # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'lvm devtypes' command in verbose mode. + # See 'lvm devtypes -o help' for the list of possible fields. + # devtypes_cols_verbose="devtype_name,devtype_max_partitions,devtype_description" + + # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'lvs' command. + # See 'lvs -o help' for the list of possible fields. + # lvs_sort="vg_name,lv_name" + + # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'lvs' command. + # See 'lvs -o help' for the list of possible fields. + # lvs_cols="lv_name,vg_name,lv_attr,lv_size,pool_lv,origin,data_percent,metadata_percent,move_pv,mirror_log,copy_percent,convert_lv" + + # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'lvs' command in verbose mode. + # See 'lvs -o help' for the list of possible fields. + # lvs_cols_verbose="lv_name,vg_name,seg_count,lv_attr,lv_size,lv_major,lv_minor,lv_kernel_major,lv_kernel_minor,pool_lv,origin,data_percent,metadata_percent,move_pv,copy_percent,mirror_log,convert + + # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'vgs' command. + # See 'vgs -o help' for the list of possible fields. + # vgs_sort="vg_name" + + # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'vgs' command. + # See 'vgs -o help' for the list of possible fields. + # vgs_cols="vg_name,pv_count,lv_count,snap_count,vg_attr,vg_size,vg_free" + + # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'vgs' command in verbose mode. + # See 'vgs -o help' for the list of possible fields. + # vgs_cols_verbose="vg_name,vg_attr,vg_extent_size,pv_count,lv_count,snap_count,vg_size,vg_free,vg_uuid,vg_profile" + + # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'pvs' command. + # See 'pvs -o help' for the list of possible fields. + # pvs_sort="pv_name" + + # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'pvs' command. + # See 'pvs -o help' for the list of possible fields. + # pvs_cols="pv_name,vg_name,pv_fmt,pv_attr,pv_size,pv_free" + + # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'pvs' command in verbose mode. + # See 'pvs -o help' for the list of possible fields. + # pvs_cols_verbose="pv_name,vg_name,pv_fmt,pv_attr,pv_size,pv_free,dev_size,pv_uuid" + + # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'lvs --segments' command. + # See 'lvs --segments -o help' for the list of possible fields. + # segs_sort="vg_name,lv_name,seg_start" + + # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'lvs --segments' command. + # See 'lvs --segments -o help' for the list of possible fields. + # segs_cols="lv_name,vg_name,lv_attr,stripes,segtype,seg_size" + + # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'lvs --segments' command in verbose mode. + # See 'lvs --segments -o help' for the list of possible fields. + # segs_cols_verbose="lv_name,vg_name,lv_attr,seg_start,seg_size,stripes,segtype,stripesize,chunksize" + + # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'pvs --segments' command. + # See 'pvs --segments -o help' for the list of possible fields. + # pvsegs_sort="pv_name,pvseg_start" + + # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'pvs --segments' command. + # See 'pvs --segments -o help' for the list of possible fields. + # pvsegs_cols="pv_name,vg_name,pv_fmt,pv_attr,pv_size,pv_free,pvseg_start,pvseg_size" + + # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'pvs --segments' command in verbose mode. + # See 'pvs --segments -o help' for the list of possible fields. + # pvsegs_cols_verbose="pv_name,vg_name,pv_fmt,pv_attr,pv_size,pv_free,pvseg_start,pvseg_size,lv_name,seg_start_pe,segtype,seg_pe_ranges" +#} #################### # Advanced section # @@ -924,8 +1191,9 @@ metadata { # Default number of copies of metadata to hold on each PV. 0, 1 or 2. # You might want to override it from the command line with 0 # when running pvcreate on new PVs which are to be added to large VGs. + # Gentoo: enable for data safety, but PV resize is then disabled. - #pvmetadatacopies = 2 + # pvmetadatacopies = 2 # Default number of copies of metadata to maintain for each VG. # If set to a non-zero value, LVM automatically chooses which of diff --git a/lvm/profile/command_profile_template.profile b/lvm/profile/command_profile_template.profile new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1f65f8d --- /dev/null +++ b/lvm/profile/command_profile_template.profile @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +# This is a command profile template for the LVM2 system. +# +# It contains all configuration settings that are customizable by command +# profiles. To create a new command profile, select the settings you want +# to customize and add them in a new file named .profile. +# Then install the new profile in a directory as defined by config/profile_dir +# setting found in /etc/lvm/lvm.conf file. +# +# Command profiles can be referenced by using the --commandprofile option then. +# +# Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information about profiles and +# general configuration file layout. +# +global { + units="h" + si_unit_consistency=1 + suffix=1 + lvdisplay_shows_full_device_path=0 +} +report { + aligned=1 + buffered=1 + headings=1 + separator=" " + list_item_separator="," + prefixes=0 + quoted=1 + colums_as_rows=0 + binary_values_as_numeric=0 + devtypes_sort="devtype_name" + devtypes_cols="devtype_name,devtype_max_partitions,devtype_description" + devtypes_cols_verbose="devtype_name,devtype_max_partitions,devtype_description" + lvs_sort="vg_name,lv_name" + lvs_cols="lv_name,vg_name,lv_attr,lv_size,pool_lv,origin,data_percent,metadata_percent,move_pv,mirror_log,copy_percent,convert_lv" + lvs_cols_verbose="lv_name,vg_name,seg_count,lv_attr,lv_size,lv_major,lv_minor,lv_kernel_major,lv_kernel_minor,pool_lv,origin,data_percent,metadata_percent,move_pv,copy_percent,mirror_log,convert_lv,lv_uuid,lv_profile" + vgs_sort="vg_name" + vgs_cols="vg_name,pv_count,lv_count,snap_count,vg_attr,vg_size,vg_free" + vgs_cols_verbose="vg_name,vg_attr,vg_extent_size,pv_count,lv_count,snap_count,vg_size,vg_free,vg_uuid,vg_profile" + pvs_sort="pv_name" + pvs_cols="pv_name,vg_name,pv_fmt,pv_attr,pv_size,pv_free" + pvs_cols_verbose="pv_name,vg_name,pv_fmt,pv_attr,pv_size,pv_free,dev_size,pv_uuid" + segs_sort="vg_name,lv_name,seg_start" + segs_cols="lv_name,vg_name,lv_attr,stripes,segtype,seg_size" + segs_cols_verbose="lv_name,vg_name,lv_attr,seg_start,seg_size,stripes,segtype,stripesize,chunksize" + pvsegs_sort="pv_name,pvseg_start" + pvsegs_cols="pv_name,vg_name,pv_fmt,pv_attr,pv_size,pv_free,pvseg_start,pvseg_size" + pvsegs_cols_verbose="pv_name,vg_name,pv_fmt,pv_attr,pv_size,pv_free,pvseg_start,pvseg_size,lv_name,seg_start_pe,segtype,seg_pe_ranges" +} diff --git a/lvm/profile/default.profile b/lvm/profile/default.profile deleted file mode 100644 index 9c01572..0000000 --- a/lvm/profile/default.profile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -# This is a default profile for the LVM2 system. -# It contains all configuration settings that are customizable by profiles. -# -# To create a new profile, select the settings you want to customize -# and put them in a new file named .profile. Then put this -# file in a directory as defined by config/profile_dir setting found in -# /etc/lvm/lvm.conf file. -# -# Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information about profiles and file layout. - -allocation { - thin_pool_chunk_size = 64 - thin_pool_discards = "passdown" - thin_pool_zero = 1 -} - -activation { - thin_pool_autoextend_threshold = 100 - thin_pool_autoextend_percent = 20 -} diff --git a/lvm/profile/metadata_profile_template.profile b/lvm/profile/metadata_profile_template.profile new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e6ed73f --- /dev/null +++ b/lvm/profile/metadata_profile_template.profile @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +# This is a metadata profile template for the LVM2 system. +# +# It contains all configuration settings that are customizable by metadata +# profiles. To create a new metadata profile, select the settings you want +# to customize and add them in a new file named .profile. +# Then install the new profile in a directory as defined by config/profile_dir +# setting found in /etc/lvm/lvm.conf file. +# +# Metadata profiles can be referenced by using the --metadataprofile LVM2 +# command line option. +# +# Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information about profiles and +# general configuration file layout. +# +allocation { + thin_pool_zero=1 + thin_pool_discards="passdown" + thin_pool_chunk_size_policy="generic" +# thin_pool_chunk_size=64 +} +activation { + thin_pool_autoextend_threshold=100 + thin_pool_autoextend_percent=20 +} diff --git a/lvm/profile/thin-generic.profile b/lvm/profile/thin-generic.profile new file mode 100644 index 0000000..229a7fc --- /dev/null +++ b/lvm/profile/thin-generic.profile @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +allocation { + thin_pool_chunk_size_policy = "generic" + thin_pool_zero = 1 +} diff --git a/mysql/my.cnf b/mysql/my.cnf index 833d8ae..3ac9559 100644 --- a/mysql/my.cnf +++ b/mysql/my.cnf @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # /etc/mysql/my.cnf: The global mysql configuration file. -# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/dev-db/mysql/files/my.cnf-5.1,v 1.4 2013/01/20 02:40:02 robbat2 Exp $ +# $Header: /var/cvsroot/gentoo-x86/dev-db/mysql/files/my.cnf-5.5,v 1.3 2014/04/25 00:43:46 jmbsvicetto Exp $ # The following options will be passed to all MySQL clients [client] @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ log-error = /var/log/mysql/mysqld.err basedir = /usr datadir = /var/lib/mysql skip-external-locking -key_buffer = 16M +key_buffer_size = 16M max_allowed_packet = 1M table_open_cache = 64 sort_buffer_size = 512K @@ -60,7 +60,9 @@ net_buffer_length = 8K read_buffer_size = 256K read_rnd_buffer_size = 512K myisam_sort_buffer_size = 8M -language = /usr/share/mysql/english +lc_messages_dir = /usr/share/mysql +#Set this to your desired error message language +lc_messages = en_US # security: # using "localhost" in connects uses sockets by default @@ -84,10 +86,6 @@ tmpdir = /tmp/ #debug = d:t:i:o,/tmp/mysqld.trace #one-thread -# uncomment the following directives if you are using BDB tables -#bdb_cache_size = 4M -#bdb_max_lock = 10000 - # the following is the InnoDB configuration # if you wish to disable innodb instead # uncomment just the next line @@ -122,6 +120,10 @@ innodb_flush_log_at_trx_commit = 1 innodb_lock_wait_timeout = 50 innodb_file_per_table +# Uncomment this to get FEDERATED engine support +#plugin-load=federated=ha_federated.so +loose-federated + [mysqldump] quick max_allowed_packet = 16M @@ -131,16 +133,17 @@ max_allowed_packet = 16M #safe-updates [isamchk] -key_buffer = 20M +key_buffer_size = 20M sort_buffer_size = 20M read_buffer = 2M write_buffer = 2M [myisamchk] -key_buffer = 20M +key_buffer_size = 20M sort_buffer_size = 20M -read_buffer = 2M -write_buffer = 2M +read_buffer_size = 2M +write_buffer_size = 2M [mysqlhotcopy] interactive-timeout + diff --git a/nagios/ndo2db.cfg-sample b/nagios/ndo2db.cfg-sample index ab073c4..455f4ad 100644 --- a/nagios/ndo2db.cfg-sample +++ b/nagios/ndo2db.cfg-sample @@ -148,6 +148,20 @@ max_eventhandlers_age=44640 # Keep external commands for 31 days max_externalcommands_age=44640 +# Keep notifications for 31 days +max_notifications_age=44640 + +# Keep contactnotifications for 31 days +max_contactnotifications=44640 + +# Keep contactnotificationmethods for 31 days +max_contactnotificationmethods=44640 + +# Keep logentries for 90 days +max_logentries_age=129600 + +# Keep acknowledgements for 31 days +max_acknowledgements_age=44640 diff --git a/nagios/ndomod.cfg-sample b/nagios/ndomod.cfg-sample index e192ff7..a242572 100644 --- a/nagios/ndomod.cfg-sample +++ b/nagios/ndomod.cfg-sample @@ -137,19 +137,35 @@ reconnect_warning_interval=15 -# DATA PROCESSING OPTION -# This option determines what data the NDO NEB module will process. -# Do not mess with this option unless you know what you're doing!!!! -# Read the source code (include/ndbxtmod.h) to determine what values -# to use here. Values from source code should be OR'ed to get the -# value to use here. A value of -1 will cause all data to be processed. -# Read the source code (include/ndomod.h) and look for "NDOMOD_PROCESS_" -# to determine what values to use here. Values from source code should -# be OR'ed to get the value to use here. A value of -1 will cause all -# data to be processed. - -data_processing_options=-1 - +# DATA PROCESSING OPTIONS +# These options determine what data the NDO NEB Module will process +# +acknowledgement_data=1 +adaptive_contact_data=1 +adaptive_host_data=1 +adaptive_program_data=1 +adaptive_service_data=1 +aggregated_status_data=1 +comment_data=1 +contact_status_data=1 +downtime_data=1 +event_handler_data=1 +external_command_data=1 +flapping_data=1 +host_check_data=1 +host_status_data=1 +log_data=1 +main_config_data=1 +notification_data=1 +object_config_data=1 +process_data=1 +program_status_data=1 +retention_data=1 +service_check_data=1 +service_status_data=1 +statechange_data=1 +system_command_data=1 +timed_event_data=1 # CONFIG OUTPUT OPTION diff --git a/openldap/schema/rfc2307bis.schema b/openldap/schema/rfc2307bis.schema index 2a2db14..02b717d 100644 --- a/openldap/schema/rfc2307bis.schema +++ b/openldap/schema/rfc2307bis.schema @@ -4,6 +4,13 @@ # Extracted from http://tools.ietf.org/id/draft-howard-rfc2307bis-02.txt # as of 2012/05/25, by Robin H. Johnson # +# Updated on 2014/05/23 by Jorge Manuel B. S. Vicetto +# Remove extraneous "'" characters, replace SUBSTRINGS with SUBSTR, add missing +# MAY section to nisObject, drop authPassword as it's still not supported by +# openldap and add SUBSTR matching rule for memberUid. + +# Attribute Type Definitions + #attributetype ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.0 NAME 'uidNumber' # DESC 'An integer uniquely identifying a user in an # administrative domain' @@ -25,7 +32,7 @@ attributetype ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.2 NAME 'gecos' DESC 'The GECOS field; the common name' EQUALITY caseIgnoreMatch - SUBSTRINGS caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch + SUBSTR caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 SINGLE-VALUE ) @@ -42,7 +49,8 @@ attributetype ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.4 NAME 'loginShell' EQUALITY caseExactIA5Match SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 SINGLE-VALUE ) - + + attributetype ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.5 NAME 'shadowLastChange' EQUALITY integerMatch ORDERING integerOrderingMatch @@ -92,10 +100,9 @@ attributetype ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.11 NAME 'shadowFlag' SINGLE-VALUE ) - - attributetype ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.12 NAME 'memberUid' EQUALITY caseExactMatch + SUBSTR caseExactSubstringsMatch SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 ) @@ -107,7 +114,7 @@ attributetype ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.13 NAME 'memberNisNetgroup' attributetype ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.14 NAME 'nisNetgroupTriple' DESC 'Netgroup triple' EQUALITY caseIgnoreMatch - SUBSTRINGS caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch + SUBSTR caseIgnoreSubstringsMatch SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15 ) @@ -141,12 +148,6 @@ attributetype ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.18 NAME 'oncRpcNumber' SINGLE-VALUE ) - - - - - - attributetype ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.19 NAME 'ipHostNumber' DESC 'IPv4 addresses as a dotted decimal omitting leading zeros or IPv6 addresses as defined in RFC2373' @@ -193,13 +194,6 @@ attributetype ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.26 NAME 'nisMapName' SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.15{64} ) - - - - - - - attributetype ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.27 NAME 'nisMapEntry' DESC 'A generic NIS entry' EQUALITY caseExactMatch @@ -248,18 +242,19 @@ attributetype ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.33 NAME 'automountInformation' SINGLE-VALUE ) +# Object Class Definitions objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.2.0 NAME 'posixAccount' SUP top AUXILIARY DESC 'Abstraction of an account with POSIX attributes' MUST ( cn $ uid $ uidNumber $ gidNumber $ homeDirectory ) - MAY ( authPassword $ userPassword $ loginShell $ gecos $ + MAY ( userPassword $ loginShell $ gecos $ description ) ) objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.2.1 NAME 'shadowAccount' SUP top AUXILIARY DESC 'Additional attributes for shadow passwords' MUST uid - MAY ( authPassword $ userPassword $ description $ + MAY ( userPassword $ description $ shadowLastChange $ shadowMin $ shadowMax $ shadowWarning $ shadowInactive $ shadowExpire $ shadowFlag ) ) @@ -268,7 +263,7 @@ objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.2.1 NAME 'shadowAccount' SUP top AUXILIARY objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.2.2 NAME 'posixGroup' SUP top AUXILIARY DESC 'Abstraction of a group of accounts' MUST gidNumber - MAY ( authPassword $ userPassword $ memberUid $ + MAY ( userPassword $ memberUid $ description ) ) @@ -276,8 +271,8 @@ objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.2.3 NAME 'ipService' SUP top STRUCTURAL DESC 'Abstraction an Internet Protocol service. Maps an IP port and protocol (such as tcp or udp) to one or more names; the distinguished value of - the cn attribute denotes the service's canonical - name' + the cn attribute denotes the canonical name of the + service' MUST ( cn $ ipServicePort $ ipServiceProtocol ) MAY description ) @@ -290,25 +285,22 @@ objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.2.4 NAME 'ipProtocol' SUP top STRUCTURAL MAY description ) - - - objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.2.5 NAME 'oncRpc' SUP top STRUCTURAL DESC 'Abstraction of an Open Network Computing (ONC) [RFC1057] Remote Procedure Call (RPC) binding. This class maps an ONC RPC number to a name. The distinguished value of the cn attribute denotes - the RPC service canonical name' + the canonical name of the RPC service' MUST ( cn $ oncRpcNumber ) MAY description ) objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.2.6 NAME 'ipHost' SUP top AUXILIARY DESC 'Abstraction of a host, an IP device. The distinguished - value of the cn attribute denotes the host's canonical - name. Device SHOULD be used as a structural class' + value of the cn attribute denotes the canonical name of + the host. Device SHOULD be used as a structural class' MUST ( cn $ ipHostNumber ) - MAY ( authPassword $ userPassword $ l $ description $ + MAY ( userPassword $ l $ description $ manager ) ) @@ -335,6 +327,7 @@ objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.2.9 NAME 'nisMap' SUP top STRUCTURAL objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.2.10 NAME 'nisObject' SUP top STRUCTURAL DESC 'An entry in a NIS map' MUST ( cn $ nisMapEntry $ nisMapName ) + MAY description ) objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.2.11 NAME 'ieee802Device' SUP top AUXILIARY @@ -343,9 +336,6 @@ objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.2.11 NAME 'ieee802Device' SUP top AUXILIARY MAY macAddress ) - - - objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.2.12 NAME 'bootableDevice' SUP top AUXILIARY DESC 'A device with boot parameters; device SHOULD be used as a structural class' @@ -380,7 +370,3 @@ objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.1.1.2.18 NAME 'groupOfMembers' SUP top STRUCTURAL MAY ( businessCategory $ seeAlso $ owner $ ou $ o $ description $ member ) ) - - - - diff --git a/portage/package.keywords b/portage/package.keywords index 2a9e99f..7d55335 100644 --- a/portage/package.keywords +++ b/portage/package.keywords @@ -34,6 +34,7 @@ ~dev-perl/Catalyst-Authentication-Credential-HTTP-1.15.0 ~dev-perl/Catalyst-Authentication-Store-DBIx-Class-0.130.0 ~dev-perl/Catalyst-Component-InstancePerContext-0.001001 +~dev-perl/Catalyst-Component-InstancePerContext-0.1.1 ~dev-perl/Catalyst-Controller-ActionRole-0.15 ~dev-perl/Catalyst-Devel-1.360.0 ~dev-perl/Catalyst-DispatchType-Regex-5.900.320 @@ -43,6 +44,7 @@ ~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-Authentication-0.100.180 ~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-ConfigLoader-0.300.0 ~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-I18N-0.10 +~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-I18N-0.100.0 ~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-Session-0.320.0 ~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-Session-State-Cookie-0.17 ~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-Session-State-Cookie-0.170.0 @@ -52,6 +54,7 @@ ~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-Session-Store-File-0.18 ~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-Session-Store-File-0.180.0 ~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-StackTrace-0.110.0 +~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-StackTrace-0.120.0 ~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-Static-Simple-0.290.0 ~dev-perl/Catalyst-Plugin-Unicode-Encoding-1.300.0 ~dev-perl/Catalyst-Runtime-5.900.70 @@ -105,6 +108,7 @@ ~dev-perl/Devel-Declare-0.6.14 ~dev-perl/Devel-GlobalDestruction-0.120.0 ~dev-perl/Devel-LexAlias-0.40.0 +~dev-perl/Devel-LexAlias-0.50.0 ~dev-perl/Devel-NYTProf-4.60.0 ~dev-perl/Devel-NYTProf-5.50.0 ~dev-perl/Devel-PartialDump-0.150.0 @@ -327,6 +331,7 @@ dev-python/fbrehm-libs ~media-libs/freetype-2.4.11 ~net-analyzer/ndoutils-1.4_beta9 +~net-analyzer/ndoutils-2.0.0 ~net-analyzer/tcptrace-6.6.7 ~net-fs/autofs-5.0.6 @@ -335,6 +340,7 @@ dev-python/fbrehm-libs ~net-nds/phpldapadmin-1.2.3 ~net-libs/libnetfilter_log-1.0.1 +~net-libs/libtirpc-0.2.5 ~perl-core/CPAN-1.960.0 ~perl-core/Devel-PPPort-3.19 @@ -346,7 +352,9 @@ dev-python/fbrehm-libs ~perl-core/File-Path-2.08 ~perl-core/IPC-Cmd-0.720.0 ~perl-core/Module-Build-0.400.700 +~perl-core/Module-Build-0.420.0 ~perl-core/Module-CoreList-2.41 +~perl-core/Module-CoreList-5.21.1 ~perl-core/Module-Load-0.180.0 ~perl-core/Module-Load-Conditional-0.400 ~perl-core/parent-0.225.0 @@ -374,7 +382,9 @@ dev-python/fbrehm-libs ~virtual/perl-File-Path-2.08 ~virtual/perl-IPC-Cmd-0.720.0 ~virtual/perl-Module-Build-0.400.700 +~virtual/perl-Module-Build-0.420.0 ~virtual/perl-Module-CoreList-2.41 +~virtual/perl-Module-CoreList-5.21.1 ~virtual/perl-Module-Load-0.180.0 ~virtual/perl-Module-Load-Conditional-0.400 ~virtual/perl-Params-Check-0.26 diff --git a/portage/package.use b/portage/package.use index 3616bb4..4c3f8a9 100644 --- a/portage/package.use +++ b/portage/package.use @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ dev-libs/libgcrypt idea dev-libs/libmemcached -doc tcmalloc dev-libs/libusb -doc dev-libs/nss utils -dev-libs/openssl rfc3779 +dev-libs/openssl -kerberos rfc3779 dev-libs/yaz icu dev-perl/Catalyst-Action-REST php xml config-general data-taxi freezethaw json @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ net-misc/iputils -doc caps gnutls net-misc/openssh X509 net-misc/openvpn down-root iproute2 -net-nds/openldap experimental overlays +net-nds/openldap experimental -kerberos overlays net-print/cups dbus diff --git a/proftpd/PROFTPD-MIB.txt b/proftpd/PROFTPD-MIB.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6761589 --- /dev/null +++ b/proftpd/PROFTPD-MIB.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1192 @@ +-- PROFTPD-MIB { iso org(3) dod(6) internet(1) private(4) enterprises(1) 17852 } + +PROFTPD-MIB DEFINITIONS ::= BEGIN +-- +-- $Id: PROFTPD-MIB.txt,v 1.1 2013/05/15 15:20:25 castaglia Exp $ +-- + +IMPORTS + enterprises, Integer32, Unsigned32, TimeTicks, Gauge32, Counter32, + MODULE-IDENTITY, NOTIFICATION-TYPE, OBJECT-TYPE + FROM SNMPv2-SMI + + DisplayString + FROM SNMPv2-TC; + +proftpd OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { enterprises 17852 } +modules OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { proftpd 2 } + +snmpModule MODULE-IDENTITY + LAST-UPDATED "1110130000Z" + ORGANIZATION "The ProFTPD Project" + CONTACT-INFO + " ProFTPD Project + + E-mail: core@proftpd.org" + DESCRIPTION + "ProFTPD MIB defined for the monitoring of the ProFTPD + file transfer server. See http://www.proftpd.org/." + + ::= { modules 2 } + +-- +-- OID Assignments +-- + connection OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { snmpModule 0 } + + daemon OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { snmpModule 1 } + daemonNotifications OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { daemon 13 } + + timeouts OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { snmpModule 2 } + + ftp OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { snmpModule 3 } + sessions OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ftp 1 } + logins OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ftp 2 } + dataTransfers OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ftp 3 } + ftpNotifications OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ftp 4 } + + snmp OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { snmpModule 4 } + + ftps OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { snmpModule 5 } + tlsSessions OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ftps 1 } + tlsLogins OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ftps 2 } + tlsDataTransfers OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ftps 3 } + + ssh OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { snmpModule 6 } + sshSessions OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ssh 1 } + sshLogins OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ssh 2 } + + sftp OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { snmpModule 7 } + sftpSessions OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { sftp 1 } + sftpDataTransfers OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { sftp 2 } + + scp OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { snmpModule 8 } + scpSessions OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { scp 1 } + scpDataTransfers OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { scp 2 } + + ban OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { snmpModule 9 } + banConnections OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ban 1 } + banBans OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ban 2 } + +-- +-- connection arc +-- + serverName OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX DisplayString + MAX-ACCESS accessible-for-notify + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " ServerName of server to which client connected " + ::= { connection 1 } + + serverAddress OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX DisplayString + MAX-ACCESS accessible-for-notify + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " IP address of server to which client connected " + ::= { connection 2 } + + serverPort OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Integer32 + MAX-ACCESS accessible-for-notify + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Port of server to which client connected " + ::= { connection 3 } + + clientAddress OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX DisplayString + MAX-ACCESS accessible-for-notify + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " IP address of connected client " + ::= { connection 4 } + + processId OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Integer32 + MAX-ACCESS accessible-for-notify + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " ID of process handling the client/server connection " + ::= { connection 5 } + + userName OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX DisplayString + MAX-ACCESS accessible-for-notify + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " User name for connecting client " + ::= { connection 6 } + + protocol OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX DisplayString + MAX-ACCESS accessible-for-notify + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Protocol in use by the client to the server " + ::= { connection 7 } + +-- +-- daemon arc +-- + software OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX DisplayString + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Server software name " + ::= { daemon 1 } + + softwareVersion OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX DisplayString + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Server software version " + ::= { daemon 2 } + + admin OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX DisplayString + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Server administrator email address " + ::= { daemon 3 } + + uptime OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX TimeTicks + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " The uptime of the proftpd daemon in timeticks " + ::= { daemon 4 } + + vhostCount OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Integer32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Count of configured virtual hosts " + ::= { daemon 5 } + + connectionCount OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Gauge32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Count of currently connected clients " + ::= { daemon 6 } + + connectionTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of connections from clients " + ::= { daemon 7 } + + connectionRefusedTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of refused connections from clients " + ::= { daemon 8 } + + restartCount OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of times the server has been restarted " + ::= { daemon 9 } + + segfaultCount OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of segfaults seen by connected sessions " + ::= { daemon 10 } + + maxInstancesLimitCount OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of times the MaxInstances limit has been reached " + ::= { daemon 11 } + + maxInstancesConfig OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Integer32 + MAX-ACCESS accessible-for-notify + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Configured MaxInstances limit for the daemon " + ::= { daemon 12 } + +-- NOTE: daemon.13 is the start of the daemon notifications arc + +-- +-- daemon.daemonNotifications arc +-- + maxInstancesExceeded NOTIFICATION-TYPE + OBJECTS { maxInstancesConfig } + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Notification of when MaxInstances limit exceeded " + ::= { daemonNotifications 1 } + +-- +-- ftp arc +-- + +-- +-- ftp.sessions arc +-- + sessionCount OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Gauge32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Count of current FTP sessions " + ::= { sessions 1 } + + sessionTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of FTP sessions " + ::= { sessions 2 } + + commandInvalidTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of invalid FTP commands seen " + ::= { sessions 3 } + +-- +-- ftp.logins arc +-- + loginTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of successful FTP logins " + ::= { logins 1 } + + loginFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of failed FTP logins " + ::= { logins 2 } + + loginBadUserTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of failed FTP logins due to unknown user " + ::= { logins 3 } + + loginBadPasswordTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of failed FTP logins due to bad/wrong password " + ::= { logins 4 } + + loginGeneralErrorTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of failed FTP logins due to config/other issues " + ::= { logins 5 } + + anonLoginCount OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Gauge32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Count of current anonymous FTP logins " + ::= { logins 6 } + + anonLoginTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of anonymous FTP logins " + ::= { logins 7 } + +-- +-- ftp.dataTransfers arc +-- + dirListCount OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Gauge32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Count of directories being listed via FTP " + ::= { dataTransfers 1 } + + dirListTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of directories successfully listed via FTP " + ::= { dataTransfers 2 } + + dirListFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of directory list failures via FTP " + ::= { dataTransfers 3 } + + fileUploadCount OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Gauge32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Count of files being uploaded via FTP " + ::= { dataTransfers 4 } + + fileUploadTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of files uploaded successfully via FTP " + ::= { dataTransfers 5 } + + fileUploadFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of file upload failures via FTP " + ::= { dataTransfers 6 } + + fileDownloadCount OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Gauge32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Count of directories being listed via FTP " + ::= { dataTransfers 7 } + + fileDownloadTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of files downloaded successfully via FTP " + ::= { dataTransfers 8 } + + fileDownloadFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of file download failures via FTP " + ::= { dataTransfers 9 } + + kbUploadTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of KB uploaded via FTP " + ::= { dataTransfers 10 } + + kbDownloadTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of KB downloaded via FTP " + ::= { dataTransfers 11 } + +-- +-- ftp.timeouts arc +-- + idleTimeoutTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of times TimeoutIdle was reached " + ::= { timeouts 1 } + + loginTimeoutTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of times TimeoutLogin was reached " + ::= { timeouts 2 } + + noTransferTimeoutTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of times TimeoutNoTransfer was reached " + ::= { timeouts 3 } + + stalledTimeoutTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of times TimeoutStalled was reached " + ::= { timeouts 4 } + +-- +-- ftp.notifications arc +-- + loginFailedBadPassword NOTIFICATION-TYPE + OBJECTS { serverName, + serverAddress, + serverPort, + clientAddress, + processId, + userName, + protocol } + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Notification of a client using a bad password " + ::= { ftpNotifications 1 } + + loginFailedBadUser NOTIFICATION-TYPE + OBJECTS { serverName, + serverAddress, + serverPort, + clientAddress, + processId, + userName, + protocol } + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Notification of a client using a bad/unknown user name " + ::= { ftpNotifications 2 } + +-- maxLoginAttemptsExceeded +-- loginFailedMaxClientsExceeded +-- loginFailedMaxClientsPerClassExceeded +-- loginFailedMaxClientsPerHostExceeded +-- loginFailedMaxClientsPerUserExceeded +-- loginFailedMaxHostsPerUserExceeded + +-- +-- snmp arc +-- + packetsReceivedTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of SNMP packets received " + ::= { snmp 1 } + + packetsSentTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of SNMP packets sent " + ::= { snmp 2 } + + trapsSentTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of SNMP traps/notifications sent " + ::= { snmp 3 } + + packetsAuthFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of SNMP packets failing authentication check " + ::= { snmp 4 } + + packetsDroppedTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of SNMP packets dropped " + ::= { snmp 5 } + +-- +-- ftps arc +-- + +-- +-- ftps.tlsSessions arc +-- + sessionCount OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Gauge32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Count of current FTPS sessions " + ::= { tlsSessions 1 } + + sessionTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of FTPS sessions " + ::= { tlsSessions 2 } + + ctrlHandshakeFailureTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of failed SSL/TLS handshakes seen on control connections " + ::= { tlsSessions 3 } + + dataHandshakeFailureTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of failed SSL/TLS handshakes seen on data connections " + ::= { tlsSessions 4 } + + clearCommandChannelTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of successful CCC (Clear Command Channel) FTP commands " + ::= { tlsSessions 5 } + + clearCommandChannelFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of failed CCC (Clear Command Channel) FTP commands " + ::= { tlsSessions 6 } + + verifyClientTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of successful client cert verifications " + ::= { tlsSessions 7 } + + verifyClientFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of failed client cert verifications " + ::= { tlsSessions 8 } + +-- +-- ftps.tlsLogins arc +-- + loginTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of successful FTPS logins " + ::= { tlsLogins 1 } + + loginFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of failed FTPS logins " + ::= { tlsLogins 2 } + + loginBadUserTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of failed FTPS logins due to unknown user " + ::= { tlsLogins 3 } + + loginBadPasswordTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of failed FTPS logins due to bad/wrong password " + ::= { tlsLogins 4 } + + loginGeneralErrorTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of failed FTPS logins due to config/other issues " + ::= { tlsLogins 5 } + + loginCertTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of FTPS logins succeeding due to the client cert (e.g. AllowDotLogin, TLSUserName, etc) " + ::= { tlsLogins 6 } + +-- +-- ftps.tlsDataTransfers arc +-- + dirListCount OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Gauge32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Count of directories being listed via FTPS " + ::= { tlsDataTransfers 1 } + + dirListTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of directories successfully listed via FTPS " + ::= { tlsDataTransfers 2 } + + dirListFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of directory list failures via FTPS " + ::= { tlsDataTransfers 3 } + + fileUploadCount OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Gauge32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Count of files being uploaded via FTPS " + ::= { tlsDataTransfers 4 } + + fileUploadTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of files uploaded successfully via FTPS " + ::= { tlsDataTransfers 5 } + + fileUploadFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of file upload failures via FTPS " + ::= { tlsDataTransfers 6 } + + fileDownloadCount OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Gauge32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Count of directories being listed via FTPS " + ::= { tlsDataTransfers 7 } + + fileDownloadTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of files downloaded successfully via FTPS " + ::= { tlsDataTransfers 8 } + + fileDownloadFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of file download failures via FTPS " + ::= { tlsDataTransfers 9 } + + kbUploadTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of KB uploaded via FTPS " + ::= { tlsDataTransfers 10 } + + kbDownloadTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of KB downloaded via FTPS " + ::= { tlsDataTransfers 11 } + +-- +-- ssh arc +-- + +-- +-- ssh.sshSessions arc +-- + keyExchangeFailureTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of SSH2 key exchange failures " + ::= { sshSessions 1 } + + clientCompressionTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of SSH2 sessions using client-to-server compression " + ::= { sshSessions 2 } + + serverCompressionTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of SSH2 sessions using server-to-client compression " + ::= { sshSessions 3 } + +-- +-- ssh.sshLogins arc +-- + hostbasedAuthTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of SSH2 sessions authenticated using hostbased authentication " + ::= { sshLogins 1 } + + hostbasedAuthFailureTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of SSH2 hostbased authentication failures " + ::= { sshLogins 2 } + + keyboardInteractiveAuthTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of SSH2 sessions authenticated using keyboard-interactive authentication " + ::= { sshLogins 3 } + + keyboardInteractiveAuthFailureTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of SSH2 keyboard-interactive authentication failures " + ::= { sshLogins 4 } + + passwordAuthTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of SSH2 sessions authenticated using password authentication " + ::= { sshLogins 5 } + + passwordAuthFailureTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of SSH2 password authentication failures " + ::= { sshLogins 6 } + + publickeyAuthTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of SSH2 sessions authenticated using publickey authentication " + ::= { sshLogins 7 } + + publickeyAuthFailureTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of SSH2 publickey authentication failures " + ::= { sshLogins 8 } + +-- +-- sftp arc +-- + +-- +-- sftp.sftpSessions arc +-- + sessionCount OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Gauge32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Count of current SFTP sessions " + ::= { sftpSessions 1 } + + sessionTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of SFTP sessions " + ::= { sftpSessions 2 } + + protocolVersion3Total OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of sessions using SFTP version 3 " + ::= { sftpSessions 3 } + + protocolVersion4Total OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of sessions using SFTP version 4 " + ::= { sftpSessions 4 } + + protocolVersion5Total OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of sessions using SFTP version 5 " + ::= { sftpSessions 5 } + + protocolVersion6Total OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of sessions using SFTP version 6 " + ::= { sftpSessions 6 } + +-- +-- sftp.sftpDataTransfers arc +-- + dirListCount OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Gauge32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Count of directories being listed via SFTP " + ::= { sftpDataTransfers 1 } + + dirListTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of directories successfully listed via SFTP " + ::= { sftpDataTransfers 2 } + + dirListFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of directory list failures via SFTP " + ::= { sftpDataTransfers 3 } + + fileUploadCount OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Gauge32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Count of files being uploaded via SFTP " + ::= { sftpDataTransfers 4 } + + fileUploadTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of files uploaded successfully via SFTP " + ::= { sftpDataTransfers 5 } + + fileUploadFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of file upload failures via SFTP " + ::= { sftpDataTransfers 6 } + + fileDownloadCount OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Gauge32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Count of directories being listed via SFTP " + ::= { sftpDataTransfers 7 } + + fileDownloadTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of files downloaded successfully via SFTP " + ::= { sftpDataTransfers 8 } + + fileDownloadFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of file download failures via SFTP " + ::= { sftpDataTransfers 9 } + + kbUploadTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of KB uploaded via SFTP " + ::= { sftpDataTransfers 10 } + + kbDownloadTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of KB downloaded via SFTP " + ::= { sftpDataTransfers 11 } + +-- +-- scp arc +-- + +-- +-- scp.scpSessions arc +-- + sessionCount OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Gauge32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Count of current SCP sessions " + ::= { scpSessions 1 } + + sessionTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of SCP sessions " + ::= { scpSessions 2 } + +-- +-- scp.scpDataTransfers arc +-- + fileUploadCount OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Gauge32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Count of files being uploaded via SCP " + ::= { scpDataTransfers 1 } + + fileUploadTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of files uploaded successfully via SCP " + ::= { scpDataTransfers 2 } + + fileUploadFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of file upload failures via SCP " + ::= { scpDataTransfers 3 } + + fileDownloadCount OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Gauge32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Count of directories being listed via SCP " + ::= { scpDataTransfers 4 } + + fileDownloadTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of files downloaded successfully via SCP " + ::= { scpDataTransfers 5 } + + fileDownloadFailedTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of file download failures via SCP " + ::= { scpDataTransfers 6 } + + kbUploadTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of KB uploaded via SCP " + ::= { scpDataTransfers 7 } + + kbDownloadTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of KB downloaded via SCP " + ::= { scpDataTransfers 8 } + +-- +-- ban arc +-- + +-- +-- ban.connections arc +-- + connectionBannedTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of connections rejected by bans " + ::= { banConnections 1 } + + userBannedTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of users rejected by user-specific bans " + ::= { banConnections 2 } + + hostBannedTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of hosts rejected by host-specific bans " + ::= { banConnections 3 } + + classBannedTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of connection classes rejected by class-specific bans " + ::= { banConnections 4 } + +-- +-- ban.bans arc +-- + banCount OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Gauge32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Count of current bans in effect " + ::= { banBans 1 } + + banTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of bans ever effected " + ::= { banBans 2 } + + userBanCount OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Gauge32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Count of current user-specific bans in effect " + ::= { banBans 3 } + + userBanTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of user-specific bans ever effected " + ::= { banBans 4 } + + hostBanCount OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Gauge32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Count of current host-specific bans in effect " + ::= { banBans 5 } + + hostBanTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of host-specific bans ever effected " + ::= { banBans 6 } + + classBanCount OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Gauge32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Count of current class-specific bans in effect " + ::= { banBans 7 } + + classBanTotal OBJECT-TYPE + SYNTAX Counter32 + MAX-ACCESS read-only + STATUS current + DESCRIPTION + " Total number of class-specific bans ever effected " + ::= { banBans 8 } + +-- end of PROFTPD-MIB +-- +END + diff --git a/proftpd/dhparams.pem b/proftpd/dhparams.pem index f1067c5..0a4af11 100644 --- a/proftpd/dhparams.pem +++ b/proftpd/dhparams.pem @@ -5,131 +5,180 @@ # # The file was generated using the following OpenSSL command: # -# openssl dhparam -outform PEM -2|-5 1024|1536|2048|3072|4096 >> dhparams.pem +# openssl dhparam -outform PEM -2|-5 1024|1536|2048|3072|4096|6144|7680|8192 >> dhparams.pem # # Note that these DH parameters should be refreshed every so often (e.g. -# every few years). These parameters were last updated on 2008-09-07. +# every few years). These parameters were last updated on 2013-01-14. +# 1024-bit DH group params -----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- -MIGHAoGBAL1klKb7HRp8xd5Q/bg8V3ZwqUg3IHtYt8Wj3gnWqvNYoWvfm29E7XTd -Quxo6gbqELBhjvHjZL3LRcvoG+fkXvtni5AW/3cImU2V1NOu6r6GqZTPmbMx0S/2 -XN0fij5kELsXN0GWhMnd+//3seg2qxqeSDvuAPo6s5mP/i61nIFLAgEC +MIGHAoGBALbvOMiSzkUDxrpE0v150A1+hi9R0xSbwk2nyGBHznfZtvi3prJWIZwS +5WPTZI9QCUCGIfGt8xfVrzzzfmruEFUZK9Tz27mR+7dPiet3c51niPIOrBlUCeTB +Kz/urIJMeUcoUcDSbIeajAyLfwkWvLP44i/n7fDW9rsuzef6Eq+bAgEC -----END DH PARAMETERS----- -----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- -MIIBCAKCAQEAlWOEyCrWQg2fe22ZF/Uhjjl+kOBRkfsGz+ClmJqZ25V8OSv6gkFS -UjOQ50n7L2yP1qyVxeez63dP18IFtqAZMCUav/BbMgt1LooHDmjCIkU7kJVp9r/b -0lpawVygzrfhf8X+0CqoZ0AOr++jl6x/k2vTpJbWhbGI04ZC9LFDB4tg9o8MLuK4 -0EPjsyfNtq+MbcuZXe6N0fxC1UB1ioBEzS4jVyfB0mqwcXOUxCLh4ejtXX/IL46Q -RjRR3P52AdO+L+0CRRQhrYyf4bllkDhHs82V5xdQ/a7+ZRbsvHDb9JDFTZhexMhw -Y/tSBQ8blmE50dioe6VlYkGLA+e7vqaJIwIBAg== ------END DH PARAMETERS----- ------BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- -MIHHAoHBALOPItPXrqsiUjPIuJJp6VujphDhwZm4ppzhANDLc0kvphQQ4/QqbNZd -G2QLKzC7R/HPX0JWsYk0sbqnxQ3sc22M8qzlSWNDQv7yaFRGTKmLWDQIyfTM7EnI -oGCP5uKBcRgkFnBtrNMTD2vCCXWb/7CZvMGEYFK+GNIvGGAnGzuwlM4ZpaOXnW5v -oDFCoeKip3lhrrQ/VXPfqYs2wVTrEtBrFUmqBmQ9U3R+sNOrx03Fjne2EuwCxhxn -/YoKL/FV1wIBBQ== ------END DH PARAMETERS----- ------BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- -MIGHAoGBAJTimNd8/geU7EhynM43DgfsK16oJF7NZWIUUdRc704eKwaCaqEYKyYz -aA7NMBTT8HEpLHvmBK7KOzY9nn7J4Po+Y8HoV5UUpl23WtwePceaTZ2S7oDkXnLy -JLK9oAQOOsJeNnvSYSs9k263MPoHWyh67VqATWwrsnH0YiXdUU4LAgEF ------END DH PARAMETERS----- ------BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- -MIGHAoGBAK9UWSbL+3jV2SPvE28dK11Evdi9813vfTV49TS1xCGRhHMQKFmpCHQP -GIa/kbrONOkJ7WbRVQHuohN3K6XOzBDlvBLx59pOL5KWE0KX5y5tiCbpksyJ6jnL -84yi95u/zHiWQi9eAbFI8K40sR7KC0YXq1gqBTW04o4DT6746LqjAgEC ------END DH PARAMETERS----- ------BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- -MIHHAoHBANwf0HdsXC5BkFrUv80XYQl84eZIRbcllfBU466t2DNWw6kDl9ArsTYo -LVhoAbws1SSqtQWtlDNg+cJ9SWIFRKS8RrNoHzacJvWH1utJFwtNtOYdnOSnyxzt -caQwSH4pKm1S+4TwMHG1js1n9IcNEkADa0VHTsEZWhGvMYqZ9LsRsTf167lYvJ5B -GVJnN8RxThkRUl23iE2Wa/5I9lNQeAVb9BAVZCMw9p/1/IWkAzC2571TGQE6oXfR -hAMNXHDHKwIBAg== ------END DH PARAMETERS----- ------BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- -MIGHAoGBAJVRHDXca5zLOiUtl8dCD56IoIlppP6jmF2WAeE11GapRy9IT7LhdZTl -Ku1ZB/vnBL3sRsRjksgv7gWH5Zqo4kVWmsDDqErWW0b7z7WpvP3KpS5nMYGnT86C -nGVzE2/kOtdtul+QAhTDzdbm+kHhjHoH5OX0STto0GB2uXbHkWB7AgEC ------END DH PARAMETERS----- ------BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- -MIHHAoHBAOQWHYV1Q6nICm4gcSthgCvEnatBfN/sZpC3vQD6rc6Dp1R9WhiVdKML -kRABgYwKSP/+xq37Qs0uyFz2ir3EPxk5u/Rkx76770KqFBM7hx5MuMeivK3Qw9qo -6tkbco7K0ZE7YGCgyy4b++rhfhyNhbI3qprxN1h4WPxouFXYjyXNVZq9mFe0gbPD -0xA7yHzsJvU6gQ/RuhChhqCiirjmfnuSE7ej0fdW2hXIzwThnz7AiAqP0VNQiHBd -/K9hLRGqmwIBAg== ------END DH PARAMETERS----- ------BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- -MIGHAoGBAJ5fowbgIsajHjtkHicf1EpLP/OoYoexGHWvKEB9KdoXNKSTXmSYcagP -gm3axwtp7CbmpzcNipc8MfIMQEozkwsvsy/h5fgVIxfeKvPaA9oA8PCwZ8kIVzaf -vkVxPWRu+Azd0I+DULJuEwBqUDd4cJE1WQ2BFIdaH5nz7X2ATPePAgEF ------END DH PARAMETERS----- ------BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- -MIIBCAKCAQEA8tUOZyM0dTIj0ehiRUeX5Y5S/BNl2HLbQHxcYtb/vpDM58ebADuC -xSESbYcjAxBXbppWZOlDFP5VWr/fTd+5357MQvlFMZM32GLUidrF82Ur9u/GN3jX -w1Z3TO7tOiIp2uxXbRvlJhUE0O+/G+pvnQsmbS0aBFDmZdd+u7HBa/3LIAlbBpdg -aPiEgbXM5E52F5BK/5L47KKAzSLCgH7YxVFyWgKXicryMgJ3Kh0+gMVTBF+9iw6/ -n5Eam0m8f9bry2mE3Gi8ROebIHNYCa+JaUytLPD/kXRAbU5lUXp7eE2DO90+OhJa -wjEMoNGY1OTbNLaXg3WkhF2PPxQoTSTfAwIBAg== ------END DH PARAMETERS----- ------BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- -MIICCAKCAgEAiWDATfwSP6kPZTeSaLlu4IV5gW1nsutKK1l/CQVbNHxDFtt/JeIT -cppatvo239b0bfgVApt1+i5SY+z0LeU+1RG2s3pgaASeCYz0CxogYEF2/v7Byrtx -HOtNu9qeJH2mR2m0pZsV3ob6wtIXAbGI/JQkbuLTmsa90pLr8kJZ6vHk3N+71ZWG -ndHwYn4iM23bFo4gQ92qgBMfeLrfCDaHvTdKNpIEyPLTLiSwSq+TuOPApGJ3s7qV -pV3vx51QcCQN7EjMt5i2yjIHJwxI3ivRsGCQPgphHy1mfNoY9e3OrDX6fvhKaaPV -r7EUc2uF1Qd74no9pUsco5NZqC+vNc9pqIRuV0WP68L2VyIxZDxaWsS4F01w7JAT -syfswu3IwlNUdk4EAE8JaVviqhTCfdYgJ6j4N7xvpOm03tJycbLcDmNKSuVWvKx7 -9r51Wjc4ItRG+MCdKGMzQ8SJlN/ZK2Xb78E2WDVYoaai2VCbdx/rbT3kIGEckYIU -l81rNYVFiYTw3Zo/+kh5IUPYs83OplMf4YUixc+jDRXELbR4hLeV/5teyl6qC7RY -abbrBvvDqw1wj8IeVm5Cf6SJGXX6inFTRzsRMmv/UgnYUg44Ysw7iRfgP81uXfWb -3St3OxGYsfZf5sgDTvWD27UFOndAlQS4iZGvX9t+zT8h0/EBBh/+U6MCAQU= ------END DH PARAMETERS----- ------BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- -MIGHAoGBANX1fgb+NbhP/B1UBb2K5uj1+26LXi3+ng2SRUQJiNQT12OhzEPnIiCV -F3VTbFjmp9gd8ReJNAMzImSS1XVw9iMYClsRxkctygprYe0oi+Wx8xb1sAaJmnxQ -Oz4pwKBbaz2/pwykVkSYO+/3Fcgb176FFbwdzM9icXLb5IkpgKpDAgEC ------END DH PARAMETERS----- ------BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- -MIIDCAKCAwEAjkFOPge0h7o3ogiTDJgkwk85Xwkqd+kFM1NVy4HFZXUcPH2B+f2X -rwrhuzGbDNURS0QCtVsTdJSMY4qfNhYZBeHi8bpfZSZ93KivUJaSi1E3hF+8mJey -MC7Byi0rYdZSORd2n7oomqMNR/CIMBSgct05+CHbmnNWi1fqsnfdsjESV8b/Gu+4 -oJP6mdazE0jOjOcX1o0/fiQVQDM8+krSbvOA/DXabUAEU5n4X1bO909aUIJL9M99 -aAUN8w11uAy50elGgu2y/A+Ap7kgrCgQ4A2/OyRmq5+MBgILIq7L7HWxA72wKc5Q -iNNBLjSySFmUf8kT4yo1PpO8j5kSqJT5KXG8Q8FxvECww5vuKC4mNA1E13ITnDgf -qcG1KfIT1hTW1GXSoqYQfO4kVmUk5AnKK6K4eUFVZkZWE2Kys17YsYepG6TKxCU6 -xBwcivDoKqr0NQ/8NLerdNOurDj7myurWsh7l9RJIDSuTCHOPysy+5xvE1upQBSh -BxtRXKL6cQ3yTqo4Tqg6hrYACcNatXyPBbF1B0dF7uQ1O+Qjdrg4WHF296T4YKTF -aa73jb+x/DAMXUejLVDb6Oi6wapYVUZtLIgY9ezToPNnTtMISNISNesZZGb166Dj -+k9InPD60Yk0wjQge2CRAUrlMOrOuSpUkYLXPzqQT7wYTZLuxXdpJXqdjrcg6ru+ -e95vBSluapMezMtRF0ZBZSPq9NuKez37gqB4XuxYWyXK1Zt6ler8U5WO6iEPsotF -h69pKvuTYbtP20SF2nZYDxbHgGjXugnjI6rD6plYih97Y5Nak6IvuYA3F+FAtpXr -kS3qbDBKIsPkNtyXOaUuQY0PZZRzl1+0upSdkmewyAz3qoC5dzb19xBfHrvpwUjc -kBhmkYzole3dUQuxVU1Eu+zlq0VPedOAJdhZs7BDDnOWRZwd14teo6hhxuleT8Of -fA1zSuozB/YNpGxdtYt5XMO3kNR4gNsurDz/5JWxRaz21QxpFVodZmy5WHeddj79 -aMXQhuG1qpc7AgEC ------END DH PARAMETERS----- ------BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- -MIIECAKCBAEA2uLCDvJnPy9O5w9VnUJWlXlo6/bUZbYSCqgsUUHU3ZUyWZV00M/h -SFECq78SvsqeVpdDqLkaiq667AsmXUkIcZIfPfp/lgwsxcPjOICQItxYWqs6OauO -QmY9OTeIXzEt+XSoGIW7r6mJcPFbs2CGI5VOMcdCDeIAQC3PP66ZHjwnifqjpmPK -6fXCa9imq35EE5SAc+zBgf2Tv14TR5T0sHzViMxVSo2tAyTu5vmZJebZk2S9Kj4M -CotC7Hv+Xj7zO1gxQns3ourbaRfPh/C6uQgBNBOBbVcCYHSbzuGYn0B4xm7et6c0 -3rXFLpf7x0kka0sG/6PMLYI7qCztqVa/e3SupG1S69CsY+UiwKUxjZlPYz4DelHT -IfJ0Anz6qQqSkdr4b8HcSL0X4OCAci1xpC/9OW1Tx4iW2fXr8TYIhY1+aE63ARyn -qpWFfWhE8usd61UyHeVjHWgugYhjHAUgW/2iGS1O8gZz7tcuq20IuOvWennbvRgq -8j9QyRIgNcoSj41Y8Tm89pOxFHkuU6UeQ9B7sgMjCi2g3baehKKGVRbH+SC2SVm7 -yKEAcyx4fKKlNkOxivX4gVAo8GtEWguVIo0e/bqBDqf8L+PyGdbbJ7E+oiJ00hiS -UU+go6WBwrrbgxwvbZBFQb4RDZukYe89kmwIV0cmLd4CUWkg04ABH1C39AoGvfAh -e5oFk+1omSQNMDKVlW4EZ8C9ZiaC89R1DNijk4SWkNQJKl6R3DSy++Papsh+b3tb -Ct/OujxcuuNeURy5P526IAZ+5aOq9WYwHrcfGGgp19Mq/f1M4JGvHd7C7+T4PHLL -Vulu3OubOT3Le1q7c0gzw43hlGj0dAImvJYOdQymHBmQYmMgRjVSYHkZQLXkLhAR -v2dGQnlA91AMLu8/WLgzilPORSbTf2zFujVbbRdXlBoQA5bj8A/aQCaHfZFV313z -c5VgfwwGFx56NH7wRmVaIu6yTnCLro1mBv4/grH/KZa88+gYhbOFtlkkPVmnr+dA -mexO24xVLOY+AU6Pqxae6NBT+FCbGPNM6xb0L4UMnD3hLbKf9+S1u5uCeNYtFtXx -PYkwp42MMM5sXRcEOFncEoEf+g0EckYceV2SlyqLpxGYg1fT74gp6AooBPAtHAko -5QuqvQqf8IwnP5iHYOGkuzPSVyTgknK0nRYvipC2T+3zlBBHj/vSwCQvXSY/zym4 -572KJXxdoBT9ZYjW5m9pKb636Ai2bh0tnAVbyZRuDWP5v/MbBs7lXYh+dNLhLkpu -vWvGa6JMHp5GYlfSgpD0JZhu93/RshPc6GgizJyHbgKvDNzHyYUzSZQ7PzSKU83O -f4pMJdYHvuGVdOJG7nwIYouX8t/zYxQzOwIBBQ== +MIGHAoGBAM5hpw0SGB0LHC0hN3Cp2rwnRPQtgvywaj1Ju3odzswLaxYriqQODBCH +psywSpi5WAU2R/WUITW5VWLHlI7HpCJwNXG9s9GmHTelCGvBEd/c63jJlL6VjyOe +M2OW+RDONoNFTXXVMmPayuUq3vfWFPGcSRZg5CI+d4Xma4eRPRxbAgEF +-----END DH PARAMETERS----- +-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- +MIGHAoGBAKP/HXSZf3Pbpczrl3tvL9L5g+vWsoBQWFA0PglX/RUV7wd/hgiRdcJG +MXktBIkBDxtdKZM5JKu8d99e5Lmbw6puluLF1lA8ZJ/lcIhojnDWQZ8bFBXx2DJ9 +DpDMMX/htR8u+cnPxeKDw2gnKjuN39Ku+1IdBLYSl9iu4GEwk9rDAgEC +-----END DH PARAMETERS----- +-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- +MIGHAoGBAMLOI4dbum16dz3CVufbtZ/90kC92QElRU2yfEwQdxsufkcYd+uEPgfx +vD0PCMdCl2zAHfMjMtGCrb+8pTiO2eaC/4/wd6z0LUciawZo/dSE3n7S+D51ZH1I +IN1OyvIhMMBq+DyujB6t9jUlrpXriXdcvmv78R83uT6TwwhFtRXnAgEF +-----END DH PARAMETERS----- +-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- +MIGHAoGBAO7i+5IQHjs6tHh5LXAwvD3XXgxyE6j7e1KWmgHDFg6GeEo2UZLu07Zt +Ynu9srvka3KsnzdDEqtQgZk9C1aRMpqYoy0DFptVHNFjyhydIwB23Eh5a5xmpCzg +X4yDC+2ADrU2PC0M+T8FuAOWvd3VBBrnm3msoRBRy26IKBAeDi5jAgEC +-----END DH PARAMETERS----- +-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- +MIGHAoGBAIBl4JEof+IcUS/j+PnkmeYNLUtGwi/PrQ4xv5Q3V0aiy/qIOX8yYFIA +gwBidaoqPkG0CAAYO9o8gvFhHfJHd8B296mYybSHSGI2G6TVP3xdZYNmqG1lAqd/ +Vqmj+CvmkYsgacDVD6P8yOLrF6gzBb9PxVNOFqPhNX/0yOXBr6YTAgEF +-----END DH PARAMETERS----- + +# 1536-bit DH group params +-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- +MIHHAoHBAJkp+TbtcuMfeImd5XIA7pKwGjtrcVtNpRXB4wlRbpJpbGGQcyCe65MJ +Kmxs8sndPv1S19fTH+3Fcp9jl7JmChHs+TcWqIpvmrBFRZ/5N2bf2fgimi7hSWWF +JwFdb9zpxUNWbAcNnR/jZdqQ61wweyUT0sfGPH+0xNRbtc1Ct1E95o4+7Os82Lh1 +TKokivVwwBf9m2vmCFEXDTgW0bLLqNRH1CQ8juEiw6i/zabmkutPPhKN0uxA7j75 ++eMc/DVzlwIBBQ== +-----END DH PARAMETERS----- +-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- +MIHHAoHBAKhfKa4EANC76yzSGF+/8UKQnSzjhMDyqOmWlrvb66CTe4T6gTtpECkm +8KDmxuN3HrlXgkEQoMh4rgazpx3UG0z8T6aqQXFZmAVMK/Yp++9H/EzJhTyntJ31 +hz3QqkoZgznvKx2vF+Gmx7C4imd+EIi7b/Lz/yw1P3wIGt1t3rznudc46BfPbRMf +7sEQ20na5PEY5XwX3V9u2X61HM4YGto9XuNVL3uU70bxW6pceFBzdzVEadnXaJyW +00bevXWw2wIBAg== +-----END DH PARAMETERS----- +-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- +MIHHAoHBANdeoQj9jcGLATPLTqI4vpKMgqJ5fuOe+8yiVVTmDGuNzDL7lDj5JMSF +lrpG99IPVb6Cy+kSAyO/PBbTkj9nPzls42GKmABjb3PHYiDIBcYq4xfP7Z/PEH9J +YIT/9PQVqVRFPHnzdZcXtaS3H6ve6npiwvgwPCNz7s7MX9C153XF99T0qCA8L/a+ +KsnKD2aaqsxi/6Njr7sBly9l6qre70lONzeOLzcwQSRq9l2pjSMEekJPY6E3yPPy +MA4GLMlaKwIBAg== +-----END DH PARAMETERS----- + +# 2048-bit DH group params +-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- +MIIBCAKCAQEA6Y/KjtYFfcVooSk1p2pvVbqttLQNsMIC5t9GSyWlfCBoFPqffXsm +XVkXuy3k8zAjrdL3rGx5/+c5wlYfVAzz/q3rUR+mFEPQKgkvHKUFy0ubG0Wp/dBI +KZ+vkK+CK0NToKAdXv8G3TfCefw9dI/Nzy2j/wxlUFapFwnZocPXUlgQd52mdCsX +ACqZ5imBZcNQzwcEKTr2jen2l+NE2CKs8nJFVwcSlsFPqEB+7Yh1GwZik1wmBxrT +PwPMrTk1u9CqttF7aTZBHjn++e4TkqrQs1J04s0LjdvzNVaEcUfPPiTH+68KpMwj +NcAuMC6BV3L42Cald1HocD18s07VPcqiUwIBAg== +-----END DH PARAMETERS----- +-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- +MIIBCAKCAQEAo+GoaemZ9KjBgLgwGZuObOQ/hQSoK1Aka/fPoSk3ECokqb0KeeI4 +Ai8YVup6WIJigf//UTZFgHXENUsJM3sSTKHe5l7LtQIkb2oPQFfzTpp2OOMceRkK +eXpgDYBct0T0KDAJXV4uB+l6PZfL4cOLfSMNCKTg2ptGGLbbqYPLd7LNwudpe1wO +0KB1GFEkB2ZEPTIkQx2W1ia5EHta5zlXRqa962Rbo1t5fdiM3whVTqlgKNNC5/zv +wH7vHqyJyqVOKQyjXPsT95iBTo1GsXRz8oLXchrTybs7yfilve1eTCnQKfiZHqKw +50XSRbAiSV8ephW8mbwCOLthruMKT7GDTwIBBQ== +-----END DH PARAMETERS----- + +# 3072-bit DH group params +-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- +MIIBiAKCAYEA0kEgFEhmtqWiDoykb2ptlZQ3hcB6MP5Bd1mDDjG38j1MFWV6Uaj8 +T4y3tGUntQ0H/OJ8GEueL9OS9q2NU67GJ/XjtoXDVmZOdzYwN3Lr52/RnwLdUCH9 +MZjbXJYoqDJyXSHIFd40fRUkzZRYN6HZTkDad6wsoBgibe3gRvEzp7nBIJlDZy85 +9hmLJHJNGqgIpOTbX9AUNGVSAHEINx6kKX0c1/Kc5nhCytqRdYLnwqeryMdlZ4N0 +qlG8KJum0A8mEpgvUM5D0BLTbjkKgOoORsfrhzykqfxUrv+Pwcb/6UBbPSR99OSZ +nFBlP3xSTl1WucWNmeZ3o2lZF4H/WosuoiVsPtO3aKYiLEhRxJiQOrMzVnSOdTR7 +d3Sg8a+ufSyccCCjOHssRKk//qoiUpN5R53/lxpUrfl+cJXGuvp+4EM+mfRDKCo7 +FTTaU2QFkF9A7dddwsABZQeqcADVN7T6L8/AIF66mwH7nvaJeNenTUqZTR+i8Doe +V/QbD1cYDtHzAgEC +-----END DH PARAMETERS----- + +# 4096-bit DH group params +-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- +MIICCAKCAgEAnlCYvstlmd2VCDwdI8u0khgNwpuGmjPv17RSGCnSjx6DjuYeOqGn +AqOjSEyDuoNx8KC6mZF5HKBoQ+nDeJ3O4y4NnZj1MaEFViu3a7XXu6Ff/fLB2nl+ +E1ryt9vk6d9GNgOF+JfB40SYsPnfX0FHd/MqJh4KQbkWoPzgfK4bgxNZUmdtFxbP +9jO0t08nEoBGAL6a6nx7AN/mSgdOh/CEjNP7xKGTuNLv0Lq3FAAJ4e0PDjFYb9TI +KRcwVIYpqt/DmN1+hCQ8O9GaC8gs99Gqyi4G6Iowq7oMqV8KRNdTNnfD1t3SjupE +xFTUeBw5FiB/44Vwjiahz0PJVQggrAUadqCrqOi1k/C7z/UpwOvpBVz5162p633H +XntMUzmi0JoomT+nR5je6wlJnpcvOeIn21rLOwkXDWmzrb1J7KYxnEa0F3fEck4P +V9L/dICTCBiTSq9bQGjCy6Mtc0pbW8AkhpoBtmJGhsB0+t6J5nLrleD68ePPEC1e +4kRPc3cJJPIvbMNxXPCYwjsP+AQcbxYvOlPPyDeWNj7AWQjMIAEOpBw76itfy7JP +o+Wz5EkpUtvK9Zqo4E8719U9R0aIVhsn+DX5l5Z8XKU8wZjUwK/Fg2tIVq8tXi7/ +WuXBUe8mHU+7bUQR1GRgBaLYiOERkNS87MPtbQ4I/pmfx63HIfOj67sCAQI= +-----END DH PARAMETERS----- + +# 6144-bit DH group params +-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- +MIIDCAKCAwEA7WbPJRW6ZqHQQo6DFNV/exYBDYXTgHI8sOtX4ZsmckeLnn4MNWDx +rHymGA6EJqz7Iu3tlPqrZnAe/mOXJZVnWMdDrXaqufXCWA1GA1nOBsX2zjEAA4Yr +kOtE2JyNQ647gVWkZlAPNB1f0Tt4wuR2jvzMYmV+mcMfxurBoOhki7SibHs2UEvb +iFwJQM11b5W5NRQZpKnIpU6hWPGZMkSIBX7sIoMX9y/a0BVFqAXS8rLgmWh5RcQu +WqZPyZWHh+ctKaR3YPHyxX1kKUdFMxZVwXmnDJJeeT7NiNZd5OSJ5Z26XBoZufED +kzvpWigSJmMmfKXaGcxExrizRSBjjAPhc784yXZcnwR2nJB3svvuCnbfO6aoIbVF +78FtqXFiKd75mGTrPTdgfQH3OdjTaFZUp5JScpCfNwtDaWtvbgQ5x8dfxHcu/7CL +W9SeEvlCOwWiFvd0BkE4kRElUIzzLh0ufHHEhywkVGZIicL1qz+eeeTX8V6FmdRC +u2xHK5VtT2/yTMtDA48J5H7YTrSOiC+kgmaud5EAhxMidg4QqJa8jZYJIZpvwsEw +AC3mUv36RkJIhuePybaoa1U1TwSWwGg2dHqidQ6gXv0t+AXxxicKFBiKKMN7DxKo +DgA5asnrUv4Z/bfMU4yGgU3gkiJ7Sczra5N6UEJhCBScBbCI+KUXSsWpeZd2dwim +ELxyC2Da7wIYqJhe9KYRXOoauRUy+LMBzwbKQ7nS2Abw5zON5ANlR/KJJ4H+D19+ +LN7WDc1Z8SoF59wbboAmNKjTuUV3Whh0GZuxnd88Fw7DoSWIMe++DoxIvdCRwrFz +Ra/20ZCi99N96IX4r0WocACIG4ukPUInsup2qxMS7757gzcabD2T24irn9N9aJDf +BefKcId/iJBFRK/loSOXT4jcyTWQqID+spA9VhIcuGEBir21R29fU9fActctWOby +URKTuULh6Wqaf46B4suoL8jmvtyEJIwZ6zzD7mWLKv1665UD9SbKciKoy2CQ+AfC +wnKl1+O4DPcbAgEC +-----END DH PARAMETERS----- + +# 7680-bit DH group params +-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- +MIIDyAKCA8EAmMxFUnXytlC9fIDwSgeG9cM+nqvPDufhOvzVwXXyKutq2rT+b8Iq +A/rTbvRLro1XpJedzS83HNfsHeCfKC6L5vMAT2rkOSAVjQCBs9/HfdzDXtU6QEqG +GDW6psiGNkgCahNKVxw1+kgKdnQc5sSKsK0iFXGdXFdaebWYN2yRFH8O+yWC/TQk +BVc3c6d+Bo1H7VTRJkKz6duL/GRmFVdznhTU8yx+oydfOAjkxNsMaX+/cuTbqcUN +LJm/g1tKVSw+1mvY9f4q1/B+hV8QxpbfcN8nYrye1+dmAPj/x+T1rfFVXMfQP4Ok +p0IKom5Esc7e5LZsGqngRl9e6gXgDM+hMX6w7XU/bvaKugBKTNj8PAugIFrsrybR +voB1bQynUEId1/q7c9soEicwEbGEiZ26LyaPHenAm1j8940Bp63SgiCfuCoEJAda +A9DWq9idP4eKECFTlt6j3UPs45if3SfkWf6KleZAO8e1LHSkLuRaZpHPzLaZ6zbE +bA8m8rdOhkbTkTNfVbEa0jTI8Ag4cq5LrMFSiPLRVVQadQzepBB0pv7F4UsqQwzU +b7FEwBm5xWQG+AlOugc1kZdgcSMdu4C2BhaKOe3xH1SfwEHZSxz3yKtxGcdIcSD3 +RTUQdX0/Yjj8Ia9asC+pZmbS2MGPehQdIvUmWMGeQkwLXz7bBVFBuOei8hkPnRwJ +ItihKSkZB0fk2olVmYzJwY4VOnfL1EWk6jKbndYBsJE0h/J3lO/xmMGaVmPhINQE +0kJipmRpqT9sEmghCmYTH5pjymnuOXEIDuAjjNxsaAAuGF9h2jlnAHQimQq3Kch1 +Hwlkb6R2T1XSizA838oLvqmyLOhYzHVVCnqq6DG9W7AAdaouL4tjNFNs9afsR3KG +H71IiS9+rv7u0m0dYrdRmpx6iXAIASTwhld2IFDyiUPeLYL2Jt9WPHdSA0aySF+7 +z/ntskV5soDIlUYQDZeKLuk2Lw+AMEbNgifCm7bLARm/fI9+c+IaBLE+e+zm+puO +UHYcWy75NQG8zT2RICuHvvIUkHhgtIDk7K/1AscCDVCgMTYtwMF16nJe+6Omn8TT +iQQZp76zZoTqjTRDLC9NszXxuewCi8JuklDyubPrqLTeM32bCZwjibPzL/O2NsGY +0N7AbX7nnBKrAhibA9wdBJpQUrjT2SfEZGHYPA0U24Cm8JKBRu6WHdGH97gwH9bY +ST5JTdXGPimZanmzidsGqLla4VxWGx+BWMLwXQtLaypHGfDFXHVpMY9KROGmtzsD +OcXDR4ullYdbAgEC +-----END DH PARAMETERS----- + +# 8192-bit DH group params +-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS----- +MIIECAKCBAEAxcFcwEBebGISxZbtnocUuiv8Z5GoFb1fi3szRz1y1j6Hwe8mTzVM +oKeZ5QvXE8ZWk5Alnw1phfe7yDZan4BVqJ7U00w+jaUy5Y8Tmo34uSTTRX61dpYS +vBZsSTUEkteqWBbVQRz4l1NQ9eTVXchGAJeL9JzlUFZQbwUXfQPf95wg7y56jcqK +fYjqQWZZgpsxFyn/MFOq7+HQeLYGqRbA1wnKkKTF8ERH16PjChsnjA1i6rH5Tb9C +k0rpIYkZGj2pPoiNoWBEiJagYbt7XjnMGX8UPsQW8ImzoW+JIGUAHCzFZSnFp5eE +ZCL7Q7T8Z3/9RAxHhDUh8bxhWsd9K1pGZ9XYCF4b4TKBsc6GCCmhApgbcTE3/BOO +qLc0tu3sl75GU3wGMpiw97J8SO4LIgMKH5f+g30YBYXPY7z1Msytf6lVKrC8Lzxi +h69nckj9QjtPY4lYHH0q7K3bq4yuQob4EPF9WBrMzWw2roH6Jv8clc9gDcqzqBkk +zn2pKDlR2rFQ955O8A1/yjLIc21T+JwmpYYF7agRZcertzHipyoRkTfS08yQQJjg +cKovqCueVqBNZQvogJKzJRIs5YNQX7i25bH/4JPOG1YIiV7AQ41FQLItbsnB6qS+ +U/AzGLH/hd+y2fYsHFCLdNIbsvpmPiyEwJBMCtJ6YDSu3CqMhg4YddR0X9UszIhV +6wo/IhjNJur5AxYmVANjTyVgP48wDGwZN1V6KyCSYLjQk/tt/PY2CybRAON2ac8B +ud5RN0PT7vJcw6EiE5gv/IB5dNIllhqAcjBx/lbbc08uwjN+5LN/MWCIy2CyZCOz +wj3Pzqvl9QfFSFLTKFXMzxQcCKNrBmQL0t0n4X2YAD4ZJPiT/sRYQ8twXpmtKcmr +reXQdxuphB5XRfkawT7yJBVWKAxYiVWRfAqNHs8gjt967YK7nV7Xt0wwb+r9N79/ +rYqJFtXiGV/Z8/pUfCSAUoe79NftuzV7AH9C2gMOo7iP6uOeevv7oAlOnjpoOcRl +UnHTC4mZU5JvOF3Nbu/KRvwbX4B+mqq+O47OQm3tvNoACejMYihMlT48G2wgB5bb +0QJ8BxmgpLL4P+K1tZsvu0V5oRHkQ10QTFFsPddwGA+8Vw74dYXT+41RQBNpWgP+ +j/zRPUAXCl3FPQ/Hj7hMnBHPQc0HWaQF7XvQzAsWj8EtvyiqZoR4mIkGHOxGCV79 +/2Ko2JCsWLqo3y9dwX09Pf2pPhBUeX1GWfCTZGEerLch/I3Cihf9JQHQ03H6gMRM +FSRogNR62d2YmBjZM/xwWdBjpLdWNLuPRnYnbwJXs30R/oQY55iRdZdjvwPQl2uR +9ubWhepIOmE7t5+1o0JiA3x1TX82NHwsGwIBAg== -----END DH PARAMETERS----- diff --git a/rkhunter.conf b/rkhunter.conf index 51e4f4b..6ac21f0 100644 --- a/rkhunter.conf +++ b/rkhunter.conf @@ -1,220 +1,310 @@ # # This is the main configuration file for Rootkit Hunter. # -# You can either modify this file directly, or you can create a local -# configuration file. The local file must be named 'rkhunter.conf.local', -# and must reside in the same directory as this file. Please modify one -# or both files to your own requirements. It is suggested that the -# command 'rkhunter -C' is run after any changes have been made. +# You can modify this file directly, or you can create a local configuration +# file. The local file must be named 'rkhunter.conf.local', and must reside +# in the same directory as this file. Alternatively you can create a directory, +# named 'rkhunter.d', which also must be in the same directory as this +# configuration file. Within the 'rkhunter.d' directory you can place further +# configuration files. There is no restriction on the file names used, other +# than they must end in '.conf'. +# +# Please modify the configuration file(s) to your own requirements. It is +# recommended that the command 'rkhunter -C' is run after any changes have +# been made. # # Please review the documentation before posting bug reports or questions. -# To report bugs, obtain updates, or provide patches or comments, please go to: -# http://rkhunter.sourceforge.net +# To report bugs, obtain updates, or provide patches or comments, please go +# to: http://rkhunter.sourceforge.net # -# To ask questions about rkhunter, please use the rkhunter-users mailing list. -# Note this is a moderated list: please subscribe before posting. +# To ask questions about rkhunter, please use the 'rkhunter-users' mailing list. +# Note that this is a moderated list, so please subscribe before posting. # -# Lines beginning with a hash (#), and blank lines, are ignored. -# End-of-line comments are not supported. +# In the configuration files, lines beginning with a hash (#), and blank lines, +# are ignored. Also, end-of-line comments are not supported. # -# Most of the following options need only be specified once. If -# they appear more than once, then the last one seen will be used. -# Some options are allowed to appear more than once, and the text -# describing the option will say if this is so. +# Any of the configuration options may appear more than once. However, several +# options only take one value, and so the last one seen will be used. Some +# options are allowed to appear more than once, and the text describing the +# option will say if this is so. These configuration options will, in effect, +# have their values concatenated together. To delete a previously specified +# option list, specify the option with no value (that is, a null string). # -# Some of the options are space-separated lists of pathnames. If -# wildcard characters (globbing) are allowed in the list, then the +# Some of the options are space-separated lists, others, typically those +# specifying pathnames, are newline-separated lists. These must be entered +# as one item per line. Quotes must not be used to surround the pathname. +# +# For example, to specify two pathnames, '/tmp/abc' and '/tmp/xyz', for an +# option: XXX=/tmp/abc (correct) +# XXX=/tmp/xyz +# +# XXX="/tmp/abc" (incorrect) +# XXX="/tmp/xyz" +# +# XXX=/tmp/abc /tmp/xyz (incorrect) +# or XXX="/tmp/abc /tmp/xyz" (incorrect) +# or XXX="/tmp/abc" "/tmp/xyz" (incorrect) +# +# The last three examples are being configured as space-separated lists, +# which is incorrect, generally, for options specifying pathnames. They +# should be configured with one entry per line as in the first example. +# +# If wildcard characters (globbing) are allowed for an option, then the # text describing the option will say so. # -# Space-separated lists may be enclosed by quotes, but these must only -# appear at the start and end of the list, not in the middle. +# Space-separated lists may be enclosed by quotes, although they are not +# required. If they are used, then they must only appear at the start and +# end of the list, not in the middle. +# +# For example: XXX=abc def gh (correct) +# XXX="abc def gh" (correct) +# XXX="abc" "def" "gh" (incorrect) # -# For example: XXX="abc def gh" (correct) -# XXX="abc" "def" "gh" (incorrect) +# Space-separated lists may also be entered simply as one entry per line. +# +# For example: XXX=abc (correct) +# XXX=def +# XXX="gh" +# +# If a configuration option is never set, then the program will assume a +# default value. The text describing the option will state the default value. +# If there is no default, then rkhunter will calculate a value or pathname +# to use. # INSTALLDIR=/usr # -# If this option is set to 1, it specifies that the mirrors file +# If this option is set to '1', it specifies that the mirrors file # ('mirrors.dat'), which is used when the '--update' and '--versioncheck' -# options are used, is to be rotated. Rotating the entries in the file -# allows a basic form of load-balancing between the mirror sites whenever -# the above options are used. -# If the option is set to 0, then the mirrors will be treated as if in -# a priority list. That is, the first mirror listed will always be used -# first. The second mirror will only be used if the first mirror fails, -# the third mirror will only be used if the second mirror fails, and so on. +# options are used, is to be rotated. Rotating the entries in the file allows +# a basic form of load-balancing between the mirror sites whenever the above +# options are used. +# +# If the option is set to '0', then the mirrors will be treated as if in a +# priority list. That is, the first mirror listed will always be used first. +# The second mirror will only be used if the first mirror fails, the third +# mirror will only be used if the second mirror fails, and so on. # # If the mirrors file is read-only, then the '--versioncheck' command-line -# option can only be used if this option is set to 0. +# option can only be used if this option is set to '0'. +# +# The default value is '1'. # ROTATE_MIRRORS=1 # -# If this option is set to 1, it specifies that when the '--update' -# option is used, then the mirrors file is to be checked for updates -# as well. If the current mirrors file contains any local mirrors, -# these will be prepended to the updated file. -# If this option is set to 0, the mirrors file can only be updated -# manually. This may be useful if only using local mirrors. +# If this option is set to '1', it specifies that when the '--update' option is +# used, then the mirrors file is to be checked for updates as well. If the +# current mirrors file contains any local mirrors, these will be prepended to +# the updated file. If this option is set to '0', the mirrors file can only be +# updated manually. This may be useful if only using local mirrors. +# +# The default value is '1'. # UPDATE_MIRRORS=1 # -# The MIRRORS_MODE option tells rkhunter which mirrors are to be -# used when the '--update' or '--versioncheck' command-line options -# are given. Possible values are: -# 0 - use any mirror (the default) +# The MIRRORS_MODE option tells rkhunter which mirrors are to be used when +# the '--update' or '--versioncheck' command-line options are given. +# Possible values are: +# 0 - use any mirror # 1 - only use local mirrors # 2 - only use remote mirrors # -# Local and remote mirrors can be defined in the mirrors file -# by using the 'local=' and 'remote=' keywords respectively. +# Local and remote mirrors can be defined in the mirrors file by using the +# 'local=' and 'remote=' keywords respectively. +# +# The default value is '0'. # MIRRORS_MODE=0 # -# Email a message to this address if a warning is found when the -# system is being checked. Multiple addresses may be specified -# simply be separating them with a space. Setting this option to -# null disables the option. +# Email a message to this address if a warning is found when the system is +# being checked. Multiple addresses may be specified simply be separating +# them with a space. To disable the option, simply set it to the null string +# or comment it out. # -# NOTE: This option should be present in the configuration file. +# The option may be specified more than once. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +# Also see the MAIL_CMD option. # #MAIL-ON-WARNING=me@mydomain root@mydomain -MAIL-ON-WARNING="" +MAIL-ON-WARNING=frank@brehm-online.com # -# Specify the mail command to use if MAIL-ON-WARNING is set. +# This option specifies the mail command to use if MAIL-ON-WARNING is set. # -# NOTE: Double quotes are not required around the command, but -# are required around the subject line if it contains spaces. +# NOTE: Double quotes are not required around the command, but are required +# around the subject line if it contains spaces. +# +# The default is to use the 'mail' command, with a subject line +# of '[rkhunter] Warnings found for ${HOST_NAME}'. # MAIL_CMD=mail -s "[rkhunter] Warnings found for ${HOST_NAME}" # -# Specify the temporary directory to use. +# This option specifies the directory to use for temporary files. +# +# NOTE: Do not use '/tmp' as your temporary directory. Some important files +# will be written to this directory, so be sure that the directory permissions +# are secure. # -# NOTE: Do not use /tmp as your temporary directory. Some -# important files will be written to this directory, so be -# sure that the directory permissions are tight. +# The installer program will set the default directory. If this default is +# subsequently commented out or removed, then the program will assume a +# default directory beneath the installation directory. # TMPDIR=/var/lib/rkhunter/tmp # -# Specify the database directory to use. +# This option specifies the database directory to use. +# +# The installer program will set the default directory. If this default is +# subsequently commented out or removed, then the program will assume a +# default directory beneath the installation directory. # DBDIR=/var/lib/rkhunter/db # -# Specify the script directory to use. +# This option specifies the script directory to use. +# +# The installer program will set the default directory. If this default is +# subsequently commented out or removed, then the program will not run. # SCRIPTDIR=/usr/lib/rkhunter/scripts # -# This option can be used to modify the command directory list used -# by rkhunter to locate commands (that is, its PATH). By default -# this will be the root PATH, and an internal list of some common -# command directories. +# This option can be used to modify the command directory list used by rkhunter +# to locate commands (that is, its PATH). By default this will be the root PATH, +# and an internal list of some common command directories. +# +# Any directories specified here will, by default, be appended to the default +# list. However, if a directory name begins with the '+' character, then that +# directory will be prepended to the list (that is, it will be put at the start +# of the list). # -# Any directories specified here will, by default, be appended to the -# default list. However, if a directory name begins with the '+' -# character, then that directory will be prepended to the list (that -# is, it will be put at the start of the list). +# This is a space-separated list of directory names. The option may be +# specified more than once. # -# This is a space-separated list of directory names. The option may -# be specified more than once. +# The default value is based on the root account PATH environment variable. # -#BINDIR="/bin /usr/bin /sbin /usr/sbin" -#BINDIR="+/usr/local/bin +/usr/local/sbin" +#BINDIR=/bin /usr/bin /sbin /usr/sbin +#BINDIR=+/usr/local/bin +/usr/local/sbin # -# Specify the default language to use. This should be similar -# to the ISO 639 language code. +# This option specifies the default language to use. This should be similar to +# the ISO 639 language code. # # NOTE: Please ensure that the language you specify is supported. # For a list of supported languages use the following command: # # rkhunter --lang en --list languages # +# The default language is 'en' (English). +# #LANGUAGE=en LANGUAGE=de # -# This option is a space-separated list of the languages that are to -# be updated when the '--update' option is used. If unset, then all -# the languages will be updated. If none of the languages are to be -# updated, then set this option to just 'en'. +# This option is a space-separated list of the languages that are to be updated +# when the '--update' option is used. If unset, then all the languages will be +# updated. If none of the languages are to be updated, then set this option to +# just 'en'. +# +# The default language, specified by the LANGUAGE option, and the English (en) +# language file will always be updated regardless of this option. # -# The default is for all the languages to be updated. The default -# language, specified above, and the English (en) language file will -# always be updated regardless of this option. +# This option may be specified more than once. +# +# The default value is the null string, indicating that all the language files +# will be updated. # UPDATE_LANG="" # -# Specify the log file pathname. +# This option specifies the log file pathname. The file will be created if it +# does not initially exist. If the option is unset, then the program will +# display a message each time it is run saying that the default value is being +# used. # -# NOTE: This option should be present in the configuration file. +# The default value is '/var/log/rkhunter.log'. # LOGFILE=/var/log/rkhunter.log # -# Set the following option to 1 if the log file is to be appended to -# whenever rkhunter is run. +# Set this option to '1' if the log file is to be appended to whenever rkhunter +# is run. A value of '0' will cause a new log file to be created whenever the +# program is run. +# +# The default value is '0'. # APPEND_LOG=1 # -# Set the following option to 1 if the log file is to be copied when -# rkhunter finishes and an error or warning has occurred. The copied -# log file name will be appended with the current date and time -# (in YYYY-MM-DD_HH:MM:SS format). +# Set the following option to '1' if the log file is to be copied when rkhunter +# finishes and an error or warning has occurred. The copied log file name will +# be appended with the current date and time (in YYYY-MM-DD_HH:MM:SS format). # For example: rkhunter.log.2009-04-21_00:57:51 +# If the option value is '0', then the log file will not be copied regardless +# of whether any errors or warnings occurred. +# +# The default value is '0'. # -COPY_LOG_ON_ERROR=0 +#COPY_LOG_ON_ERROR=0 # -# Set the following option to enable the rkhunter check start and finish -# times to be logged by syslog. Warning messages will also be logged. -# The value of the option must be a standard syslog facility and -# priority, separated by a dot. For example: +# Set the following option to enable the rkhunter check start and finish times +# to be logged by syslog. Warning messages will also be logged. The value of +# the option must be a standard syslog facility and priority, separated by a +# dot. For example: # # USE_SYSLOG=authpriv.warning # -# Setting the value to 'none', or just leaving the option commented out, +# Setting the value to 'NONE', or just leaving the option commented out, # disables the use of syslog. # +# The default value is not to use syslog. +# #USE_SYSLOG=authpriv.notice # -# Set the following option to 1 if the second colour set is to be used. -# This can be useful if your screen uses black characters on a white -# background (for example, a PC instead of a server). +# Set the following option to '1' if the second colour set is to be used. This +# can be useful if your screen uses black characters on a white background +# (for example, a PC instead of a server). A value of '0' will cause the default +# colour set to be used. +# +# The default value is '0'. # -COLOR_SET2=0 +#COLOR_SET2=0 # -# Set the following option to 0 if rkhunter should not detect if X is -# being used. If X is detected as being used, then the second colour -# set will automatically be used. +# Set the following option to '0' if rkhunter should not detect if X is being +# used. If X is detected as being used, then the second colour set will +# automatically be used. If set to '1', then the use of X will be detected. +# +# The default value is '0'. # AUTO_X_DETECT=1 # -# Set the following option to 1 if it is wanted that any 'Whitelisted' -# results are shown in white rather than green. For colour set 2 users, -# setting this option will cause the result to be shown in black. +# Set the following option to '1' if it is wanted that any 'Whitelisted' results +# are shown in white rather than green. For colour set 2 users, setting this +# option will cause the result to be shown in black. Setting the option to '0' +# causes whitelisted results to be displayed in green. +# +# The default value is '0'. # WHITELISTED_IS_WHITE=0 # # The following option is checked against the SSH configuration file -# 'PermitRootLogin' option. A warning will be displayed if they do not -# match. However, if a value has not been set in the SSH configuration -# file, then a value here of 'unset' can be used to avoid warning messages. -# This option has a default value of 'no'. +# 'PermitRootLogin' option. A warning will be displayed if they do not match. +# However, if a value has not been set in the SSH configuration file, then a +# value here of 'unset' can be used to avoid warning messages. +# +# The default value is 'no'. # ALLOW_SSH_ROOT_USER=yes @@ -225,96 +315,100 @@ ALLOW_SSH_ROOT_USER=yes # to use the SSH-1 protocol (for instance for AFS token passing or Kerberos4 # authentication). If the 'Protocol' option has not been set in the SSH # configuration file, then a value of '2' may be set here in order to -# suppress a warning message. This option has a default value of '0'. +# suppress a warning message. A value of '0' indicates that the use of +# SSH-1 is not allowed. +# +# The default value is '0'. # -ALLOW_SSH_PROT_V1=0 +#ALLOW_SSH_PROT_V1=0 # # This setting tells rkhunter the directory containing the SSH configuration # file. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so should not # usually need to be set. # +# This option has no default value. +# #SSH_CONFIG_DIR=/etc/ssh # -# These two options determine which tests are to be performed. -# The ENABLE_TESTS option can use the word 'all' to refer to all the -# available tests. The DISABLE_TESTS option can use the word 'none' to -# mean that no tests are disabled. The list of disabled tests is applied to -# the list of enabled tests. Both options are space-separated lists of test -# names. The currently available test names can be seen by using the command -# 'rkhunter --list tests'. +# These two options determine which tests are to be performed. The ENABLE_TESTS +# option can use the word 'ALL' to refer to all of the available tests. The +# DISABLE_TESTS option can use the word 'NONE' to mean that no tests are +# disabled. The list of disabled tests is applied to the list of enabled tests. # -# The program defaults are to enable all tests and disable none. However, if -# either of the options below are specified, then they will override the -# program defaults. +# Both options are space-separated lists of test names, and both options may +# be specified more than once. The currently available test names can be seen +# by using the command 'rkhunter --list tests'. # # The supplied configuration file has some tests already disabled, and these -# are tests that will be used only occasionally, can be considered -# "advanced" or that are prone to produce more than the average number of -# false-positives. +# are tests that will be used only occasionally, can be considered 'advanced' +# or that are prone to produce more than the average number of false-positives. # # Please read the README file for more details about enabling and disabling # tests, the test names, and how rkhunter behaves when these options are used. # -ENABLE_TESTS="all" -DISABLE_TESTS="suspscan hidden_ports hidden_procs deleted_files packet_cap_apps" - +# The default values are to enable all tests and to disable none. However, if +# either of the options below are specified, then they will override the +# program defaults. # -# The HASH_FUNC option can be used to specify the command to use -# for the file hash value check. It can be specified as just the -# command name or the full pathname. If just the command name is -# given, and it is one of MD5, SHA1, SHA224, SHA256, SHA384 or -# SHA512, then rkhunter will first look for the relevant command, -# such as 'sha256sum', and then for 'sha256'. If neither of these -# are found, it will then look to see if a perl module has been -# installed which will support the relevant hash function. To see -# which perl modules have been installed use the command -# 'rkhunter --list perl'. +ENABLE_TESTS=ALL +DISABLE_TESTS=suspscan hidden_ports hidden_procs deleted_files packet_cap_apps + # -# The default is SHA1, or MD5 if SHA1 cannot be found. +# The HASH_CMD option can be used to specify the command to use for the file +# properties hash value check. It can be specified as just the command name or +# the full pathname. If just the command name is given, and it is one of MD5, +# SHA1, SHA224, SHA256, SHA384 or SHA512, then rkhunter will first look for the +# relevant command, such as 'sha256sum', and then for 'sha256'. If neither of +# these are found, it will then look to see if a perl module has been installed +# which will support the relevant hash function. To see which perl modules have +# been installed use the command 'rkhunter --list perl'. # -# Systems using prelinking are restricted to using either the -# SHA1 or MD5 function. +# Systems using prelinking are restricted to using either the SHA1 or MD5 +# function. # -# A value of 'NONE' (in uppercase) can be specified to indicate that -# no hash function should be used. Rootkit Hunter will detect this and -# automatically disable the file hash checks. +# A value of 'NONE' (in uppercase) can be specified to indicate that no hash +# function should be used. Rkhunter will detect this, and automatically disable +# the file properties hash check test. # # Examples: -# For Solaris 9 : HASH_FUNC=gmd5sum -# For Solaris 10: HASH_FUNC=sha1sum -# For AIX (>5.2): HASH_FUNC="csum -hMD5" -# For NetBSD : HASH_FUNC="cksum -a sha512" +# For Solaris 9 : HASH_CMD=gmd5sum +# For Solaris 10: HASH_CMD=sha1sum +# For AIX (>5.2): HASH_CMD="csum -hMD5" +# For NetBSD : HASH_CMD="cksum -a sha512" +# +# NOTE: Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run. # -# NOTE: If the hash function is changed then you MUST run rkhunter with -# the '--propupd' option to rebuild the file properties database. +# The default value is the SHA1 function, or MD5 if SHA1 cannot be found. # -#HASH_FUNC=sha1sum +# Also see the HASH_FLD_IDX option. +# +#HASH_CMD=sha1sum # -# The HASH_FLD_IDX option specifies which field from the HASH_FUNC -# command output contains the hash value. The fields are assumed to -# be space-separated. The default value is 1, but for *BSD users -# rkhunter will, by default, use a value of 4 if the HASH_FUNC option -# has not been set. The option value must be an integer greater -# than zero. +# The HASH_FLD_IDX option specifies which field from the HASH_CMD command +# output contains the hash value. The fields are assumed to be space-separated. +# +# The option value must be an integer greater than zero. +# +# The default value is '1', but for *BSD users rkhunter will, by default, use a +# value of '4' if the HASH_CMD option has not been set. # #HASH_FLD_IDX=4 # -# The PKGMGR option tells rkhunter to use the specified package manager -# to obtain the file property information. This is used when updating -# the file properties file ('rkhunter.dat'), and when running the file -# properties check. For RedHat/RPM-based systems, 'RPM' can be used to -# get information from the RPM database. For Debian-based systems 'DPKG' -# can be used, for *BSD systems 'BSD' can be used, and for Solaris -# systems 'SOLARIS' can be used. No value, or a value of 'NONE', -# indicates that no package manager is to be used. The default is 'NONE'. +# The PKGMGR option tells rkhunter to use the specified package manager to +# obtain the file property information. This is used when updating the file +# properties file ('rkhunter.dat'), and when running the file properties check. +# For RedHat/RPM-based systems, 'RPM' can be used to get information from the +# RPM database. For Debian-based systems 'DPKG' can be used, for *BSD systems +# 'BSD' can be used, and for Solaris systems 'SOLARIS' can be used. No value, +# or a value of 'NONE', indicates that no package manager is to be used. # -# The current package managers, except 'SOLARIS', store the file hash -# values using an MD5 hash function. The Solaris package manager includes -# a checksum value, but this is not used by default (see USE_SUNSUM below). +# The current package managers, except 'SOLARIS', store the file hash values +# using an MD5 hash function. The Solaris package manager includes a checksum +# value, but this is not used by default (see USE_SUNSUM below). # # The 'DPKG' and 'BSD' package managers only provide MD5 hash values. # The 'RPM' package manager additionally provides values for the inode, @@ -322,284 +416,300 @@ DISABLE_TESTS="suspscan hidden_ports hidden_procs deleted_files packet_cap_apps" # most of the values, similar to 'RPM', but not the inode number. # # For any file not part of a package, rkhunter will revert to using the -# HASH_FUNC hash function instead. +# HASH_CMD hash function instead. +# +# NOTE: Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run. +# +# The default value is 'NONE'. # -# Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run. +# Also see the PKGMGR_NO_VRFY and USE_SUNSUM options. # #PKGMGR=NONE # -# It is possible that a file which is part of a package may be modified -# by the administrator. Typically this occurs for configuration files. -# However, the package manager may list the file as being modified. For -# the RPM package manager this may well depend on how the package was -# built. This option specifies those pathnames which are to be exempt -# from the package manager verification process, and which will be treated -# as non-packaged files. As such, the file properties are still checked. +# It is possible that a file, which is part of a package, may have been +# modified by the administrator. Typically this occurs for configuration +# files. However, the package manager may list the file as being modified. +# For the RPM package manager this may well depend on how the package was +# built. This option specifies a pathname which is to be exempt from the +# package manager verification process, and which will be treated +# as a non-packaged file. As such, the file properties are still checked. # # This option only takes effect if the PKGMGR option has been set, and # is not 'NONE'. # -# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may -# be specified more than once. +# This option may be specified more than once. # -# Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run. +# NOTE: Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run. +# +# The default value is the null string. # #PKGMGR_NO_VRFY="" # -# This option can be used to tell rkhunter to ignore any prelink -# dependency errors for the given commands. However, a warning will also -# be issued if the error does not occur for a given command. As such -# this option must only be used on commands which experience a persistent -# problem. +# If the 'SOLARIS' package manager is used, then it is possible to use the +# checksum (hash) value stored for a file. However, this is only a 16-bit +# checksum, and as such is not nearly as secure as, for example, a SHA-2 value. +# If the option is set to '0', then the checksum is not used and the hash +# function given by HASH_CMD is used instead. To enable this option, set its +# value to '1'. The Solaris 'sum' command must be present on the system if this +# option is used. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#USE_SUNSUM=0 + +# +# This option can be used to tell rkhunter to ignore any prelink dependency +# errors for the given commands. However, a warning will also be issued if the +# error does not occur for a given command. As such this option must only be +# used on commands which experience a persistent problem. # # Short-term prelink dependency errors can usually be resolved simply by # running the 'prelink' command on the given pathname. # -# NOTE: The command 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run whenever this option -# is changed. -# # This is a space-separated list of command pathnames. The option can be # specified more than once. # -#IGNORE_PRELINK_DEP_ERR="/bin/ps /usr/bin/top" - +# NOTE: Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run. # -# If the 'SOLARIS' package manager is used, then it is possible to use -# the checksum (hash) value stored for a file. However, this is only a -# 16-bit checksum, and as such is not nearly as secure as, for example, -# a SHA-2 value. For that reason, the checksum is not used by default, -# and the hash function given by HASH_FUNC is used instead. To enable -# this option, set its value to 1. The Solaris 'sum' command must be -# present on the system if this option is used. +# The default value is the null string. # -#USE_SUNSUM=0 +#IGNORE_PRELINK_DEP_ERR=/bin/ps /usr/bin/top # -# This option is a space-separated list of commands, directories and file -# pathnames which will be included in the file properties checks. -# This option can be specified more than once. +# These options specify a command, directory or file pathname which will be +# included or excluded in the file properties checks. +# +# For the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS option, simple command names - for example, +# 'top' - and directory names are added to the internal list of directories to +# be searched for each of the command names in the command list. Additionally, +# full pathnames to files, which need not be commands, may be given. Any files +# or directories which are already part of the internal lists will be silently +# ignored from the configuration. +# +# For the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS option, wildcards are allowed, except for +# simple command names. +# For example, 'top*' cannot be given, but '/usr/bin/top*' is allowed. +# +# Specific files may be excluded by using the EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS +# option. Wildcards may be used with this option. +# +# By combining these two options, and using wildcards, whole directories can be +# excluded. For example: # -# Whenever this option is changed, 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run. +# USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/* +# USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/*/* +# EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/rc?.d/* # -# Simple command names - for example, 'top' - and directory names are -# added to the internal list of directories to be searched for each of -# the command names in the command list. Additionally, full pathnames -# to files, which need not be commands, may be given. Any files or -# directories which are already part of the internal lists will be +# This will look for files in the first two directory levels of '/etc'. However, +# anything in '/etc/rc0.d', '/etc/rc1.d', '/etc/rc2.d' and so on, will be +# excluded. +# +# NOTE: Only files and directories which have been added by the user, and are +# not part of the internal lists, can be excluded. So, for example, it is not +# possible to exclude the 'ps' command by using '/bin/ps'. These will be # silently ignored from the configuration. # -# Normal globbing wildcards are allowed, except for simple command names. -# For example, 'top*' cannot be given, but '/usr/bin/top*' is allowed. +# Both options can be specified more than once. +# +# NOTE: Whenever these options are changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run. +# +# The default value for both options is the null string. +# +#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=top +#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/usr/local/sbin +#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/rkhunter.conf +#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/rkhunter.conf.local +#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/var/lib/rkhunter/db/* +#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/var/lib/rkhunter/db/i18n/* +#EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/opt/ps* +#EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/var/lib/rkhunter/db/mirrors.dat +#EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/var/lib/rkhunter/db/rkhunter* + +# +# This option whitelists files and directories from existing, or not existing, +# on the system at the time of testing. This option is used when the +# configuration file options themselves are checked, and during the file +# properties check, the hidden files and directories checks, and the filesystem +# check of the '/dev' directory. +# +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcards. +# Be aware though that this is probably not what you want to do as the +# wildcarding will be expanded after files have been deleted. As such +# deleted files won't be whitelisted if wildcarded. # -# Specific files may be excluded by preceding their name with an -# exclamation mark (!). For example, '!/opt/top'. By combining this -# with wildcarding, whole directories can be excluded. For example, -# '/etc/* /etc/*/* !/etc/rc?.d/*'. This will look for files in the first -# two directory levels of '/etc'. However, anything in '/etc/rc0.d', -# '/etc/rc1.d', '/etc/rc2.d' and so on, will be excluded. -# -# NOTE: Only files and directories which have been added by the user, -# and are not part of the internal lists, can be excluded. So, for -# example, it is not possible to exclude the 'ps' command by using -# '!/bin/ps'. These will be silently ignored from the configuration. -# -#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="top /usr/local/sbin !/opt/ps*" -#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="/etc/rkhunter.conf" -#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="/etc/rkhunter.conf.local" -#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="/var/lib/rkhunter/db/*" -#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="!/var/lib/rkhunter/db/mirrors.dat" -#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="!/var/lib/rkhunter/db/rkhunter*" -#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS="/var/lib/rkhunter/db/i18n/*" - -# -# This option whitelists files and directories from existing, -# or not existing, on the system at the time of testing. This -# option is used when the configuration file options themselves -# are checked, and during the file properties check, the hidden -# files and directories checks, and the filesystem check of the -# '/dev' directory. -# -# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may be -# specified more than once. The option may use wildcard characters, -# but be aware that this is probably not what you want to do as the -# wildcarding will be expanded after files have been deleted. As -# such deleted files won't be whitelisted if wildcarded. -# -# NOTE: The user must take into consideration how often the file will -# appear and disappear from the system in relation to how often -# rkhunter is run. If the file appears, and disappears, too often -# then rkhunter may not notice this. All it will see is that the file -# has changed. The inode-number and DTM will certainly be different -# for each new file, and rkhunter will report this. +# NOTE: The user must take into consideration how often the file will appear +# and disappear from the system in relation to how often rkhunter is run. If +# the file appears, and disappears, too often then rkhunter may not notice +# this. All it will see is that the file has changed. The inode-number and DTM +# will certainly be different for each new file, and rkhunter will report this. +# +# The default value is the null string. # #EXISTWHITELIST="" # -# Whitelist various attributes of the specified files. -# The attributes are those of the 'attributes' test. -# Specifying a file name here does not include it being -# whitelisted for the write permission test (see below). +# Whitelist various attributes of the specified file. The attributes are those +# of the 'attributes' test. Specifying a file name here does not include it +# being whitelisted for the write permission test (see below). +# +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. # -# This is a space-separated list of filenames. The option may -# be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard -# characters. +# The default value is the null string. # -#ATTRWHITELIST="/bin/ps /usr/bin/date" +#ATTRWHITELIST=/usr/bin/date # -# Allow the specified commands to have the 'others' -# (world) permission have the write-bit set. +# Allow the specified file to have the 'others' (world) permission have the +# write-bit set. For example, files with permissions r-xr-xrwx or rwxrwxrwx. # -# For example, files with permissions r-xr-xrwx -# or rwxrwxrwx. +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. # -# This is a space-separated list of filenames. The option may -# be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard -# characters. +# The default value is the null string. # -#WRITEWHITELIST="/bin/ps /usr/bin/date" +#WRITEWHITELIST=/usr/bin/date # -# Allow the specified commands to be scripts. +# Allow the specified file to be a script. +# +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. # -# This is a space-separated list of filenames. The option may -# be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard -# characters. +# The default value is the null string. # -#SCRIPTWHITELIST="/sbin/ifup /sbin/ifdown" -#SCRIPTWHITELIST="/usr/bin/groups" +#SCRIPTWHITELIST=/usr/bin/groups # -# Allow the specified commands to have the immutable attribute set. +# Allow the specified file to have the immutable attribute set. # -# This is a space-separated list of filenames. The option may -# be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard -# characters. +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. # -#IMMUTWHITELIST="/sbin/ifup /sbin/ifdown" +# The default value is the null string. +# +#IMMUTWHITELIST=/sbin/ifdown # -# If this option is set to 1, then the immutable-bit test is -# reversed. That is, the files are expected to have the bit set. +# If this option is set to '1', then the immutable-bit test is reversed. That +# is, the files are expected to have the bit set. A value of '0' means that the +# immutable-bit should not be set. +# +# The default value is '0'. # IMMUTABLE_SET=0 # -# Allow the specified hidden directories to be whitelisted. +# Allow the specified hidden directory to be whitelisted. +# +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. # -# This is a space-separated list of directory pathnames. -# The option may be specified more than once. The option -# may use wildcard characters. +# The default value is the null string. # -#ALLOWHIDDENDIR="/etc/.java" -#ALLOWHIDDENDIR="/dev/.udev /dev/.udevdb /dev/.udev.tdb" -#ALLOWHIDDENDIR="/dev/.static" -#ALLOWHIDDENDIR="/dev/.initramfs" -#ALLOWHIDDENDIR="/dev/.SRC-unix" -#ALLOWHIDDENDIR="/dev/.mdadm" +#ALLOWHIDDENDIR=/etc/.java +#ALLOWHIDDENDIR=/dev/.udev +#ALLOWHIDDENDIR=/dev/.udevdb +#ALLOWHIDDENDIR=/dev/.mdadm # -# Allow the specified hidden files to be whitelisted. +# Allow the specified hidden file to be whitelisted. # -# This is a space-separated list of filenames. The option may -# be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard -# characters. +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. +# +# The default value is the null string. # -#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/etc/.java" -#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/share/man/man1/..1.gz" -#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/etc/.pwd.lock" -#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/etc/.init.state" -#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/lib/.libcrypto.so.0.9.8e.hmac /lib/.libcrypto.so.6.hmac" -#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/lib/.libssl.so.0.9.8e.hmac /lib/.libssl.so.6.hmac" -#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/bin/.fipscheck.hmac" -#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/bin/.ssh.hmac" -#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/.libfipscheck.so.1.1.0.hmac" -#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/.libfipscheck.so.1.hmac" -#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/.libgcrypt.so.11.hmac" -#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha1hmac.hmac" -#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha256hmac.hmac" -#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha384hmac.hmac" -#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha512hmac.hmac" -#ALLOWHIDDENFILE="/usr/sbin/.sshd.hmac" +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/share/man/man1/..1.gz +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/bin/.fipscheck.hmac +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/bin/.ssh.hmac +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/lib/.libfipscheck.so.1.1.0.hmac +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha1hmac.hmac +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha256hmac.hmac +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/sbin/.sshd.hmac # -# Allow the specified processes to use deleted files. The -# process name may be followed by a colon-separated list of -# full pathnames. The process will then only be whitelisted -# if it is using one of the given files. For example: +# Allow the specified process to use deleted files. The process name may be +# followed by a colon-separated list of full pathnames. The process will then +# only be whitelisted if it is using one of the given files. For example: +# +# ALLOWPROCDELFILE=/usr/libexec/gconfd-2:/tmp/abc:/var/tmp/xyz # -# ALLOWPROCDELFILE="/usr/libexec/gconfd-2:/tmp/abc:/var/tmp/xyz" +# This option may be specified more than once. It may also use wildcards, but +# only in the file names. # -# This is a space-separated list of process names. The option -# may be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard -# characters, but only in the file names. +# The default value is the null string. # -#ALLOWPROCDELFILE="/sbin/cardmgr /usr/sbin/gpm:/etc/X11/abc" -#ALLOWPROCDELFILE="/usr/libexec/gconfd-2" -#ALLOWPROCDELFILE="/usr/sbin/mysqld:/tmp/ib*" +#ALLOWPROCDELFILE=/sbin/cardmgr +#ALLOWPROCDELFILE=/usr/sbin/mysqld:/tmp/ib* # -# Allow the specified processes to listen on any network interface. +# Allow the specified process to listen on any network interface. +# +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. # -# This is a space-separated list of process names. The option -# may be specified more than once. +# The default value is the null string. # -#ALLOWPROCLISTEN="/sbin/dhclient /usr/bin/dhcpcd" -#ALLOWPROCLISTEN="/usr/sbin/pppoe /usr/sbin/tcpdump" -#ALLOWPROCLISTEN="/usr/sbin/snort-plain" -#ALLOWPROCLISTEN="/usr/local/bin/wpa_supplicant" +#ALLOWPROCLISTEN=/sbin/dhclient +#ALLOWPROCLISTEN=/usr/bin/dhcpcd +#ALLOWPROCLISTEN=/usr/sbin/tcpdump +#ALLOWPROCLISTEN=/usr/sbin/snort-plain # # Allow the specified network interfaces to be in promiscuous mode. # -# This is a space-separated list of interface names. The option may -# be specified more than once. +# This is a space-separated list of interface names. The option may be +# specified more than once. +# +# The default value is the null string. # -#ALLOWPROMISCIF="eth0" +#ALLOWPROMISCIF=eth0 # -# SCAN_MODE_DEV governs how we scan '/dev' for suspicious files. -# The two allowed options are: THOROUGH or LAZY. -# If commented out we do a THOROUGH scan which will increase the runtime. -# Even though this adds to the running time it is highly recommended to -# leave it like this. +# This option specifies how rkhunter should scan the '/dev' directory for +# suspicious files. The only allowed values are 'THOROUGH' and 'LAZY'. +# +# A THOROUGH scan will increase the overall runtime of rkhunter. Despite this, +# it is highly recommended that this value is used. +# +# The default value is 'THOROUGH'. +# +# Also see the ALLOWDEVFILE option. # #SCAN_MODE_DEV=THOROUGH # -# The PHALANX2_DIRTEST option is used to indicate if the Phalanx2 test is to -# perform a basic check, or a more thorough check. If the option is set to 0, -# then a basic check is performed. If it is set to 1, then all the directries -# in the /etc and /usr directories are scanned. The default value is 0. Users -# should note that setting this option to 1 will cause the test to take longer -# to complete. +# Allow the specified file to be present in the '/dev' directory, and not +# regarded as suspicious. # -PHALANX2_DIRTEST=0 +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#ALLOWDEVFILE=/dev/shm/pulse-shm-* +#ALLOWDEVFILE=/dev/shm/sem.ADBE_* # -# Allow the specified files to be present in the /dev directory, -# and not regarded as suspicious. +# This option is used to indicate if the Phalanx2 test is to perform a basic +# check, or a more thorough check. If the option is set to '0', then a basic +# check is performed. If it is set to '1', then all the directories in the +# '/etc' and '/usr' directories are scanned. +# +# NOTE: Setting this option to '1' will cause the test to take longer +# to complete. # -# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may -# be specified more than once. The option may use wildcard -# characters. +# The default value is '0'. # -#ALLOWDEVFILE="/dev/shm/pulse-shm-*" -#ALLOWDEVFILE="/dev/shm/sem.ADBE_*" +PHALANX2_DIRTEST=0 # -# This setting tells rkhunter where the inetd configuration -# file is located. +# This option tells rkhunter where the inetd configuration file is located. +# +# The default value is the null string. # #INETD_CONF_PATH=/etc/inetd.conf # -# Allow the following enabled inetd services. +# This option allows the specified enabled inetd services. # -# This is a space-separated list of service names. The option may -# be specified more than once. +# This is a space-separated list of service names. The option may be specified +# more than once. # # For non-Solaris users the simple service name should be used. # For example: @@ -611,7 +721,7 @@ PHALANX2_DIRTEST=0 # For example: # # INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=imaps -# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC="/usr/sbin/rpc.metad /usr/sbin/rpc.metamhd" +# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/usr/sbin/rpc.metad /usr/sbin/rpc.metamhd # # For Solaris 10 users the service/FMRI name should be used. For example: # @@ -620,207 +730,280 @@ PHALANX2_DIRTEST=0 # INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/application/font/stfsloader # INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/network/rpc-100235_1/rpc_ticotsord # +# The default value is the null string. +# #INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=echo # -# This setting tells rkhunter where the xinetd configuration -# file is located. +# This option tells rkhunter where the xinetd configuration file is located. +# +# The default value is the null string. # #XINETD_CONF_PATH=/etc/xinetd.conf # -# Allow the following enabled xinetd services. Whilst it would be -# nice to use the service names themselves, at the time of testing -# we only have the pathname available. As such, these entries are -# the xinetd file pathnames. +# This option allows the specified enabled xinetd services. Whilst it would be +# nice to use the service names themselves, at the time of testing we only have +# the pathname available. As such, these entries are the xinetd file pathnames. +# +# This is a space-separated list of service names. The option may be specified +# more than once. # -# This is a space-separated list of service names. The option may -# be specified more than once. +# The default value is the null string. # #XINETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/etc/xinetd.d/echo # -# This option tells rkhunter the local system startup file pathnames. -# The directories will be searched for files. By default rkhunter -# will use certain filenames and directories. If the option is set -# to 'none', then certain tests will be skipped. +# This option tells rkhunter the local system startup file pathnames. The +# directories will be searched for files. By default rkhunter will try and +# determine were the startup files are located. If the option is set to 'NONE', +# then certain tests will be skipped. # -# This is a space-separated list of file and directory pathnames. -# The option may be specified more than once. The option may use -# wildcard characters. +# This is a space-separated list of file and directory pathnames. The option +# may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. # -#STARTUP_PATHS="/etc/rc.d /etc/rc.local" +# This option has no default value. +# +#STARTUP_PATHS=/etc/rc.d /etc/rc.local # -# This setting tells rkhunter the pathname to the file containing the -# user account passwords. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, -# and so should not usually need to be set. Users of TCB shadow files -# should not set this option. +# This option tells rkhunter the pathname to the file containing the user +# account passwords. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so +# should not usually need to be set. Users of TCB shadow files should not +# set this option. +# +# This option has no default value. # #PASSWORD_FILE=/etc/shadow # -# Allow the following accounts to be root equivalent. These accounts -# will have a UID value of zero. The 'root' account does not need to -# be listed as it is automatically whitelisted. +# This option allows the specified accounts to be root equivalent. These +# accounts will have a UID value of zero. The 'root' account does not need +# to be listed as it is automatically whitelisted. +# +# This is a space-separated list of account names. The option may be specified +# more than once. # -# This is a space-separated list of account names. The option may -# be specified more than once. +# NOTE: For *BSD systems you will probably need to use this option for the +# 'toor' account. # -# NOTE: For *BSD systems you will probably need to use this option -# for the 'toor' account. +# The default value is the null string. # -#UID0_ACCOUNTS="toor rooty" +#UID0_ACCOUNTS=toor rooty # -# Allow the following accounts to have no password. NIS/YP entries do -# not need to be listed as they are automatically whitelisted. +# This option allows the specified accounts to have no password. NIS/YP entries +# do not need to be listed as they are automatically whitelisted. # -# This is a space-separated list of account names. The option may -# be specified more than once. +# This is a space-separated list of account names. The option may be specified +# more than once. # -#PWDLESS_ACCOUNTS="abc" +# The default value is the null string. +# +#PWDLESS_ACCOUNTS=abc # -# This setting tells rkhunter the pathname to the syslog configuration -# file. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so should not -# usually need to be set. A value of 'NONE' can be used to indicate -# that there is no configuration file, but that the syslog daemon process -# may be running. +# This option tells rkhunter the pathname to the syslog configuration file. +# This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so should not usually need +# to be set. A value of 'NONE' can be used to indicate that there is no +# configuration file, but that the syslog daemon process may be running. +# +# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may be specified +# more than once. # -# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may -# be specified more than once. +# This option has no default value. # #SYSLOG_CONFIG_FILE=/etc/syslog.conf # -# This option permits the use of syslog remote logging. +# If this option is set to '1', then the use of syslog remote logging is +# permitted. A value of '0' disallows the use of remote logging. +# +# The default value is '0'. # ALLOW_SYSLOG_REMOTE_LOGGING=0 # -# Allow the following applications, or a specific version of an application, -# to be whitelisted. This option may be specified more than once, and is a -# space-separated list consisting of the application names. If a specific -# version is to be whitelisted, then the name must be followed by a colon -# and then the version number. For example: +# This option allows the specified applications, or a specific version of an +# application, to be whitelisted. If a specific version is to be whitelisted, +# then the name must be followed by a colon and then the version number. +# For example: +# +# APP_WHITELIST=openssl:0.9.7d gpg httpd:1.3.29 # -# APP_WHITELIST="openssl:0.9.7d gpg httpd:1.3.29" +# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may be specified +# more than once. # -# Note above that for the Apache web server, the name 'httpd' is used. +# The default value is the null string. # #APP_WHITELIST="" # -# Scan for suspicious files in directories containing temporary files and -# directories posing a relatively higher risk due to user write access. -# Please do not enable by default as suspscan is CPU and I/O intensive and prone to -# producing false positives. Do review all settings before usage. -# Also be aware that running suspscan in combination with verbose logging on, -# RKH's default, will show all ignored files. -# Please consider adding all directories the user the (web)server runs as has -# write access to including the document root (example: "/var/www") and log -# directories (example: "/var/log/httpd"). -# -# This is a space-separated list of directory pathnames. -# The option may be specified more than once. +# Set this option to scan for suspicious files in directories which pose a +# relatively higher risk due to user write access. +# +# Please do not enable the 'suspscan' test by default as it is CPU and I/O +# intensive, and prone to producing false positives. Do review all settings +# before usage. Also be aware that running 'suspscan' in combination with +# verbose logging on, rkhunter's default, will show all ignored files. +# +# Please consider adding all directories the user the (web)server runs as, +# and has write access to, including the document root (e.g: '/var/www') and +# log directories (e.g: '/var/log/httpd'). +# +# This is a space-separated list of directory pathnames. The option may be +# specified more than once. +# +# The default value is the '/tmp' and '/var/tmp' directories. # -#SUSPSCAN_DIRS="/tmp /var/tmp" +#SUSPSCAN_DIRS=/tmp /var/tmp # -# Directory for temporary files. A memory-based one is better (faster). -# Do not use a directory name that is listed in SUSPSCAN_DIRS. -# Please make sure you have a tempfs mounted and the directory exists. +# This option specifies the directory for temporary files used by the +# 'suspscan' test. A memory-based directory, such as a tempfs filesystem, is +# better (faster). Do not use a directory name that is listed in SUSPSCAN_DIRS +# as that is highly likely to cause false-positive results. +# +# The default value is '/dev/shm'. # SUSPSCAN_TEMP=/dev/shm # -# Maximum filesize in bytes. Files larger than this will not be inspected. -# Do make sure you have enough space left in your temporary files directory. +# This option specifies the 'suspscan' test maximum filesize in bytes. Files +# larger than this will not be inspected. Do make sure you have enough space +# available in your temporary files directory. +# +# The default value is '1024000'. # SUSPSCAN_MAXSIZE=10240000 # -# Score threshold. Below this value no hits will be reported. -# A value of "200" seems "good" after testing on malware. Please adjust -# locally if necessary. +# This option specifies the 'suspscan' test score threshold. Below this value +# no hits will be reported. +# +# The default value is '200'. # SUSPSCAN_THRESH=200 # -# The following option can be used to whitelist network ports which -# are known to have been used by malware. This option may be specified -# more than once. The option is a space-separated list of one or more -# of four types of whitelisting. These are: +# The following options can be used to whitelist network ports which are known +# to have been used by malware. # -# 1) a 'protocol:port' pair (e.g. TCP:25) -# 2) a pathname to an executable (e.g. /usr/sbin/squid) -# 3) a combined pathname, protocol and port -# (e.g. /usr/sbin/squid:TCP:3801) -# 4) an asterisk ('*') +# The PORT_WHITELIST option is a space-separated list of one or more of two +# types of whitelisting. These are: # -# Only the UDP or TCP protocol may be specified, and the port number -# must be between 1 and 65535 inclusive. +# 1) a 'protocol:port' pair +# 2) an asterisk ('*') # -# The asterisk can be used to indicate that any executable which rkhunter -# can locate as a command, is whitelisted. (See BINDIR in this file.) +# Only the UDP or TCP protocol may be specified, and the port number must be +# between 1 and 65535 inclusive. # -# For example: +# The asterisk can be used to indicate that any executable which rkhunter can +# locate as a command, is whitelisted. (Also see BINDIR) +# +# The PORT_PATH_WHITELIST option specifies one of two types of whitelisting. +# These are: # -# PORT_WHITELIST="/home/user1/abc /opt/xyz TCP:2001 UDP:32011" +# 1) a pathname to an executable +# 2) a combined pathname, protocol and port # -# NOTE: In order to whitelist a pathname, or use the asterisk option, -# the 'lsof' command must be present. +# As above, the protocol can only be TCP or UDP, and the port number must be +# between 1 and 65535 inclusive. +# +# Examples: +# +# PORT_WHITELIST=TCP:2001 UDP:32011 +# PORT_PATH_WHITELIST=/usr/sbin/squid +# PORT_PATH_WHITELIST=/usr/sbin/squid:TCP:3801 +# +# NOTE: In order to whitelist a pathname, or use the asterisk option, the +# 'lsof' command must be present. +# +# Both options may be specified more than once. +# +# The default value for both options is the null string. # #PORT_WHITELIST="" +#PORT_PATH_WHITELIST="" + +# +# The following option can be used to tell rkhunter where the operating system +# 'release' file is located. This file contains information specifying the +# current O/S version. RKH will store this information, and check to see if it +# has changed between each run. If it has changed, then the user is warned that +# RKH may issue warning messages until RKH has been run with the '--propupd' +# option. +# +# Since the contents of the file vary according to the O/S distribution, RKH +# will perform different actions when it detects the file itself. As such, this +# option should not be set unless necessary. If this option is specified, then +# RKH will assume the O/S release information is on the first non-blank line of +# the file. +# +# This option has no default value. +# +# Also see the WARN_ON_OS_CHANGE and UPDT_ON_OS_CHANGE options. +# +#OS_VERSION_FILE=/etc/release # -# The following option can be used to tell rkhunter where the operating -# system 'release' file is located. This file contains information -# specifying the current O/S version. RKH will store this information -# itself, and check to see if it has changed between each run. If it has -# changed, then the user is warned that RKH may issue warning messages -# until RKH has been run with the '--propupd' option. +# Set the following option to '0' if you do not want to receive a warning if any +# O/S information has changed since the last run of 'rkhunter --propupd'. The +# warnings occur during the file properties check. Setting a value of '1' will +# cause rkhunter to issue a warning if something has changed. # -# Since the contents of the file vary according to the O/S distribution, -# RKH will perform different actions when it detects the file itself. As -# such, this option should not be set unless necessary. If this option is -# specified, then RKH will assume the O/S release information is on the -# first non-blank line of the file. +# The default value is '1'. # -#OS_VERSION_FILE="/etc/release" +#WARN_ON_OS_CHANGE=1 # -# The following two options can be used to whitelist files and directories -# that would normally be flagged with a warning during the various rootkit -# and malware checks. If the file or directory name contains a space, then -# the percent character ('%') must be used instead. Only existing files and -# directories can be specified, and these must be full pathnames not links. +# Set the following option to '1' if you want rkhunter to automatically run a +# file properties update ('--propupd') if the O/S has changed. Detection of an +# O/S change occurs during the file properties check. Setting a value of '0' +# will cause rkhunter not to do an automatic update. +# +# WARNING: Only set this option if you are sure that the update will work +# correctly. That is, that the database directory is writeable, that a valid +# hash function is available, and so on. This can usually be checked simply by +# running 'rkhunter --propupd' at least once. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#UPDT_ON_OS_CHANGE=0 + +# +# The following two options can be used to whitelist files and directories that +# would normally be flagged with a warning during the various rootkit and +# malware checks. Only existing files and directories can be specified, and +# these must be full pathnames not links. # # Additionally, the RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST option may include a string after the # file name (separated by a colon). This will then only whitelist that string # in that file (as part of the malware checks). For example: # -# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST="/etc/rc.local:hdparm" +# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local:hdparm # # If the option list includes the filename on its own as well, then the file # will be whitelisted from rootkit checks of the files existence, but still # only the specific string within the file will be whitelisted. For example: # -# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST="/etc/rc.local:hdparm /etc/rc.local" +# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local +# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local:hdparm # # To whitelist a file from the existence checks, but not from the strings -# checks, then include the filename on its own and on its own but with -# just a colon appended. For example: +# checks, then include the filename on its own and on its own but with just +# a colon appended. For example: # -# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST="/etc/rc.local /etc/rc.local:" +# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local +# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local: # # NOTE: It is recommended that if you whitelist any files, then you include # those files in the file properties check. See the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS # configuration option. # -# These are space-separated lists of file and directory pathnames. -# The options may be specified more than once. +# Both of these options may be specified more than once. +# +# For both options the default value is the null string. # #RTKT_DIR_WHITELIST="" #RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST="" @@ -835,18 +1018,22 @@ SUSPSCAN_THRESH=200 # those files in the file properties check. See the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS # configuration option. # -# This is a space-separated list of library pathnames. -# The option may be specified more than once. +# This option is a space-separated list of library pathnames. The option may be +# specified more than once. +# +# The default value is the null string. # -#SHARED_LIB_WHITELIST="/lib/snoopy.so" +#SHARED_LIB_WHITELIST=/lib/snoopy.so # # To force rkhunter to use the supplied script for the 'stat' or 'readlink' -# command, then the following two options can be used. The value must be -# set to 'BUILTIN'. +# command the following two options can be used. The value must be set to +# 'BUILTIN'. # # NOTE: IRIX users will probably need to enable STAT_CMD. # +# For both options the default value is the null string. +# #STAT_CMD=BUILTIN #READLINK_CMD=BUILTIN @@ -856,18 +1043,22 @@ SUSPSCAN_THRESH=200 # failing that the 'perl' command, to display the date and time in a # human-readable format as well. This option may be used if some other command # should be used instead. The given command must understand the '%s' and -# 'seconds ago' options found in the GNU date command. +# 'seconds ago' options found in the GNU 'date' command. # # A value of 'NONE' may be used to request that only the epoch seconds be shown. # A value of 'PERL' may be used to force rkhunter to use the 'perl' command, if # it is present. # +# This option has no default value. +# #EPOCH_DATE_CMD="" # -# This setting tells rkhunter the directory containing the available -# Linux kernel modules. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, -# and so should not usually need to be set. +# This setting tells rkhunter the directory containing the available Linux +# kernel modules. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so should +# not usually need to be set. +# +# This option has no default value. # #MODULES_DIR="" @@ -888,45 +1079,28 @@ SUSPSCAN_THRESH=200 # # WEB_CMD="/opt/bin/dlfile --timeout 5m -q" # -# *BSD users may want to use the 'ftp' command, provided that it supports -# the HTTP protocol: +# *BSD users may want to use the 'ftp' command, provided that it supports the +# HTTP protocol: # # WEB_CMD="ftp -o -" # -#WEB_CMD="" - -# -# Set the following option to 0 if you do not want to receive a warning if -# any O/S information has changed since the last run of 'rkhunter --propupd'. -# The warnings occur during the file properties check. The default is to -# issue a warning if something has changed. -# -#WARN_ON_OS_CHANGE=1 - -# -# Set the following option to 1 if you want rkhunter to automatically run -# a file properties update ('--propupd') if the O/S has changed. Detection -# of an O/S change occurs during the file properties check. The default is -# not to do an automatic update. -# -# WARNING: Only set this option if you are sure that the update will work -# correctly. That is, that the database directory is writeable, that a valid -# hash function is available, and so on. This can usually be checked simply -# by running 'rkhunter --propupd' at least once. +# This option has no default value. # -#UPDT_ON_OS_CHANGE=0 +#WEB_CMD="" # -# Set the following option to 1 if locking is to be used when rkhunter runs. +# Set the following option to '1' if locking is to be used when rkhunter runs. # The lock is set just before logging starts, and is removed when the program # ends. It is used to prevent items such as the log file, and the file # properties file, from becoming corrupted if rkhunter is running more than # once. The mechanism used is to simply create a lock file in the TMPDIR # directory. If the lock file already exists, because rkhunter is already # running, then the current process simply loops around sleeping for 10 seconds -# and then retrying the lock. +# and then retrying the lock. A value of '0' means not to use locking. +# +# The default value is '0'. # -# The default is not to use locking. +# Also see the LOCK_TIMEOUT and SHOW_LOCK_MSGS options. # USE_LOCKING=0 @@ -934,51 +1108,120 @@ USE_LOCKING=0 # If locking is used, then rkhunter may have to wait to get the lock file. # This option sets the total amount of time, in seconds, that rkhunter should # wait. It will retry the lock every 10 seconds, until either it obtains the -# lock or the timeout value has been reached. If no value is set, then a -# default of 300 seconds (5 minutes) is used. +# lock or the timeout value has been reached. +# +# The default value is 300 seconds (5 minutes). # LOCK_TIMEOUT=300 # # If locking is used, then rkhunter may be doing nothing for some time if it -# has to wait for the lock. Some simple messages are echo'd to the users screen -# to let them know that rkhunter is waiting for the lock. Set this option to 0 -# if the messages are not to be displayed. The default is to show them. +# has to wait for the lock. If this option is set to '1', then some simple +# messages are echoed to the users screen to let them know that rkhunter is +# waiting for the lock. Set this option to '0' if the messages are not to be +# displayed. +# +# The default value is '1'. # SHOW_LOCK_MSGS=1 # -# If the option SCANROOTKITMODE is set to "THOROUGH" the scanrootkit() function -# will search (on a per rootkit basis) for filenames in all of the directories (as defined -# by the result of running 'find / -xdev'). While still not optimal, as it -# still searches for only file names as opposed to file contents, this is one step away -# from the rigidity of searching in known (evidence) or default (installation) locations. +# If this option is set to 'THOROUGH' then rkhunter will search (on a per +# rootkit basis) for filenames in all of the directories (as defined by the +# result of running 'find / -xdev'). While still not optimal, as it still +# searches for only file names as opposed to file contents, this is one step +# away from the rigidity of searching in known (evidence) or default +# (installation) locations. # # THIS OPTION SHOULD NOT BE ENABLED BY DEFAULT. # -# You should only activate this feature as part of a more thorough investigation which -# should be based on relevant best practices and procedures. +# You should only activate this feature as part of a more thorough +# investigation, which should be based on relevant best practices and +# procedures. +# +# Enabling this feature implies you have the knowledge to interpret the +# results properly. # -# Enabling this feature implies you have the knowledge to interpret the results properly. +# The default value is the null string. # #SCANROOTKITMODE=THOROUGH # -# The following option can be set to the name(s) of the tests the 'unhide' command is -# to use. In order to maintain compatibility with older versions of 'unhide', this -# option defaults to 'sys'. Options such as '-m' and '-v' may also be specified, but -# will only take effect when they are seen. The test names are a space-separated list, -# and will be executed in the order given. +# The following option can be set to the name(s) of the tests the 'unhide' +# command is to use. Options such as '-m' and '-v' may be specified, but will +# only take effect when they are seen. The test names are a space-separated +# list, and will be executed in the order given. # -#UNHIDE_TESTS="sys" +# This option may be specified more than once. +# +# The default value is 'sys' in order to maintain compatibility with older +# versions of 'unhide'. +# +#UNHIDE_TESTS=sys # -# If both the C 'unhide', and Ruby 'unhide.rb', programs exist on the system, then it -# is possible to disable the execution of one of the programs if desired. By default -# rkhunter will look for both programs, and execute each of them as they are found. -# If the value of this option is 0, then both programs will be executed if they are -# present. A value of 1 will disable execution of the C 'unhide' program, and a value -# of 2 will disable the Ruby 'unhide.rb' program. The default value is 0. To disable -# both programs, then disable the 'hidden_procs' test. +# The following option can be used to set options for the 'unhide-tcp' command. +# The options are space-separated. +# +# This option may be specified more than once. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#UNHIDETCP_OPTS="" + +# +# If both the C 'unhide', and Ruby 'unhide.rb', programs exist on the system, +# then it is possible to disable the execution of one of the programs if +# desired. By default rkhunter will look for both programs, and execute each +# of them as they are found. If the value of this option is '0', then both +# programs will be executed if they are present. A value of '1' will disable +# execution of the C 'unhide' program, and a value of '2' will disable the Ruby +# 'unhide.rb' program. To disable both programs, then disable the +# 'hidden_procs' test. +# +# The default value is '0'. # #DISABLE_UNHIDE=0 + +# +# This option can be set to either '0' or '1'. If set to '1' then the summary, +# shown after rkhunter has run, will display the actual number of warnings +# found. If it is set to '0', then the summary will simply indicate that +# 'One or more' warnings were found. If no warnings were found, and this option +# is set to '1', then a "0" will be shown. If the option is set to '0', then +# the words 'No warnings' will be shown. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#SHOW_SUMMARY_WARNINGS_NUMBER=0 + +# +# This option is used to determine where, if anywhere, the summary scan time is +# displayed. A value of '0' indicates that it should not be displayed anywhere. +# A value of '1' indicates that the time should only appear on the screen, and a +# value of '2' that it should only appear in the log file. A value of '3' +# indicates that the time taken should appear both on the screen and in the log +# file. +# +# The default value is '3'. +# +#SHOW_SUMMARY_TIME=3 + +# +# The two options below may be used to check if a file is missing or empty +# (that is, it has a size of zero). The EMPTY_LOGFILES option will also check +# if the file is missing, since that can be interpreted as a file of no size. +# However, the file will only be reported as missing if the MISSING_LOGFILES +# option hasn't already done this. +# +# Both options are space-separated lists of pathnames, and may be specified +# more than once. +# +# NOTE: Log files are usually 'rotated' by some mechanism. At that time it is +# perfectly possible for the file to be either missing or empty. As such these +# options may produce false-positive warnings when log files are rotated. +# +# For both options the default value is the null string. +# +#EMPTY_LOGFILES="" +#MISSING_LOGFILES="" diff --git a/rkhunter.conf.orig b/rkhunter.conf.orig new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4b924c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/rkhunter.conf.orig @@ -0,0 +1,1225 @@ +# +# This is the main configuration file for Rootkit Hunter. +# +# You can modify this file directly, or you can create a local configuration +# file. The local file must be named 'rkhunter.conf.local', and must reside +# in the same directory as this file. Alternatively you can create a directory, +# named 'rkhunter.d', which also must be in the same directory as this +# configuration file. Within the 'rkhunter.d' directory you can place further +# configuration files. There is no restriction on the file names used, other +# than they must end in '.conf'. +# +# Please modify the configuration file(s) to your own requirements. It is +# recommended that the command 'rkhunter -C' is run after any changes have +# been made. +# +# Please review the documentation before posting bug reports or questions. +# To report bugs, obtain updates, or provide patches or comments, please go +# to: http://rkhunter.sourceforge.net +# +# To ask questions about rkhunter, please use the 'rkhunter-users' mailing list. +# Note that this is a moderated list, so please subscribe before posting. +# +# In the configuration files, lines beginning with a hash (#), and blank lines, +# are ignored. Also, end-of-line comments are not supported. +# +# Any of the configuration options may appear more than once. However, several +# options only take one value, and so the last one seen will be used. Some +# options are allowed to appear more than once, and the text describing the +# option will say if this is so. These configuration options will, in effect, +# have their values concatenated together. To delete a previously specified +# option list, specify the option with no value (that is, a null string). +# +# Some of the options are space-separated lists, others, typically those +# specifying pathnames, are newline-separated lists. These must be entered +# as one item per line. Quotes must not be used to surround the pathname. +# +# For example, to specify two pathnames, '/tmp/abc' and '/tmp/xyz', for an +# option: XXX=/tmp/abc (correct) +# XXX=/tmp/xyz +# +# XXX="/tmp/abc" (incorrect) +# XXX="/tmp/xyz" +# +# XXX=/tmp/abc /tmp/xyz (incorrect) +# or XXX="/tmp/abc /tmp/xyz" (incorrect) +# or XXX="/tmp/abc" "/tmp/xyz" (incorrect) +# +# The last three examples are being configured as space-separated lists, +# which is incorrect, generally, for options specifying pathnames. They +# should be configured with one entry per line as in the first example. +# +# If wildcard characters (globbing) are allowed for an option, then the +# text describing the option will say so. +# +# Space-separated lists may be enclosed by quotes, although they are not +# required. If they are used, then they must only appear at the start and +# end of the list, not in the middle. +# +# For example: XXX=abc def gh (correct) +# XXX="abc def gh" (correct) +# XXX="abc" "def" "gh" (incorrect) +# +# Space-separated lists may also be entered simply as one entry per line. +# +# For example: XXX=abc (correct) +# XXX=def +# XXX="gh" +# +# If a configuration option is never set, then the program will assume a +# default value. The text describing the option will state the default value. +# If there is no default, then rkhunter will calculate a value or pathname +# to use. +# + +INSTALLDIR=/usr + +# +# If this option is set to '1', it specifies that the mirrors file +# ('mirrors.dat'), which is used when the '--update' and '--versioncheck' +# options are used, is to be rotated. Rotating the entries in the file allows +# a basic form of load-balancing between the mirror sites whenever the above +# options are used. +# +# If the option is set to '0', then the mirrors will be treated as if in a +# priority list. That is, the first mirror listed will always be used first. +# The second mirror will only be used if the first mirror fails, the third +# mirror will only be used if the second mirror fails, and so on. +# +# If the mirrors file is read-only, then the '--versioncheck' command-line +# option can only be used if this option is set to '0'. +# +# The default value is '1'. +# +#ROTATE_MIRRORS=1 + +# +# If this option is set to '1', it specifies that when the '--update' option is +# used, then the mirrors file is to be checked for updates as well. If the +# current mirrors file contains any local mirrors, these will be prepended to +# the updated file. If this option is set to '0', the mirrors file can only be +# updated manually. This may be useful if only using local mirrors. +# +# The default value is '1'. +# +#UPDATE_MIRRORS=1 + +# +# The MIRRORS_MODE option tells rkhunter which mirrors are to be used when +# the '--update' or '--versioncheck' command-line options are given. +# Possible values are: +# 0 - use any mirror +# 1 - only use local mirrors +# 2 - only use remote mirrors +# +# Local and remote mirrors can be defined in the mirrors file by using the +# 'local=' and 'remote=' keywords respectively. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#MIRRORS_MODE=0 + +# +# Email a message to this address if a warning is found when the system is +# being checked. Multiple addresses may be specified simply be separating +# them with a space. To disable the option, simply set it to the null string +# or comment it out. +# +# The option may be specified more than once. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +# Also see the MAIL_CMD option. +# +#MAIL-ON-WARNING=me@mydomain root@mydomain + +# +# This option specifies the mail command to use if MAIL-ON-WARNING is set. +# +# NOTE: Double quotes are not required around the command, but are required +# around the subject line if it contains spaces. +# +# The default is to use the 'mail' command, with a subject line +# of '[rkhunter] Warnings found for ${HOST_NAME}'. +# +#MAIL_CMD=mail -s "[rkhunter] Warnings found for ${HOST_NAME}" + +# +# This option specifies the directory to use for temporary files. +# +# NOTE: Do not use '/tmp' as your temporary directory. Some important files +# will be written to this directory, so be sure that the directory permissions +# are secure. +# +# The installer program will set the default directory. If this default is +# subsequently commented out or removed, then the program will assume a +# default directory beneath the installation directory. +# +TMPDIR=/var/lib/rkhunter/tmp + +# +# This option specifies the database directory to use. +# +# The installer program will set the default directory. If this default is +# subsequently commented out or removed, then the program will assume a +# default directory beneath the installation directory. +# +DBDIR=/var/lib/rkhunter/db + +# +# This option specifies the script directory to use. +# +# The installer program will set the default directory. If this default is +# subsequently commented out or removed, then the program will not run. +# +SCRIPTDIR=/usr/lib/rkhunter/scripts + +# +# This option can be used to modify the command directory list used by rkhunter +# to locate commands (that is, its PATH). By default this will be the root PATH, +# and an internal list of some common command directories. +# +# Any directories specified here will, by default, be appended to the default +# list. However, if a directory name begins with the '+' character, then that +# directory will be prepended to the list (that is, it will be put at the start +# of the list). +# +# This is a space-separated list of directory names. The option may be +# specified more than once. +# +# The default value is based on the root account PATH environment variable. +# +#BINDIR=/bin /usr/bin /sbin /usr/sbin +#BINDIR=+/usr/local/bin +/usr/local/sbin + +# +# This option specifies the default language to use. This should be similar to +# the ISO 639 language code. +# +# NOTE: Please ensure that the language you specify is supported. +# For a list of supported languages use the following command: +# +# rkhunter --lang en --list languages +# +# The default language is 'en' (English). +# +#LANGUAGE=en + +# +# This option is a space-separated list of the languages that are to be updated +# when the '--update' option is used. If unset, then all the languages will be +# updated. If none of the languages are to be updated, then set this option to +# just 'en'. +# +# The default language, specified by the LANGUAGE option, and the English (en) +# language file will always be updated regardless of this option. +# +# This option may be specified more than once. +# +# The default value is the null string, indicating that all the language files +# will be updated. +# +#UPDATE_LANG="" + +# +# This option specifies the log file pathname. The file will be created if it +# does not initially exist. If the option is unset, then the program will +# display a message each time it is run saying that the default value is being +# used. +# +# The default value is '/var/log/rkhunter.log'. +# +LOGFILE=/var/log/rkhunter.log + +# +# Set this option to '1' if the log file is to be appended to whenever rkhunter +# is run. A value of '0' will cause a new log file to be created whenever the +# program is run. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#APPEND_LOG=0 + +# +# Set the following option to '1' if the log file is to be copied when rkhunter +# finishes and an error or warning has occurred. The copied log file name will +# be appended with the current date and time (in YYYY-MM-DD_HH:MM:SS format). +# For example: rkhunter.log.2009-04-21_00:57:51 +# If the option value is '0', then the log file will not be copied regardless +# of whether any errors or warnings occurred. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#COPY_LOG_ON_ERROR=0 + +# +# Set the following option to enable the rkhunter check start and finish times +# to be logged by syslog. Warning messages will also be logged. The value of +# the option must be a standard syslog facility and priority, separated by a +# dot. For example: +# +# USE_SYSLOG=authpriv.warning +# +# Setting the value to 'NONE', or just leaving the option commented out, +# disables the use of syslog. +# +# The default value is not to use syslog. +# +#USE_SYSLOG=authpriv.notice + +# +# Set the following option to '1' if the second colour set is to be used. This +# can be useful if your screen uses black characters on a white background +# (for example, a PC instead of a server). A value of '0' will cause the default +# colour set to be used. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#COLOR_SET2=0 + +# +# Set the following option to '0' if rkhunter should not detect if X is being +# used. If X is detected as being used, then the second colour set will +# automatically be used. If set to '1', then the use of X will be detected. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +AUTO_X_DETECT=1 + +# +# Set the following option to '1' if it is wanted that any 'Whitelisted' results +# are shown in white rather than green. For colour set 2 users, setting this +# option will cause the result to be shown in black. Setting the option to '0' +# causes whitelisted results to be displayed in green. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#WHITELISTED_IS_WHITE=0 + +# +# The following option is checked against the SSH configuration file +# 'PermitRootLogin' option. A warning will be displayed if they do not match. +# However, if a value has not been set in the SSH configuration file, then a +# value here of 'unset' can be used to avoid warning messages. +# +# The default value is 'no'. +# +#ALLOW_SSH_ROOT_USER=no + +# +# Set this option to '1' to allow the use of the SSH-1 protocol, but note +# that theoretically it is weaker, and therefore less secure, than the +# SSH-2 protocol. Do not modify this option unless you have good reasons +# to use the SSH-1 protocol (for instance for AFS token passing or Kerberos4 +# authentication). If the 'Protocol' option has not been set in the SSH +# configuration file, then a value of '2' may be set here in order to +# suppress a warning message. A value of '0' indicates that the use of +# SSH-1 is not allowed. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#ALLOW_SSH_PROT_V1=0 + +# +# This setting tells rkhunter the directory containing the SSH configuration +# file. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so should not +# usually need to be set. +# +# This option has no default value. +# +#SSH_CONFIG_DIR=/etc/ssh + +# +# These two options determine which tests are to be performed. The ENABLE_TESTS +# option can use the word 'ALL' to refer to all of the available tests. The +# DISABLE_TESTS option can use the word 'NONE' to mean that no tests are +# disabled. The list of disabled tests is applied to the list of enabled tests. +# +# Both options are space-separated lists of test names, and both options may +# be specified more than once. The currently available test names can be seen +# by using the command 'rkhunter --list tests'. +# +# The supplied configuration file has some tests already disabled, and these +# are tests that will be used only occasionally, can be considered 'advanced' +# or that are prone to produce more than the average number of false-positives. +# +# Please read the README file for more details about enabling and disabling +# tests, the test names, and how rkhunter behaves when these options are used. +# +# The default values are to enable all tests and to disable none. However, if +# either of the options below are specified, then they will override the +# program defaults. +# +ENABLE_TESTS=ALL +DISABLE_TESTS=suspscan hidden_ports hidden_procs deleted_files packet_cap_apps + +# +# The HASH_CMD option can be used to specify the command to use for the file +# properties hash value check. It can be specified as just the command name or +# the full pathname. If just the command name is given, and it is one of MD5, +# SHA1, SHA224, SHA256, SHA384 or SHA512, then rkhunter will first look for the +# relevant command, such as 'sha256sum', and then for 'sha256'. If neither of +# these are found, it will then look to see if a perl module has been installed +# which will support the relevant hash function. To see which perl modules have +# been installed use the command 'rkhunter --list perl'. +# +# Systems using prelinking are restricted to using either the SHA1 or MD5 +# function. +# +# A value of 'NONE' (in uppercase) can be specified to indicate that no hash +# function should be used. Rkhunter will detect this, and automatically disable +# the file properties hash check test. +# +# Examples: +# For Solaris 9 : HASH_CMD=gmd5sum +# For Solaris 10: HASH_CMD=sha1sum +# For AIX (>5.2): HASH_CMD="csum -hMD5" +# For NetBSD : HASH_CMD="cksum -a sha512" +# +# NOTE: Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run. +# +# The default value is the SHA1 function, or MD5 if SHA1 cannot be found. +# +# Also see the HASH_FLD_IDX option. +# +#HASH_CMD=sha1sum + +# +# The HASH_FLD_IDX option specifies which field from the HASH_CMD command +# output contains the hash value. The fields are assumed to be space-separated. +# +# The option value must be an integer greater than zero. +# +# The default value is '1', but for *BSD users rkhunter will, by default, use a +# value of '4' if the HASH_CMD option has not been set. +# +#HASH_FLD_IDX=4 + +# +# The PKGMGR option tells rkhunter to use the specified package manager to +# obtain the file property information. This is used when updating the file +# properties file ('rkhunter.dat'), and when running the file properties check. +# For RedHat/RPM-based systems, 'RPM' can be used to get information from the +# RPM database. For Debian-based systems 'DPKG' can be used, for *BSD systems +# 'BSD' can be used, and for Solaris systems 'SOLARIS' can be used. No value, +# or a value of 'NONE', indicates that no package manager is to be used. +# +# The current package managers, except 'SOLARIS', store the file hash values +# using an MD5 hash function. The Solaris package manager includes a checksum +# value, but this is not used by default (see USE_SUNSUM below). +# +# The 'DPKG' and 'BSD' package managers only provide MD5 hash values. +# The 'RPM' package manager additionally provides values for the inode, +# file permissions, uid, gid and other values. The 'SOLARIS' also provides +# most of the values, similar to 'RPM', but not the inode number. +# +# For any file not part of a package, rkhunter will revert to using the +# HASH_CMD hash function instead. +# +# NOTE: Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run. +# +# The default value is 'NONE'. +# +# Also see the PKGMGR_NO_VRFY and USE_SUNSUM options. +# +#PKGMGR=NONE + +# +# It is possible that a file, which is part of a package, may have been +# modified by the administrator. Typically this occurs for configuration +# files. However, the package manager may list the file as being modified. +# For the RPM package manager this may well depend on how the package was +# built. This option specifies a pathname which is to be exempt from the +# package manager verification process, and which will be treated +# as a non-packaged file. As such, the file properties are still checked. +# +# This option only takes effect if the PKGMGR option has been set, and +# is not 'NONE'. +# +# This option may be specified more than once. +# +# NOTE: Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#PKGMGR_NO_VRFY="" + +# +# If the 'SOLARIS' package manager is used, then it is possible to use the +# checksum (hash) value stored for a file. However, this is only a 16-bit +# checksum, and as such is not nearly as secure as, for example, a SHA-2 value. +# If the option is set to '0', then the checksum is not used and the hash +# function given by HASH_CMD is used instead. To enable this option, set its +# value to '1'. The Solaris 'sum' command must be present on the system if this +# option is used. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#USE_SUNSUM=0 + +# +# This option can be used to tell rkhunter to ignore any prelink dependency +# errors for the given commands. However, a warning will also be issued if the +# error does not occur for a given command. As such this option must only be +# used on commands which experience a persistent problem. +# +# Short-term prelink dependency errors can usually be resolved simply by +# running the 'prelink' command on the given pathname. +# +# This is a space-separated list of command pathnames. The option can be +# specified more than once. +# +# NOTE: Whenever this option is changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#IGNORE_PRELINK_DEP_ERR=/bin/ps /usr/bin/top + +# +# These options specify a command, directory or file pathname which will be +# included or excluded in the file properties checks. +# +# For the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS option, simple command names - for example, +# 'top' - and directory names are added to the internal list of directories to +# be searched for each of the command names in the command list. Additionally, +# full pathnames to files, which need not be commands, may be given. Any files +# or directories which are already part of the internal lists will be silently +# ignored from the configuration. +# +# For the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS option, wildcards are allowed, except for +# simple command names. +# For example, 'top*' cannot be given, but '/usr/bin/top*' is allowed. +# +# Specific files may be excluded by using the EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS +# option. Wildcards may be used with this option. +# +# By combining these two options, and using wildcards, whole directories can be +# excluded. For example: +# +# USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/* +# USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/*/* +# EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/rc?.d/* +# +# This will look for files in the first two directory levels of '/etc'. However, +# anything in '/etc/rc0.d', '/etc/rc1.d', '/etc/rc2.d' and so on, will be +# excluded. +# +# NOTE: Only files and directories which have been added by the user, and are +# not part of the internal lists, can be excluded. So, for example, it is not +# possible to exclude the 'ps' command by using '/bin/ps'. These will be +# silently ignored from the configuration. +# +# Both options can be specified more than once. +# +# NOTE: Whenever these options are changed 'rkhunter --propupd' must be run. +# +# The default value for both options is the null string. +# +#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=top +#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/usr/local/sbin +#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/rkhunter.conf +#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/etc/rkhunter.conf.local +#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/var/lib/rkhunter/db/* +#USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/var/lib/rkhunter/db/i18n/* +#EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/opt/ps* +#EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/var/lib/rkhunter/db/mirrors.dat +#EXCLUDE_USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS=/var/lib/rkhunter/db/rkhunter* + +# +# This option whitelists files and directories from existing, or not existing, +# on the system at the time of testing. This option is used when the +# configuration file options themselves are checked, and during the file +# properties check, the hidden files and directories checks, and the filesystem +# check of the '/dev' directory. +# +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcards. +# Be aware though that this is probably not what you want to do as the +# wildcarding will be expanded after files have been deleted. As such +# deleted files won't be whitelisted if wildcarded. +# +# NOTE: The user must take into consideration how often the file will appear +# and disappear from the system in relation to how often rkhunter is run. If +# the file appears, and disappears, too often then rkhunter may not notice +# this. All it will see is that the file has changed. The inode-number and DTM +# will certainly be different for each new file, and rkhunter will report this. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#EXISTWHITELIST="" + +# +# Whitelist various attributes of the specified file. The attributes are those +# of the 'attributes' test. Specifying a file name here does not include it +# being whitelisted for the write permission test (see below). +# +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#ATTRWHITELIST=/usr/bin/date + +# +# Allow the specified file to have the 'others' (world) permission have the +# write-bit set. For example, files with permissions r-xr-xrwx or rwxrwxrwx. +# +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#WRITEWHITELIST=/usr/bin/date + +# +# Allow the specified file to be a script. +# +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#SCRIPTWHITELIST=/usr/bin/groups + +# +# Allow the specified file to have the immutable attribute set. +# +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#IMMUTWHITELIST=/sbin/ifdown + +# +# If this option is set to '1', then the immutable-bit test is reversed. That +# is, the files are expected to have the bit set. A value of '0' means that the +# immutable-bit should not be set. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#IMMUTABLE_SET=0 + +# +# Allow the specified hidden directory to be whitelisted. +# +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#ALLOWHIDDENDIR=/etc/.java +#ALLOWHIDDENDIR=/dev/.udev +#ALLOWHIDDENDIR=/dev/.udevdb +#ALLOWHIDDENDIR=/dev/.mdadm + +# +# Allow the specified hidden file to be whitelisted. +# +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/share/man/man1/..1.gz +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/bin/.fipscheck.hmac +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/bin/.ssh.hmac +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/lib/.libfipscheck.so.1.1.0.hmac +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha1hmac.hmac +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/lib/hmaccalc/sha256hmac.hmac +#ALLOWHIDDENFILE=/usr/sbin/.sshd.hmac + +# +# Allow the specified process to use deleted files. The process name may be +# followed by a colon-separated list of full pathnames. The process will then +# only be whitelisted if it is using one of the given files. For example: +# +# ALLOWPROCDELFILE=/usr/libexec/gconfd-2:/tmp/abc:/var/tmp/xyz +# +# This option may be specified more than once. It may also use wildcards, but +# only in the file names. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#ALLOWPROCDELFILE=/sbin/cardmgr +#ALLOWPROCDELFILE=/usr/sbin/mysqld:/tmp/ib* + +# +# Allow the specified process to listen on any network interface. +# +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#ALLOWPROCLISTEN=/sbin/dhclient +#ALLOWPROCLISTEN=/usr/bin/dhcpcd +#ALLOWPROCLISTEN=/usr/sbin/tcpdump +#ALLOWPROCLISTEN=/usr/sbin/snort-plain + +# +# Allow the specified network interfaces to be in promiscuous mode. +# +# This is a space-separated list of interface names. The option may be +# specified more than once. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#ALLOWPROMISCIF=eth0 + +# +# This option specifies how rkhunter should scan the '/dev' directory for +# suspicious files. The only allowed values are 'THOROUGH' and 'LAZY'. +# +# A THOROUGH scan will increase the overall runtime of rkhunter. Despite this, +# it is highly recommended that this value is used. +# +# The default value is 'THOROUGH'. +# +# Also see the ALLOWDEVFILE option. +# +#SCAN_MODE_DEV=THOROUGH + +# +# Allow the specified file to be present in the '/dev' directory, and not +# regarded as suspicious. +# +# This option may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#ALLOWDEVFILE=/dev/shm/pulse-shm-* +#ALLOWDEVFILE=/dev/shm/sem.ADBE_* + +# +# This option is used to indicate if the Phalanx2 test is to perform a basic +# check, or a more thorough check. If the option is set to '0', then a basic +# check is performed. If it is set to '1', then all the directories in the +# '/etc' and '/usr' directories are scanned. +# +# NOTE: Setting this option to '1' will cause the test to take longer +# to complete. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#PHALANX2_DIRTEST=0 + +# +# This option tells rkhunter where the inetd configuration file is located. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#INETD_CONF_PATH=/etc/inetd.conf + +# +# This option allows the specified enabled inetd services. +# +# This is a space-separated list of service names. The option may be specified +# more than once. +# +# For non-Solaris users the simple service name should be used. +# For example: +# +# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=echo +# +# For Solaris 9 users the simple service name should also be used, but +# if it is an RPC service, then the executable pathname should be used. +# For example: +# +# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=imaps +# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/usr/sbin/rpc.metad /usr/sbin/rpc.metamhd +# +# For Solaris 10 users the service/FMRI name should be used. For example: +# +# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/network/rpc/meta +# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/network/rpc/metamed +# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/application/font/stfsloader +# INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/network/rpc-100235_1/rpc_ticotsord +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#INETD_ALLOWED_SVC=echo + +# +# This option tells rkhunter where the xinetd configuration file is located. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#XINETD_CONF_PATH=/etc/xinetd.conf + +# +# This option allows the specified enabled xinetd services. Whilst it would be +# nice to use the service names themselves, at the time of testing we only have +# the pathname available. As such, these entries are the xinetd file pathnames. +# +# This is a space-separated list of service names. The option may be specified +# more than once. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#XINETD_ALLOWED_SVC=/etc/xinetd.d/echo + +# +# This option tells rkhunter the local system startup file pathnames. The +# directories will be searched for files. By default rkhunter will try and +# determine were the startup files are located. If the option is set to 'NONE', +# then certain tests will be skipped. +# +# This is a space-separated list of file and directory pathnames. The option +# may be specified more than once, and may use wildcard characters. +# +# This option has no default value. +# +#STARTUP_PATHS=/etc/rc.d /etc/rc.local + +# +# This option tells rkhunter the pathname to the file containing the user +# account passwords. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so +# should not usually need to be set. Users of TCB shadow files should not +# set this option. +# +# This option has no default value. +# +#PASSWORD_FILE=/etc/shadow + +# +# This option allows the specified accounts to be root equivalent. These +# accounts will have a UID value of zero. The 'root' account does not need +# to be listed as it is automatically whitelisted. +# +# This is a space-separated list of account names. The option may be specified +# more than once. +# +# NOTE: For *BSD systems you will probably need to use this option for the +# 'toor' account. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#UID0_ACCOUNTS=toor rooty + +# +# This option allows the specified accounts to have no password. NIS/YP entries +# do not need to be listed as they are automatically whitelisted. +# +# This is a space-separated list of account names. The option may be specified +# more than once. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#PWDLESS_ACCOUNTS=abc + +# +# This option tells rkhunter the pathname to the syslog configuration file. +# This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so should not usually need +# to be set. A value of 'NONE' can be used to indicate that there is no +# configuration file, but that the syslog daemon process may be running. +# +# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may be specified +# more than once. +# +# This option has no default value. +# +#SYSLOG_CONFIG_FILE=/etc/syslog.conf + +# +# If this option is set to '1', then the use of syslog remote logging is +# permitted. A value of '0' disallows the use of remote logging. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#ALLOW_SYSLOG_REMOTE_LOGGING=0 + +# +# This option allows the specified applications, or a specific version of an +# application, to be whitelisted. If a specific version is to be whitelisted, +# then the name must be followed by a colon and then the version number. +# For example: +# +# APP_WHITELIST=openssl:0.9.7d gpg httpd:1.3.29 +# +# This is a space-separated list of pathnames. The option may be specified +# more than once. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#APP_WHITELIST="" + +# +# Set this option to scan for suspicious files in directories which pose a +# relatively higher risk due to user write access. +# +# Please do not enable the 'suspscan' test by default as it is CPU and I/O +# intensive, and prone to producing false positives. Do review all settings +# before usage. Also be aware that running 'suspscan' in combination with +# verbose logging on, rkhunter's default, will show all ignored files. +# +# Please consider adding all directories the user the (web)server runs as, +# and has write access to, including the document root (e.g: '/var/www') and +# log directories (e.g: '/var/log/httpd'). +# +# This is a space-separated list of directory pathnames. The option may be +# specified more than once. +# +# The default value is the '/tmp' and '/var/tmp' directories. +# +#SUSPSCAN_DIRS=/tmp /var/tmp + +# +# This option specifies the directory for temporary files used by the +# 'suspscan' test. A memory-based directory, such as a tempfs filesystem, is +# better (faster). Do not use a directory name that is listed in SUSPSCAN_DIRS +# as that is highly likely to cause false-positive results. +# +# The default value is '/dev/shm'. +# +#SUSPSCAN_TEMP=/dev/shm + +# +# This option specifies the 'suspscan' test maximum filesize in bytes. Files +# larger than this will not be inspected. Do make sure you have enough space +# available in your temporary files directory. +# +# The default value is '1024000'. +# +#SUSPSCAN_MAXSIZE=10240000 + +# +# This option specifies the 'suspscan' test score threshold. Below this value +# no hits will be reported. +# +# The default value is '200'. +# +#SUSPSCAN_THRESH=200 + +# +# The following options can be used to whitelist network ports which are known +# to have been used by malware. +# +# The PORT_WHITELIST option is a space-separated list of one or more of two +# types of whitelisting. These are: +# +# 1) a 'protocol:port' pair +# 2) an asterisk ('*') +# +# Only the UDP or TCP protocol may be specified, and the port number must be +# between 1 and 65535 inclusive. +# +# The asterisk can be used to indicate that any executable which rkhunter can +# locate as a command, is whitelisted. (Also see BINDIR) +# +# The PORT_PATH_WHITELIST option specifies one of two types of whitelisting. +# These are: +# +# 1) a pathname to an executable +# 2) a combined pathname, protocol and port +# +# As above, the protocol can only be TCP or UDP, and the port number must be +# between 1 and 65535 inclusive. +# +# Examples: +# +# PORT_WHITELIST=TCP:2001 UDP:32011 +# PORT_PATH_WHITELIST=/usr/sbin/squid +# PORT_PATH_WHITELIST=/usr/sbin/squid:TCP:3801 +# +# NOTE: In order to whitelist a pathname, or use the asterisk option, the +# 'lsof' command must be present. +# +# Both options may be specified more than once. +# +# The default value for both options is the null string. +# +#PORT_WHITELIST="" +#PORT_PATH_WHITELIST="" + +# +# The following option can be used to tell rkhunter where the operating system +# 'release' file is located. This file contains information specifying the +# current O/S version. RKH will store this information, and check to see if it +# has changed between each run. If it has changed, then the user is warned that +# RKH may issue warning messages until RKH has been run with the '--propupd' +# option. +# +# Since the contents of the file vary according to the O/S distribution, RKH +# will perform different actions when it detects the file itself. As such, this +# option should not be set unless necessary. If this option is specified, then +# RKH will assume the O/S release information is on the first non-blank line of +# the file. +# +# This option has no default value. +# +# Also see the WARN_ON_OS_CHANGE and UPDT_ON_OS_CHANGE options. +# +#OS_VERSION_FILE=/etc/release + +# +# Set the following option to '0' if you do not want to receive a warning if any +# O/S information has changed since the last run of 'rkhunter --propupd'. The +# warnings occur during the file properties check. Setting a value of '1' will +# cause rkhunter to issue a warning if something has changed. +# +# The default value is '1'. +# +#WARN_ON_OS_CHANGE=1 + +# +# Set the following option to '1' if you want rkhunter to automatically run a +# file properties update ('--propupd') if the O/S has changed. Detection of an +# O/S change occurs during the file properties check. Setting a value of '0' +# will cause rkhunter not to do an automatic update. +# +# WARNING: Only set this option if you are sure that the update will work +# correctly. That is, that the database directory is writeable, that a valid +# hash function is available, and so on. This can usually be checked simply by +# running 'rkhunter --propupd' at least once. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#UPDT_ON_OS_CHANGE=0 + +# +# The following two options can be used to whitelist files and directories that +# would normally be flagged with a warning during the various rootkit and +# malware checks. Only existing files and directories can be specified, and +# these must be full pathnames not links. +# +# Additionally, the RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST option may include a string after the +# file name (separated by a colon). This will then only whitelist that string +# in that file (as part of the malware checks). For example: +# +# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local:hdparm +# +# If the option list includes the filename on its own as well, then the file +# will be whitelisted from rootkit checks of the files existence, but still +# only the specific string within the file will be whitelisted. For example: +# +# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local +# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local:hdparm +# +# To whitelist a file from the existence checks, but not from the strings +# checks, then include the filename on its own and on its own but with just +# a colon appended. For example: +# +# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local +# RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST=/etc/rc.local: +# +# NOTE: It is recommended that if you whitelist any files, then you include +# those files in the file properties check. See the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS +# configuration option. +# +# Both of these options may be specified more than once. +# +# For both options the default value is the null string. +# +#RTKT_DIR_WHITELIST="" +#RTKT_FILE_WHITELIST="" + +# +# The following option can be used to whitelist shared library files that would +# normally be flagged with a warning during the preloaded shared library check. +# These library pathnames usually exist in the '/etc/ld.so.preload' file or in +# the LD_PRELOAD environment variable. +# +# NOTE: It is recommended that if you whitelist any files, then you include +# those files in the file properties check. See the USER_FILEPROP_FILES_DIRS +# configuration option. +# +# This option is a space-separated list of library pathnames. The option may be +# specified more than once. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#SHARED_LIB_WHITELIST=/lib/snoopy.so + +# +# To force rkhunter to use the supplied script for the 'stat' or 'readlink' +# command the following two options can be used. The value must be set to +# 'BUILTIN'. +# +# NOTE: IRIX users will probably need to enable STAT_CMD. +# +# For both options the default value is the null string. +# +#STAT_CMD=BUILTIN +#READLINK_CMD=BUILTIN + +# +# In the file properties test any modification date/time is displayed as the +# number of epoch seconds. Rkhunter will try and use the 'date' command, or +# failing that the 'perl' command, to display the date and time in a +# human-readable format as well. This option may be used if some other command +# should be used instead. The given command must understand the '%s' and +# 'seconds ago' options found in the GNU 'date' command. +# +# A value of 'NONE' may be used to request that only the epoch seconds be shown. +# A value of 'PERL' may be used to force rkhunter to use the 'perl' command, if +# it is present. +# +# This option has no default value. +# +#EPOCH_DATE_CMD="" + +# +# This setting tells rkhunter the directory containing the available Linux +# kernel modules. This setting will be worked out by rkhunter, and so should +# not usually need to be set. +# +# This option has no default value. +# +#MODULES_DIR="" + +# +# The following option can be set to a command which rkhunter will use when +# downloading files from the Internet - that is, when the '--update' or +# '--versioncheck' option is used. The command can take options. +# +# This allows the user to use a command other than the one automatically +# selected by rkhunter, but still one which it already knows about. +# For example: +# +# WEB_CMD=curl +# +# Alternatively, the user may specify a completely new command. However, note +# that rkhunter expects the downloaded file to be written to stdout, and that +# everything written to stderr is ignored. For example: +# +# WEB_CMD="/opt/bin/dlfile --timeout 5m -q" +# +# *BSD users may want to use the 'ftp' command, provided that it supports the +# HTTP protocol: +# +# WEB_CMD="ftp -o -" +# +# This option has no default value. +# +#WEB_CMD="" + +# +# Set the following option to '1' if locking is to be used when rkhunter runs. +# The lock is set just before logging starts, and is removed when the program +# ends. It is used to prevent items such as the log file, and the file +# properties file, from becoming corrupted if rkhunter is running more than +# once. The mechanism used is to simply create a lock file in the TMPDIR +# directory. If the lock file already exists, because rkhunter is already +# running, then the current process simply loops around sleeping for 10 seconds +# and then retrying the lock. A value of '0' means not to use locking. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +# Also see the LOCK_TIMEOUT and SHOW_LOCK_MSGS options. +# +#USE_LOCKING=0 + +# +# If locking is used, then rkhunter may have to wait to get the lock file. +# This option sets the total amount of time, in seconds, that rkhunter should +# wait. It will retry the lock every 10 seconds, until either it obtains the +# lock or the timeout value has been reached. +# +# The default value is 300 seconds (5 minutes). +# +#LOCK_TIMEOUT=300 + +# +# If locking is used, then rkhunter may be doing nothing for some time if it +# has to wait for the lock. If this option is set to '1', then some simple +# messages are echoed to the users screen to let them know that rkhunter is +# waiting for the lock. Set this option to '0' if the messages are not to be +# displayed. +# +# The default value is '1'. +# +#SHOW_LOCK_MSGS=1 + +# +# If this option is set to 'THOROUGH' then rkhunter will search (on a per +# rootkit basis) for filenames in all of the directories (as defined by the +# result of running 'find / -xdev'). While still not optimal, as it still +# searches for only file names as opposed to file contents, this is one step +# away from the rigidity of searching in known (evidence) or default +# (installation) locations. +# +# THIS OPTION SHOULD NOT BE ENABLED BY DEFAULT. +# +# You should only activate this feature as part of a more thorough +# investigation, which should be based on relevant best practices and +# procedures. +# +# Enabling this feature implies you have the knowledge to interpret the +# results properly. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#SCANROOTKITMODE=THOROUGH + +# +# The following option can be set to the name(s) of the tests the 'unhide' +# command is to use. Options such as '-m' and '-v' may be specified, but will +# only take effect when they are seen. The test names are a space-separated +# list, and will be executed in the order given. +# +# This option may be specified more than once. +# +# The default value is 'sys' in order to maintain compatibility with older +# versions of 'unhide'. +# +#UNHIDE_TESTS=sys + +# +# The following option can be used to set options for the 'unhide-tcp' command. +# The options are space-separated. +# +# This option may be specified more than once. +# +# The default value is the null string. +# +#UNHIDETCP_OPTS="" + +# +# If both the C 'unhide', and Ruby 'unhide.rb', programs exist on the system, +# then it is possible to disable the execution of one of the programs if +# desired. By default rkhunter will look for both programs, and execute each +# of them as they are found. If the value of this option is '0', then both +# programs will be executed if they are present. A value of '1' will disable +# execution of the C 'unhide' program, and a value of '2' will disable the Ruby +# 'unhide.rb' program. To disable both programs, then disable the +# 'hidden_procs' test. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#DISABLE_UNHIDE=0 + +# +# This option can be set to either '0' or '1'. If set to '1' then the summary, +# shown after rkhunter has run, will display the actual number of warnings +# found. If it is set to '0', then the summary will simply indicate that +# 'One or more' warnings were found. If no warnings were found, and this option +# is set to '1', then a "0" will be shown. If the option is set to '0', then +# the words 'No warnings' will be shown. +# +# The default value is '0'. +# +#SHOW_SUMMARY_WARNINGS_NUMBER=0 + +# +# This option is used to determine where, if anywhere, the summary scan time is +# displayed. A value of '0' indicates that it should not be displayed anywhere. +# A value of '1' indicates that the time should only appear on the screen, and a +# value of '2' that it should only appear in the log file. A value of '3' +# indicates that the time taken should appear both on the screen and in the log +# file. +# +# The default value is '3'. +# +#SHOW_SUMMARY_TIME=3 + +# +# The two options below may be used to check if a file is missing or empty +# (that is, it has a size of zero). The EMPTY_LOGFILES option will also check +# if the file is missing, since that can be interpreted as a file of no size. +# However, the file will only be reported as missing if the MISSING_LOGFILES +# option hasn't already done this. +# +# Both options are space-separated lists of pathnames, and may be specified +# more than once. +# +# NOTE: Log files are usually 'rotated' by some mechanism. At that time it is +# perfectly possible for the file to be either missing or empty. As such these +# options may produce false-positive warnings when log files are rotated. +# +# For both options the default value is the null string. +# +#EMPTY_LOGFILES="" +#MISSING_LOGFILES="" diff --git a/security/limits.conf b/security/limits.conf index 5d5c3f7..fd66ab7 100644 --- a/security/limits.conf +++ b/security/limits.conf @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ # #Where: # can be: -# - an user name +# - a user name # - a group name, with @group syntax # - the wildcard *, for default entry # - the wildcard %, can be also used with %group syntax, diff --git a/sgml/catalog b/sgml/catalog index a86f414..8254d9a 100644 --- a/sgml/catalog +++ b/sgml/catalog @@ -7,5 +7,5 @@ CATALOG "/etc/sgml/xml-docbook-4.2.cat" CATALOG "/etc/sgml/xml-docbook-4.3.cat" CATALOG "/etc/sgml/xml-docbook-4.4.cat" CATALOG "/etc/sgml/xml-docbook-4.5.cat" -CATALOG "/etc/sgml/linuxdoc.cat" CATALOG "/etc/sgml/openjade-1.3.2.cat" +CATALOG "/etc/sgml/linuxdoc.cat" diff --git a/texmf/ls-R b/texmf/ls-R index 64cffe8..5ad5827 100644 --- a/texmf/ls-R +++ b/texmf/ls-R @@ -1,30 +1,20 @@ % ls-R -- filename database for kpathsea; do not change this line. ./: .: -dvipdfm dvipdfmx -dvips.d fmtutil.d language.dat.d language.dat.lua.d language.def.d ls-R -tex texmf.d updmap.d web2c web2c.d -./dvipdfm: -config - -./dvipdfm/config: - ./dvipdfmx: dvipdfmx.cfg -./dvips.d: - ./fmtutil.d: format.texlive-basic.cnf format.texlive-latex.cnf @@ -39,230 +29,6 @@ format.texlive-latex.cnf .keep_app-text_texlive-core-0 -./tex: -latex - -./tex/latex: -HA-prosper.d -adrconv.d -akletter.d -altfont.d -bardiag.d -bhcexam.d -catoptions.d -cdpbundl.d -contour.d -coverpage.d -csquotes.d -dinbrief.d -draftcopy.d -endfloat.d -facsimile.d -flashcards.d -foilhtml.d -frankenstein.d -guitlogo.d -ifmslide.d -keyreader.d -lettrine.d -ltxdockit.d -mlist.d -morehype.d -nag.d -nicetext -nicetext.d -nomencl.d -pagerange.d -pdfslide.d -pdfwin.d -pict2e.d -plweb.d -polyglot.d -preview.d -psfragx.d -rcsinfo.d -refstyle.d -rmpage.d -skb.d -standalone.d -subfigure.d -swimgraf.d -texpower.d -tkz-base.d -typeface.d -yagusylo.d -ydoc.d - -./tex/latex/HA-prosper.d: -HA-prosper.cfg - -./tex/latex/adrconv.d: -adrdir.cfg -adrplaner.cfg -adrsmall.cfg - -./tex/latex/akletter.d: -akfax.cfg -akletter.cfg - -./tex/latex/altfont.d: -altfont.cfg -psfont.cfg - -./tex/latex/bardiag.d: -bardiag.cfg - -./tex/latex/bhcexam.d: -BHCexam.cfg - -./tex/latex/catoptions.d: -catoptions-guide.cfg - -./tex/latex/cdpbundl.d: -cdpshues.cfg - -./tex/latex/contour.d: -contour.cfg - -./tex/latex/coverpage.d: -CoverPage.cfg - -./tex/latex/csquotes.d: -csquotes.cfg - -./tex/latex/dinbrief.d: -dinbrief.cfg - -./tex/latex/draftcopy.d: -draftcopy.cfg - -./tex/latex/endfloat.d: -efxmpl.cfg - -./tex/latex/facsimile.d: -fac-de.cfg -fac-en.cfg - -./tex/latex/flashcards.d: -avery5371.cfg -avery5388.cfg - -./tex/latex/foilhtml.d: -foilhtml.cfg - -./tex/latex/frankenstein.d: -abbrevs.cfg -compsci.cfg -slemph.cfg -titles.cfg - -./tex/latex/guitlogo.d: -guit.cfg - -./tex/latex/ifmslide.d: -ifmslide.cfg - -./tex/latex/keyreader.d: -keyreader-guide.cfg - -./tex/latex/lettrine.d: -lettrine.cfg - -./tex/latex/ltxdockit.d: -ltxdockit.cfg - -./tex/latex/mlist.d: -mlist.cfg - -./tex/latex/morehype.d: -blogdot.cfg - -./tex/latex/nag.d: -nag-abort.cfg -nag-experimental.cfg -nag-l2tabu.cfg -nag-orthodox.cfg - -./tex/latex/nicetext: -run.d - -./tex/latex/nicetext/run.d: -atari.cfg -copyfile.cfg -fdtxttex.cfg - -./tex/latex/nicetext.d: -makedoc.cfg -mdoccorr.cfg - -./tex/latex/nomencl.d: -sample01.cfg -sample02.cfg -sample04.cfg -sample05.cfg - -./tex/latex/pagerange.d: -pagerange-guide.cfg - -./tex/latex/pdfslide.d: -pdfslide.cfg - -./tex/latex/pdfwin.d: -pdfwin.cfg - -./tex/latex/pict2e.d: -pict2e.cfg - -./tex/latex/plweb.d: -pl.cfg - -./tex/latex/polyglot.d: -polyglot.cfg - -./tex/latex/preview.d: -prauctex.cfg - -./tex/latex/psfragx.d: -psfragx.cfg - -./tex/latex/rcsinfo.d: -rcsinfo.cfg - -./tex/latex/refstyle.d: -refstyle.cfg - -./tex/latex/rmpage.d: -rmpgen.cfg - -./tex/latex/skb.d: -skb.cfg - -./tex/latex/standalone.d: -standalone.cfg - -./tex/latex/subfigure.d: -subfigure.cfg - -./tex/latex/swimgraf.d: -swimgraf.cfg - -./tex/latex/texpower.d: -tpcolors.cfg -tpoptions.cfg -tpsettings.cfg - -./tex/latex/tkz-base.d: -tkz-base.cfg - -./tex/latex/typeface.d: -typeface.cfg - -./tex/latex/yagusylo.d: -yagusylo.cfg - -./tex/latex/ydoc.d: -ydoc.cfg - ./texmf.d: 00header.cnf 05searchpaths.cnf @@ -276,8 +42,6 @@ ydoc.cfg texlive-basic.cfg texlive-fontsrecommended.cfg texlive-latex.cfg -texlive-latexextra.cfg -texlive-pictures.cfg ./web2c: .keep_app-text_texlive-core-0 diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/HA-prosper.d/HA-prosper.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/HA-prosper.d/HA-prosper.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 55908f7..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/HA-prosper.d/HA-prosper.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `HA-prosper.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% HA-prosper.dtx (with options: `config') -%% -%% ------------------------------------------ -%% Copyright (C) 2003-2004 by Hendri Adriaens -%% ------------------------------------------ -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 -%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. -%% The latest version of this license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 1999/12/01 or later. -%% -%% -%% Global defaults of HA-prosper. -%% ============================== -%% -%% You can change this file but be careful since it will -%% affect all of your presentations. See for more information -%% the documentation of the HA-prosper package. -%% -\HAPsetup{% - lf=, - rf=, - trans=\@defaultTransition, - template=slide, - sstart=1, - stype=0, - iacolor=lightgray, - tsnav=FullScreen, - nsnav=ShowBookmarks, - sn={-~p.~\thepage\ifallPages/\totalpages\fi}, - counters= -} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `HA-prosper.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/adrconv.d/adrdir.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/adrconv.d/adrdir.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 7675276..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/adrconv.d/adrdir.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `adrdir.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% adrconv.dtx (with options: `cfg,dir') -%% Copyright 2006, 2010 Axel Kielhorn -%% -%% This file will generate fast loadable files from adrconv.dtx when -%% run through LaTeX or TeX. -%% -%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 -%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. -%% The latest version of this license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This file is part of the adrconv bundle. -%% -%% The adrconv bundle consists at least of the files adrconv.dtx, -%% adrconv.ins and adrguide.tex. -%% -%% adrguide.dtx -%% Copyright 2006, 2010 Axel Kielhorn -\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi -\ProvidesFile{% - adrdir% - .cfg% - } - [2010/04/02 v1.3 LaTeX2e - adrconv configuration file] -\setlength{\paperwidth}{105mm} -\setlength{\textwidth}{85mm} -\setlength{\leftfield}{50mm} -\setlength{\rightfield}{30mm} -\addtolength{\evensidemargin}{9mm} -\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{\paperwidth} -\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-9mm} -\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-\textwidth} -\setlength{\adrindent}{1em} -\addtolength{\leftfield}{-\adrindent} -\setlength{\paperheight}{148mm} -\setlength{\textheight}{112mm} -\setlength{\headheight}{1.25\baselineskip} -\setlength{\headsep}{0.25\baselineskip} -\setlength{\footskip}{1.50\baselineskip} -\setlength{\topmargin}{-1in} -\addtolength{\topmargin}{8mm} -\setlength{\marginparwidth}{0in} -\setlength{\marginparsep}{0in} -\setlength{\marginparpush}{0in} -\setlength{\parskip}{0.5\baselineskip} -\setlength{\parindent}{0in} -\typeout{% - ********************************************************************% - ^^J^^J% - DVIDVI Options:^^J% - Front:^^J% - 1st Step (2 x A6 at A5)^^J% - -l xx -m 4:-1,2^^J% - 2nd Step (2 x A5 at A4)^^J% - -m 2:0,1(0mm,148mm)^^J% - ^^J% - Back:^^J% - 1st Step^^J% - -l xx -r -m 4:-3,0^^J% - 2nd Step^^J% - -m 2:1,0(0mm,148mm)^^J% - ^^J% - xx must be the result of a multiplication with 4.^^J% - ^^J% - ******************************************************************** - } -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `adrdir.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/adrconv.d/adrplaner.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/adrconv.d/adrplaner.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index ba96893..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/adrconv.d/adrplaner.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `adrplaner.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% adrconv.dtx (with options: `cfg,planer') -%% Copyright 2006, 2010 Axel Kielhorn -%% -%% This file will generate fast loadable files from adrconv.dtx when -%% run through LaTeX or TeX. -%% -%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 -%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. -%% The latest version of this license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This file is part of the adrconv bundle. -%% -%% The adrconv bundle consists at least of the files adrconv.dtx, -%% adrconv.ins and adrguide.tex. -%% -%% adrguide.dtx -%% Copyright 2006, 2010 Axel Kielhorn -\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi -\ProvidesFile{% - adrplaner - .cfg% - } - [2010/04/02 v1.3 LaTeX2e - adrconv configuration file] -\setlength{\paperwidth}{95mm} -\setlength{\textwidth}{70mm} -\setlength{\leftfield}{45mm} -\setlength{\rightfield}{25mm} -\addtolength{\evensidemargin}{12mm} -\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{12mm} -\setlength{\adrindent}{1em} -\addtolength{\leftfield}{-\adrindent} -\setlength{\paperheight}{172mm} -\setlength{\textheight}{148mm} -\setlength{\headheight}{1.25\baselineskip} -\setlength{\headsep}{0.25\baselineskip} -\setlength{\footskip}{1.50\baselineskip} -\setlength{\topmargin}{-1in} -\addtolength{\topmargin}{7mm} -\setlength{\marginparwidth}{0in} -\setlength{\marginparsep}{0in} -\setlength{\marginparpush}{0in} -\setlength{\parskip}{0.5\baselineskip} -\setlength{\parindent}{0in} -\typeout{% - ********************************************************************% - ^^J^^J% - DVIDVI Options:^^J% - Front:^^J% - -l 24 -m 6:0(4mm,0mm),2(99mm,0mm),4(192mm,0mm) - ^^J% - Back:^^J% - -l 24 -r -m 6:5(8mm,0mm),3(103mm,0mm),1(198mm,0mm) - ^^J% - ^^J% - ******************************************************************** - } -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `adrplaner.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/adrconv.d/adrsmall.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/adrconv.d/adrsmall.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index d7888dc..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/adrconv.d/adrsmall.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `adrsmall.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% adrconv.dtx (with options: `cfg,small') -%% Copyright 2006, 2010 Axel Kielhorn -%% -%% This file will generate fast loadable files from adrconv.dtx when -%% run through LaTeX or TeX. -%% -%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 -%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. -%% The latest version of this license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This file is part of the adrconv bundle. -%% -%% The adrconv bundle consists at least of the files adrconv.dtx, -%% adrconv.ins and adrguide.tex. -%% -%% adrguide.dtx -%% Copyright 2006, 2010 Axel Kielhorn -\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi -\ProvidesFile{% - adrsmall - .cfg% - } - [2010/04/02 v1.3 LaTeX2e - adrconv configuration file] -\setlength{\paperwidth}{87mm} -\setlength{\textwidth}{75mm} -\setlength{\leftfield}{45mm} -\setlength{\rightfield}{30mm} -\addtolength{\evensidemargin}{9mm} -\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{\paperwidth} -\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-9mm} -\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-\textwidth} -\setlength{\adrindent}{1em} -\addtolength{\leftfield}{-\adrindent} -\setlength{\paperheight}{148mm} -\setlength{\textheight}{112mm} -\setlength{\headheight}{1.25\baselineskip} -\setlength{\headsep}{0.25\baselineskip} -\setlength{\footskip}{1.50\baselineskip} -\setlength{\topmargin}{-1in} -\addtolength{\topmargin}{7mm} -\setlength{\marginparwidth}{0in} -\setlength{\marginparsep}{0in} -\setlength{\marginparpush}{0in} -\setlength{\parskip}{0.5\baselineskip} -\setlength{\parindent}{0in} -\typeout{% - ********************************************************************% - ^^J^^J% - DVIDVI Options:^^J% - Front:^^J% - 1st Step (2 x callenders at A5)^^J% - -l xx -m 4:-1,2^^J% - 2nd Step (2 x A5 at A4)^^J% - -m 2:0,1(0mm,148mm)^^J% - ^^J% - Back:^^J% - 1st Step^^J% - -l xx -r -m 4:-3,0^^J% - 2nd Step^^J% - -m 2:1,0(0mm,148mm)^^J% - ^^J% - xx must be the result of a multiplication with 4.^^J% - Cut 36 mm from one side and tack in the middle.^^J% - ^^J% - ******************************************************************** - } -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `adrsmall.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/akletter.d/akfax.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/akletter.d/akfax.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 64763a3..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/akletter.d/akfax.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -%%% Use sans-serif fonts, they are better readable when scaning the -%%% printed document - -\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{cmss} -\normalfont - -\input{akletter.cfg} - -%%% Return address -%%% one line version -%%% There is no cmss7, use a larger font -%%% N.B.: There is a ecss0700 use it if you have the EC fonts -\sbox{\firmreturn} - {\underline{\fontsize{8}{10pt}\selectfont - \hskip5mm Mein Name \textperiodcentered Meine Stra{\ss}e 1 - \textperiodcentered D--12345 Meindorf\hskip5mm}} diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/akletter.d/akletter.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/akletter.d/akletter.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index aa6580c..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/akletter.d/akletter.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,247 +0,0 @@ -\makeatletter -%% This is myletter.cfg -%% -%% You should modify this file to correspond to -%% the site where it is used. -%% It may be a good idea to input this file into the -%% the personal configuration file. -%% Thus only names have to be redefined, the official -%% letterhead is kept in this file and changes for everyone -%% when the masterfile is changed. -%% -%% You may include logos and other graphic-material into -%% your letterhead: -%% -%%\RequirePackage[dvips]{graphics} - -%% You may redefine the following variables -%% - -%\renewcommand*{\yourrefname} {Ihr Zeichen:} -%\renewcommand*{\yourmailname} {Ihr Schreiben vom:} -%\renewcommand*{\myrefname} {Unser Zeichen:} -%\renewcommand*{\mymailname} {Unser Schreiben vom:} -%\renewcommand*{\customername} {Kundennummer } -%\renewcommand*{\invoicename} {Rechnungsnummer } -%\renewcommand*{\subjectname} {} %{Betr.} -%\renewcommand*{\ccname} {Kopien an:} -%\renewcommand*{\enclname} {Anlagen:} -%\renewcommand*{\headtoname} {An} -%\renewcommand*{\datename} {Datum} -%\renewcommand*{\pagename} {Seite} -%\renewcommand*{\telephonename} {Telefon} -%\renewcommand*{\telefaxname} {FAX} - -% This may be neccessary for babel: - -% \let\savedcaptions\captionsgerman -% \def\captionsgerman{\savedcaptions -% \renewcommand*{\myrefname} {Mein Zeichen:} -% } - - -%%% Top of first page: left -\sbox{\FIRM} - {\parbox[t]{\leftfield} - {\bfseries\fontsize{17.28}{22pt}\selectfont% - Mein Name\hfill}} - -%%% Top of every other page -\sbox{\firm} - {\fontsize{10}{12pt}\selectfont\normalfont - Mein Name} - -%% The normal page-layout for the following page does not contain a -%% footer. In fact the layout is rather primitive. So if you want to -%% include some fancy text, your corporate logo or whatever, you have -%% to redefine the pagestyle. You may have to adjust the textheight if -%% the footer becomes too large. Of course you can use fancyhdr or -%% scrpage if you need a more powerful tool. - -% \if@twoside % Twoside definition -% \def\ps@headings{% -% \def\@oddfoot{\hfil Text on the odd page} -% \def\@evenfoot{Text on the even page\hfil} -% \def\@oddhead{\usebox{\firm} -% \headfont\hfil\@date\hfil\pagename\ \pnumfont\thepage}% -% \let\@evenhead\@oddhead} -% \else % Oneside definition -% \def\ps@headings{% -% \def\@oddfoot{\hfil Text for one-side layout\hfill} -% \def\@oddhead{\usebox{\firm} -% \headfont\hfil\@date\hfil\pagename\ \pnumfont\thepage}} -% \fi - - -%%% Top of first page: right -\sbox{\firmaddress} -% Use either Text: - {\parbox[t]{\rightfield}{% - \fontsize{9}{10pt}\selectfont\normalfont - Meine Stra{\ss}e 1\\ 12345 Meindorf}} -% or graphic: -%{\includegraphics{ourlogo}} - -%% and remember to adjust FIRM and firmaddress: - -%%% Top of first page: left + right -%%% You may want to adjust the raisebox -\sbox{\FIRMHEAD} - {\usebox{\FIRM}\raisebox{3mm}{\usebox{\firmaddress}}} - -%%% Return address -%%% one line version -\sbox{\firmreturn} - {\underline{\fontsize{7}{8pt}\selectfont - \hskip5mm Mein Name \textperiodcentered Meine Stra{\ss}e 1 - \textperiodcentered D--12345 Meindorf\hskip5mm}} - -%%% two line version -%\sbox{\firmreturn} -% {\underline{ -% \slshape\fontsize{7}{8pt}\selectfont -% \hskip3mm\parbox{65mm} -% {\makebox[65mm][c] -% {Fachschaft -- Maschinenbau \textperiodcentered -% \mbox{\raise .75ex \hbox{c}\kern -.15em /\kern -.125em -% \smash{\lower .3ex \hbox{o}}} -% AStA TU Braunschweig} -% \makebox[65mm][c] -% {Katharinenstra{\ss}e 1 \textperiodcentered D--38106 Braunschweig}} -% \hskip3mm}} - -%%% Firstpage footer -%%% The code should be controlled by @banklo -\sbox{\firmfoot} - {\fontsize{9}{11pt}\selectfont -%%% The following line may look nice in a FAX.CFG :-) -%%% If you have a bad telephone-line try snail-mail!\\ - \if@banklo - \ifnum\language = \l@german - Bankverbindung: - \hspace{5mm} - \parbox[t]{\rightfield}{\raggedright - Undeutsche Landesbank Frankfurt, - BLZ~123\,456\,78, Konto~1\,111\,007\\}% - \hspace{5mm} - \parbox[t]{\rightfield}{\raggedright - Die Sparkasse Meindorf, - BLZ~007\,123\,10, Konto~08\,15\\} - \fi - \fi} - -%%% Text displayed below the header on the right side -%%% This should be controlled by @bankhi -%%% This is the only place that will be re-evaluated for -%%% every letter! Everything that changes for different -%%% letters (in the same document) must go either here -%%% or in the ref-line. -\newcommand{\rightbox}% - {\parbox[t]{\rightfield}% - {\fontsize{9}{11pt}\selectfont - \raggedright - \ifx\fromname\@empty - \else - \ifnum \language = \l@german - Sachbearbeiter: - \fi - \fromname\\ - \fi - \ifx\telephonenum\@empty - \ifnum \language = \l@german - \telephonename: 040 / 44\,17\,77 - \else - \telephonename: 49--40--44\,17\,77 - \fi - \else - \telephonename: \telephonenum - \fi\\[1.5ex] - \ifx\telefaxnum\@empty - \ifnum \language = \l@german - \telefaxname: 040 / 44\,17\,77 - \else - \telefaxname: 49--40--44\,17\,77 - \fi - \else - \telefaxname: \telefaxnum - \fi\\[1.5ex] - \ifx\@email\@empty - e-mail: Mein-Name@ insert.your.domain.here - \else - e-mail: \@email - \fi\\[1.5ex] - \if@bankhi - \ifnum \language = \l@german - Bankverbindung:\\[1ex] - Undeutsche Landesbank Frankfurt, - BLZ~123\,456\,78, Konto~1\,111\,007\\[.5ex] - Die Sparkasse L\"uneburg, - BLZ~007\,123\,10, Konto~08\,15 \\[.5ex] - \fi - \fi - - - %% Finally fixed it! - %% If you want to have the date here, set the - %% rightdate options. - %% (With a big excuse to Markus and many others, who - %% had to wait that long) - \if@rightdate - \vspace{0.5ex} - \normalsize\@date - \fi - }} - - -%% The labels defined in myletter.cls are what my printer likes: -%% Onecolumn, 100mm * 50mm, 3mm separation. -%% If you have different lables edit here: - -%\renewcommand*{\startlabels}{\labelcount\z@ -% \pagestyle{empty} -% \let\@texttop\relax -% \setlength\parsep {0\p@} -%% The margins are calculated from the 1in,1in point, -%% thus negative values if the margins schould be smaller -% \topmargin -60\p@ -% \headsep \z@ -% \oddsidemargin -35\p@ -% \evensidemargin -35\p@ -% \textheight 10in -% \@colht\textheight \@colroom\textheight \vsize\textheight -% \textwidth 550\p@ -% You may have to increase columnsep if you use twocolumn labels -% This is what letter.cls uses. -% \columnsep 26\p@ -% This does almost nothing since there is an explicit fontsize-command -% in the text written. -% \ifcase \@ptsize\relax -% \normalsize -% \or -% \small -% \or -% \footnotesize -% \fi -% \baselineskip \z@ -% \lineskip \z@ -% \boxmaxdepth \z@ -% \parindent \z@ -% This is obvious, isn't it? -% \twocolumn -% \relax} - -%% This is how the label printed will look like. -%% Note that specialmail will be written to the .aux-file -%% when the letter is processed. The width used here is -%% what letter.cls uses. - -%\renewcommand*{\mlabel}[2]{% -% \parbox[b][2in][c]{3in}{% -% \strut\ignorespaces\usebox{\firmreturn}\\ -% \fontsize{12}{14pt}\selectfont -% \parbox[t][1.2in][c]{3in}{#2} -% }\par% -%} - -\makeatother -\endinput diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/altfont.d/altfont.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/altfont.d/altfont.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 76fc463..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/altfont.d/altfont.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `altfont.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% altfont.dtx (with options: `config') -%% -%% altfont: A LaTeX2e package for using alternative fonts -%% Copyright (C) 1996 Sebastian Marius Kirsch -%% -%% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -%% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -%% the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -%% (at your option) any later version. -%% -%% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -%% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -%% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -%% GNU General Public License for more details. -%% -%% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -%% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -%% Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -%% -\def\fileversion{1.1} % ^^A -*-latex-*- -\def\filedate{1996/07/02} -%% \CharacterTable -%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -%% -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesFile{altfont.cfg}% - [\filedate\space v\fileversion\space Local configuration for altfont.sty] -\DefaultRMFont{ptm} -\DefaultSFFont{phv} -\DefaultTTFont{pcr} -\AvailableRMFont{times}{ptm} -\AvailableRMFont{palatino}{ppl} -\AvailableRMFont{newcent}{pnc} - -\AvailableSFFont{helv}{phv} -\AvailableSFFont{gill}{pgs} - -\AvailableTTFont{courier}{pcr} - -\AvailableFont[\altfontenc{T1}]{dco}{cmor}{cmoss}{cmott} -\AvailableFont[\altfontenc{OT1}% - \DeclareFontSubstitution{OT1}{pnr}{m}{n}% - \renewcommand{\bfdefault}{b}% - \renewcommand{\itdefault}{sl}]{pandora}{pnr}{pnss}{pntt} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `altfont.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/altfont.d/psfont.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/altfont.d/psfont.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 104ee00..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/altfont.d/psfont.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `psfont.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% psfont.dtx (with options: `config') -%% -%% psfont: A LaTeX2e package for using PostScript fonts -%% Copyright (C) 1996 Sebastian Marius Kirsch -%% -%% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -%% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -%% the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -%% (at your option) any later version. -%% -%% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -%% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -%% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -%% GNU General Public License for more details. -%% -%% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -%% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -%% Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -%% -\def\fileversion{1.1} -\def\filedate{1996/06/30} -%% \CharacterTable -%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -%% -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesFile{psfont.cfg} - [\filedate\space v\fileversion\space Local configuration for psfont.sty] -\DefaultRMFont{ptm} -\DefaultSFFont{phv} -\DefaultTTFont{pcr} -\AvailableRMFont{times}{ptm} -\AvailableRMFont{palatino}{ppl} -\AvailableRMFont{newcent}{pnc} - -\AvailableSFFont{helv}{phv} -\AvailableSFFont{gill}{pgs} - -\AvailableTTFont{courier}{pcr} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `psfont.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/bardiag.d/bardiag.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/bardiag.d/bardiag.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index b5910c1..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/bardiag.d/bardiag.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ -% New colors defined -\definecolor{brown}{rgb}{.65, .16, .16} - -\definecolor{lightblue}{rgb}{.68, .85, .9} -\definecolor{lightred}{rgb}{1.0, .65, .65} - -\definecolor{darkyellow}{rgb}{0.6, 0.6, 0.3} - -\definecolor{palegreen}{rgb}{.6, .98, .6} -\definecolor{pink}{rgb}{1, .75, .8} -\definecolor{wheat}{rgb}{.96, .87, .7} -\definecolor{verylightgray}{gray}{0.95} - - -\newcommand{\arrowheight}{\dbar} -\newcommand{\arrowwidth}{\dbar} - -\newcommand{\ARbot}{0} -\newcommand{\RECTmid}{0} -\newcommand{\RECTwidth}{0.7} % 70% from \dbar -\newcommand{\RECTleft}{0} -\newcommand{\RECTright}{0} - -\newcommand{\mytempx}{0} -\newcommand{\mytempxx}{0} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% Additional bar primitives % -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\newcommand{\barArrowRect}[6][fillstyle=solid] -{\ifthenelse{\bdorientation = \bdvert} - {\FPfadd{\mytempx}{#2}{#4} - \FPdiv{\RECTmid}{\mytempx}{2} - - \FPfsub{\ARbot}{#5}{\arrowheight} - - \FPmul{\mytempx}{\dbar}{\RECTwidth} - \FPdiv{\mytempxx}{\mytempx}{2} - \FPfsub{\RECTleft}{\RECTmid}{\mytempxx} - \FPfadd{\RECTright}{\RECTmid}{\mytempxx} - - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillcolor=#6,linecolor=#6,#1](\RECTleft,#3)(\RECTright,\ARbot) - \pspolygon[fillcolor=#6,linecolor=#6,#1](#2,\ARbot)(\RECTmid,#5)(#4,\ARbot)(#2,\ARbot) - } - {\FPfadd{\mytempx}{#3}{#5} - \FPdiv{\RECTmid}{\mytempx}{2} - \FPfsub{\ARbot}{#4}{\arrowheight} - \FPmul{\mytempx}{\dbar}{\RECTwidth} - \FPdiv{\mytempxx}{\mytempx}{2} - \FPfsub{\RECTleft}{\RECTmid}{\mytempxx} - \FPfadd{\RECTright}{\RECTmid}{\mytempxx} - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillcolor=#6,linecolor=#6,#1](#2,\RECTleft)(\ARbot,\RECTright) - \pspolygon[fillcolor=#6,linecolor=#6,#1](\ARbot,#3)(#4,\RECTmid)(\ARbot,#5)(\ARbot,#3) - } -} -%--------------------------------------- -\newcommand{\barGradRect}[6][fillstyle=gradient] -{\ifthenelse{\bdorientation = \bdvert} - {\psframe[gradbegin=#6,gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=45, - fillstyle=gradient,linestyle=none,linecolor=#6](#2,#3)(#4,#5) - } - {\psframe[gradbegin=#6,gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=-45, - fillstyle=gradient,linestyle=none,linecolor=#6](#2,#3)(#4,#5) - } -} - -\newcommand{\barGradMidRect}[6][fillstyle=gradient] -{\ifthenelse{\bdorientation = \bdvert} - {\psframe[gradbegin=#6,gradend=white,gradmidpoint=0.3,gradangle=90, - fillstyle=gradient,linestyle=none,linecolor=#6](#2,#3)(#4,#5) - } - {\psframe[gradbegin=#6,gradend=white,gradmidpoint=0.3,gradangle=0, - fillstyle=gradient,linestyle=none,linecolor=#6](#2,#3)(#4,#5) - } -} -%--------------------------------------- -\newcommand{\barGradCylinder}[6][fillstyle=gradient] -{ \FPmul{\xtd}{\dbar}{\tdx} - \FPmul{\ytd}{\dbar}{\tdy} - - \FPdiv{\elRx}{\dbar}{2} - \FPdiv{\elRy}{\ytd}{2} - - \ifthenelse{\bdorientation = \bdvert} - { - \FPfadd{\tmpvar}{#2}{#4} - \FPdiv{\xtda}{\tmpvar}{2} % Xcenter of the bottom ellipse - \FPdiv{\tmpvar}{\ytd}{2} - \FPfadd{\ytda}{\tmpvar}{#3} % Ycenter of the bottom ellipse - \newpsstyle{gradcylstyle}{gradbegin=#6,gradend=white,gradmidpoint=0.25,gradangle=90,fillstyle=gradient,linestyle=none,linecolor=#6} - % Draw the bottom ellipse - \psellipse[style=gradcylstyle](\xtda,\ytda)(\elRx,\elRy) - \FPdiv{\tmpvar}{\ytd}{2} - \FPfadd{\ytdb}{\tmpvar}{#5} % Ycenter of the top ellipse - % Draw the rectangle - \psframe[style=gradcylstyle](#2,\ytda)(#4,\ytdb) - % Draw the top ellipse - \psellipse[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=#6,linecolor=#6](\xtda,\ytdb)(\elRx,\elRy) - } - { \FPfadd{\tmpvar}{#3}{#5} - \FPdiv{\ytda}{\tmpvar}{2} - \FPdiv{\tmpvar}{\ytd}{2} - \FPfadd{\xtda}{\tmpvar}{#2} - \newpsstyle{gradcylstyle}{gradbegin=#6,gradend=white,gradmidpoint=0.25,gradangle=0,fillstyle=gradient,linestyle=none,linecolor=#6} - % Draw the left ellipse - \psellipse[style=gradcylstyle](\xtda,\ytda,)(\elRy,\elRx) - \FPdiv{\tmpvar}{\ytd}{2} - \FPfadd{\ytdb}{\tmpvar}{#4} - % Draw the rectangle - \psframe[style=gradcylstyle](\xtda,#3)(\ytdb,#5) - % Draw the right ellipse - \psellipse[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=#6,linecolor=#6](\ytdb,\ytda)(\elRy,\elRx) - } -} -%--------------------------------------- -\newcommand{\barCoil}[6][qq] -{\ifthenelse{\bdorientation = \bdvert} - {\FPfadd{\mytempx}{#2}{#4} - \FPdiv{\RECTmid}{\mytempx}{2} - \pscoil[linecolor=#6,linewidth=3pt]{->}(\RECTmid,#3)(\RECTmid,#5) - } - {\FPfadd{\mytempx}{#3}{#5} - \FPdiv{\RECTmid}{\mytempx}{2} - \pscoil[linecolor=#5,linewidth=3pt]{->}(#2,\RECTmid)(#4,\RECTmid) - } -} diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/bhcexam.d/BHCexam.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/bhcexam.d/BHCexam.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 39fc16e..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/bhcexam.d/BHCexam.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `BHCexam.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% BHCexam.dtx (with options: `cfg') -%% -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% Copyright (C) 2011 by Charles Bao -%% -%% This file was generated from file(s) of the BHCexam package project. -%% ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 -%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. -%% The latest version of this license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 1999/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This is the configuration file of the BHCexam package with LaTeX2e. -%% -\ProvidesFile{BHCexam.cfg} - [2011/07/27 v0.2 BHCexam - configuration file] - - - -\def\@biaoti{2011年全国普通高等学校招生统一考试(上海卷)} -\def\@kemu{数学(理科)} -\def\@zongfen{150} -\def\@shijian{120} -\def\@tiankong@zongfen{56} -\def\@tiankong@tishu{14} -\def\@tiankong@fen{4} -\def\@xuanze@zongfen{16} -\def\@xuanze@tishu{4} -\def\@xuanze@fen{4} -\def\@jianda@zongfen{78} -\def\@jianda@tishu{5} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `BHCexam.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/catoptions.d/catoptions-guide.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/catoptions.d/catoptions-guide.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 538fac7..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/catoptions.d/catoptions-guide.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -\ProvidesFile{catoptions-guide.cfg}% - [2011/12/17 v0.2.7b Configuration file for catoptions-guide.tex (AM)] - -\cptloadpackages{% - xwatermark|printwatermark; - array; - colortbl; - ltablex; -} -\keepXColumns - -\fancypagenos[% - showonpageone = false, - showpagenumbers = true, - showheadrule = true, - showfootrule = false, - yposition = -.42\paperheight, - xposition = 0, - scale = 1, - angle = 0, - left-header = The \textcolor{macrocolor}{catoptions} package, - style = \textsc{Page~\thepage~of~\pageref{xwmlastpage}}, - right-header = \ttcl{black}{\today} -] - -\amltxoptions{% - geometryoptions = {left=3cm,right=3cm,top=2.5cm,% - bottom=2.5cm,includeheadfoot}, - reviewdocument = false, - parindent = false, - toc = false, - frontpagestyle = empty, - pretitleskip = 0ex, - posttitleskip = 1ex, - presuptitleskip = 15ex, - postsuptitleskip = 0ex, - presubtitleskip = 0ex, - postsubtitleskip = -\baselineskip, - loadnatbib = {numbers,sort&compress}, - cmdcolor = xmagenta1, - stylecolor = xgreen1, - speccolor = teal, - sectionheadcolor = blue -} -\def\otherchars{\quoted{other} characters\sspace} -\ltsnewletcs*\sectionbreak\medbreak -\AtBeginDocument{\renewdef*\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}} - -\newwatermark -[page=1,fontfamily=phv,fontsize=11pt,fontseries=m,textalign=center, - coordunit=pc,textwidth=\hsize,textangle=0,textscale=1.8,textxpos=0, - textypos=32.5]{\xwmfadingtext[textcolor=blue,boxcolor=red, - scale=1.8,height=1.5ex,letterwidth=7.8mm]{catoptions}\\[1ex]% - \ttcl{blue}{\resizebox{.5\width}{!}{Setting up - {\tt\string\futurelet} characters, securing catcodes, - and parsing options}}% -} - -\newwatermark -[page=1,fontfamily=phv,fontsize=10pt,fontseries=m,color=black,textalign=center, - coordunit=pc,textwidth=\hsize,textangle=0,textscale=1,textxpos=0,textypos=24]{% - \ltscitation[author={Michael J. Downes, 1958--2003},textcolor=black,leftmargin=0em, - fonttype=\small]{% - The \pkgg'{pcatcode} functionality would work best if it were built into the - \usecsn{latex2e} kernel, but it cannot be usefully added to the kernel now without - adversely affecting document compatibility across different systems. This package - therefore modifies one or two of the low-level package-loading functions defined - by the kernel. Theoretically speaking, the \pkgg'{pcatcode} itself has to guard against - the - kind of catcode problems that it is intended to circumvent. If you would like a - nice little \texnician's exercise, try your hand, before looking at the code of the - \pkgg'{pcatcode}, at the task that I set for myself: find the minimal set of catcode - assumptions that one has to make before attempting to establish normalcy, where normalcy is - defined as the state at the end of the \latex kernel, just before the last - \hx{\makeatother}. This is the state that may normally be expected at the - beginning of a \hx{\documentclass} file, if the \latex format file does not - have any extensions (\eg, \pkgm{babel}) compiled in. - }% -} - -\endinput - -%%% End of file catoptions-guide.cfg %%% diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/cdpbundl.d/cdpshues.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/cdpbundl.d/cdpshues.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index f65f2cc..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/cdpbundl.d/cdpshues.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `cdpshues.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% cdpbundl.dtx (with options: `config') -%% -%% This is a generated file. -%% It is part of a work named "C.D.P. Bundle". -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1999-2006 by Gustavo MEZZETTI . -%% -%% The C.D.P. Bundle may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 -%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. -%% The latest version of this license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% The C.D.P. Bundle has the LPPL maintenance status -%% "author-maintained". -%% -%% The file `manifest.txt' that comes along with this file specifies -%% what the C.D.P. Bundle consists of; more precisely, it explains how -%% the locutions "Work" and "Compiled Work", used in the LaTeX Project -%% Public License, are to be interpreted in the case of this work. -%% -%% Note that the distribution of this file alone is "distribution of -%% only part of the Work" in the sense of the LaTeX Project Public -%% License, and is not allowed. -%% -%% \CharacterTable -%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -%%% -%%% The argument of the "\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault" command contains -%%% the name (w/o extension) of the default color definition file: -\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault{cdpshues} - -==================== -EXPLANATORY COMMENTS -==================== - -This file is special in that the cdpaddon package stops reading it as -soon as it encounters the first "\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault" command: -all subsequent lines are ignored, and can hence contain explanatory -comments, just like these. To save disk space (although, in this era -of gigabytes, this is not a compelling issue!), you can, if you want, -delete all lines in this file except the one which contains the first -occurrence of a "\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault" command (12 lines above); -but if you do so, please be sure to read them before deleting them! -(Anyway, I think it is a good idea to leave the comments in place.) - -The "\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault" command has one argument, in which -you should put the name of a default file from which the definitions -of the hues for the C.D.P. seal are read when no other file has been -indicated in the options passed to the cdpaddon package. Note that -the extension ".def" is automatically added to the name; therefore, -you **must** leave it out in the name given as the argument of the -"\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault" command. - -The C.D.P. Bundle comes with some definition files already included; -their names are listed below, without the extension ".def" (each one -is packaged in a "\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault" command): - -\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault{cdpshues-example} -\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault{epson-stylus-740} -\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault{hp-laserjet-4500} - -To make one of these files the default one, copy (or move) the line -containing its name to the top of the file, so that its becomes the -first line (yes, even above the opening comments, those four dozens -lines starting with "%%": let us keep things easy!). - -If you write a new definition file, you can make it the default by -writing a similar "\DeclareCDPSealHuesDefault" command and putting it -in the first line of this file (above the opening comments, why not). -Remember that only the first such command appearing in this file is -taken into consideration: all subsequent lines are ignored. - -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `cdpshues.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/contour.d/contour.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/contour.d/contour.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 554fe3d..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/contour.d/contour.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `contour.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% contour.dtx (with options: `cfgfile') -%% -%% contour package configuration file -%% -%% Copyright 2004 Harald Harders -%% -%% This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms -%% of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN -%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either -%% version 1 of the License, or any later version. -%% -%% h.harders@tu-bs.de -%% -\ProvidesFile{contour.cfg} - [2004/11/18 v2.14 Print contoured text (HH, MH)] - % Select an appropriate default driver -\begingroup - \chardef\x=0 % - % check pdfTeX - \@ifundefined{pdfoutput}{}{% - \ifcase\pdfoutput - \else - \chardef\x=1 % - \fi - }% - % check VTeX - \@ifundefined{OpMode}{}{% - \chardef\x=2 % - }% -\expandafter\endgroup -\ifcase\x - % default case - \ExecuteOptions{dvips}% -\or - % pdfTeX is running in pdf mode - \ExecuteOptions{pdftex}% -\else - % VTeX is running - \ExecuteOptions{vtex}% -\fi -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `contour.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/coverpage.d/CoverPage.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/coverpage.d/CoverPage.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index a3c29b9..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/coverpage.d/CoverPage.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -%% Config file for ExtraTitlePage -%% -%% This file "CoverPage.cfg" is read by "CoverPage.sty" -%% (if it exists). Use it to define default settings, e.g. for your -%% institute or your group logo. -%% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -%% set institute -%% (the only information which cannot be extracted from BibTeX entry) -\CoverPageSetup{institute = {Institute of Applied Nonsense}} - -%% redefine header, body, or footer with \renewcommand -\renewcommand{\CoverPageHeader}{% - \LARGE\bfseries% - \dotfill{} This is my header \dotfill} -\renewcommand{\CoverPageFooterLogo}{% - \Huge\sffamily% - L-O-G-O} - -%% These are "our" settings: -%%\CoverPageSetup{institute = {Institute of Imaging and Computer Vision\\ -%% RWTH Aachen University, 52056 Aachen, Germany\\ -%% tel: +49 241 80 27860, fax: +49 241 80 22200\\ -%% web: www.lfb.rwth-aachen.de}} -%%\renewcommand{\CoverPageHeader}{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{lfbheader}} -%%\renewcommand{\CoverPageFooterLogo}{\includegraphics[width=.35\textwidth]{rwthlogo}} diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/csquotes.d/csquotes.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/csquotes.d/csquotes.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index d78f719..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/csquotes.d/csquotes.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,249 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: csquotes.cfg,v 5.1d 2011/10/22 19:17:39 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{csquotes.cfg} - -% Put your definitions here. - -\endinput - -% What follows are examples of what you will typically do in this -% file. Note that you need to move the examples above \endinput if -% you want to try them out. - -% PRESETTING PACKAGE OPTIONS - -% Use \ExecuteQuoteOptions to preset package options if you are not -% satisfied with the built-in defaults. Options given here will be -% processed before any options specified in the document preamble, -% so you can still override them in the preamble. - -\ExecuteQuoteOptions{strict=true,autostyle=try} - -% CHANGING THE DEFAULT PARAMETERS - -% Even if you modify the package defaults here, all preset values -% may still be changed in the document preamble as usual. The -% following values are the built-in package defaults: - -\SetBlockEnvironment{quote} -\SetBlockThreshold{3} -\SetCiteCommand{\cite} - -% SETTING UP A NEW QUOTE STYLE - -% Here's an example of a new quote style with several variants (look -% up \DeclareQuoteStyle in the manual for all the details): - -\DeclareQuoteStyle[quotes]{example}% [variant]{style} - {\textquotedblleft}% opening outer mark - {\textquotedblright}% closing outer mark - {\textquoteleft}% opening inner mark - {\textquoteright}% closing inner mark -\DeclareQuoteStyle[quotes*]{example} - {\quotedblbase} - {\textquotedblright} - [0.1em]% kern adjoining marks - {\quotesinglbase} - {\textquoteright} -\DeclareQuoteStyle[everypar]{example} - {\guillemotleft} - [\guilsinglleft]% middle outer mark - {\guillemotright} - {\textquotedblleft} - [\textquoteleft]% middle inner mark - {\textquotedblright} - -% Defining the default variant of the style: - -\DeclareQuoteAlias[quotes]{example}{example} - -% Defining a second-level alias: - -\DeclareQuoteAlias{example}{demo} - -% Adding a package option for the style: - -\DeclareQuoteOption{example} - -% DEFINING SHORT COMMAND NAMES - -% The names of all macros which csquotes provides by default are -% rather verbose. They are meant to be self-explanatory. You may -% find names like \hyphentextquote a bit too verbose, however, -% especially if you use them frequently. It is very easy to define -% shorter command names on top of the verbose ones. The trick is to -% exclude the arguments such that the short definition is a simple -% pointer to the full name: -% -% \newcommand*{\htquote}{\hyphentextquote} -% -% Here are a few useful shorthands: - -\newcommand*{\tquote}{\textquote} -\newcommand*{\tcquote}{\textcquote} - -\newcommand*{\bquote}{\blockquote} -\newcommand*{\bcquote}{\blockcquote} - -% You can even include language switches in the definition of the -% short command form: -% -% \newcommand*{\usquote}{\hyphentextquote{american}} -% -% That, however, will not work as expected if you try to use the -% starred version because -% -% \usquote*{quotation} -% -% will not yield -% -% \hyphentextquote*{american}{quotation} -% -% but rather -% -% \hyphentextquote{american}*{quotation} -% -% which is invalid syntax. The following little macro takes care of -% that. If you prefix a definition which consists of a macro name -% and one argument with \@checkstar, it will check if the starred -% version of the command was requested and rearrange the syntax -% accordingly: - -\newrobustcmd*{\@checkstar}[2]{% - \@ifstar{#1*{#2}}{#1{#2}}} - -% If we define our \usquote shorthand like that: -% -% \newcommand*{\usquote}{\@checkstar\hyphentextquote{american}} -% -% then -% -% \usquote*{quotation} -% -% will correctly yield -% -% \hyphentextquote*{american}{quotation} -% -% Here are a few useful shorthands: - -\newrobustcmd*{\dequote}{% - \@checkstar\hyphenquote{german}} -\newrobustcmd*{\frquote}{% - \@checkstar\hyphenquote{french}} -\newrobustcmd*{\ukquote}{% - \@checkstar\hyphenquote{british}} -\newrobustcmd*{\usquote}{% - \@checkstar\hyphenquote{american}} - -\newrobustcmd*{\detquote}{% - \@checkstar\hyphentextquote{german}} -\newrobustcmd*{\frtquote}{% - \@checkstar\hyphentextquote{french}} -\newrobustcmd*{\uktquote}{% - \@checkstar\hyphentextquote{british}} -\newrobustcmd*{\ustquote}{% - \@checkstar\hyphentextquote{american}} - -\newrobustcmd*{\debquote}{% - \@checkstar\hyphenblockquote{german}} -\newrobustcmd*{\frbquote}{% - \@checkstar\hyphenblockquote{french}} -\newrobustcmd*{\ukbquote}{% - \@checkstar\hyphenblockquote{british}} -\newrobustcmd*{\usbquote}{% - \@checkstar\hyphenblockquote{american}} - -\newrobustcmd*{\detcquote}{% - \@checkstar\hyphentextcquote{german}} -\newrobustcmd*{\frtcquote}{% - \@checkstar\hyphentextcquote{french}} -\newrobustcmd*{\uktcquote}{% - \@checkstar\hyphentextcquote{british}} -\newrobustcmd*{\ustcquote}{% - \@checkstar\hyphentextcquote{american}} - -\newrobustcmd*{\debcquote}{% - \@checkstar\hyphenblockcquote{german}} -\newrobustcmd*{\frbcquote}{% - \@checkstar\hyphenblockcquote{french}} -\newrobustcmd*{\ukbcquote}{% - \@checkstar\hyphenblockcquote{british}} -\newrobustcmd*{\usbcquote}{% - \@checkstar\hyphenblockcquote{american}} - -% It is also possible to define shorter environment names. In this -% case, the opening part of the environment definition should be the -% verbose environment name with a backslash; the closing definition -% should be the verbose name preceded by 'end' plus a backslash: - -\newenvironment*{dquote} - {\displayquote} - {\enddisplayquote} - -\newenvironment*{dcquote} - {\displaycquote} - {\enddisplaycquote} - -% Short environment definitions may also include language switches. -% In this case, the language name is included in the opening part of -% the environment definition. Here are a few useful examples: - -\newenvironment*{dedquote} - {\hyphendisplayquote{german}} - {\endhyphendisplayquote} -\newenvironment*{frdquote} - {\hyphendisplayquote{french}} - {\endhyphendisplayquote} -\newenvironment*{ukdquote} - {\hyphendisplayquote{british}} - {\endhyphendisplayquote} -\newenvironment*{usdquote} - {\hyphendisplayquote{american}} - {\endhyphendisplayquote} - -\newenvironment*{dedcquote} - {\hyphendisplaycquote{german}} - {\endhyphendisplaycquote} -\newenvironment*{frdcquote} - {\hyphendisplaycquote{french}} - {\endhyphendisplaycquote} -\newenvironment*{ukdcquote} - {\hyphendisplaycquote{british}} - {\endhyphendisplaycquote} -\newenvironment*{usdcquote} - {\hyphendisplaycquote{american}} - {\endhyphendisplaycquote} - -% DEFINING ENVIRONMENTS FOR PARAGRAPH QUOTATIONS - -% Here are some alternative environments for paragraph quotations -% (block and display). The first one decreases the font size of -% the 'quote' environment by one step: - -\RequirePackage{relsize} - -\newenvironment*{smallquote} - {\quote\smaller} - {\endquote} - -\SetBlockEnvironment{smallquote} - -% This environment forces indentation after all paragraph quotations: - -\newenvironment*{paraquote} - {\begingroup\quote} - {\endquote\endgroup} - -\SetBlockEnvironment{paraquote} - -% The last environment combines the previous ones: - -\RequirePackage{relsize} - -\newenvironment*{smallparaquote} - {\begingroup\quote\smaller} - {\endquote\endgroup} - -\SetBlockEnvironment{smallparaquote} - -\endinput diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/dinbrief.d/dinbrief.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/dinbrief.d/dinbrief.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 8b52d4b..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/dinbrief.d/dinbrief.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% \CharacterTable -%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -%% -% \begin{macrocode} -% Example configuration file -% -% This file is input by the last command of the class `dinbrief' -% -%\setaddressllhpos{100truemm} -%\setaddressllvpos{96truemm} -%\setaddressllcorner{20truemm}{72truemm} -%\addressstd -%\nobackaddressrule -%\nowindowrules -%\address{R\"udiger Kurz\\ % Package `german' not yet loaded! -% Am See 1\\ -% 76133 Karlsruhe} -%\backaddress{R.~Kurz, Am See 1, 76133 Karslruhe} -%\place{Gralsruhe} -%\phone{(0127)}{806-0815} -%\signature{R\"udiger Kurz} -%\setbottomtexttop{284.9truemm} -%\bottomtext{% -% \makebox[\textwidth][c]{\small\sf -% Bankverbindung $\cdot$ Kreissparkasse Gralsruhe % -% (BLZ~999~500~00) 98~765~4}} diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/draftcopy.d/draftcopy.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/draftcopy.d/draftcopy.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index f10015d..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/draftcopy.d/draftcopy.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `draftcopy.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% draftcopy.doc (with options: `config') -%% -%% IMPORTANT NOTICE: -%% -%% For the copyright see the source file. -%% -%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed -%% with new filenames distinct from draftcopy.cfg. -%% -%% For distribution of the original source see the terms -%% for copying and modification in the file draftcopy.doc. -%% -%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the -%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the -%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be -%% in the same archive or directory.) -\iffalse -\fi - - - - - - - -\ifx\OpMode\undefined -\ExecuteOptions{dvips} -\else -\ExecuteOptions{vtex} -\fi - -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `draftcopy.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/endfloat.d/efxmpl.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/endfloat.d/efxmpl.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 7210866..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/endfloat.d/efxmpl.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `efxmpl.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% endfloat.dtx (with options: `config') -%% -%% IMPORTANT NOTICE: -%% This is part of a set of tools (or better yet, experiments) written -%% by Jeff Goldberg (jeffrey@goldmark.org), who is writting this -%% not only for it utility value, but as part of the process of learning -%% LaTeX. These tools are far from perfect, and comments are welcome. -%% -%% The usual disclaimers apply: If it doesn't work right that's your -%% problem (but do let me know). -%% -%% The usual GNU-style conditions apply: If you change it, you take -%% the blame; if you pass it on, pass on all present condiditions; -%% -\def\filename{endfloat} -\def\fileversion{v2.5d} -\def\filedate{2011/12/25} -\def\docdate{2011/12/05} -%% \CharacterTable -%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -%% -%% Description: LaTeX style to put figures and tables at end of article -%% Keywords: LaTeX, style-option, float, figure, table -%% Authors: James Darrell McCauley , -%% Jeff Goldberg , -%% Axel Sommerfeldt -%% Maintainer: Jeff Goldberg -%% Latest Version: Version 2.5 -\RequirePackage{rotating} -\DeclareDelayedFloatFlavor{sidewaysfigure}{figure} -\DeclareDelayedFloatFlavor{sidewaystable}{table} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `efxmpl.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/facsimile.d/fac-de.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/facsimile.d/fac-de.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 792ab37..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/facsimile.d/fac-de.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `fac-de.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% facsimile.dtx (with options: `configuration') -%% -%% IMPORTANT NOTICE: -%% -%% For the copyright see the source file. -%% -%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed -%% with new filenames distinct from fac-de.cfg. -%% -%% For distribution of the original source see the terms -%% for copying and modification in the file facsimile.dtx. -%% -%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the -%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the -%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be -%% in the same archive or directory.) -%% \CharacterTable -%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -%% -\makeatletter -\@ifpackageloaded{babel}{}{ - \renewcommand{\iflanguage}[3]{% - \def\paramone{german}\def\paramtwo{#1} - \ifx\paramone\paramtwo\else - \errmessage{internal error in facsimile.cfg}\fi - \@ifpackageloaded{german}{#2}{#3}} -} -\makeatother - -\iflanguage{german}{ -\renewcommand{\faxnotetext}{Dieses Fax wurde von einem - Faxmodem aus gesendet. Wenn Sie auf dieses Fax antworten - wollen, rufen Sie erst an, damit sichergestellt werden kann, - da\ss{} das Faxmodem bereit ist, die Sendung zu empfangen.} - -\faxfrom{% - \begin{tabular}{rl} - von: & Peter Meier\\ - Adresse: & Hauptstra\ss e 7\\ - & 28182 Musterstadt\\ - Telefon/Fax: & 08\,67\,/\,65\,53\,4\\ - \end{tabular}} -}{ -\renewcommand{\faxnotetext}{This message was sent using a fax - modem. When replying to this fax, phone first, so the fax - modem and PC can be switched on, and prepared for fax - reception.} - -\faxfrom{% - \begin{tabular}{rl} - from: & Peter Meier\\ - address: & Hauptstra\ss e 7\\ - & 27182 Musterstadt\\ - & Germany\\ - phone/fax: & +49-867-65534\\ - \end{tabular}} -} - -\usepackage{mathptmx}\boldmath -\usepackage{helvet} -\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{\sfdefault}\rmfamily - -\IfFileExists{signatur.eps}{ - \usepackage[dvips]{graphicx} - \renewcommand{\closinghook}{\includegraphics{signatur}\\} -} -{ - \message{signatur.eps not found!} -} - -\author{Peter Meier} - -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `fac-de.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/facsimile.d/fac-en.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/facsimile.d/fac-en.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 69f2366..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/facsimile.d/fac-en.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `fac-en.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% facsimile.dtx (with options: `coreconfiguration') -%% -%% IMPORTANT NOTICE: -%% -%% For the copyright see the source file. -%% -%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed -%% with new filenames distinct from fac-en.cfg. -%% -%% For distribution of the original source see the terms -%% for copying and modification in the file facsimile.dtx. -%% -%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the -%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the -%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be -%% in the same archive or directory.) -%% \CharacterTable -%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -%% -\faxfrom{% - \begin{tabular}{rl} - from: & Bugs Bunny\\ - address: & ACME Street 42\\ - & 90210 Toontown\\ - & USA\\ - phone/fax: & +1-555-314159\\ - \end{tabular}} - -\author{Bugs Bunny} - -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `fac-en.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/flashcards.d/avery5371.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/flashcards.d/avery5371.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index e36d36c..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/flashcards.d/avery5371.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `avery5371.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% flashcards.dtx (with options: `avery5371') -%% -%% FlashCards LaTeX2e Class for Typesetting Double Sided Cards -%% Copyright (C) 2000 Alexander M. Budge -%% -%% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -%% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -%% the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -%% (at your option) any later version. -%% -%% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -%% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -%% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -%% GNU General Public License for more details. -%% -%% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -%% along with this program (the file COPYING); if not, write to the -%% Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -%% -%% \CharacterTable -%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -%% -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/12/01] -\ProvidesFile{avery5371.cfg} -\newcommand{\cardpapermode}{portrait} -\newcommand{\cardpaper}{letterpaper} -\newcommand{\cardrows}{5} -\newcommand{\cardcolumns}{2} -\setlength{\cardheight}{2.0in} -\setlength{\cardwidth}{3.5in} -\setlength{\topoffset}{0.50in} -\setlength{\oddoffset}{0.75in} -\setlength{\evenoffset}{0.75in} - -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `avery5371.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/flashcards.d/avery5388.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/flashcards.d/avery5388.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 7dd743a..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/flashcards.d/avery5388.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `avery5388.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% flashcards.dtx (with options: `avery5388') -%% -%% FlashCards LaTeX2e Class for Typesetting Double Sided Cards -%% Copyright (C) 2000 Alexander M. Budge -%% -%% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -%% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -%% the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -%% (at your option) any later version. -%% -%% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -%% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -%% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -%% GNU General Public License for more details. -%% -%% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -%% along with this program (the file COPYING); if not, write to the -%% Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -%% -%% \CharacterTable -%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -%% -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/12/01] -\ProvidesFile{avery5388.cfg} -\newcommand{\cardpapermode}{portrait} -\newcommand{\cardpaper}{letterpaper} -\newcommand{\cardrows}{3} -\newcommand{\cardcolumns}{1} -\setlength{\cardheight}{3.0in} -\setlength{\cardwidth}{5.0in} -\setlength{\topoffset}{1.0in} -\setlength{\oddoffset}{1.75in} -\setlength{\evenoffset}{1.75in} - -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `avery5388.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/foilhtml.d/foilhtml.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/foilhtml.d/foilhtml.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 7d7dbed..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/foilhtml.d/foilhtml.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `foilhtml.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% foilhtml.dtx (with options: `cfg') -%% -%% The first part of this file contains default options for your site. -%% The second part (inside AtEndOfPackage declaration) should contain -%% customization commands specific to your site. -%% -%% Good luck -%% -%% The default options go here -%% -\ExecuteOptions{nopagesintoc} -%% -\AtEndOfPackage{\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0} % Customization goes here -} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `foilhtml.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d/abbrevs.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d/abbrevs.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 7c31430..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d/abbrevs.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,290 +0,0 @@ -% \iffalse -%% -% Even if you don't want any code in this file, leave the empty file, or else -% loading the \package{abbrevs} package will consume extra time as it searches -% for this file. -%% -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\fileinfo{Abbrevs package configuration} -\def\fileversion{v1.2} -\def\filedate{2001/08/31} -\def\docdate{1997/10/18} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesFile{abbrevs.cfg} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \AddToCheckSum{25} -% -% \section{\cname{DateMarkSize}} -% -% \begin{macro}{\DateMarkSize} -% I like to use this definition instead of the one in the main file, but I -% didn't want to require \package{abbrevs} to depend on \package{relsize}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{relsize} -\def\DateMarkSize {% - \relsize{-1}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \section{Backwards compatibility} -% -% \begin{macro}{\TMNewCategory} -% \begin{macro}{\TMDefineAbbrevPlain} -% This can be uncommented to deal with anything you might have written that -% referred to these variables before I changed their names. -% \begin{macrocode} -% \newlet\TMNewCategory\NewAbbrevCategory -% \newlet\TMDefineAbbrevPlain\TMDefineAbbrevStandard -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \section{Suggestions} -% -% Here are ideas commented out that you might want to try. -% -% You can learn a helpful general strategy about how to work with hooks in -% \LaTeX{} from this example. If you put the inhibitor directly into -% \cs\PreFootnote, you could never take it out without either losing whatever -% else had been put into \cs\PreFootnote, or using some thorny procedure that -% stepped through the macro and removed just the inhibitor (you don't want to -% try that). If you add a ``subhook'' to \cs\PreFootnote, you can turn the -% subhook on or off without even knowing what else in in \cs\PreFootnote. You -% can't redefine \cs\TMInhibitSwitchingtrue. A \cs\newcommand would work as -% well as the \cs\newlet here, a tad less efficient. -% \begin{macrocode} -% \newlet\FootnoteTMHook\TMInhibitSwitchingtrue -% \addto@macro\PreFootnote {% -% \FootnoteTMHook -% } -% \end{macrocode} -% To undo the effect later, say \code{\let\FootnoteTMHook\relax} or -% \code{\global\let}\lips as appropriate. -% -% \part{Testing} -% -% \ResetAbbrevs{All} -% -% I'm presently writing a dissertation on \beckett. Although there is -% comparatively little biographical material available, it is well known that -% he spent several years under the wing of \joyce, another of the great writers -% in English this century. \joyce and \beckett, it is curious, like other -% great writers, both had trouble with their vision, and both were exiles in -% some sense. One of my favorite pieces by \beckett is \worst, a short work -% written in the 1980's not long before his death: ``Fail again. Fail -% better.'' \worst is lyric and exalting to me. A work I feel is underrated -% is the radio play \fall (all but his three long plays are collected in \csp). -% It's extremely funny, and very touchingly compassionate. Because it is a -% radio play, it loses less from performance to reading. I would recommend -% \fall to anyone. His later plays (and fiction) are famously enigmatic, but -% with a little practice, it is not hard to see the same lyric beauty and -% compassion. Take the brief television play \nacht (in \csp of course), which -% has no dialogue, only a few murmured bars of the Schubert song, also brief, -% and also called \nacht---it's one of the most hauntingly beautiful few -% minutes of music I've ever heard, and I particularly recommend Cheryl -% Studer's recording on Deutsche Grammophone. Every other recording I've heard -% plays too fast. -% -% \ResetAbbrevs{All} -% -% \joyceshort is short for \joyce, not \joyce Smith. -% -% \ResetAbbrevs{All} -% -% Now some more rigious and boring testing. Each pair should be identical. -% -% \newbook\aaa{initial}[subsequent] -% \newname\www{tmacro}[tmacro-subsequent] -% -% {\parindent0pt -% -% ^^A\def\ldebug#1{\tracingmacros#1\tracingcommands#1\VerboseErrors\relax} -% \let\ldebug\Gobble -% -% \textit{\textitswitch{initial} hello}\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \textit{\aaa hello} -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textup{\textitswitch{subsequent} hello}\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \textup{\aaa hello} -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textit{subsequent}~tie\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa~tie -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textit{subsequent} regular text\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa regular text -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textit{subsequent}: colon\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa: colon -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textit{subsequent}; semicolon\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa; semicolon -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textit{subsequent}. Period.\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa. Period. -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textit{subsequent}! Exclamation point.\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa! Exclamation point. -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textit{subsequent}? Question mark.\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa? Question mark. -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textit{subsequent}-hyphen.\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa-hyphen. -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textit{subsequent} \texttt{texttt}\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa \texttt{texttt} -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textit{subsequent} (leftparen)\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa (leftparen) -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% (\textit{subsequent}) rightparen\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% (\aaa) rightparen -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textit{subsequent}, comma\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa, comma. -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textit{subsequent} tmacro\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa \www -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textit{subsequent}'s face\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa's face -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textit{subsequent} ``quote''\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa ``quote'' -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textit{subsequent} [leftbracket]\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa [leftbracket] -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% [\textit{subsequent}] rightbracket\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% [\aaa] rightbracket -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textit{subsequent}{open group}\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa {opengroup} -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% {\textit{subsequent}} close group\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% {\aaa} close group -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textit{subsequent} \{realbrace\}\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa \{realbrace\} -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textit{subsequent} 666 number\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa 666 number -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textit{subsequent} $x=y^2$ math\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa $x=y^2$ math -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textit{subsequent} \$realdollar\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa \$realdollar -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textit{subsequent} \#numbersign\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa \#numbersign -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textit{subsequent}/slash\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa /slash -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textit{subsequent}\/ italic correction\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa \/ italic correction -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textit{subsequent}\ explicit space\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa \ explicit space -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \textit{subsequent}\space \cs\space\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa \space \cs\space -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \makeatletter -% -% \textit{subsequent}\@xobeysp \cname{@xobeysp}\\ -% \ldebug1\relax -% \aaa \@xobeysp \cname{@xobeysp} -% \ldebug0\relax -% -% \def\ACRcnta{1} -% \def\ACRcntb{3} -% \acromake{CIA}{{\ttfamily CIA}}{Central Intelligence Agency} -% \newcommand\TMacromakebugit {% -% \Debug1 -% \typeout{CIA \expandafter\meaning\csname CIA\endcsname} -% \typeout{LONG \expandafter\meaning\csname CIAlong \endcsname} -% \typeout{SHORT \expandafter\meaning\csname CIAshort \endcsname} -% \typeout{secondary \expandafter\meaning\csname CIAsecondary \endcsname} -% } -% -% The \CIA is overthrowing Nigeria. -% -% The \CIA is watching in your window right now. -% -% The \CIA will stop that missile. -% -% The \CIA! The \CIA! The \CIA. The \CIA guys. -% -% Resetting Acromake abbrevs. -% \TMResetAcromake -% -% The \CIA! The \CIA! The \CIA. The \CIA guys. -% -% } ^^A closes testing group? diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d/compsci.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d/compsci.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 9cae918..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d/compsci.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -% \iffalse -%% -% Even if you don't want any code in this file, leave the empty file, or else -% loading the \package{compsci} package will consume extra time as it searches -% for this file. -%% -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\fileinfo{Compsci package configuration} -\def\fileversion{v1.2} -\def\filedate{2001/08/31} -\def\docdate{2001/08/31} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \AddToCheckSum{45} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesFile{compsci.cfg} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macro}{\ALaTeX} -% \begin{macro}{\Frankenstein} -% \begin{macro}{\monster} -% \begin{macro}{\CTAN} -% \begin{macro}{\kpse} -% \begin{macro}{\gemacs} -% \begin{macro}{\auctex} -% \begin{macro}{\nts} -% \begin{macro}{\MakeIndex} -% \begin{macro}{\etex} -% \begin{macro}{\LaTeXiii} -% \begin{macro}{\idvi} -% Various program names. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newprogram\Frankenstein{Frankenstein} -\newlet\monster\Frankenstein -% \end{macrocode} -% \todo{Hmm, \ALaTeX{} kernel uses \cs\DeclareRobustCommand. What does -% \LaTeX{} kernel do?} -% \begin{macrocode} -%\requirecommand\ALaTeX {% -\defcommand\ALaTeX {% - A\LaTeX% -} -\newabbrev\ctan{CTAN} -\newprogram\kpse{kpathsea} -\newprogram\gemacs{\textrm{GNU} Emacs} -\newprogram\auctex{AUC-\TeX} -\newprogram\nts{$\cal NTS$} -\newprogram\MakeIndex{{\normalshape\em Makeindex\/}} -\newprogram\etex{e-\TeX} -\newprogram\LaTeXiii{\LaTeX~3} -\newprogram\idvi{IDVI} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d/slemph.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d/slemph.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 8c6cd08..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d/slemph.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -% \iffalse -%% -% Even if you don't want any code in this file, leave the empty file, or else -% loading the \package{slemph} package will consume extra time as it searches -% for this file. -%% -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\fileinfo{slemph package configuration} -\def\fileversion{v1.0} -\def\filedate{1996/01/24} -\def\docdate{1996/01/24} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \AddToCheckSum{12} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesFile{slemph.cfg} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macro}{\em} -% Slanted emphasis. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\em\slswitch -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} - diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d/titles.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d/titles.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 27b3a5c..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/frankenstein.d/titles.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,412 +0,0 @@ -% \iffalse -%% -% Even if you don't want any code in this file, leave the empty file, or else -% loading the \package{titles} package will consume extra time as it searches -% for this file. -%% -% \fi -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\fileinfo{titles package configuration} -\def\fileversion{v1.4} -\def\filedate{2001/08/31} -\def\docdate{2001/08/31} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \AddToCheckSum{24} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesFile{titles.cfg} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \section{User Customization} -% -% Put your own alterations and additions here. For example. -% \begin{macrocode} -% \let\word\textslswitch - \newlet\longpoem\textitswitch - \newlet\film\textitswitch - \newlet\essaytitle\Wrapquotes - \newlet\chaptertitle\Wrapquotes -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \part{Testing} -% -% \begingroup -% \setlength\parindent{0pt} -% \raggedright -% -% \subsection{Question and exclamation marks} -% -% \newcommand\TestQE [1] {% -% Test string: [#1]\qquad Result: -% \IfQuestionOrExclamation{#1} -% {Question or Exclamation} -% {Declarative} -% } -% -% \TestQE{% -% Title% -% } -% -% \TestQE{% -% Title?% -% } -% -% \TestQE{% -% Title!% -% } -% -% \TestQE{% -% Title??% -% } -% -% \TestQE{% -% Title!!% -% } -% -% \TestQE{% -% Title? Title% -% } -% -% \TestQE{% -% Title! Title% -% } -% -% \TestQE{% -% Title!?% -% } -% -% \TestQE{% -% Title?!% -% } -% -% \TestQE{% -% Title? Title?% -% } -% -% \TestQE{% -% Title? Title!% -% } -% -% \TestQE{% -% Title! Title?% -% } -% -% \TestQE{% -% Title?? Title% -% } -% -% \TestQE{% -% Title!! Title% -% } -% -% \subsection{Plain} -% -% \book{Book Title}. Test. -% -% \book{Book Title}, test. -% -% \book{Book Title}; test. -% -% \book{Book Title} test. -% -% \play{Play Title}. Test. -% -% ``Play Title.'' Test. -% -% \play{Play Title}, test. -% -% ``Play Title,'' test. -% -% \play{Play Title}; test. -% -% ``Play Title''; test. -% -% \play{Play Title} test. -% -% ``Play Title'' test. -% -% \play{title}~tie -% -% ``title''~tie -% -% \play{title}\ explicit space -% -% ``title''\ explicit space -% -% \play{title}\space \cs\space -% -% ``title''\space \cs\space -% -% \play{title}/slash -% -% ``title''/slash -% -% \play{title}\/ italcorr -% -% ``title''\/ italcorr -% -% \newpage {\makeatletter -% -% \play{title}\@xobeysp xobey -% -% } -% -% {\makeatletter -% -% ``title''\@xobeysp xobey -% -% } -% \subsection{Nested beginnings} -% -%% -% -% \book{\book{Book Title} begins first book title} and -% outside. -% -% \book{\book{Book Title}, begins first book title}, and -% outside. -% -% \book{\book{Book Title}. begins first book title}. and -% outside. -% -% \book{\book{Book Title}; begins first book title}; and -% outside. -% -%% -% -% \book{\play{Play Title} begins first book title} and -% outside. -% -% \book{\play{Play Title}, begins first book title}, and -% outside. -% -% \book{\play{Play Title}. begins first book title}. and -% outside. -% -% \book{\play{Play Title}; begins first book title}; and -% outside. -% -%% -% -% \play{\book{Book Title} begins first play title} and -% outside. -% -% \play{\book{Book Title}, begins first play title}, and -% outside. -% -% \play{\book{Book Title}. begins first play title}. and -% outside. -% -% \play{\book{Book Title}; begins first play title}; and -% outside. -% -%% -% -% \play{\play{Play Title} begins first play title} and -% outside. -% -% \play{\play{Play Title}, begins first play title}, and -% outside. -% -% \play{\play{Play Title}. begins first play title}. and -% outside. -% -% \play{\play{Play Title}; begins first play title}; and -% outside. -% -%% -% \subsection{Nested endings} -% -% There are too many cases I think to test them all. I'm testing to -% three levels of nesting. -% -% This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including -% \book{Book Title}} and ending first one} and outside. -% -% This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including -% \book{Book Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside. -% -% This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including -% \book{Book Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside. -% -% This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including -% \book{Book Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside. -% -%% -% -% This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including -% \play{Play Title}} and ending first one} and outside. -% -% This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including -% \play{Play Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside. -% -% This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including -% \play{Play Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside. -% -% This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including -% \play{Play Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside. -% -%% -% -% This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including -% \book{Book Title}} and ending first one} and outside. -% -% This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including -% \book{Book Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside. -% -% This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including -% \book{Book Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside. -% -% This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including -% \book{Book Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside. -% -%% -% -% This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including -% \play{Play Title}} and ending first one} and outside. -% -% This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including -% \play{Play Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside. -% -% This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including -% \play{Play Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside. -% -% This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including -% \play{Play Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside. -% -%% -% -% This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including -% \play{Play Title}} and ending first one} and outside. -% -% This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including -% \play{Play Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside. -% -% This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including -% \play{Play Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside. -% -% This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including -% \play{Play Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside. -% -%% -% -% This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including -% \book{Book Title}} and ending first one} and outside. -% -% This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including -% \book{Book Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside. -% -% This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including -% \book{Book Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside. -% -% This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including -% \book{Book Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside. -% -%% -% -% This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including -% \play{Play Title}} and ending first one} and outside. -% -% This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including -% \play{Play Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside. -% -% This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including -% \play{Play Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside. -% -% This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including -% \play{Play Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside. -% -%% -% -% This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including -% \book{Book Title}} and ending first one} and outside. -% -% This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including -% \book{Book Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside. -% -% This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including -% \book{Book Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside. -% -% This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including -% \book{Book Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside. -% -%% -% -% \subsection{double and single nosuck} -% \newcommand\note [1] {% -% \medskip{\bfseries #1:}% -% } -% -% \note{OS=open-single\quad OD=open-double\quad CS=close-single\quad -% CD=close-double -% -% The following pairs of lines in medium weight roman should look identical. -% -% The line in typewriter font is the source text. -% -% The following line in medium weight roman is what that source produces. -% -% The third line is what the second line \emph{ought} to produce} -% -% |The word \WrapquotesDN{quoted} is quoted.| -% -% The word \WrapquotesDN{quoted} is quoted. -% -% The word ``quoted'' is quoted. -% -% \medskip -% |The word \WrapquotesSN{scare} is in scare quotes.| -% -% The word \WrapquotesSN{scare} is in scare quotes. -% -% The word `scare' is in scare quotes. -% -% \note{Nesting with no abuttment} -% -% |\WrapquotesDN{The \WrapquotesSN{quick} brown fox \WrapquotesDN{jumped} over the lazy dogs.}| -% -% \WrapquotesDN{The \WrapquotesSN{quick} brown fox \WrapquotesDN{jumped} over the lazy dogs.} -% -% ``The `quick' brown fox ``jumped'' over the lazy dogs.'' -% -% \medskip -% |\WrapquotesSN{The \WrapquotesSN{quick} brown fox \WrapquotesDN{jumped} over the lazy dogs.}| -% -% \WrapquotesSN{The \WrapquotesSN{quick} brown fox \WrapquotesDN{jumped} over the lazy dogs.} -% -% `The `quick' brown fox ``jumped'' over the laxy dogs.' -% -% \note{OS+OS, CD+CS} -% -% |\WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesSN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesDN{lazy dogs.}}| -% -% \WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesSN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesDN{lazy dogs.}} -% -% `\,`The quick brown fox jumped over the ``lazy dogs.''\,' -% -% \note{OS+OD, CD+CS} -% -% |\WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}| -% -% \WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}} -% -% `\,``The quick'' brown fox jumped over the `lazy dogs.'\,' -% -% \note{OD+OD, CS+CD} -% -% |\WrapquotesDN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}| -% -% \WrapquotesDN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}} -% -% ``\,``The quick'' brown fox jumped over the `lazy dogs.'\,'' -% -% \note{OS+OD, CS+CS} -% -% |\WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}| -% -% \WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}} -% -% `\,``The quick'' brown fox jumped over the `lazy dogs.'\,' -% -% \endgroup diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/guitlogo.d/guit.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/guitlogo.d/guit.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 3dfa188..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/guitlogo.d/guit.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `guit.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% guit.dtx (with options: `cfg') -%% -%% Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009 Gruppo Utilizzatori Italiani di TeX -%% -%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -%% version 1.3a of this license or (at your option) any -%% later version. -%% The latest version of the license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% Author: Emanuele Vicentini -%% (emanuelevicentini at yahoo dot it) -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This work consists of the files: README.txt, guit.dtx, guit.ins and the -%% derived files guit.sty, guit.cfg and guittest.tex -%% -\ProvidesFile{guit.cfg}[2009/07/31 v0.9.1 File di configurazione di guit.sty] -%% Esempi: -%% \GuITcolor{1, 0, 1, 0.6} -%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{ptm}{-0.27em}{0.5475ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em} -%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{ptm}[bx]{-0.345em}{0.68ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em} -%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{ppl}{-0.276em}{0.717ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em} -%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{ppl}[bx]{-0.33em}{0.689ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em} -%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{pnc}{-0.322em}{0.678ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em} -%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{pnc}[bx]{-0.36em}{0.656ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em} -%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{put}{-0.285em}{0.61ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em} -%% \AliasGuITLogoCommand{put}{bx}{put}{m} -%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{bch}{-0.28em}{0.58ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em} -%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{bch}[bx]{-0.31em}{0.56ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em} -%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{pbk}{-0.3em}{0.59ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em} -%% \DeclareGuITLogoCommand{pbk}[bx]{-0.34em}{0.52ex}{-0.125em}{-0.125em} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `guit.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/ifmslide.d/ifmslide.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/ifmslide.d/ifmslide.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 63771bc..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/ifmslide.d/ifmslide.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,145 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -%% This is file `ifmslide.cfg', -%% -%% File: ifmslide.sty Copyright (c) 2000-2010, Thomas Emmel -%% ifmslide.cfg Copyright (c) 2000-2010, Thomas Emmel -%% -%% -% -% This package may be distributed and/or modified under the -% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 -% of this license or (at your option) any later version. -% The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -% version 1999/12/01 or later. -% -% This package consists of the files ifmslide.sty and ifmslide.cfg -% -% PLEASE READ NOTE in ifmslide.sty -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% The configuration file may copied to a local place and changed -% for personal purposes without restriction. -% -% The global configuration file can be modified to set global -% values like the logo and baseurl etc. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% logo for the panel -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - \panellogo{ifmlogoc} - \logourl{http://www.mechanik.tu-darmstadt.de} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% buttons for style "button" -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - \OnButton{button1e}{button1c} - \OffButton{buttonge}{buttongc} - \DraftButton{buttonee}{buttonec} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% background. Switch it on or off with \showbackground and -% \hidebackground -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% \background{athenep1} - \background{} - - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% hyperref setup -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% \hypersetup{baseurl={http://www.mechanik.tu-darmstadt.de/}} - \hypersetup{pdfcreator={PDFLaTeX with ifmslide}} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% colors -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - \definecolor{background}{gray}{.8} - \definecolor{panelbackground}{rgb}{0.1255,0.1608,0.4510} - \definecolor{frame}{rgb}{0.1255,0.1608,0.4510} - \if@button - \definecolor{button}{rgb}{0.1255,0.1608,.4510} - \definecolor{pagecounter}{rgb}{.3019,.7216,.7019} - \else - \definecolor{pagecounter}{rgb}{0.1255,0.1608,.4510} - \definecolor{button}{rgb}{.3019,.7216,.7019} - \fi - \definecolor{buttondisable}{gray}{.7} -% \definecolor{section1}{rgb}{.3019,.7216,.7019} -% \definecolor{section2}{rgb}{0,.5,.7} -% \definecolor{section3}{rgb}{0,.5,.4} - \definecolor{section1}{rgb}{0,0,.9} - \definecolor{section2}{rgb}{0,0.2,.8} - \definecolor{section3}{rgb}{0,.5,.5} - \definecolor{section4}{rgb}{0,0,0} - \definecolor{section5}{rgb}{.5,.5,.3} - \definecolor{menucolor}{rgb}{1,.25,0} - \definecolor{paleblue}{rgb}{0,0,0.1} - -%% titlepagecolors - \definecolor{org}{rgb}{0.1255,0.1608,.4510} - \definecolor{title}{rgb}{0,0,1} - \definecolor{author}{rgb}{0.1255,0.1608,.4510} - \definecolor{address}{rgb}{0.1255,0.1608,.4510} - \definecolor{notes}{rgb}{0.1255,0.1608,.4510} - \definecolor{url}{rgb}{.1019,.1216,.7019} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% OK, now we have the size.. be careful! -% 187x270mm is the only realy tested -> for A4 paper. -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - \SlideHeightOverAll{187mm} - \SlideWidthOverAll{270mm} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% margins inside the main frame l,r,t,b -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - \setInsideMargin{6mm}{6mm}{4mm}{6mm} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% size of the panel: width for vertical panel, -% height for horiz. panel -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - \panelwidth{26mm} - \panelheight{12mm} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% and now ladies and gentlemen ... set them free -% there is a switch for the logo and for the buttons to put them -% to every place on the slide!!! Try it .... -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% \releasebutton -\catchbutton -% \releaselogo -\catchlogo - -% here are the position and the sizes - -%\buttonsize(xmaxsize,ymaxsize)(hshift,vshift) -% hshift and vshift are the distance between the buttons in mm -\buttonsize(13mm,4mm)(10,10) - -%\freebutton(xpos,ypos)[direction] -% xpos and ypos in mm, direction is h or v -\freebutton(28,26)[v] - -%\freelogo(xpos,ypos)[width] -% xpos and ypos in mm, width of the logo -\freelogo(28,25)[2cm] - -% and last but not least the pagecounter - switch it off, it is so lonely -\pagecounter[on] % or [off] - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% put a wallpaper behind the panel ... -% This feature is absolute alpha and only added to show the -% possiblities of ifmslide... -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% Clip the last slide to lly,llx,urx,ury (see graphicx) -% \paneltile[on](0,160,200,200){aqua_ravines} -\paneltile[off](,,,){}% to switch it off diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/keyreader.d/keyreader-guide.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/keyreader.d/keyreader-guide.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 22fe64b..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/keyreader.d/keyreader-guide.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -\ProvidesFile{keyreader-guide.cfg}% - [2012/01/14 v0.0.3 Configuration file for keyreader-guide (AM)] - -\amltxoptions{% - geometryoptions = {left=3cm,right=3cm,top=2.5cm,% - bottom=2.5cm,includeheadfoot}, - reviewdocument = false, - parindent = false, - toc = false, - frontpagestyle = empty, - pretitleskip = 0ex, - posttitleskip = 1ex, - presuptitleskip = 0ex, - postsuptitleskip = 0ex, - presubtitleskip = 0ex, - postsubtitleskip = 0ex, - natbiboptions = {numbers,sort&compress}, - cmdcolor = xmagenta1, - stylecolor = xgreen1, - speccolor = teal, - sectionheadcolor = blue -} -\fancypagenos[% - textalign = center, - show-on-page-one = false, - show-page-numbers = true, - show-headrule = true, - show-footrule = false, - y-position = -.44\paperheight, - x-position = 0, - scale = 1, - angle = 0, - style = \textsc{Page~\thepage~of~\pageref{xwmlastpage}}, - left-header = The \textcolor{macrocolor}{keyreader} package, - right-header = \ttcl{black}{\today} -] - -\newwatermark -[page=1,fontfamily=phv,fontsize=11pt,fontseries=m,align=center, - coordunit=pc,width=.978\paperwidth,angle=0,scale=1,xpos=-.62,ypos=31.2]{% - \xwmcolorbox[framesep=5pt,framerule=2pt,fillcolor=white, - outerframecolor=Orange,innerframecolor=brown,textalign=justified, - width=.978\paperwidth]{% - \normalfont\small\color{black}\vspace*{-1ex}% - \parbox{.95\paperwidth}{% - \vspace*{2ex}% - \begin{center}% - \sffamily\bfseries - \scalebox{4}{The \textcolor{blue}{keyreader} Package\titleref{t1,t2}}% - \endgraf\vspace*{1ex}% - \scalebox{2}{A robust interface to \pkg'{xkeyval}}% - \endgraf\vspace*{1ex}% - {\normalsize\normalfont\sffamily - \copyright\ Ahmed Musa 2010-\number\year}% - \end{center}% - \vspace*{2ex}% - }% - }% -} - -\endinput diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/lettrine.d/lettrine.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/lettrine.d/lettrine.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 96ecca0..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/lettrine.d/lettrine.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -%% lettrine.cfg: configuration file for lettrine.sty -%% -%% If you want to customize lettrine, please *do not* hack into the -%% code, copy this file to the directory where lettrine.sty lies -%% and customize it as you like. -%% -%% Uncomment these lines and change the parameters' values to fit -%% your needs (see lettrine.dtx). -%% -%%\setcounter{DefaultLines}{2} -%% -%% These are *decimal* numbers: -%%\renewcommand{\DefaultLoversize}{0} -%%\renewcommand{\DefaultLraise}{0} -%%\renewcommand{\DefaultLhang}{0} -%% -%% These are *lengths* (don't forget the unit): -%%\setlength{\DefaultFindent}{0pt} -%%\setlength{\DefaultNindent}{0.5em} -%%\setlength{\DefaultSlope}{0mm} -%% -%% This is a *flag* (value=true/false): -%%\LettrineImagefalse -%% -%% In case you want to set parameters for some letters -%% in file `optfile.cfl' -%%\renewcommand{\DefaultOptionsFile}{optfile.cfl} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `lettrine.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/ltxdockit.d/ltxdockit.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/ltxdockit.d/ltxdockit.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 270f0e7..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/ltxdockit.d/ltxdockit.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: ltxdockit.cfg,v 1.2d 2011/03/25 20:33:14 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{ltxdockit.cfg} -[\ltd@rcsid $Id: ltxdockit.cfg,v 1.2d 2011/03/25 20:33:14 lehman stable $ - ltxdockit configuration (DFSG-free)] - -\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc} -\RequirePackage{lmodern} -\RequirePackage{helvet} -\RequirePackage{charter} - -\catcode`\"=\active -\AtEndPreamble{% - \@ifpackageloaded{babel} - {\iflanguage{american} - {\expandafter\initiate@active@char\expandafter{\string"}% - \declare@shorthand{american}{"=}{\penalty\@M-\hskip\z@skip}% - \addto\extrasamerican{\languageshorthands{american}\bbl@activate{"}}% - \addto\noextrasamerican{\bbl@deactivate{"}}} - {}} - {}} -\catcode`\"=12 - -\newrobustcmd*{\tex}{TeX\xspace} -\newrobustcmd*{\etex}{\mbox{e-TeX}\xspace} -\newrobustcmd*{\pdftex}{pdf\-\tex} -\newrobustcmd*{\xetex}{Xe\-\tex} -\newrobustcmd*{\luatex}{Lua\-\tex} -\newrobustcmd*{\latex}{La\kern-0.07em TeX\xspace} -\newrobustcmd*{\pdflatex}{pdf\-\latex} -\newrobustcmd*{\xelatex}{Xe\-\latex} -\newrobustcmd*{\lualatex}{Lua\-\latex} -\newrobustcmd*{\bibtex}{Bib\kern-0.07em TeX\xspace} -\newrobustcmd*{\lppl}{\latex Project Public License\xspace} -\newrobustcmd*{\pdf}{\acr{PDF}\xspace} -\newrobustcmd*{\utf}{\mbox{\acr{UTF}-8}\xspace} -\newcommand*{\ie}{i.\,e.,\xspace} -\newcommand*{\eg}{e.\,g.,\xspace} - -\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{% - \def\tex{TeX\xspace}% - \def\etex{e-TeX\xspace}% - \def\xetex{XeTeX\xspace}% - \def\latex{LaTeX\xspace}% - \def\xelatex{XeLaTeX\xspace}% - \def\bibtex{BibTeX\xspace}% - \def\lppl{LaTeX Project Public License\xspace}% - \def\pdf{PDF\xspace}% - \def\utf{UTF-8\xspace}% - \def\ie{i.e.,\xspace}% - \def\eg{e.g.,\xspace}% -} - -% tables - -\newcommand*{\tablesetup}{% - \let\verbatim@font\displayverbfont - \footnotesize} - -% layout - -\setcounter{totalnumber}{1} -\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3} -\setcounter{tocdepth}{2} -\AtBeginToc{\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}} -\AtEndToc{\setcounter{tocdepth}{5}} -\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{1cm} -\setlength{\columnsep}{2em} -\setlength{\multicolsep}{0pt} -\clubpenalty6000\relax -\widowpenalty\@M - -\renewcommand*{\labelenumi}{\theenumi.} -\renewcommand*{\labelenumii}{\theenumii)} - -\renewcommand*{\verbatimfont}{\ttfamily} -\renewcommand*{\displayverbfont}{\ttfamily} -\renewcommand*{\marglistfont}{\spotcolor\sffamily\small} -\renewcommand*{\margnotefont}{\sffamily\small} -\renewcommand*{\optionlistfont}{\spotcolor\sffamily\displayverbfont} -\renewcommand*{\ltxsyntaxfont}{\ttfamily} -\renewcommand*{\ltxsyntaxlabelfont}{\spotcolor\displayverbfont} -\renewcommand*{\changelogfont}{\normalfont} -\renewcommand*{\changeloglabelfont}{\spotcolor\sffamily\bfseries} - -% no-ops - -\providecommand*{\textln}[1]{#1} - -\endinput diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/mlist.d/mlist.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/mlist.d/mlist.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 0e10dd5..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/mlist.d/mlist.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `mlist.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% mlist.dtx (with options: `defaults') -%% -%% __________________________________ -%% Copyright (C) 2007 Will Robertson -%% -%% License information appended. -%% -%% -\mlistsetup{% - sep={,}, - sepsep={;}, - wrapcmd=\mlistparen, - wrapone={}{}, - dots=\dots, - dot={\,\cdot\,}, - elemcmd=\mlistelem, - headcmd=\mathbf, - index={}, - headhook={}, -} -\newmlist\vect[ - wrapcmd=\mlistparen, - wraponecmd=\mlistnowrap, - elemcmd=\mlistsub, - headcmd=\mathbf, -] -\newmlist\matr[ - sep=&, - sepsep=\\, - wrap={\begin{bmatrix}} - {\end{bmatrix}}, -] -\newmlist\func[ - headcmd=\mlisthead, - wrapcmd=\mlistheadparen, - wraponecmd, -] -\newmlist\mset[ - headcmd=\mathbb, - sep=\times, - wrapcmd=\mlistsup, - wraponecmd, -] -\newmset\setR{R} -\newmset\setC{C} -\newmset\setN{N} -\newmset\setZ{Z} -%% -%% Copyright (C) 2007 by Will Robertson -%% -%% Distributable under the LaTeX Project Public License, -%% version 1.3c or higher (your choice). The latest version of -%% this license is at: http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% This work is "maintained" (as per LPPL maintenance status) -%% by Will Robertson. -%% -%% This work consists of the file mlist.dtx -%% and the derived files mlist.pdf, -%% mlist.sty, -%% mlist.cfg, and -%% mlist.ins. -%% -%% -%% End of file `mlist.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/morehype.d/blogdot.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/morehype.d/blogdot.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index c0ca5df..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/morehype.d/blogdot.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -\ProvidesFile{blogdot.cfg}[2011/10/21 local blogdot.sty config] -%% (U.L.:) For my 1024$\times$600 screen -%% (with Mozilla Firefox~3.6.22 for Ubuntu canonical~-~1.0), -%% the following choice of `\leftpagemargin' worked best -%% for my goal of 640px type area width. -%% (Finally it turned out that I needed more.) -%% When I increased it, actually the left margin shrunk. -%% I am not an HTML expert. I also tried increasing -%% body width (and "center" value of @align), in vain. -\renewcommand*{\leftpagemargin}{176} -% \renewcommand*{\rightpagemargin}{\leftpagemargin} -% \renewcommand*{\upperpagemargin}{80} -%% I prepared my presentation for a screen of -%% 600px height and tried to confine myself to a -%% type area height of 440px; a lower margin of 504px would hide -%% the next "page"/"slide" even on a screen 1024px high: -% \renewcommand*{\lowerpagemargin}{504} -% \renewcommand*{\typeareawidth}{640} -% \renewcommand*{\typeareaheight}{440} -% \ShowBlogDotBorders -% \ShowBlogDotFrame -%% Overall background color: -% \renewcommand*{\bodybgcolor}{\#ffffff} -%% Language choices: -% \input{lang-de.fdf} -% \input{lang-en.fdf} -%% ... `blogdot.cfg' may be a good idea for general settings; -%% recompiling the presentation of a given document source -%% `.tex' may better be controlled in a file `.cfg' ... -%% -%% Open CTAN files: %% 2011/10/21 -% \usemirrorctan -% \usecurrdirctan -%% Stop processing this file: -\endinput diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/nag.d/nag-abort.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/nag.d/nag-abort.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index ea1d3c1..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/nag.d/nag-abort.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `nag-abort.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% nag.dtx (with options: `abortnag') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% This file is part of the `nag' package. -%% The `nag' package has the LPPL maintenance status: maintained. -%% Current Maintainer is Ulrich M. Schwarz, ulmi@absatzen.de -%% -%% Copyright (C) 2005-8 by Ulrich M. Schwarz. -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -%% version 1.3a of this license or (at your option) any later -%% version. The latest version of this license is in: -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -\ProvidesFile{nag-abort.cfg} - [2007/11/10 v0.2 treat complaints as errors (ulmi)] -\DeclareRobustCommand\nag@warn[1]{% - \addtocounter{nag@sins}{1}% - \PackageError{nag}{#1}{#1}% -} -\DeclareRobustCommand\nag@warnNoLine[1]{% - \addtocounter{nag@sins}{1}% - \PackageError{nag}{#1}{#1}% -} -%%X Local Variables: -%%X mode: latex -%%X End: -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `nag-abort.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/nag.d/nag-experimental.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/nag.d/nag-experimental.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index e65c480..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/nag.d/nag-experimental.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,159 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `nag-experimental.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% nag.dtx (with options: `experimentalnag') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% This file is part of the `nag' package. -%% The `nag' package has the LPPL maintenance status: maintained. -%% Current Maintainer is Ulrich M. Schwarz, ulmi@absatzen.de -%% -%% Copyright (C) 2005-8 by Ulrich M. Schwarz. -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -%% version 1.3a of this license or (at your option) any later -%% version. The latest version of this license is in: -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -\ProvidesFile{nag-experimental.cfg} - [2009/07/04 v0.62alpha2 experimental additions to nag (ulmi)] -\long\def\nag@protected@dontwrite#1#2#3% - {\write\m@ne{}% - \def\nag@line{#3}% - \@onelevel@sanitize\nag@line - \PackageInfo{nag}{% - \string\nofiles\space in effect. - Did not write line \MessageBreak - `\nag@line' - }% - \if@nobreak\ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi}% - -\if@filesw - \def\nofiles{% - \@fileswfalse - \typeout{No auxiliary output files.^^J}% - \global\let\protected@write=\nag@protected@dontwrite - \let\makeindex\relax - \let\makeglossary\relax} -\else - % already \nofiles. - \global\let\protected@write=\nag@protected@dontwrite -\fi -\gdef\ch@ck#1#2#3{% - \ifnum\count1#1<#2\else - \errhelp{% - eTeX has more counters, dimens, etc., maybe - that will help. - } - \errmessage{No room for a new #3}% -\fi} -\def\@testdef #1#2#3{% - \def\reserved@a{#3}% - \expandafter \ifx \csname #1@#2\endcsname\reserved@a - \else - \@tempswatrue - \begingroup - \@onelevel@sanitize\reserved@a - \expandafter\let\expandafter\nag@tmpb\csname #1@#2\endcsname - \ifx\nag@tmpb\relax - \let\nag@tmpb\@empty - \else - \@onelevel@sanitize\nag@tmpb - \fi - \PackageInfo{nag}{% - Label `#2' appears to have changed from\MessageBreak - `\nag@tmpb'\MessageBreak - to `\reserved@a' - }% - \endgroup - \fi} -\let\@xa\expandafter -\newif\ifnag@dofloatsizecheck -\newif\ifnag@allfloatpositionsfailed -\newcommand\nag@allfloatsizechecks{}% -\newcommand\nag@onefloatsizecheck[2]{% - % #1 is size fraction of textheight, - % #2 is position to say in warning. - \ifdim \ht\@currbox>#1\textheight - \@tempdima -#1\textheight - \advance \@tempdima \ht\@currbox - \PackageInfo{nag}{Float too large for #2 by \the\@tempdima}% - % note we do not truncate. - % also, it's too late to add "p" now. - \else - \nag@allfloatpositionsfailedfalse - \fi -} -\renewcommand\@largefloatcheck{% - \ifdim \ht\@currbox>\textheight - \@tempdima -\textheight - \advance \@tempdima \ht\@currbox - \@latex@warning {Float too large for page by \the\@tempdima}% - \ht\@currbox \textheight - \fi - %% the preceding is the original check. - \nag@dofloatsizechecktrue - \nag@allfloatpositionsfailedtrue - \def\nag@allfloatsizechecks{}% - \@xa\@xa\@xa\@tfor\@xa\@xa\@xa\nag@fltsz@tmp\@xa\@xa\@xa:\@xa\@xa\@xa=\csname @fps\endcsname\do{% - \ifx\nag@fltsz@tmp\relax - \nag@dofloatsizecheckfalse - \fi - \if\nag@fltsz@tmp ! - \nag@dofloatsizecheckfalse - \else - \if\nag@fltsz@tmp t - \g@addto@macro\nag@allfloatsizechecks - {\nag@onefloatsizecheck{\topfraction}{top of page}}% - \else - \if\nag@fltsz@tmp b - \g@addto@macro\nag@allfloatsizechecks - {\nag@onefloatsizecheck{\bottomfraction}{bottom of page}}% - \else - \if\nag@fltsz@tmp p - \nag@allfloatpositionsfailedfalse - \fi - \fi - \fi - \fi - }% - \ifnag@dofloatsizecheck - \nag@allfloatsizechecks - \ifnag@allfloatpositionsfailed - \nag@warn{All float specifiers `\@fps' won't work}% - \fi - \fi -}% -\def\@input#1{% - \IfFileExists{#1}{\@@input\@filef@und}{% - \typeout{No file #1.} - \@latex@warning{File `#1' not found} - %{The file `#1' was requested but not found } - \protected@edef\nag@nofile{File `#1' requested, but not found}% - \@xa\AtEndDocument\@xa{% - \@xa\@latex@info@no@line\@xa{% - \nag@nofile - }% - }% -}}% -\def\@input@#1{\InputIfFileExists{#1}{}{% - \typeout{No file #1.} - \@latex@warning{File `#1' not found} - {The file `#1' was requested but not found } - \edef\nag@nofile{File `#1' requested, but not found}% - \@xa\AtEndDocument\@xa{% - \@xa\@latex@info@no@line\@xa{% - \nag@nofile - }% - }% -}}% -%%X Local Variables: -%%X mode: latex -%%X End: -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `nag-experimental.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/nag.d/nag-l2tabu.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/nag.d/nag-l2tabu.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 56d21bf..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/nag.d/nag-l2tabu.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,211 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `nag-l2tabu.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% nag.dtx (with options: `l2tabunag') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% This file is part of the `nag' package. -%% The `nag' package has the LPPL maintenance status: maintained. -%% Current Maintainer is Ulrich M. Schwarz, ulmi@absatzen.de -%% -%% Copyright (C) 2005-8 by Ulrich M. Schwarz. -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -%% version 1.3a of this license or (at your option) any later -%% version. The latest version of this license is in: -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -\ProvidesFile{nag-l2tabu.cfg} - [2010/05/17 v2.11 l2tabu rules for nag.sty (ulmi)] -%% -%% The sins. -%% -%% Section numbers refer to l2tabuen 1.7 revised/enlarged dated 2004OCT24 -%% \S 1.1 -\ObsoletePackage{a4wide}{the \lq a4paper\rq\space class option} -\ObsoletePackage{a4}{the \lq a4paper\rq\space class option} -%% \S 1.2--1.5 cannot reasonably be checked programmatically -%% \S 1.6 -\def\nag@doubledollar{$$}%$$ -\def\nag@singledollar{$}%$ -\def\nag@expanding@voodoo#1#2#3{\relax\relax\nag@singledollar} - -\def\nag@maybedispmath{% - \texorpdfstring{% - %% in TeX context, do tricky stuff. - \ifinner\expandafter\@firstoftwo - \else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi - {%% in inner mode, $$ is an empty formula, so no testing wanted. - \nag@singledollar}% - {%% - \ifx\protect\@typeset@protect\expandafter\@firstoftwo - \else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi - {%% normal case: looks like typesetting - %% protect against strictly expanding context - %% like TeX' \message: the first expanding voodoo will expand, - %% removing the rest, inserting \relax\relax$ instead. This is - %% not totally transparent, but \let\relax\relax is as close - %% to a no-op as we can get. - \let\nag@expanding@voodoo\nag@expanding@voodoo - \protect\nag@maybe@dispmath}% - {%% some other case, hide ourselves - \nag@singledollar}% - }% - }{% - %% in pdf context, just be a math shift. This creates the "math - %% shift not allowed" warnings we all love. - \nag@singledollar - }% -} -\AtBeginDocument{\providecommand\texorpdfstring{\@firstoftwo}} -\AtBeginDocument{\catcode`$\active}%$ -\AtEndDocument{\catcode`$=3\relax} -\def\nag@quark{\nag@quark} -\bgroup - \catcode`$\active%$ - \gdef\nag@maybe@dispmath{% - \bgroup - \let\@sptoken\nag@quark% prevent skipping of spaces - \@ifnextchar${%$% - \ifmmode - % we already warned upon entering. - \else - \nag@warn{% - \nag@doubledollar...\nag@doubledollar\space is obsolete.\MessageBreak - Use \string\[...\string\] et al. instead}% - \fi - \egroup\expandafter\nag@doubledollar\@gobble - }{% - \egroup\nag@singledollar - }% - } - % we do the assignment here, which means any package that redefines - % \$ as well will silently disable us. This is a feature. - \global\let$\nag@maybedispmath%$ -\egroup -%% new in 2.1alpha1: more compat testing. Version control keywords are dollar-delimited. -%% all five implementations get it wrong. -\AtBeginDocument{% - \@ifpackageloaded{rcs}{% - % this redefinition is functionally equivalent, - % but does not share actual code. - \renewcommand\RCS{\bgroup% - \catcode`\_ =\active - \catcode`\$=3 % this line added for compatibility. - \csname RCS_get_argument\endcsname - } - \PackageInfo{nag}{rcs.sty hack applied}% - }{}% - \@ifpackageloaded{svninfo}{% - \g@addto@macro\@svnBeginRead{\catcode`\$ 3 }% - \PackageInfo{nag}{svninfo.sty hack applied}% - }{}% - \@ifpackageloaded{svn}{% - \PackageInfo{nag}{svn.sty is broken: disabling dollar check}% - \catcode`\$ 3 - }{}% - \@ifpackageloaded{rcsinfo}{% - \PackageInfo{nag}{rcsinfo.sty is broken: disabling dollar check}% - \catcode`\$ 3 - }{}% - \@ifpackageloaded{pgf}{% - \PackageInfo{nag}{pgf.sty is broken: disabling dollar check}% - \catcode`\$ 3 - }{}% -} - -%% \S 1.7 cannot reasonably be checked programmatically -%% \S 1.8 \sloppy is called by parbox, among others, and would -%% give many spurious warnings. -%% \S 2.1.1 -\ObsoleteCS[an old LaTeX 2.09 command]{bf} - {\protect\bfseries\space or \protect\textbf} -\ObsoleteCS[an old LaTeX 2.09 command]{it} - {\protect\itshape\space or \protect\textit} -\ObsoleteCS[an old LaTeX 2.09 command]{rm} - {\protect\rmfamily\space or \protect\textrm} -\ObsoleteCS[an old LaTeX 2.09 command]{sc} - {\protect\scshape\space or \protect\textsc} -\ObsoleteCS[an old LaTeX 2.09 command]{sf} - {\protect\sffamily\space or \protect\textsf} -\ObsoleteCS[an old LaTeX 2.09 command]{sl} - {\protect\slshape\space or \protect\textsl} -\ObsoleteCS[an old LaTeX 2.09 command]{tt} - {\protect\ttfamily\space or \protect\texttt} -\ObsoleteCS[an old LaTeX 2.09 command]{cal} - {\protect\mathcal}% Hmm, this is not in l2tabu? -%% \S 2.1.2 -%% Gone with 1.8 because this never worked for the kernel \frac anyway. -%% \ObsoleteCS[TeX]{over}{\protect\frac} -%% \ObsoleteCS[TeX]{choose}{\protect\frac\space or amsmath's \protect\binom} -%% \S 2.1.3 -\ObsoleteCS[TeX]{centerline}{\protect\centering\space or center environment} -%% \S 2.2.1 -\ObsoleteClass{scrlettr}{the scrlttr2 package} -%% \S 2.2.2 -\ObsoletePackage{epsf}{the graphicx package} -\ObsoletePackage{psfig}{the graphicx package} -\ObsoletePackage[deprecated]{epsfig}{the graphicx package directly} -%% \S 2.2.3 -\ObsoletePackage{doublespace}{the setspace package} -%% \S 2.2.4 -\ObsoletePackage{fancyheadings}{the fancyhdr or scrpage2 packages} -\ObsoletePackage{scrpage}{the scrpage2 package} -%% \S 2.2.5 -\ObsoletePackage{isolatin}{the inputenc package with option latin1} -\ObsoletePackage{umlaut}{the inputenc package with suitable option - (latin1, utf8 ...)} -\ObsoletePackage{isolatin1}{the inputenc package with option latin1} -%% \S 2.2.6 -\ObsoletePackage{t1enc}{the fontenc package with option T1} -%% \S 2.2.7 we don't check for bst yet. -%% (This is in l2tabu 1.8) -\ObsoletePackage{caption2}{the caption package v3.0 or later} -%% \S 2.3.1-3 -\ObsoletePackage{times} - {the mathptmx, helvet (option scaled=.9), courier packages} -\ObsoletePackage{pslatex} - {the mathptmx, helvet (option scaled=.9), courier packages} -\ObsoletePackage{mathptm} - {the mathptmx package} -%% \S 2.3.4-5 -\ObsoletePackage{palatino} - {the mathpazo, helvet (option scaled=.95), courier packages} -\ObsoletePackage{mathpple}{the mathpazo package} -%% \S 2.3.6 can't be checked -%% \S 2.3.7 -\ObsoletePackage{euler}{the eulervm package} -\ObsoletePackage{utopia}{the fourier package} -%% \S 3.1 -\NagDeclareFloat{figure}\NagDeclareFloat{table}% -\g@addto@macro\nag@labels{,label,caption@xlabel}% -\nag@prepend{endcenter}{% - \ifx\@captype\@undefined\else - \nag@warn{\lq center\rq\space environment in \@captype.\MessageBreak - Maybe you want \protect\centering\space instead}% - \fi -}% -%% The latter two are used by KOMA-Script, the last by hypcap. -\g@addto@macro\nag@captions{,caption,captionabove,captionbelow,hc@caption,topcaption}% - -%% \S 3.2 -\NotAnEnvironment{appendix}% -%% In the same vein: -\@for\sectioning:=frontmatter,mainmatter,backmatter\do{% - \expandafter\NotAnEnvironment\expandafter{\sectioning}% -} -%% \S 3.3 -%% It's more trouble than it's worth to have another warning for -%% align*, since it passes through align. -\ObsoleteEnv{eqnarray}{amsmath's align} -%% \S 3.4 -- nothing to be done -- -%%X Local Variables: -%%X mode: latex -%%X End: -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `nag-l2tabu.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/nag.d/nag-orthodox.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/nag.d/nag-orthodox.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 850d1c9..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/nag.d/nag-orthodox.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `nag-orthodox.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% nag.dtx (with options: `orthodoxnag') -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% This file is part of the `nag' package. -%% The `nag' package has the LPPL maintenance status: maintained. -%% Current Maintainer is Ulrich M. Schwarz, ulmi@absatzen.de -%% -%% Copyright (C) 2005-8 by Ulrich M. Schwarz. -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -%% version 1.3a of this license or (at your option) any later -%% version. The latest version of this license is in: -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -\ProvidesFile{nag-orthodox.cfg} - [2006/04/19 v1.8 strict rules for nag.sty (ulmi)] -\@for\fontcmd:=tiny,small,footnotesize,normalsize,large,Large,% - LARGE,huge,Huge\do{% - \expandafter\NotAnEnvironment\expandafter{\fontcmd}% -}% -\@for\fontcmd:=sffamily,rmfamily,ttfamily,% - bfseries,mdseries,scshape,% - itshape,upshape\do{% - \expandafter\NotAnEnvironment\expandafter{\fontcmd}% -}% -\@for\justsw:=centering,raggedleft,raggedright,% - RaggedLeft,RaggedRight\do{% - \expandafter\NotAnEnvironment\expandafter{\justsw}% -} -\@for\justenv:=center,flushleft,flushright\do{% - \expandafter\NotASwitch\expandafter{\justenv}% -} -%%X Local Variables: -%%X mode: latex -%%X End: -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `nag-orthodox.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/nicetext.d/makedoc.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/nicetext.d/makedoc.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index e14efcd..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/nicetext.d/makedoc.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -\ProvidesFile{makedoc.cfg}[2012/05/10 documentation settings] - -\author{Uwe L\"uck\thanks{\url{http://contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu}}} -% \author{Uwe L\"uck---{\tt http://contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu}} - -%% hyperref: -\RequirePackage{ifpdf} -\usepackage[% - \ifpdf -% bookmarks=false, %% 2010/12/22 -% bookmarksnumbered, - bookmarksopen, %% 2011/01/24!? - bookmarksopenlevel=2, %% 2011/01/23 -% pdfpagemode=UseNone, -% pdfstartpage=10, -% pdfstartview=FitH, - pdfstartview=0 0 100, %% 2011/08/22 - pdffitwindow=true, %% 2011/08/22 - citebordercolor={ .6 1 .6}, - filebordercolor={1 .6 1}, - linkbordercolor={1 .9 .7}, - urlbordercolor={ .7 1 1}, %% playing 2011/01/24 - \else - draft - \fi -]{hyperref} -%% metadata, |\MDkeywords|, |\MDkeywordsstring|, |\printMDkeywords| -%% 2011/08/22: -\makeatletter - \newcommand*{\MDkeywords}[1]{% - \gdef\MDkeywordsstring{#1}% - \hypersetup{pdfkeywords=\MDkeywordsstring}%% TODO!? - } - \@onlypreamble\MDkeywords - \newcommand*{\MDaddtoabstract}[1]{% %% 2012/05/10 - \par\smallskip\noindent - \strong{#1:}\quad\ignorespaces} - \newcommand*{\printMDkeywords}{% - \MDaddtoabstract{Keywords}% - \MDkeywordsstring - \global\let\MDkeywordsstring\relax - } - \newenvironment{MDabstract} - {\abstract\noindent - \hspace{1sp}%% for niceverb - \ignorespaces} - {\@ifundefined{MDkeywordsstring}% - {}% - {\printMDkeywords}% - \endabstract} -\makeatother -\hypersetup{% - pdfauthor={Uwe L\374ck}% -} - -\RequirePackage{niceverb}[2011/01/24] -\RequirePackage{readprov} %% 2010/12/08 -\RequirePackage{hypertoc} %% 2011/01/23 -\RequirePackage{texlinks} %% 2011/01/24 -\RequirePackage{relsize} %% 2011/06/27 -\RequirePackage{color} %% 2011/08/06 -\makeatletter - \@ifdefinable{strong} - {\let\strong\textbf} %% 2011/01/24 - \@ifdefinable{file} - {\let\file\texttt} %% 2011/05/23 - \@ifdefinable{acro} - {\let\acro\textsmaller} %% 2011/05/23 - \@ifdefinable{\meta} - {\let\meta\textit} %% 2011/07/22 - \@ifdefinable{\pkg} %% corr. 2011/11/20 - {\let\pkg\textsf} %% 2011/11/09 - \@ifdefinable{\code} - {\let\code\texttt} %% 2011/11/20 - \ifpdf - \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{% - \let\acro\textrm - \let\file\textrm %% 2011/11/09 - \let\code\textrm %% 2011/11/20 - \let\pkg \textrm %% 2012/03/23 - } - \fi - %% TODO 2011/07/22 -> `htlogml.sty' -\makeatother - -\errorcontextlines=4 -\pagestyle{headings} - -\endinput - diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/nicetext.d/mdoccorr.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/nicetext.d/mdoccorr.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index e503a1d..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/nicetext.d/mdoccorr.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -\ProvidesFile{mdoccorr.cfg}[2011/12/03 %% 2012/05/10 shorter: - makedoc local typographical corrections] -%% ... also demonstrates 'niceverb.sty'---see the typeset -%% documentation of the present file in `makedoc.pdf'. -%% -%% |\SetPatternCodes{}| redefines -%% `\PatternCodes' to be used in parsing and replacing -%% (some ``sanitizing"). %% improved line breaks 2010/03/29 -\SetPatternCodes{\MakeOther\\\MakeOther\ } -%% |\StartPrependingChain| initializes setup of a replacement -%% chain: -\StartPrependingChain -%% |\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{}{}|: -\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{etc. }{etc.\ } -%% ... you can keep inter-sentence space after `etc.' -%% by a code line break. -\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{Cf. }{Cf.\ } %% 2011/01/12 -\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{cf. }{cf.\ } %% corr. 2010/03/23 -%% ... but think of `cf.~'. Don't leave `cf.' at code line end! -\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{->}{$\to$} %% 2010/11/06 -\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{<-}{$\gets$} %% 2010/11/06 -% \PrependExpandableAllReplacer{...}{...}{$\dots$} -%% Allow extra space at line end (bug fix `{}' 2011/12/03): -\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{...}{\textellipsis\unkern{}} -%% 2011/10/13: original `\dots' correct before punctuation: -% \PrependExpandableAllReplacer{dots,}{...,}{\dots,} -\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{...)}{\dots)} %% 2011/10/25 -\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{...:}{\dots:} -\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{... }{\textellipsis\unkern\ } -\PrependExpandableAllReplacer*{TODO}{\textcolor{blue}{TODO}} -%% ... chain starts here, and here |\MakeDocCorrectHook| (silently) -%% enters through a default variant |\SetCorrectHookJobLast| -%% of |\SetCorrectHookJob{}|: -\SetCorrectHookJobLast -%% |\ResetPatternCodes| resets `\PatternCodes' to their default -%% value (which is `\fdPatternCodes'): -\ResetPatternCodes -%% ... restores 'fifinddo' default. -\endinput - -HISTORY -2009/04/05 with makedoc v0.2 -2010/03/11 broke some too long code lines -2010/03/16 rendered `mdoccorr.cfg' -2010/03/22 try \Prepend... -2010/03/23 corrected `cf' -2010/03/29 use \SetPatternCodes etc. -2010/11/06 <- and -> -2010/11/24 `...' ``symmetric variant" of `\textellipsis'; - \StartPrependingChain, no more \MakeExpandableAllreplacer -2011/01/27 blue "TODO" -2011/09/13 \providecommand for dialogues -2011/10/13 \MDtwodots, without \PXAR, `...,' `...:' -2011/10/25 \textellipsis\unkern from csquotes instead, `...)' -2011/11/13 \PrependExpandableAllReplacer* -2011/12/03 bug fix for 2011/10/25 at line ends diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/nicetext/run.d/atari.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/nicetext/run.d/atari.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index c226fd4..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/nicetext/run.d/atari.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -\ProvidesFile{atari.cfg}[2011/09/13 sample for copyfile.tex] -\catcode`\_=11 -\InputFile{atari.txt} -\TextCodesFile{atari.fdf} -\ResultFile{iso.txt} -\endinput diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/nicetext/run.d/copyfile.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/nicetext/run.d/copyfile.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 63da90b..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/nicetext/run.d/copyfile.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -\ProvidesFile{copyfile.cfg}[2011/09/13 initializing copyfile.tex] -\catcode`\_=11 -\InputFile{lines.txt} -\TextCodesFile{} -\ResultFile{lns.txt} -\endinput diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/nicetext/run.d/fdtxttex.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/nicetext/run.d/fdtxttex.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 452ea51..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/nicetext/run.d/fdtxttex.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -\ProvidesFile{fdtxttex.cfg}[2011/09/13 initializing fdtxttex.tex] -\JobName{sample} -\InputExtension{txt} -\OutputExtension{tex} -\CorrectionFile{mdoccorr.cfg} -\FileHeader{\protect\WriteProvides} -\FileFooter{} -\ShowLines{false} -\endinput diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d/sample01.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d/sample01.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index bb6dcff..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d/sample01.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `sample01.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% nomencl.dtx (with options: `sample01') -%% -%% Copyright 1996 Boris Veytsman -%% Copyright 1999-2001 Bernd Schandl -%% www http://sarovar.org/projects/nomencl -%% -%% This file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms -%% of the LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN -%% archives in the directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either -%% version 1.2 of the license, or (at your option) any later version. -%% -%% \CharacterTable -%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -%% -\RequirePackage{ifthen} -\renewcommand{\nomgroup}[1]{% - \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{R}}{\item[\textbf{Variables}]}{% - \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{G}}{\item[\textbf{Constants}]}{}}} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `sample01.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d/sample02.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d/sample02.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 8f95161..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d/sample02.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `sample02.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% nomencl.dtx (with options: `sample02') -%% -%% Copyright 1996 Boris Veytsman -%% Copyright 1999-2001 Bernd Schandl -%% www http://sarovar.org/projects/nomencl -%% -%% This file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms -%% of the LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN -%% archives in the directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either -%% version 1.2 of the license, or (at your option) any later version. -%% -%% \CharacterTable -%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -%% -\newcommand{\nomunit}[1]{% - \renewcommand{\nomentryend}{\hspace*{\fill}#1}} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `sample02.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d/sample04.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d/sample04.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 40dd612..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d/sample04.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `sample04.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% nomencl.dtx (with options: `sample04') -%% -%% Copyright 1996 Boris Veytsman -%% Copyright 1999-2001 Bernd Schandl -%% www http://sarovar.org/projects/nomencl -%% -%% This file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms -%% of the LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN -%% archives in the directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either -%% version 1.2 of the license, or (at your option) any later version. -%% -%% \CharacterTable -%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -%% -\def\makenomenclature{% - \newwrite\@nomenclaturefile - \immediate\openout\@nomenclaturefile=\jobname\@outputfileextension - \def\@nomenclature{% - \@ifnextchar[% - {\@@@@nomenclature}{\@@@@nomenclature[\nomprefix]}}% - \typeout{Writing nomenclature file \jobname\@outputfileextension}% - \let\makenomenclature\@empty} -\def\@@@@nomenclature[#1]#2#3{% - \protected@write\@nomenclaturefile{}% - {\string\nomenclatureentry{#1#2@[{#2}]% - \begingroup#3\protect\nomeqref{\theequation}% - |nompageref}{\thepage}}}% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `sample04.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d/sample05.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d/sample05.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index d1ec950..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/nomencl.d/sample05.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `sample05.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% nomencl.dtx (with options: `sample05') -%% -%% Copyright 1996 Boris Veytsman -%% Copyright 1999-2001 Bernd Schandl -%% www http://sarovar.org/projects/nomencl -%% -%% This file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms -%% of the LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN -%% archives in the directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either -%% version 1.2 of the license, or (at your option) any later version. -%% -%% \CharacterTable -%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -%% -\def\@@@nomenclature[#1]#2#3{% - \def\@tempa{#2}\def\@tempb{#3}% - \protected@write\@nomenclaturefile{}% - {\string\nomenclatureentry{#1\nom@verb\@tempa @[{\nom@verb\@tempa}]% - |nompageref{\begingroup\nom@verb\@tempb\protect\nomeqref{\theequation}}}% - {\thepage}}% - \endgroup - \@esphack} -\def\nompageref#1#2{% - \if@printpageref\pagedeclaration{#2}\else\null\fi - \linebreak#1\nomentryend\endgroup} -\def\pagedeclaration#1{\dotfill\nobreakspace#1} -\def\nomentryend{.} -\def\nomlabel#1{\textbf{#1}\hfil} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `sample05.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/pagerange.d/pagerange-guide.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/pagerange.d/pagerange-guide.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 959799e..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/pagerange.d/pagerange-guide.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -\ProvidesFile{pagerange-guide.cfg}% - [2010/02/03 v0.5 Configuration file for pagerange-guide.tex (A.Musa)] -\makeatletter -\usepackage[scaled=0.9]{helvet} -\usepackage{xspace} -\usepackage{xcolor} -\usepackage{shortvrb} -\usepackage{fancyvrb} -\usepackage{parskip} -\usepackage{paralist} -\usepackage{fancyhdr} -\usepackage{tabularx} -\usepackage{ltablex} -\keepXColumns -\usepackage[draft,allpages]{draftmark} -\draftmarksetup{mark={\color{red}\framebox[22.2cm][c]{}\\[15.4cm] - \color{red}\framebox[22.2cm][c]{}},angle=90,scale=1, - xcoord=-.2,ycoord=-1.5} -\ifx\pagerange\relax\usepackage[acceptempty]{pagerange}\fi -\ifx\lastpage\relax\usepackage{lastpage}\fi -\usepackage{hyperref} -\hypersetup{colorlinks=true,linkcolor=red,pdfpagemode=UseThumbs, - implicit=true,breaklinks=true,citecolor=purple,pdfview=FitH, - pdfstartview=FitH} -\CustomVerbatimEnvironment{pverbatim}{Verbatim}{numbers=left, - numberblanklines=false,firstnumber=last,frame=single,rulecolor=\color{yellow}, - framerule=2pt,framesep=2pt, fillcolor=\color{magenta},formatcom=\color{blue}, - xrightmargin=-0pc,commandchars=\|\(\),commentchar=\&} -\def\ie{\@ifnextchar.{i.e}{i.e.}\xspace} -\def\eg{\@ifnextchar.{e.g}{e.g.}\xspace} -\def\etc{\@ifnextchar.{etc}{etc.}\xspace} -\providecommand*\email[1]{\href{mailto:#1}{#1}} -\newcommand*\pgtxtt{\fontfamily{txtt}\selectfont\scshape\color{brown}} -\fancyhf{} -\fancyhfoffset[R,L]{\dimexpr\marginparsep+\marginparwidth\relax} -\lhead{\pgtxtt The \texttt{\textcolor{blue}{pagerange}} Package} -\rhead{\pgtxtt Page~\thepage~of~\pageref*{LastPage}} -\renewcommand\headrule{\color{blue}\hrule height1pt width\headwidth\relax - \vspace{2pt}\hrule height1pt width\headwidth\vspace{-2pt}} -\renewcommand\footrule{\color{blue}\hrule height1pt width\headwidth\relax - \vspace{2pt}\hrule height1pt width\headwidth\vspace{2pt}} -\date{\textcolor{purple}{\today}\vadjust{\kern1ex\hrule}} -\newcounter{examplecnt}[section] -\newcommand*\pgexample[1]{% - \refstepcounter{examplecnt}% - \endgraf\vspace*{0.5\baselineskip}% - \textbf{\textcolor{purple}{Example~\thesection.\theexamplecnt\enspace}#1}% - \endgraf\nobreak\@nobreakfalse -} -\providecommand*\space{ } -\definecolor{xgreen}{rgb}{0.00,0.59,0.00} -\@ifdefinable\pgresult{\def\pgresult#1{\textcolor{xgreen}{#1}}} -\newcommand*\La{\leavevmode L\raise.42ex\hbox{\footnotesize\kern-.35em A}} -\newcommand*\TeXorLaTeX{\hbox{(\/\La\kern-.15em\/)\kern-.1em\TeX}} -\newcommand*\texorlatex{\TeXorLaTeX\xspace} - -\endinput - -%%% End of file pagerange-guide.cfg %%% \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/pdfslide.d/pdfslide.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/pdfslide.d/pdfslide.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 22a7d2f..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/pdfslide.d/pdfslide.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% pdfslide.cfg -%% -%% -%% -%% ------- attributes for section heads ------ -%% -\chapnumfont={\large\rmfamily\scshape\color{orange}} - \chapfont={\Huge\rmfamily\color{orange}} - \secfont={\Large\rmfamily\bfseries} - \ssecfont={\large\rmfamily\bfseries} - \sssecfont={\normalsize\bfseries} - \parafont ={\normalfont\sffamily} - \def\capfont{\@setfontsize\capfont{40}{40}\sffamily\color{white}} - \def\titlefont{\@setfontsize\titlefont{24}{26}\color{dm}\rmfamily\bfseries} - \def\authorfont{\@setfontsize\authorfont{17.28}{18}\rmfamily\color{dm}} - \def\addressfont{\@setfontsize\addressfont{12}{14}\sffamily\color{dm}} - \def\rcdfont{\@setfontsize\rcdfont{10}{12}\sffamily\color{white}} - \def\numfont{\@setfontsize\rcdfont{8}{7}\sffamily\color{white}} - \headskip=24pt % skip above the section heading. can be changed at any page. -%% -%% ------- various colors --------- -%% - \definecolor{panelbackground}{rgb}{1,.549,0} - \definecolor{button}{rgb}{0,0,.8} % button color - \definecolor{buttondisable}{gray}{.7}% button color when disabled - \definecolor{buttonbackground}{rgb}{0,.624,.820}%button background in ams option - \definecolor{buttonshadow}{rgb}{.001,0,.502}% button shadow in ams option - \definecolor{orange}{rgb}{1,.549,0} - \definecolor{section0}{rgb}{0,.5,.1} % for chapter - \definecolor{section1}{rgb}{0,.5,1} % for section - \definecolor{section2}{rgb}{0,.5,.5} % for subsection - \definecolor{section3}{rgb}{0,.5,.4} % for subsubsection - \definecolor{section4}{rgb}{.4,.5,.2}% for paragraph - \definecolor{section5}{rgb}{.5,.5,.3}% for subparagraph -%% -%%-------- button text ----------- -%% - \Panelgobackname{Back} - \Panelclosename{Close} - -\endinput -%% -%% end of file `pdfslide.cfg' -%% \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/pdfwin.d/pdfwin.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/pdfwin.d/pdfwin.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index cbb5068..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/pdfwin.d/pdfwin.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -% pdfwin.cfg -% -% this file is read by pdfwin.sty -% if you want to modify pdfwin's default behavior, you should do it here. -% -% EOF diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/pict2e.d/pict2e.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/pict2e.d/pict2e.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 5669b4e..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/pict2e.d/pict2e.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `pict2e-example.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% p2e-drivers.dtx (with options: `cfg') -%% -%% Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2008, 2009, 2011 -%% Rolf Niepraschk, Rolf.Niepraschk@ptb.de -%% Hubert Gaesslein, HubertJG@open.mind.de -%% Josef Tkadlec, j.tkadlec@email.cz -%% -%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 -%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. -%% The latest version of this license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This work consists of all files listed in `manifest.txt'. -%% -\ProvidesFile{pict2e.cfg}% - [2011/04/05 v0.1t - pict2e configuration for teTeX/TeXLive] -%% Select an appropriate default driver. -\begingroup - \chardef\x=0 % - % check pdfTeX - \@ifundefined{pdfoutput}{}{% - \ifcase\pdfoutput - \else - \chardef\x=1 % - \fi - }% - % check VTeX - \@ifundefined{OpMode}{}{% - \chardef\x=2 % - }% - % check XeTeX - \@ifundefined{XeTeXrevision}{}{% - \chardef\x=3 % - }% -\expandafter\endgroup -\ifcase\x - % default case - \ExecuteOptions{dvips}% -\or - % pdfTeX is running in pdf mode - \ExecuteOptions{pdftex}% -\or - % VTeX is running - \ExecuteOptions{vtex}% -\else - % XeTeX is running - \ExecuteOptions{xetex}% -\fi -%% \ExecuteOptions{pstarrows} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `pict2e-example.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/plweb.d/pl.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/plweb.d/pl.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index ecbbb55..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/plweb.d/pl.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ - -% The following macro forces the generation of the description part of the -% documentation only. If it is deactivated (with a leading %) the whole -% description including the implementation is enabled. - -%\OnlyDescription - -% The following instruction forces the use of A4 size paper -% (even in LaTeX2.09). -% You need to have the style option dina4 for this to work. - -\usepackage{dina4} diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/polyglot.d/polyglot.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/polyglot.d/polyglot.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 415383c..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/polyglot.d/polyglot.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `polyglot.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% polyglot.dtx (with options: `config') -%% -%% IMPORTANT NOTICE: -%% -%% For the copyright see the source file. -%% -%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed -%% with new filenames distinct from polyglot.cfg. -%% -%% For distribution of the original source see the terms -%% for copying and modification in the file polyglot.dtx. -%% -%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the -%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the -%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be -%% in the same archive or directory.) - -\def\fileversion{1.1} -\def\filedate{September 1, 1997} -\def\docdate{September 1, 1997} - - -\SetPatterns{english}{0} - -\LoadLanguage{english}{english}{} -\LoadLanguage{american}[english]{english}{} -\LoadLanguage{french}{english}{} -\LoadLanguage{german}{english}{} -\LoadLanguage{austrian}[german]{english}{} -\LoadLanguage{spanish}{english}{} -\LoadLanguage{hebrew}[r_hebrew]{english}{} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `polyglot.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/preview.d/prauctex.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/preview.d/prauctex.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 495ae40..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/preview.d/prauctex.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `prauctex.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% preview.dtx (with options: `auccfg') -%% -%% IMPORTANT NOTICE: -%% -%% For the copyright see the source file. -%% -%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed -%% with new filenames distinct from prauctex.cfg. -%% -%% For distribution of the original source see the terms -%% for copying and modification in the file preview.dtx. -%% -%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the -%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the -%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be -%% in the same archive or directory.) -%% The preview style for extracting previews from LaTeX documents. -%% Developed as part of AUCTeX . -\PreviewMacro*[[][#1{}]\footnote -\PreviewMacro*[?[{@{[]}}{}][#1]\item -\PreviewMacro*\emph -\PreviewMacro*\textrm -\PreviewMacro*\textit -\PreviewMacro*\textsc -\PreviewMacro*\textsf -\PreviewMacro*\textsl -\PreviewMacro*\texttt -\PreviewMacro*\textcolor -\PreviewMacro*\mbox -\PreviewMacro*[][#1{}]\author -\PreviewMacro*[][#1{}]\title -\PreviewMacro*\and -\PreviewMacro*\thanks -\PreviewMacro*[][#1{}]\caption -\preview@delay{\@ifundefined{pr@\string\@startsection}{% - \PreviewMacro*[!!!!!!*][#1{}]\@startsection}{}} -\preview@delay{\@ifundefined{pr@\string\chapter}{% - \PreviewMacro*[*][#1{}]\chapter}{}} -\PreviewMacro*\index -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `prauctex.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/psfragx.d/psfragx.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/psfragx.d/psfragx.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index ca920bd..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/psfragx.d/psfragx.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `psfragx.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% psfragx.dtx (with options: `cfg,version') -%% -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% Copyright (C) 2003-2012 Pascal Kockaert -%% Pascal.Kockaert ad ulb.ac.be -%% Note that ''ad´´ is often replaced by the ''@´´ sign. -%% ---------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% This package may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 -%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. -%% The latest version of this license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 1999/12/01 or later. -%% -\ProvidesFile{psfragx.cfg} - [2012/05/02 v1.1 psfragx (Pascal Kockaert)] -\newcommand{\providecolorcommands} - {\def\pfx@gobble@two##1##2{\typeout{Some psfragx - replacement would appear - in color ##1{##2} - if the color package was - loaded!!!}}% - \def\pfx@gobble@three@fbox##1##2##3{\typeout{Some psfragx - replacement would - appear - in color ##1{##2} - and others - in color ##1{##3} - if the color package - was loaded!!!}% - \fbox}% - \def\pfx@fm@to@mm##1##2##{\csname ##1\endcsname{##2}}% - \expandafter\ifx\csname textcolor\endcsname\relax - \def\textcolor{\pfx@fm@to@mm{pfx@gobble@two}}\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname color\endcsname\relax - \def\color{\pfx@fm@to@mm{pfx@gobble@two}}\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname colorbox\endcsname\relax - \def\colorbox{\pfx@fm@to@mm{pfx@gobble@two}}\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname fcolorbox\endcsname\relax - \def\fcolorbox{\pfx@fm@to@mm{pfx@gobble@three@fbox}}\fi - } -\def\Beforepfxinput{\providecolorcommands} -\def\Afterpfxinput{} -\def\Beforeovpinput{\providecolorcommands} -\def\Afterovpinput{} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `psfragx.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/rcsinfo.d/rcsinfo.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/rcsinfo.d/rcsinfo.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 1d42e9e..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/rcsinfo.d/rcsinfo.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `rcsinfo.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% rcsinfo.dtx (with options: `header,config') -%% -%% IMPORTANT NOTICE: -%% -%% For the copyright see the source file. -%% -%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed -%% with new filenames distinct from rcsinfo.cfg. -%% -%% For distribution of the original source see the terms -%% for copying and modification in the file rcsinfo.dtx. -%% -%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the -%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the -%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be -%% in the same archive or directory.) - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -%% `rcsinfo' package to use with LaTeX2e. -%% -%% This package is used to extract the revision and file information provided -%% by the RCS revision control system. -%% A PERL-package supporting rcsinfo and LaTeX2HTML is provieded too. -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1995 Dr. Juergen Vollmer -%% Viktoriastrasse 15, D-76133 Karlsruhe, Germany -%% Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de -%% License: -%% This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms -%% of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN -%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either -%% version 1 of the License, or any later version. -%% -%% If you find this software useful, please send me a postcard. -%% -%% $Id: rcsinfo.dtx,v 1.7 2005/02/25 08:37:03 vollmer draft vollmer $ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -%% \CheckSum{397} -%% \CharacterTable -%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} - -\ExecuteOptions{fancyhdr} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `rcsinfo.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/refstyle.d/refstyle.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/refstyle.d/refstyle.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 11ad74d..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/refstyle.d/refstyle.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,571 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `refstyle.cfg', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% refconfig.dtx (with options: `cfg') -%% -%% ------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% The refstyle package -%% for the formatting of references -%% ------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% This file may be customized to suit specific user requirements. -%% -%% Original by Danie Els -%% ------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -\ProvidesFile{refstyle.cfg}[2010/11/02\space - 0.5\space - Configuration file for refstyle (DNJ Els)] -%%-- ENGLISH ------------------------------------ -\newcommand\RSukenglish{% - \def\RSrngtxt{\space to~}%........... Range: figures 5 to 6 - \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space and~}%....... List two: figures 5 and 6 - \def\RSlsttxt{, and~}%............... List more: figures 5, 6, and 7 - \def\RSparttxt{Part~}%............... Part lowercase singular - \def\RSpartstxt{Parts~}%............. lowercase plural - \def\RSParttxt{Part~}%............... uppercase singular (sentence start) - \def\RSPartstxt{Parts~}%............. uppercase plural (sentence start) - \def\RSappendixname{appendix~}%...... Appendix lowercase singular - \def\RSappendicesname{appendices~}%.. lowercase plural - \def\RSAppendixname{Appendix~}%...... uppercase singular (sentence start) - \def\RSAppendicesname{Appendices~}%.. uppercase plural (sentence start) - \def\RSchaptername{chapter~}%........ Chapter lowercase singular - \def\RSchaptersname{chapters~}%...... lowercase plural - \def\RSChaptername{Chapter~}%........ uppercase singular (sentence start) - \def\RSChaptersname{Chapters~}%...... uppercase plural (sentence start) - \def\RSsectxt{section~}%............. Section lowercase singular - \def\RSsecstxt{sections~}%........... lowercase plural - \def\RSSectxt{Section~}%............. uppercase singular (sentence start) - \def\RSSecstxt{Sections~}%........... uppercase plural (sentence start) - \def\RSeqtxt{equation~}%............. Equation lowercase singular - \def\RSeqstxt{equations~}%........... lowercase plural - \def\RSEqtxt{Equation~}%............. uppercase singular (sentence start) - \def\RSEqstxt{Equations~}%........... uppercase plural (sentence start) - \def\RSfigtxt{figure~}%.............. Figure lowercase singular - \def\RSfigstxt{figures~}%............ lowercase plural - \def\RSFigtxt{Figure~}%.............. uppercase singular (sentence start) - \def\RSFigstxt{Figures~}%............ uppercase plural (sentence start) - \def\RStabtxt{table~}%............... Table lowercase singular - \def\RStabstxt{tables~}%............. lowercase plural - \def\RSTabtxt{Table~}%............... uppercase singular (sentence start) - \def\RSTabstxt{Tables~}%............. uppercase plural (sentence start) - \def\RSfootntxt{footnote~}%.......... Footnote lowercase singular - \def\RSfootnstxt{footnotes~}%........ lowercase plural - \def\RSFootntxt{Footnote~}%.......... uppercase singular (sentence start) - \def\RSFootnstxt{Footnotes~}%........ uppercase plural (sentence start) -} -\newcommand\RSenglish{% - \def\RSrngtxt{\space to~}% - \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space and~}% - \def\RSlsttxt{\space and~}% - \def\RSparttxt{Part~}% - \def\RSpartstxt{Parts~}% - \def\RSParttxt{Part~}% - \def\RSPartstxt{Parts~}% - \def\RSappendixname{appendix~}% - \def\RSappendicesname{appendices~}% - \def\RSAppendixname{Appendix~}% - \def\RSAppendicesname{Appendices~}% - \def\RSchaptername{chapter~}% - \def\RSchaptersname{chapters~}% - \def\RSChaptername{Chapter~}% - \def\RSChaptersname{Chapters~}% - \def\RSsectxt{section~}% - \def\RSsecstxt{sections~}% - \def\RSSectxt{Section~}% - \def\RSSecstxt{Sections~}% - \def\RSeqtxt{equation~}% - \def\RSeqstxt{equations~}% - \def\RSEqtxt{Equation~}% - \def\RSEqstxt{Equations~}% - \def\RSfigtxt{figure~}% - \def\RSfigstxt{figures~}% - \def\RSFigtxt{Figure~}% - \def\RSFigstxt{Figures~}% - \def\RStabtxt{table~}% - \def\RStabstxt{tables~}% - \def\RSTabtxt{Table~}% - \def\RSTabstxt{Tables~}% - \def\RSfootntxt{footnote~}% - \def\RSfootnstxt{footnotes~}% - \def\RSFootntxt{Footnote~}% - \def\RSFootnstxt{Footnotes~}% -} -\RSenglish% Default -\DeclareLangOpt{english}{\RSenglish} -\DeclareLangOpt{USenglish}{\RSenglish} -\DeclareLangOpt{american}{\RSenglish} -\DeclareLangOpt{canadian}{\RSenglish} -\DeclareLangOpt{UKenglish}{\RSukenglish} -\DeclareLangOpt{british}{\RSukenglish} -%%-- AFRIKAANS ---------------------------------- -\newcommand\RSafrikaans{% - \def\RSrngtxt{\space tot~}% - \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space en~}% - \def\RSlsttxt{\space en~}% - \def\RSparttxt{Deel~}% - \def\RSpartstxt{Dele~}% - \def\RSParttxt{Deel~}% - \def\RSPartstxt{Dele~}% - \def\RSappendixname{bylae~}% - \def\RSappendicesname{bylaes~}% - \def\RSAppendixname{Bylae~}% - \def\RSAppendicesname{Bylaes~}% - \def\RSchaptername{hoofstuk~}% - \def\RSchaptersname{hoofstukke~}% - \def\RSChaptername{Hoofstuk~}% - \def\RSChaptersname{Hoofstukke~}% - \def\RSsectxt{afdeling~}% - \def\RSsecstxt{afdelings~}% - \def\RSSectxt{Afdeling~}% - \def\RSSecstxt{Afdelings~}% - \def\RSeqtxt{vergelyking~}% - \def\RSeqstxt{vergelykings~}% - \def\RSEqtxt{Vergelyking~}% - \def\RSEqstxt{Vergelyking~}% - \def\RSfigtxt{figuur~}% - \def\RSfigstxt{figure~}% - \def\RSFigtxt{Figuur~}% - \def\RSFigstxt{Figure~}% - \def\RStabtxt{tabel~}% - \def\RStabstxt{tabelle~}% - \def\RSTabtxt{Tabel~}% - \def\RSTabstxt{Tabelle~}% - \def\RSfootntxt{footnota~}% - \def\RSfootnstxt{footnotas~}% - \def\RSFootntxt{Footnota~}% - \def\RSFootnstxt{Footnotas~}% -} -\DeclareLangOpt{afrikaans}{\RSafrikaans} -%%-- DANISH ------------------------------------- -\newcommand\RSdanish{% - \def\RSrngtxt{\space til~}% - \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space og~}% - \def\RSlsttxt{\space og~}% - \def\RSparttxt{del~}% - \def\RSpartstxt{del~}% - \def\RSParttxt{Del~}% - \def\RSPartstxt{Del~}% - \def\RSappendixname{bilag~}% % 'appendiks' is also possible, - \def\RSappendicesname{bilag~}% % but 'bilag' is used in Babel - \def\RSAppendixname{Bilag~}% - \def\RSAppendicesname{Bilag~}% - \def\RSchaptername{kapitel~}% - \def\RSchaptersname{kapitel~}% - \def\RSChaptername{Kapitel~}% - \def\RSChaptersname{Kapitel~}% - \def\RSsectxt{afsnit~}% - \def\RSsecstxt{afsnit~}% - \def\RSSectxt{Afsnit~}% - \def\RSSecstxt{Afsnit~}% - \def\RSeqtxt{ligning~}% - \def\RSeqstxt{ligning~}% - \def\RSEqtxt{Ligning~}% - \def\RSEqstxt{Ligning~}% - \def\RSfigtxt{figur~}% - \def\RSfigstxt{figur~}% - \def\RSFigtxt{Figur~}% - \def\RSFigstxt{Figur~}% - \def\RStabtxt{tabel~}% - \def\RStabstxt{tablel~}% - \def\RSTabtxt{Tabel~}% - \def\RSTabstxt{Tabel~}% - \def\RSfootntxt{fodnote~}% - \def\RSfootnstxt{fodnote~}% - \def\RSFootntxt{Fodnote~}% - \def\RSFootnstxt{Fodnote~}% -} -\DeclareLangOpt{danish}{\RSdanish} -%%-- FRENCH ------------------------------------- -\newcommand\RSfrench{% - \def\RSrngtxt{\space \`{a}~}% - \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space et~}% - \def\RSlsttxt{\space et~}% - \def\RSparttxt{partie~}% - \def\RSpartstxt{parties~}% - \def\RSParttxt{La partie~}% - \def\RSPartstxt{Les parties~}% - \def\RSappendixname{appendice~}% - \def\RSappendicesname{appendices~}% - \def\RSAppendixname{L'appendice~}% - \def\RSAppendicesname{Les appendices~}% - \def\RSchaptername{chapitre~}% - \def\RSchaptersname{chapitres~}% - \def\RSChaptername{Le chapitre~}% - \def\RSChaptersname{Les chapitres~}% - \def\RSsectxt{section~}% - \def\RSsecstxt{sections~}% - \def\RSSectxt{La section~}% - \def\RSSecstxt{Les sections~}% - \def\RSeqtxt{\'{e}quation~}% - \def\RSeqstxt{\'{e}quations~}% - \def\RSEqtxt{L'\'{e}quation~}% - \def\RSEqstxt{Les \'{e}quations~}% - \def\RSfigtxt{figure~}% - \def\RSfigstxt{figures~}% - \def\RSFigtxt{La figure~}% - \def\RSFigstxt{Les figures~}% - \def\RStabtxt{tableau~}% - \def\RStabstxt{tableaux~}% - \def\RSTabtxt{Le tableau~}% - \def\RSTabstxt{Les tableaux~}% - \def\RSfootntxt{note~}% - \def\RSfootnstxt{notes~}% - \def\RSFootntxt{La note~}% - \def\RSFootnstxt{Les notes~}% -} -\DeclareLangOpt{french}{\RSfrench} -%%-- GERMAN ------------------------------------- -\newcommand\RSgerman{% - \def\RSrngtxt{\space bis~}% - \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space und~}% - \def\RSlsttxt{\space und~}% - \def\RSparttxt{Teil~}% - \def\RSpartstxt{Teile~}% - \def\RSParttxt{Teil~}% - \def\RSPartstxt{Teile~}% - \def\RSappendixname{Anhang~}% - \def\RSappendicesname{Anh\"{a}nge~}% - \def\RSAppendixname{Anhang~}% - \def\RSAppendicesname{Anh\"{a}nge~}% - \def\RSchaptername{Kapitel~}% - \def\RSchaptersname{Kapitel~}% - \def\RSChaptername{Kapitel~}% - \def\RSChaptersname{Kapitel~}% - \def\RSsectxt{Abschnitt~}% - \def\RSsecstxt{Abschnitt~}% - \def\RSSectxt{Abschnitt~}% - \def\RSSecstxt{Abschnitt~}% - \def\RSeqtxt{Gleichung~}% - \def\RSeqstxt{Gleichungen~}% - \def\RSEqtxt{Gleichung~}% - \def\RSEqstxt{Gleichungen~}% - \def\RSfigtxt{Abbildung~}% - \def\RSfigstxt{Abbildung~}% - \def\RSFigtxt{Abbildung~}% - \def\RSFigstxt{Abbildung~}% - \def\RStabtxt{Tabelle~}% - \def\RStabstxt{Tabellen~}% - \def\RSTabtxt{Tabelle~}% - \def\RSTabstxt{Tabellen~}% - \def\RSfootntxt{Fu\ss note~}% - \def\RSfootnstxt{Fu\ss noten~}% - \def\RSFootntxt{Fu\ss note~}% - \def\RSFootnstxt{Fu\ss noten~}% -} -\DeclareLangOpt{german}{\RSgerman} -\DeclareLangOpt{ngerman}{\RSgerman} -\DeclareLangOpt{austrian}{\RSgerman} -\DeclareLangOpt{naustrian}{\RSgerman} -%%-- ITALIAN ------------------------------------ -\newcommand\RSitalian{% - \def\RSrngtxt{--}% - \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space e~}% - \def\RSlsttxt{\space e~}% - \def\RSparttxt{Parte~}% - \def\RSpartstxt{Parti~}% - \def\RSParttxt{Parte~}% - \def\RSPartstxt{Parti~}% - \def\RSappendixname{l'appendice~}% - \def\RSappendicesname{le appendici~}% - \def\RSAppendixname{l'Appendice~}% - \def\RSAppendicesname{le Appendici~}% - \def\RSchaptername{il capitolo~}% - \def\RSchaptersname{i capitoli~}% - \def\RSChaptername{il Capitolo~}% - \def\RSChaptersname{i Capitoli~}% - \def\RSsectxt{la sezione~}% - \def\RSsecstxt{le sezioni~}% - \def\RSSectxt{la Sezione~}% - \def\RSSecstxt{la Sezioni~}% - \def\RSeqtxt{l'equazione~}% - \def\RSeqstxt{le equazioni~}% - \def\RSEqtxt{l'Equazione~}% - \def\RSEqstxt{le Equazioni~}% - \def\RSfigtxt{la figura~}% - \def\RSfigstxt{le figure~}% - \def\RSFigtxt{la Figura~}% - \def\RSFigstxt{le Figure~}% - \def\RStabtxt{la tabella~}% - \def\RStabstxt{le tabelle~}% - \def\RSTabtxt{la Tabella~}% - \def\RSTabstxt{le Tabelle~}% - \def\RSfootntxt{la nota~}% - \def\RSfootnstxt{le note~}% - \def\RSFootntxt{la Nota~}% - \def\RSFootnstxt{le Note~}% -} -\DeclareLangOpt{italian}{\RSitalian} -%%-- NORWEGIAN ------------------------------------- -\newcommand\RSnorwegian{% - \def\RSrngtxt{\space til~}% - \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space og~}% - \def\RSlsttxt{\space og~}% - \def\RSparttxt{del~}% - \def\RSpartstxt{del~}% - \def\RSParttxt{Del~}% - \def\RSPartstxt{Del~}% - \def\RSappendixname{tillegg~}% - \def\RSappendicesname{tillegg~}% - \def\RSAppendixname{Tillegg~}% - \def\RSAppendicesname{Tillegg~}% - \def\RSchaptername{kapittel~}% - \def\RSchaptersname{kapittel~}% - \def\RSChaptername{Kapittel~}% - \def\RSChaptersname{Kapittel~}% - \def\RSsectxt{avsnitt~}% - \def\RSsecstxt{avsnitt~}% - \def\RSSectxt{Avsnitt~}% - \def\RSSecstxt{Avsnitt~}% - \def\RSeqtxt{formel~}% - \def\RSeqstxt{formel~}% - \def\RSEqtxt{Formel~}% - \def\RSEqstxt{Formel~}% - \def\RSfigtxt{figur~}% - \def\RSfigstxt{figur~}% - \def\RSFigtxt{Figur~}% - \def\RSFigstxt{Figur~}% - \def\RStabtxt{tabell~}% - \def\RStabstxt{tabell~}% - \def\RSTabtxt{Tabell~}% - \def\RSTabstxt{Tabell~}% - \def\RSfootntxt{fotnote~}% - \def\RSfootnstxt{fotnote~}% - \def\RSFootntxt{Fotnote~}% - \def\RSFootnstxt{Fotnote~}% -} -\DeclareLangOpt{norwegian}{\RSnorwegian} -\DeclareLangOpt{nynorsk}{\RSnorwegian} -\DeclareLangOpt{bokmal}{\RSnorwegian}% Not in babel yet -\DeclareLangOpt{norsk}{\RSnorwegian} -%%-- PORTUGUESE ----------------------------------- -\newcommand\RSportuguese{% - \def\RSrngtxt{\space a~}% - \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space e~}% - \def\RSlsttxt{\space e~}% - \def\RSparttxt{Parte~}% - \def\RSpartstxt{Partes~}% - \def\RSParttxt{Parte~}% - \def\RSPartstxt{Partes~}% - \def\RSappendixname{ap\^{e}ndice~}% - \def\RSappendicesname{ap\^{e}ndices~}% - \def\RSAppendixname{Ap\^{e}ndice~}% - \def\RSAppendicesname{Ap\^{e}ndices~}% - \def\RSchaptername{cap\'{i}tulo~}% - \def\RSchaptersname{cap\'{i}tulos~}% - \def\RSChaptername{Cap\'{i}tulo~}% - \def\RSChaptersname{Cap\'{i}tulos~}% - \def\RSsectxt{se\c{c}\~{a}o~}% - \def\RSsecstxt{se\c{c}\~{o}es~}% - \def\RSSectxt{Se\c{c}\~{a}o~}% - \def\RSSecstxt{Se\c{c}\~{o}es~}% - \def\RSeqtxt{equa\c{c}\~{a}o~}% - \def\RSeqstxt{equa\c{c}\~{o}es~}% - \def\RSEqtxt{Equa\c{c}\~{a}o~}% - \def\RSEqstxt{Equa\c{c}\~{o}es~}% - \def\RSfigtxt{figura~}% - \def\RSfigstxt{figuras~}% - \def\RSFigtxt{Figura~}% - \def\RSFigstxt{Figuras~}% - \def\RStabtxt{tabela~}% - \def\RStabstxt{tabelas~}% - \def\RSTabtxt{Tabela~}% - \def\RSTabstxt{Tabelas~}% - \def\RSfootntxt{nota de rodap\'{e}~}% - \def\RSfootnstxt{notas de rodap\'{e}~}% - \def\RSFootntxt{Nota de rodap\'{e}~}% - \def\RSFootnstxt{Notas de rodap\'{e}~}% -} -\newcommand\RSbrazilian{% - \def\RSrngtxt{\space a~}% - \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space e~}% - \def\RSlsttxt{\space e~}% - \def\RSparttxt{Parte~}% - \def\RSpartstxt{Partes~}% - \def\RSParttxt{Parte~}% - \def\RSPartstxt{Partes~}% - \def\RSappendixname{ap\^{e}ndice~}% - \def\RSappendicesname{ap\^{e}ndices~}% - \def\RSAppendixname{Ap\^{e}ndice~}% - \def\RSAppendicesname{Ap\^{e}ndices~}% - \def\RSchaptername{cap\'{i}tulo~}% - \def\RSchaptersname{cap\'{i}tulos~}% - \def\RSChaptername{Cap\'{i}tulo~}% - \def\RSChaptersname{Cap\'{i}tulos~}% - \def\RSsectxt{sec\c{c}\~{a}o~}%<--------------- - \def\RSsecstxt{sec\c{c}\~{o}es~}%<------------- - \def\RSSectxt{Sec\c{c}\~{a}o~}%<--------------- - \def\RSSecstxt{Sec\c{c}\~{o}es~}%<------------- - \def\RSeqtxt{equa\c{c}\~{a}o~}% - \def\RSeqstxt{equa\c{c}\~{o}es~}% - \def\RSEqtxt{Equa\c{c}\~{a}o~}% - \def\RSEqstxt{Equa\c{c}\~{o}es~}% - \def\RSfigtxt{figura~}% - \def\RSfigstxt{figuras~}% - \def\RSFigtxt{Figura~}% - \def\RSFigstxt{Figuras~}% - \def\RStabtxt{tabela~}% - \def\RStabstxt{tabelas~}% - \def\RSTabtxt{Tabela~}% - \def\RSTabstxt{Tabelas~}% - \def\RSfootntxt{nota de rodap\'{e}~}% - \def\RSfootnstxt{notas de rodap\'{e}~}% - \def\RSFootntxt{Nota de rodap\'{e}~}% - \def\RSFootnstxt{Notas de rodap\'{e}~}% -} -\DeclareLangOpt{portuges}{\RSportuguese} -\DeclareLangOpt{portuguese}{\RSportuguese} -\DeclareLangOpt{brazilian}{\RSbrazilian} -\DeclareLangOpt{brazil}{\RSbrazilian} -%%-- SWEDISH ------------------------------------ -\newcommand\RSswedish{% - \def\RSrngtxt{\space till~}% - \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space och~}% - \def\RSlsttxt{\space och~}% - \def\RSparttxt{del~}% - \def\RSpartstxt{del~}% - \def\RSParttxt{Del~}% - \def\RSPartstxt{Del~}% - \def\RSappendixname{appendix~}% - \def\RSappendicesname{appendix~}% - \def\RSAppendixname{Appendix~}% - \def\RSAppendicesname{Appendix~}% - \def\RSchaptername{kapitel~}% - \def\RSchaptersname{kapitel~}% - \def\RSChaptername{Kapitel~}% - \def\RSChaptersname{Kapitel~}% - \def\RSsectxt{sektion~}% - \def\RSsecstxt{sektion~}% - \def\RSSectxt{Sektion~}% - \def\RSSecstxt{Sektion~}% - \def\RSeqtxt{ekvation~}% - \def\RSeqstxt{ekvation~}% - \def\RSEqtxt{Ekvation~}% - \def\RSEqstxt{Ekvation~}% - \def\RSfigtxt{figur~}% - \def\RSfigstxt{figur~}% - \def\RSFigtxt{Figur~}% - \def\RSFigstxt{Figur~}% - \def\RStabtxt{tabell~}% - \def\RStabstxt{tabell~}% - \def\RSTabtxt{Tabell~}% - \def\RSTabstxt{Tabell~}% - \def\RSfootntxt{fotnot~}% - \def\RSfootnstxt{fotnot~}% - \def\RSFootntxt{Fotnot~}% - \def\RSFootnstxt{Fotnot~}% -} -\DeclareLangOpt{swedish}{\RSswedish} -%%-- TEMPLATE FOR PARTS ------------------------- - \newref{part}{% - name = \RSparttxt, - names = \RSpartstxt, - Name = \RSPparttxt, - Names = \RSPartstxt, - rngtxt = \RSrngtxt, - lsttxt = \RSlsttxt} -%%-- TEMPLATE FOR CHAPTERS & APPENDIXES --------- -\providecommand*{\p@chapter}{} -\AtBeginDocument{% - \RS@ifundefined{chapter}{}{% - \RS@ifundefined{@chapapp}% - {\renewcommand*{\p@chapter}{\string\chpname{\chaptername}}}%AMS - {\renewcommand*{\p@chapter}{\string\chpname{\@chapapp}}}% Normal - }% - } -\newcommand*{\chpname}[1]{} -\newcommand*{\RS@chpname}[1]{% - \ifRSnameon - \edef\RS@tmpa{#1}% - \edef\RS@tmpb{\appendixname}% - \ifx\RS@tmpa\RS@tmpb\relax% - \ifRSplural - \ifRScapname \RSAppendicesname \else \RSappendicesname \fi - \else - \ifRScapname \RSAppendixname \else \RSappendixname \fi - \fi - \else - \ifRSplural - \ifRScapname \RSChaptersname \else \RSchaptersname \fi - \else - \ifRScapname \RSChaptername \else \RSchaptername \fi - \fi - \fi - \fi} - \newref{chap}{% - refcmd = {{\let\chpname=\RS@chpname\ref{#1}}}, - rngtxt = \RSrngtxt, - lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt, - lsttxt = \RSlsttxt} -%%-- TEMPLATE FOR SECTIONS ---------------------- - \newref{sec}{% - name = \RSsectxt, - names = \RSsecstxt, - Name = \RSSectxt, - Names = \RSSecstxt, - refcmd = {\S\ref{#1}}, - rngtxt = \RSrngtxt, - lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt, - lsttxt = \RSlsttxt} -%%-- TEMPLATE FOR EQUATIONS --------------------- -\newcommand*{\RSeqrefform}[1]{\textup{(\ref{#1})}} -\@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}% - {\let\AMSeqref\eqref - \let\eqref\relax}% - {} -\newref{eq}{% - name = \RSeqtxt, - names = \RSeqstxt, - Name = \RSEqtxt, - Names = \RSEqstxt, - refcmd = \RSeqrefform{#1}, - rngtxt = \RSrngtxt, - lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt, - lsttxt = \RSlsttxt} -\let\RSeqref\eqref -\let\eqref\relax -\AtBeginDocument{% - \@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}% - {\RS@ifundefined{AMSeqref}{\let\AMSeqref\eqref}{}% - \let\RSeqrefform\AMSeqref}% - {}% - \let\eqref=\RSeqref - } -%%-- TEMPLATE FOR FIGURES ----------------------- - \newref{fig}{% - name = \RSfigtxt, - names = \RSfigstxt, - Name = \RSFigtxt, - Names = \RSFigstxt, - rngtxt = \RSrngtxt, - lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt, - lsttxt = \RSlsttxt} -%%-- TEMPLATE FOR TABLES ------------------------ - \newref{tab}{% - name = \RStabtxt, - names = \RStabstxt, - Name = \RSTabtxt, - Names = \RSTabstxt, - rngtxt = \RSrngtxt, - lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt, - lsttxt = \RSlsttxt} -%%-- TEMPLATE FOR FOOTNOTES --------------------- - \newcommand{\RSfnmark}[1]{% - \begingroup - \unrestored@protected@xdef\@thefnmark{\ref{#1}}% - \endgroup - \@footnotemark} - \newref{fn}{% - name = \RSfootntxt, - names = \RSfootnstxt, - Name = \RSFootntxt, - Names = \RSFootnstxt, - refcmd = {\ifRSstar\RSfnmark{#1}\else(\ref{#1})\fi}, - rngtxt = \RSrngtxt, - lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt, - lsttxt = \RSlsttxt} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `refstyle.cfg'. diff --git a/texmf/tex/latex/rmpage.d/rmpgen.cfg b/texmf/tex/latex/rmpage.d/rmpgen.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index 0c1165b..0000000 --- a/texmf/tex/latex/rmpage.d/rmpgen.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1406 +0,0 @@ -%% File rmpgen.cfg 10/10/97 -%% derived from: -%% File rmplocal.cfg 11/9/96 -%% File rmpagelocal.cfg 23/8/96 -%% -%% Copyright 1996 and 1997 R.J.M. McDonnell -%% email: rebecca@astrid.u-net.com -%% -%% Before modifying this file, you might like to make a back-up copy. -%% -%% This file is meant to be modified at each installation. So that -%% you don't end up with a mess that's hideously incompatible with -%% other installations and versions of the rmpage package, do this: -%% when you change this file, add a comment on the top line identifying -%% it as yours, and change the comment after the version number to do -%% the same thing (e.g., [1923/09/17 v0.carrot Gertrude Stein's config -%% file for the rmpage package]). -%% -%% Please don't make any other changes above the line: `LOCAL CODE BELOW -%% HERE PLEASE', aside from commenting out or uncommenting whole -%% options; you're best off not deleting them, honest. -%% -%% My current idea is that the contents of this file below the `LOCAL -%% CODE BELOW HERE PLEASE' line can be cut and pasted wholesale into -%% a later version of this file; the code that's there is my local -%% configuration code, and I expect that its only use to you is as -%% examples. My intention is that future versions of this file won't -%% have essential code below the line `LOCAL CODE BELOW HERE PLEASE' -%% either. -%% -%% I suggest the first thing you do is hunt down the \ExecuteOptions -%% statements and change them to whatever you think suits you best. -%% -%% -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/01] -\ProvidesFile{rmpgen.cfg}[1997/10/10 v1.0 general configuration file -for the rmpage package.] -% -% 1997/10/10 v1.0 Made this the first released version of rmpgen.cfg -% 1996/11/01 v0.36 Changed the typesetting tightness the loadpsfount -% options change to (now looseish). -% Goes with rmpage-v0.90.sty -% 1996/11/01 v0.35 Played about with ltxdoc stuff. Still no joy. -% Goes with rmpage-v0.89.2.sty -% 1996/10/31 v0.34 Added the three beton options, just after the -% loadfount stuff. Belongs here because not everyone uses the -% concrete founts. -% Goes with rmpage-v0.89.sty -% 1996/10/29 v0.33 Put \RM@notinexecuteoptions back in t@uch options; -% put ljmeepex options into class file. Perhaps change rmpage so -% t@uch options can be used; tricky. -% Goes with rmpage-v0.88.sty -% 1996/10/28 v0.32 Added \RM@AfterInitialTextwidthSetting hook; -% added book class default options -% Goes with rmpage-v0.88.sty -% 1996/10/28 v0.31 Added foils defaults. -% Goes with rmpage-v0.87.sty -% 1996/10/25 v0.30 Added stuff about \RM@LocalClassReport hook. -% Goes with rmpage-v0.85.sty -% 1996/10/25 v0.29 Changed nastydate option to othernicedate. :-). -% Goes with rmpage-v0.84.1.sty -% 1996/10/21 v0.28 Changed slides options a bit; rmpwslid.pko is now -% used. -% Goes with rmpage-v0.84.sty -% 1996/10/21 v0.27 Uncommented another t@uchoption; allowed all t@uch -% options in \ExecuteOptions; added support for ljmeepex class -% (options are declared here, and it's given the same number as -% ljmueepexam. Is Bill Gates the Antichrist?) -% Goes with rmpage-v0.83.sty -% 1996/10/19 v0.26 Added ringbinding option which uses new -% \RM@DefLengthAtLeast command. Changed bithesis settings to use -% this command to define minmargins. -% Goes with rmpage-v0.83.sty -% 1996/10/17 v0.25 Changed loadpsfount stuff to use new command to -% set looseness, which requests sloppiest \if@twocolum. -% Goes with rmpage-v0.82.sty -% 1996/10/14 v0.24 Added errorshow, warningshow, infoshow, and debugshow -% options (asleep); these are used by tracefnt---someone might -% like them. -% Goes with rmpage-v0.81.1.sty -% 1996/10/09 v0.23 Confirmed lj4printer limits by measuring MS works -% output. Not great, but it'll do for now. -% Goes with rmpage-v0.81.1.sty -% 1996/10/06 v0.22 Fixed loadbookman option -% Goes with rmpage-v0.81.1.sty -% 1996/10/04 v0.21 Changed an errant \RM@ocltype to \RM@ocl -% Goes with rmpage-v0.81.1.sty -% 1996/10/01 v0.20 Changed loadconcrete option so it uses the beton -% package; goes with changes in rmpage. Changed generalprinter so -% it works with HP inkjets. -% Goes with rmpage-v0.81.sty -% 1996/09/30 v0.19.1 Changed c76paper option to c7/6paper; binned a -% redundant asleepoption. -% Goes with rmpage-v0.80.1.sty -% 1996/09/29 v0.19 replaced smallbase things with normalbase things. -% Goes with rmpage-v0.80.sty -% 1996/09/28 v0.18 added noheaders and notstdmargins to default -% \ExecuteOptions; to counteract changed default flag settings. -% 1996/09/27 v0.17 Downcased the RA and SRA paper size names; changed -% luccasua to lucasual. -% Goes with rmpage-v0.78.sty -% 1996/09/26 v0.16 Changed some comments; changed -% \RM@ClassExecuteOptions to \RM@OnClassExecuteOptions -% Goes with rmpage-v0.76.sty -% 1996/09/24 v0.15 Added printer/paper settings from rmpage.sty to -% the \RM@PrinterPaperSettings hook. Put loadcourier and -% loadconcrete to bed. Commented out rmcv, rmletter, and bithesis -% options; they should be redundant by now. Delete them later if -% there's no problems. -% Goes with rmpage-v0.74.sty -% 1996/09/23 v0.14 Changed R+Rdw520printer option so \RM@printertype -% is set to 11 (new 500 series value), rather than 2 (old DW520 -% value). Foolish child. Added the thisfontwidth option, -% commented out. -% Goes with rmpage-v0.73.sty -% 1996/09/22 v0.13 basemaxmparwidth and basemparclearance options -% commented out. I mean, really, why not? Added the letter4paper -% size: an unholy alliance between US letter and ISO A4. Avoid -% like the plague; but I can almost see a use for it. -% Goes with rmpage-v0.72.sty -% 1996/09/18 v0.12.1 Changed some comments. -% Goes with rmpage-v0.71.2.sty -% 1996/09/16 v0.12 Added fulllength and stdlength options from -% rmpage, because they need executing after the touchlength options. -% Goes with rmpage-v0.71.sty -% 1996/09/13 v0.11.1 minor doc change -% 1996/09/13 v0.11 Not much really: added the center and notcenter -% options to match the documentation. -% Goes with rmpage-v0.69.sty -% 1996/09/11 v0.10.1 Made a line a comment line again (oops) -% Goes with rmpage-v0.67.sty -% 1996/09/11 v0.10 Added some more options, and changed the name from -% rmpagelocal.cfg (as it would be in a world free from Bill -% Gates's malign influence) to the rather silly rmplocal.cfg. It -% might have been ratlocal, but I decided in favour of utility -% against character. Apologies to those who use the -% abreviation RMP in a different context. Added lots and lots of -% option declarations from rmpage.sty. Changed default option -% setting and played around with class detection rather a lot; -% it's relatively elegant now. -% Goes with rmpage-v0.66.sty -% 1996/09/10 v0.9 Turned a few %% lines into % lines -% Goes with rmpage-v0.65.sty -% 1996/09/10 v0.8 Played about with commented-out options -% Goes with rmpage-v0.64.sty -% 1996/09/09 v0.7 Played around with class detection and changed -% class type numbers -% Goes with rmpage-v0.63.sty -% 1996/09/04 v0.6 Erm, some stuff. Changed printer option to -% dw520-ours. -% Goes with rmpage-v0.61.sty -% 1996/09/03 v0.5 Played about a bit; can't remember the details. -% Goes with rmpage-v0.60.sty -% 1996/09/02 v0.4 added hook stuff, and included ltxdoc code in one -% of them. -% 1996/08/25 v0.3 added rarely used paper size definitions. -% Goes with rmpagenew v0.56 -% 1996/08/24 v0.2 changed name and stuff; goes with rmpagenew v0.55 -% 1996/08/23 v0.1 Here we go... Goes with rmpagenew v0.54 -% -%% -%% -%% OPTION DECLARATION -%% ================== -%% -%% This section contains the standard options for rmpage. I suggest -%% you don't add or delete anything from this section: just comment -%% options out to speed rmpage up or uncomment them if you need to -%% use them. -%% -%% If you want to add options, add them at the end of this section -%% in between the places marked. -%% -%% -%% PAPER SIZES -%% ----------- -%% -\DeclareOption{undefinedpaper}{\def\RM@papertype{0}} - -\DeclareOption{letter4paper}{\def\RM@papertype{9} - \setlength\paperheight{8.5in} - \setlength\paperwidth{210mm} - } - -\DeclareOption{a0paper}{\def\RM@papertype{10} - \setlength\paperheight{1189mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{841mm} - } -\DeclareOption{a1paper}{\def\RM@papertype{11} - \setlength\paperheight{841mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{594mm} - } -\DeclareOption{a2paper}{\def\RM@papertype{12} - \setlength\paperheight{594mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{420mm} - } -\DeclareOption{a3paper}{\def\RM@papertype{13}% - \setlength\paperheight{420mm}% - \setlength\paperwidth{297mm}% - } - -\DeclareOption{a6paper}{\def\RM@papertype{16}% - \setlength\paperheight{148mm}% - \setlength\paperwidth{105mm}% - } -\DeclareOption{a7paper}{\def\RM@papertype{17} - \setlength\paperheight{105mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{74mm} - } -\DeclareOption{a8paper}{\def\RM@papertype{18} - \setlength\paperheight{74mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{52mm} - } -\DeclareOption{a9paper}{\def\RM@papertype{19} - \setlength\paperheight{52mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{37mm} - } -\DeclareOption{a10paper}{\def\RM@papertype{20} - \setlength\paperheight{37mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{26mm} - } - -\DeclareOption{b0paper}{\def\RM@papertype{30} - \setlength\paperheight{1414mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{1000mm} - } -\DeclareOption{b1paper}{\def\RM@papertype{31} - \setlength\paperheight{1000mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{707mm} - } -\DeclareOption{b2paper}{\def\RM@papertype{32} - \setlength\paperheight{707mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{500mm} - } -\DeclareOption{b3paper}{\def\RM@papertype{33} - \setlength\paperheight{500mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{353mm} - } -\DeclareOption{b4paper}{\def\RM@papertype{34}% - \setlength\paperheight{353mm}% - \setlength\paperwidth{250mm}% - } - -\DeclareOption{b6paper}{\def\RM@papertype{36}% - \setlength\paperheight{176mm}% - \setlength\paperwidth{125mm}% - } -\DeclareOption{b7paper}{\def\RM@papertype{37}% - \setlength\paperheight{125mm}% - \setlength\paperwidth{88mm}% - } -\DeclareOption{b8paper}{\def\RM@papertype{38} - \setlength\paperheight{88mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{62mm} - } -\DeclareOption{b9paper}{\def\RM@papertype{39} - \setlength\paperheight{62mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{44mm} - } -\DeclareOption{b10paper}{\def\RM@papertype{40} - \setlength\paperheight{44mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{31mm} - } -\DeclareOption{c0paper}{\def\RM@papertype{50} - \setlength\paperheight{1297mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{917mm} - } -\DeclareOption{c1paper}{\def\RM@papertype{51} - \setlength\paperheight{917mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{648mm} - } -\DeclareOption{c2paper}{\def\RM@papertype{52} - \setlength\paperheight{648mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{458mm} - } -\DeclareOption{c3paper}{\def\RM@papertype{53} - \setlength\paperheight{458mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{324mm} - } -\DeclareOption{c4paper}{\def\RM@papertype{54} - \setlength\paperheight{324mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{229mm} - } - -\DeclareOption{c5paper}{\def\RM@papertype{55}% - \setlength\paperheight{229mm}% - \setlength\paperwidth{162mm}% - } - -\DeclareOption{c7paper}{\def\RM@papertype{57} - \setlength\paperheight{114mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{81mm} - } - -\DeclareOption{c7/6paper}{\def\RM@papertype{59}% c7/6 paper - \setlength\paperheight{162mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{81mm} - } -% Note that the BS4264 envelope sizes have names I invented -% BS4264 Post office preferred envelope: seed packets, wage slips, gen pack -\DeclareOption{bspopseedenvelopepaper}{\def\RM@papertype{60} - \setlength\paperheight{152mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{102mm} - } - % BS4264 Post office preferred envelope: gen commercial, non iso sizes -\DeclareOption{bspopnonisoenvelopepaper}{\def\RM@papertype{61} - \setlength\paperheight{229mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{102mm} - } - % BS4264 envelope; bulky A5, catalogues, brochures. -\DeclareOption{bsbrochureenvelopepaper}{\def\RM@papertype{62} - \setlength\paperheight{254mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{178mm} - } - % BS4264 envelope; legal docs, catalogues, photos -\DeclareOption{bslegalenvelopepaper}{\def\RM@papertype{63} - \setlength\paperheight{270mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{216mm} - } -% BS4264 envelope; insurance policies, legal docs -\DeclareOption{bslargelegalenvelopepaper}{\def\RM@papertype{64} - \setlength\paperheight{305mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{127mm} - } - % BS4264 envelope; bulky docs, calendars -\DeclareOption{bscalendarenvelopepaper}{\def\RM@papertype{65} - \setlength\paperheight{381mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{254mm} - } - -\DeclareOption{foolscapfoliopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{70}% - \setlength\paperheight{13.5in}% - \setlength\paperwidth{8.5in}% - } -\DeclareOption{foolscappaper}{\def\RM@papertype{70}% foolscap option gives foolscap - \setlength\paperheight{13.5in}% folio paper - \setlength\paperwidth{8.5in} - } - -\DeclareOption{foolscapquartopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{71} - \setlength\paperheight{8.5in} - \setlength\paperwidth{6.75in} - } -\DeclareOption{foolscapoctavopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{72} - \setlength\paperheight{6.75in} - \setlength\paperwidth{4.25in} - } -\DeclareOption{crownfoliopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{73} - \setlength\paperheight{15in} - \setlength\paperwidth{10in} - } -\DeclareOption{crownquartopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{74} - \setlength\paperheight{10in} - \setlength\paperwidth{7.5in} - } -\DeclareOption{crownoctavopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{75} - \setlength\paperheight{7.5in} - \setlength\paperwidth{5in} - } -\DeclareOption{royalfoliopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{76} - \setlength\paperheight{20in} - \setlength\paperwidth{12.5in} - } -\DeclareOption{royalquartopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{77} - \setlength\paperheight{12.5in} - \setlength\paperwidth{10in} - } -\DeclareOption{royaloctavopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{78} - \setlength\paperheight{10in} - \setlength\paperwidth{6.25in} - } -\DeclareOption{imperialfoliopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{79} - \setlength\paperheight{22in} - \setlength\paperwidth{15.5in} - } -\DeclareOption{imperialquartopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{80} - \setlength\paperheight{15in} - \setlength\paperwidth{11in} - } -\DeclareOption{imperialoctavopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{81} - \setlength\paperheight{11in} - \setlength\paperwidth{7.5in} - } -\DeclareOption{largecrownoctavopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{82} - \setlength\paperheight{8in} - \setlength\paperwidth{5.25in} - } -\DeclareOption{demyoquartopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{83} - \setlength\paperheight{11.25in} - \setlength\paperwidth{8.75in} - } -\DeclareOption{demyoctavopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{84} - \setlength\paperheight{8.75in} - \setlength\paperwidth{5.625in} - } -\DeclareOption{mediumquartopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{85} - \setlength\paperheight{12in} - \setlength\paperwidth{9.5in} - } -\DeclareOption{mediumoctavopaper}{\def\RM@papertype{86} - \setlength\paperheight{9.5in} - \setlength\paperwidth{6in} - } - -\DeclareOption{ra0paper}{\def\RM@papertype{90} - \setlength\paperheight{1270mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{960mm} - } -\DeclareOption{ra1paper}{\def\RM@papertype{91} - \setlength\paperheight{1270mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{960mm} - } -\DeclareOption{ra2paper}{\def\RM@papertype{92} - \setlength\paperheight{1270mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{960mm} - } -\DeclareOption{sra0paper}{\def\RM@papertype{93} - \setlength\paperheight{1280mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{900mm} - } -\DeclareOption{sra1paper}{\def\RM@papertype{94} - \setlength\paperheight{900mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{840mm} - } -\DeclareOption{sra2paper}{\def\RM@papertype{95} - \setlength\paperheight{640mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{450mm} - } -\DeclareOption{metricdoublecrownpaper}{\def\RM@papertype{96} - \setlength\paperheight{770mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{505mm} - } -\DeclareOption{metricquadcrownpaper}{\def\RM@papertype{97} - \setlength\paperheight{1010mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{770mm} - } -\DeclareOption{metriclargequadcrownpaper}{\def\RM@papertype{98} - \setlength\paperheight{1060mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{820mm} - } -\DeclareOption{metricquaddemypaper}{\def\RM@papertype{99} - \setlength\paperheight{1030mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{890mm} - } -\DeclareOption{metricsmallquadroyalpaper}{\def\RM@papertype{100} - \setlength\paperheight{1270mm} - \setlength\paperwidth{960mm} - } -%% -%% -%% LONG PAPER TYPES -%% ---------------- -%% -%% 0 = not long (or 1) -%% 1 = 7/8 2 = 3/4 3 = 2/3 4 = 5/8 5 = 1/2 -%% 6 = 3/8 7 = 1/3 8 = 1/4 9 = 1/8 -%% -\DeclareOption{notlongpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{0}} -\DeclareOption{7/8longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{1}} -\DeclareOption{3/4longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{2}} -\DeclareOption{2/3longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{3}} -\DeclareOption{5/8longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{4}} -\DeclareOption{1/2longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{5}} -\DeclareOption{3/8longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{6}} -\DeclareOption{1/3longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{7}} -\DeclareOption{1/4longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{8}} -\DeclareOption{1/8longpaper}{\def\RM@longpapertype{9}} -%% -%% -%% OPTIONS TO CHANGE MARGINPARS -%% ---------------------------- -%% -%% marginparsep is scaled by option -\DeclareOption{leastmparsep}{\RM@mparsepoption=3} -\DeclareOption{lessmparsep}{\RM@mparsepoption=6} -\DeclareOption{lessishmparsep}{\RM@mparsepoption=9} -\DeclareOption{normalmparsep}{\RM@mparsepoption=12} -\DeclareOption{moreishmparsep}{\RM@mparsepoption=15} -\DeclareOption{moremparsep}{\RM@mparsepoption=18} -\DeclareOption{mostmparsep}{\RM@mparsepoption=21} -%% -%% The basemparclear options need to be executed after paperwidth has -%% been set. Easily done with \ProcessOptions rather than -%% \ProcessOptions*, and the papersize setting options declared above -%% rather than below. The normalbasemparclear value is set after option -%% processing if no other value has been set. If \RM@mparclearance is -%% -666pt, the normalbasemparclear value is set; if it's -667pt, the -%% largebaselinemparclear value is set (both just after -%% \RM@PrinterPaperSettings hook is executed, which is well after -%% \paperwidth is set). This value is scaled by option just before it's -%% used, so one can use the \RM@BeforeWidthSetting hook to change things. -\DeclareOption{normalbasemparclear}{\setlength\RM@mparclearance{-666pt}} -\DeclareOption{largebasemparclear}{\setlength\RM@mparclearance{-667pt}} - -\DeclareOption{normalbasemaxmparwidth}{\setlength\RM@maxmparwidth{-666pt}} -\DeclareOption{largebasemaxmparwidth}{\setlength\RM@maxmparwidth{-667pt}} -%% -%% the gap between the edge of the paper and the edge of a marginpar -%% is 0.4in (10.16mm) with standard article/report class settings. -%% The mparclearance options change this. -%% -%% mparclearance for A4 portrait paper: -%% least=3.95mm less=5.37mm lessish=7.28mm norm=9.88 -%% moreish=13.41mm more=18.20mm most=24.71mm -%% -%% (norm=0.4in with US letter paper). Note that there are no touch -%% options for mparclearance or maxmparwidth. There's no particular -%% reason why they shouldn't be added. So I did, but left them -%% commented out. -\DeclareOption{leastmparclearance}{\RM@mparclearoption=3} -\DeclareOption{lessmparclearance}{\RM@mparclearoption=6} -\DeclareOption{lessishmparclearance}{\RM@mparclearoption=9} -\DeclareOption{normalmparclearance}{\RM@mparclearoption=12}% norm -\DeclareOption{moreishmparclearance}{\RM@mparclearoption=15} -\DeclareOption{moremparclearance}{\RM@mparclearoption=18} -\DeclareOption{mostmparclearance}{\RM@mparclearoption=21} -%% -%% maxmparwidth is now set as a fraction of paperwidth, such that with -%% portrait US letter paper, you get 2in as standard (or maybe with A4; I -%% really ought to check this.. It's scale by option just like -%% everything else. If you want to change the default base value of -%% maxmparwidth, the \RM@BeforeWidthSetting hook is an ideal place to do -%% it. -\DeclareOption{leastmaxmparwidth}{\RM@maxmparwidthoption=3} -\DeclareOption{lessmaxmparwidth}{\RM@maxmparwidthoption=6} -\DeclareOption{lessishmaxmparwidth}{\RM@maxmparwidthoption=9} -\DeclareOption{normalmaxmparwidth}{\RM@maxmparwidthoption=12}% norm -\DeclareOption{moreishmaxmparwidth}{\RM@maxmparwidthoption=15} -\DeclareOption{moremaxmparwidth}{\RM@maxmparwidthoption=18} -\DeclareOption{mostmaxmparwidth}{\RM@maxmparwidthoption=21} -%% -%% -%% TOUCH OPTIONS -%% ------------- -%% -%% Note that all the touch options need to be executed after their -%% corresponding `straight' options. This is inevitable if they are -%% left here and \ProcessOptions is used rather than the star form, -%% because rmplocal.cfg is loaded after all of rmpage's \DeclareOptions -%% statements. -%% -\DeclareOption{t@uchlonger} {\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@lengthoption by 1} -\DeclareOption{t@uchshorter}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@lengthoption by -1} -\DeclareOption{touchlonger}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@lengthoption by 1} -\DeclareOption{touchshorter}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@lengthoption by -1} -%% -\DeclareOption{touchmorecolsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@columnsepoption by1} -\DeclareOption{touchlesscolsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@columnsepoption by-1} -\DeclareOption{t@uchmorecolsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@columnsepoption by1} -\DeclareOption{t@uchlesscolsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@columnsepoption by-1} -%% -\DeclareOption{touchmoremparsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@mparsepoption by1} -\DeclareOption{touchlessmparsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@mparsepoption by-1} -\DeclareOption{t@uchmoremparsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@mparsepoption by1} -\DeclareOption{t@uchlessmparsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@mparsepoption by-1} -%% -\DeclareOption{touchmorefootskip}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@footskipoption by1} -\DeclareOption{touchlessfootskip}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@footskipoption by-1} -\DeclareOption{t@uchmorefootskip}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@footskipoption by1} -\DeclareOption{t@uchlessfootskip}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@footskipoption by-1} -%% -\DeclareOption{touchmoreheadsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@headsepoption by1} -\DeclareOption{touchlessheadsep}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@headsepoption by-1} -\DeclareOption{t@uchmoreheadsep}{\advance\RM@headsepoption by1} -\DeclareOption{t@uchlessheadsep}{\advance\RM@headsepoption by-1} -%% -\DeclareOption{t@uchwider}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@widthoption by1} -\DeclareOption{t@uchnarrower}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@widthoption by-1} -\DeclareOption{touchwider}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@widthoption by1} -\DeclareOption{touchnarrower}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@widthoption by-1} -%% -\DeclareOption{t@uchmoreoffset}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@offsetoption by1} -\DeclareOption{t@uchlessoffset}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@offsetoption by-1} -\DeclareOption{touchmoreoffset}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@offsetoption by1} -\DeclareOption{touchlessoffset}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@offsetoption by-1} -%% -\DeclareOption{t@uchhigher}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@headfootbalance by -1} -\DeclareOption{t@uchlower} {\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@headfootbalance by 1} -\DeclareOption{touchhigher}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@headfootbalance by -1} -\DeclareOption{touchlower} {\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@headfootbalance by 1} -%% -\DeclareOption{t@uchlessmparclearance}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@mparclearoption by -1} -\DeclareOption{t@uchmoremparclearance}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@mparclearoption by 1} -\DeclareOption{touchlessmparclearance}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@mparclearoption by -1} -\DeclareOption{touchmoremparclearance}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@mparclearoption by 1} - -\DeclareOption{t@uchlessmaxmparwidth}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@maxmparwidthoption by -1} -\DeclareOption{t@uchmoremaxmparwidth}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@maxmparwidthoption by 1} -\DeclareOption{touchlessmaxmparwidth}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@maxmparwidthoption by -1} -\DeclareOption{touchmoremaxmparwidth}{\RM@notinexecuteoptions\advance\RM@maxmparwidthoption by 1} -%% -%% -%% RANDOM LENGTH OPTIONS -%% --------------------- -%% -%% These need to be executed after the touchlength options; but for -%% that, they'd be in rmpage.sty -%% -\DeclareOption{fulllength}{\RM@lengthoption=30} -\DeclareOption{stdlength}{\RM@lengthoption=0} -%% -%% -%% NUMBER OF COLUMNS -%% ----------------- -%% -%% onecolumn and twocolumn are both in rmpage. These options only -%% affect \textwidth; use a package like multicols to set you text in -%% multiple columns. -%% -\DeclareOption{onecolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{1}} -\DeclareOption{twocolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{2}} -\DeclareOption{threecolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{3}} -\DeclareOption{fourcolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{4}} -\DeclareOption{fivecolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{5}} -\DeclareOption{sixcolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{6}} -\DeclareOption{sevencolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{7}} -\DeclareOption{eightcolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{8}} -\DeclareOption{ninecolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{9}} -\DeclareOption{tencolumnwidth}{\def\RM@textcols{10}} -%% -%% -%% LOADING FOUNTS -%% -------------- -%% -%% The fount options work like this: a fount family is set, and if the -%% \RM@loadfount flag is set true, the appropriate fount is loaded, -%% mainly with one of the standard PSNFSS packages. -%% Fount families are set like this: -%% 1=avant garde 2=bookman 3=zapf chancery 4=helvetica -%% 5=new century schoolbook 6=palatino 7=times 8=utopia -%% 9=lucida casual 10=courier 11=concrete 12=this fount width -%% 13=lucida casual dirty trick -%% -%% The dirty trick works like this: if you ask for lucida casual -%% (\RM@fountfamily 13), the fount loading code later on does a -%% \RequirePackage{lucida-casual}, and then sets \RM@fountfamily -%% to 9. The option to do this is in Rowland's curious option -%% section. -%% -%% The command below is used to ask for a particular set of -%% typesetting parameters if you've not explicitly requested any with -%% the looseness option set. You get loose if you've asked for -%% onecolumn, or sloppy if you've asked for twocolumn. Ncolumnwidth -%% is treated as onecolumn; the multicol package makes its own -%% arrangements. But this shouldn't be done any more because the -%% metrics have changed (S. Rahtz, psnfss2e.tex, 5/11/95). I wish -%% there was an up-to-date version of fontinst with docs available. -%% -%% This command's defined here so its meaning is clear; it's cleared -%% at the end of rmpage.sty. -%% -%% So, this is the command that used to do the dirty. And still does: -%% the PSNFSS founts \emph{are} still much tighter than cmr, and you -%% get more bad line breaks. But looseish seems enough for now; keep -%% the twocolumn extra super dooper very slack indeed looseness as is -%% for now. (I wish I had a television so I could find out exactly -%% what it is that Mutley says when he's annoyed). Maybe the thing -%% to do is to change the sloppiness command: see rmpage.sty for more -%% comments (yes, you, you fool, me! bloody well read it [don't -%% complain: I'm swearing at myself]). -%% -%% The thing is, the PSNFSS founts are a little tighter than cmr (it -%% seems). looseish over-compensates, but it's not all that much -%% looser than tight. Grumbledon diwn. -\def\RM@setpsloose{ - \ifnum\RM@looseoption=205 - \if@twocolumn - \def\RM@looseoption{5} - \else - \def\RM@looseoption{1} - \fi - \fi -} -% \def\RM@setpsloose{\relax} -% % Don't change the options below; just change the loosening command -% % in case I want to use it later. -%% -%% %% Computer modern roman; redundant options - \DeclareOption{cmrwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{0}} - \DeclareOption{loadcmr}{\def\RM@fountfamily{0}\RM@loadfounttrue} -%% Avant Garde -\DeclareOption{avantwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{1}} -\DeclareOption{loadavant}{\def\RM@fountfamily{1} - \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose} -%% Bookman -\DeclareOption{bookmanwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{2}} -\DeclareOption{loadbookman}{\def\RM@fountfamily{2} - \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose} -%% Zapf Chancery -\DeclareOption{chancerywidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{3}} -\DeclareOption{loadchancery}{\def\RM@fountfamily{3} - \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose} -%% Helvetica -\DeclareOption{helvetwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{4}} -\DeclareOption{loadhelvet}{\def\RM@fountfamily{4} - \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose} -%% New Century Schoolbook -\DeclareOption{newcentwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{5}} -\DeclareOption{loadnewcent}{\def\RM@fountfamily{5} - \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose} -%% Palatino -\DeclareOption{palatinowidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{6}} -\DeclareOption{loadpalatino}{\def\RM@fountfamily{6} - \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose} -%% Times -\DeclareOption{timeswidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{7}} -\DeclareOption{loadtimes}{\def\RM@fountfamily{7} - \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose} -%% Utopia -\DeclareOption{utopiawidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{8}} -\DeclareOption{loadutopia}{\def\RM@fountfamily{8} - \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose} -%% Lucida casual -\DeclareOption{lucasualwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{9}} -\DeclareOption{loadlucasual}{\def\RM@fountfamily{9} - \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose} -%% lucida-casual option is now in rmplocal.cfg -%% Courier -\DeclareOption{courierwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{10}} -\DeclareOption{loadcourier}{\def\RM@fountfamily{10}\RM@loadfounttrue - \RM@setpsloose} -%% Concrete -%% Concrete doesn't need loose typesetting -\DeclareOption{concretewidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{11}} -\DeclareOption{loadconcrete}{\def\RM@fountfamily{11}\RM@loadfounttrue - \ExecuteOptions{beton}} -%% Bases \textwidth on current fount -\DeclareOption{thisfountwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{12}} -%% -%% -%% Stuff for beton support -%% ----------------------- -%% -%% I need to pass the standard-baselineskips option to beton -%% explicitly so I can detect whether beton's been loaded with this -%% option later. I might as well prepare to pass the other two -%% options, just in case I need to know about them someday. -\DeclareOption{standard-baselineskips} - {\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{beton}} -\DeclareOption{oldstyle-equation-numbers} - {\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{beton}} -\DeclareOption{concrete-math} - {\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{beton}} -%% -%% -%% -%% Synonyms for other options -%% -------------------------- -%% -%% Now I like this. -\DeclareOption{othernicedate}{\RM@nicedatefalse}% usdate -\DeclareOption{nicedate}{\RM@nicedatetrue}% ukdate -%% -%% Other packages use these options to change the amount of -%% information displayed; I might as well pay attention. -%% -\DeclareOption{verbose}{\def\RM@chatlevel{1}}% chatty -\DeclareOption{silent}{\def\RM@chatlevel{3}}% yorkshire -\DeclareOption{errorshow}{\def\RM@chatlevel{3}}% yorkshire -\DeclareOption{warningshow}{\def\RM@chatlevel{2}}% taciturn -\DeclareOption{infoshow}{\def\RM@chatlevel{1}}% chatty -\DeclareOption{debugshow}{\def\RM@chatlevel{0}}% garrulous -%% -%% And I object to this, I really do. Why can't people learn to -%% spell properly? -%% -\DeclareOption{center}{\RM@centretrue} -\DeclareOption{notcenter}{\RM@centrefalse} -%% -%% -%% MARGIN OPTIONS -%% -------------- -%% -%% What the ringbinding option does is ensure that there's enough space -%% in the inside margin to punch holes. It does not make a binding -%% correction after the fashion of the Koma-script packages. This option -%% assumes that you'll be punching holes in the inside margin, so don't -%% expect it to work properly with landscape printing---I couldn't work -%% out a way of predicting which margin will get the holes in landscape -%% printing, so I decided to make no attempt to support it. If you have -%% any thoughts on this, please email me. -%% -\DeclareOption{ringbinding} - {\ifRM@portrait - \RM@DefLengthAtLeast{\RM@mininsidemargin}{15mm} - \else - \RM@Warn{The ringbinding option does nothing in landscape mode} - \fi} -%% -%% PRINTER OPTIONS -%% --------------- -%% -%% Printer types are: -%% 0=fullbleed, 1=general, 2=pessimistic, 3=optimistic -%% 10=dw300 11=dw500 12=dw600 (HP deskwriter inkjet series) -%% 20=lj2 21=lj3 22=lj4 (HP laserjet laser printer series) -%% 30=canonbjx bubblejet something (Canon bubblejet inkjet series) -%% 40+ whatever else comes up -%% -%% The idea is that printer types < 10 are not locally configured; -%% these numbers are reserved for mythical general types that should -%% be the same on all systems. Feel free to add your own mythical -%% general types; please keep the printer number > 1000. -%% -%% The figures for all these printers are guesses, except for the DW500 -%% and DW600: any data on printing margins for the printers above or -%% other commonly-used printers would be gratefully received. I need to -%% know about printing limits at the top, bottom, left, and right for -%% portrait and landscape modes, and whether the data is what the book -%% says or what you measured (preferrably both, but anything'll help). -%% If anyone really uses LaTeX with an A3 printer, do tell: it's -%% something I've been wondering about. -%% -%% \RM@ptrpostol generally set to 1mm (paper sizes are to $\pm2$mm), -%% except for our dw520 which I keep a careful eye on. -%% -\DeclareOption{fullbleedprinter}{ - \def\RM@printertype{0} - \def\RM@ptrrportclear{0mm} - \def\RM@ptrlportclear{0mm} - \def\RM@ptrtportclear{0mm} - \def\RM@ptrbportclear{0mm} - \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{0mm} - \def\RM@ptrllandclear{0mm} - \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{0mm} - \def\RM@ptrblandclear{0mm} - \def\RM@ptrpostol{0mm}% Seems best - } -% -%% Quite arbitrary settings, -\DeclareOption{generalprinter}{% arbitrary - \def\RM@printertype{1} - \def\RM@ptrrportclear{8mm} - \def\RM@ptrlportclear{8mm} - \def\RM@ptrtportclear{8mm} - \def\RM@ptrbportclear{15mm} - \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{15mm} - \def\RM@ptrllandclear{8mm} - \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{8mm} - \def\RM@ptrblandclear{8mm} - \def\RM@ptrpostol{1mm}% Guess - } -%% This uses the worst limits I can remember meeting: -\DeclareOption{pessimisticprinter}{ - \def\RM@printertype{2} - \def\RM@ptrrportclear{10mm} - \def\RM@ptrlportclear{10mm} - \def\RM@ptrtportclear{10mm} - \def\RM@ptrbportclear{19mm} - \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{19mm} - \def\RM@ptrllandclear{10mm} - \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{10mm} - \def\RM@ptrblandclear{10mm} - \def\RM@ptrpostol{1mm}% Guess - } -% This uses the best limits I'd expect -\DeclareOption{optimisticprinter}{ - \def\RM@printertype{3} - \def\RM@ptrrportclear{3mm} - \def\RM@ptrlportclear{3mm} - \def\RM@ptrtportclear{3mm} - \def\RM@ptrbportclear{3mm} - \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{3mm} - \def\RM@ptrllandclear{3mm} - \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{3mm} - \def\RM@ptrblandclear{3mm} - \def\RM@ptrpostol{0.5mm}% Guess - } - -\DeclareOption{dw300printer}{% Guess - \def\RM@printertype{11} - \def\RM@ptrrportclear{6mm} - \def\RM@ptrlportclear{6mm} - \def\RM@ptrtportclear{7mm} - \def\RM@ptrbportclear{15mm} - \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{15mm} - \def\RM@ptrllandclear{7mm} - \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{6mm} - \def\RM@ptrblandclear{6mm} - \def\RM@ptrpostol{1mm} - } -\DeclareOption{dw500printer}{% HP spec - \def\RM@printertype{11} - \def\RM@ptrrportclear{6mm} - \def\RM@ptrlportclear{6mm} - \def\RM@ptrtportclear{7mm} - \def\RM@ptrbportclear{15mm} - \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{15mm} - \def\RM@ptrllandclear{7mm} - \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{6mm} - \def\RM@ptrblandclear{6mm} - \def\RM@ptrpostol{1mm} - } -\DeclareOption{dw600printer}{% Measured from Rebecca's at work+1mm. - \def\RM@printertype{12} - \def\RM@ptrrportclear{5mm} - \def\RM@ptrlportclear{5mm} - \def\RM@ptrtportclear{2mm} - \def\RM@ptrbportclear{15mm} - \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{15mm} - \def\RM@ptrllandclear{2mm} - \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{5mm} - \def\RM@ptrblandclear{5mm} - \def\RM@ptrpostol{1mm}% Guess - } -\DeclareOption{lj2printer}{% an arbitrary guess - \def\RM@printertype{20} - \def\RM@ptrrportclear{7mm} - \def\RM@ptrlportclear{7mm} - \def\RM@ptrtportclear{7mm} - \def\RM@ptrbportclear{7mm} - \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{7mm} - \def\RM@ptrllandclear{7mm} - \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{7mm} - \def\RM@ptrblandclear{7mm} - \def\RM@ptrpostol{1mm}% Guess - } -\DeclareOption{lj3printer}{% an arbitrary guess - \def\RM@printertype{21} - \def\RM@ptrrportclear{6mm} - \def\RM@ptrlportclear{6mm} - \def\RM@ptrtportclear{6mm} - \def\RM@ptrbportclear{6mm} - \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{6mm} - \def\RM@ptrllandclear{6mm} - \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{6mm} - \def\RM@ptrblandclear{6mm} - \def\RM@ptrpostol{1mm}% Guess - } -\DeclareOption{lj4printer}{% measured from MS Works output - \def\RM@printertype{22} - \def\RM@ptrrportclear{5mm} - \def\RM@ptrlportclear{5mm} - \def\RM@ptrtportclear{5mm} - \def\RM@ptrbportclear{5mm} - \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{5mm} - \def\RM@ptrllandclear{5mm} - \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{5mm} - \def\RM@ptrblandclear{5mm} - \def\RM@ptrpostol{0.5mm}% Guess - } -\DeclareOption{canonbjxprinter}{% an arbitrary guess - \def\RM@printertype{22} - \def\RM@ptrrportclear{7mm} - \def\RM@ptrlportclear{7mm} - \def\RM@ptrtportclear{7mm} - \def\RM@ptrbportclear{12mm} - \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{12mm} - \def\RM@ptrllandclear{7mm} - \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{7mm} - \def\RM@ptrblandclear{7mm} - \def\RM@ptrpostol{1mm}% Guess - } -%% -%% ROWLAND'S CURIOUS OPTIONS -%% ------------------------- -%% -%% These are curious options, defined by me (RJMM) to perform dark and -%% eldritch deeds. These aren't intended for hoi polloi, mainly 'cos -%% they're a bit iffy in places, but I like them and they might give -%% you some ideas. -%% -%% -%% Our DW520 isn't quite to spec. -%% -\DeclareOption{R+R-dw520printer}{ - \def\RM@printertype{11} - \def\RM@ptrrportclear{7mm}% spec 6mm - \def\RM@ptrlportclear{6mm} - \def\RM@ptrtportclear{7mm} - \def\RM@ptrbportclear{15mm} - \def\RM@ptrrlandclear{15mm} - \def\RM@ptrllandclear{7mm} - \def\RM@ptrtlandclear{7mm}% spec 6mm - \def\RM@ptrblandclear{6mm} - \def\RM@ptrpostol{0.5mm}% Guess - } -%% -%% A dirty trick to load my .fd version of lucida casual rather than -%% the PSNFSS version. If you loadlucidacasual, \RM@fountfamily is set -%% to 9 after the lucida-casual package has been \RequirePackaged. -%% That's done by code further on in rmpage, specially written for -%% this dirty trick. -%% -%% Lucida casual -\DeclareOption{lucidacasualwidth}{\def\RM@fountfamily{9}} -\DeclareOption{loadlucidacasual}{\def\RM@fountfamily{13} - \RM@loadfounttrue\RM@setpsloose} -%% -%% These class options ought to be redundant now. -%%\DeclareOption{rmcv}{\def\RM@classtype{20}} -%%\DeclareOption{rmletter}{\def\RM@classtype{21}} -%%\DeclareOption{bithesis}{\def\RM@classtype{22}} -%% for ltx guide docs; maybe use in ltxguide.cfg? -%%\DeclareOption{ltxguide}{\def\RM@classtype{7}}% redundant -%% for typesetting .dtx files only; used by ltxdoc.cfg -%%\DeclareOption{ltxdoc}{\def\RM@classtype{6}}% redundant -%% for Liverpool J.Moore's EEP exams -%%\DeclareOption{ljmueepexam}{\def\RM@classtype{23}}% redundant -%% -%% \RM@ptsize is set to the requested point size if an rmsizeN package has -%% not already been recognised by another package. -%% -%% These point size options need another package file which really -%% isn't ready to be released yet - so don't expect them to work. -%% -%% If you really, really, really want to use these extra point sizes, -%% I'll send you the extra files if you ask nicely. -%% -\providecommand{\RM@ptsize}{666} -\DeclareOption{14pt}{\ifnum\RM@ptsize=666\def\RM@ptsize{14}\def\@ptsize{2}\fi} -\DeclareOption{24pt}{\ifnum\RM@ptsize=666\def\RM@ptsize{24}\def\@ptsize{2}\fi} -\DeclareOption{36pt}{\ifnum\RM@ptsize=666\def\RM@ptsize{36}\def\@ptsize{2}\fi} -%% -%% Don't do anything to the file above this point except these things: -%% comment out whole options, -%% uncomment out whole options, -%% and change the identifying comments and commands at the start of the file. -%% Disobeying this order will result in a squadron of highly-trained -%% killer gerbils attacking your toenails each night; the cost in -%% pedicurist bills will be crippling. -%% -%% -%% LOCAL CODE BELOW HERE PLEASE -%% ============================ -%% -%% -%% Add your options in the section marked out below. -%% -%% -%% BEGIN LOCAL OPTION DECLARATION -%% ============================== -%% - -%% -%% -%% END LOCAL OPTION DECLARATION -%% ============================ -%% -%% -%% DEFAULT OPTION SETTING -%% ====================== -%% -%% Default options for any class---the \ExecuteOptions statement below -%% should contain the default settings you want for all documents. -%% Remember these options can always be over-ridden by class-specific -%% code and options used in a document. -%% -%% Check the statement below about default option settings; things -%% change, y'know. -%% -%% rmpage sets things up so that these options are used by default: -%% -%% noheaders,footers,notcentre,oneside,portrait,onecolumn,normalaltitude, -%% normalcolumnsep,normalheadsep,normalfootskip,normalmparsep, -%% normallength,normalwidth,normaloffset,generalprinter, -%% noadaptivecolumnsep,nastydate,taciturn -%% -%% The (USA) letterpaper option is specified by the standard classes; -%% rmpage defaults to undefinedpaper (a real papertype in my -%% book, which I wouldn't recommend unless you like error messages). -%% -%% Either the stdmargins or notstdmargins option should be executed, to -%% avoid (admittedly unlikely) mis-understandings over the placement of -%% marginal notes. I think I've changed rmpage so there shouldn't be -%% a problem with this; notstdmargins is the default setting. -%% -%% If no config file is found by rmpagenew, the notstdmargins option -%% is executed using \ExecuteOptions. -%% -%% -%% CHANGE THE COMMAND BELOW TO MATCH YOUR LOCAL PREFERENCES -%% -------------------------------------------------------- -%% -% \ExecuteOptions{R+R-dw520printer,a4paper,notstdmargins,nicedate,noheaders} -\ExecuteOptions{generalprinter,letterpaper,stdmargins,usdate,noheaders} -%% -%% -------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% -%% DEFAULT OPTIONS FOR PARTICULAR CLASSES. -%% ====================================== -%% -%% Don't set default options in local classes using -%% \PassOptionsToPackage{rmpage}{...} in your class file unless you have -%% a good reason to; read the note below. -%% -%% If you need to have rmpage \ExecuteOptions for particular classes, -%% use the \RM@OnClassExecuteOptions statement in the block below. -%% -%% \RM@ClassExecuteOption{}{